\

Ptaysics
M od u I e : y"T["'"1ff:3ffiT:nJ."*,tion ] F,:ily''""
No.2 of Linear Momentum I Simple Harmonic Motion
. Rotational Dynamics

Helping geniors Transparency & Ethics

Brillian t o
Seminars
>''
ts{'
(tr
tq)
L.)
(U
M
Blisstul Times
HrWy & lneptring Culture
vA)
*.'
t,
ltt
g
(.,
t
&

Gl
nS
c
<
BT FamilY
Offline & Online Tests
with Detailed AnalYsis

BT is not just about getting into llT (lndian lnstitute of Technology)..

It is also about going through llT (lntense lnner Transformation)....!

)
)
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS PVT. LTD.
where BesT students meet BesT teachers!
 M* ffiC.# f
I

rcoacv
ffir: "t

IEE AdvonGed Mohoroshtrq lopper

continu€s....
12 in Top 64 in Top 285 total from Pune
r**
B1* rl} 800 AtR 5OOO AIR selections

AtR 363 AtR 389 AIR 400 AtR 483 AtR 516 s34

since 8fr
gl ,tidpnt
Asgaonkal Shubham Bakare Tharun Mahesh Hardik Soni Kushaz Sehgal Aryan oua Jivesh K4sal

.dF AtR 56s AtR 586 AIR 728 AlR744

ATR 7
fEE Adv 2O2O - Maharashtra Rank 1
Amongst all studenb who did 1 1' & 1 2"r0m Maharashlra
KVPY2020 -All lndia Rank 1
Taflmay Goyal Aziz Shameen Vihaan Thora Shrey Shah Krlasi Shah
JEE Main 2020 - Pune Rank 1

{For tfrc comp{ete fist, r:isit our we 6site : www. 6afi,{iwa{tutoriafsiit. cotn
This result is one of the best in the country amongst institutes of BT's size.

lPume Ramk fl; E tnmnes @ut of [ast flf, ]zcers

P
2020 2017 2016 2015 2014 2012 2011 2010
u
n
e

R
a
n Bhuniya Karthik lllahesh l(alpesh lftishna Kevin Daniel Rohan
k
JEE Adv. AIR 7 JEE Adv. AIR 2 JEEAdv.AlR54 JEEAdv.AlR22 JEEAdv,AlR93 IIT JEE AIR 92 IIT JEE AIR 53 IIT JEE AIR 11
1 1 Maharashtra Rank r
Maharashtra Rank Pune Rank I Maharashtra Rank 1 Pune Rank 1 Pune Rank I Pune Rank 1 Maharashtra Rank 1

JEE Main AIR 52 JEE Main AIR 7 JEE Main AIR'14 JEE Main AIR 104 JEE Main AIR 34 AIEEE AIR 51 AIEEE AIR 3

Maharashtra Rank l: * times out of last I I years

WHnnn vrcroRY rs AHABTT

IxsrrnarroN A srHTE oF MrNr) AND
HamTNESS A coNSTANT coMPANroN
Dear student.

Thanks and conglatulations for choosing Bakliwal Tutorials to be your trainer. Bakliwal Tutorial's
approach, culture, extremely competent and committed faculty team of IITians, well designed seminars, concept of
merir wise batches, JEE like tests with detailed analysis and improved JEE focused material, will definitely help you
in attaining your goal.

However, there is no substitute for all the hard work that you and you alone must put in. Being over
dependent on the institute will only dim your chances of making it to the best colleges. Good students take
responsibility oftheir lives and understand that institute can only act as a guide and support.

Do not hesitate to study topics by yourselves, before they are even covered in the class. I personally believe
that learning a topic for the 1" time directly from a teacher, who because of time constraints cannot give you ample
time for thinking and reflecting, can never bring the same pleasure and insight as one can get by reading and
understanding at one's own pace. Now when the topic is already studied, thought over and worked upon once, the
lecture then results in doubt clarification, better comprehension and deeper understanding for the open and receptive
student.

When you read for your learning cum pleasure, you can use the following strategies, which shall help you
organize and remember the information.

are writing a test.

the margins. Be briel but clear.

underlining too much.

review. Also remember that reviewing is not just skimming through the chapter, but recalling key ideas
from memory. Read a heading, and then ask yourself what subheadings and important concepts are
contained within before looking them up.
Also understand that learning occurs through pictures and associations. For example, take a minute to answer
the following question: what were you wearing day before yesterday in the evening?
First, you may have accessed a picture of yourself immediately and easily remembered what you were wearing'
Or you might have remembered where you were and that triggered your memory. Perhaps you thought of what you
were doing whether you had any special reason to wear a certain kind of clothing. Maybe you remembered how you
felt wearing the clothing. All of these things are known as associations. One thing reminded you of another. They
were paired up in your brain with something else and voila - you remembered when you made the "connection" or
"association". If we can learn to creatively use the technique of association, we can remember huge chunks of
information.

Finally, if you feel that all these are techniques, let me use a term coined by me, READ
EMPATHETICALLY. Many authors talk about listening empathetically, where you do not follow any technique,
but you genuinely listen to understand. Similarly, read empathetically, with a sincere intent to understand what the
author wants to say.
The book that you carry in your hand is JEE focused and assumes that you have some amount of
knowledge of the topic already. If you want to read topics from the scratch and detail, you may use other books
suggested by teachers at Bakliwal Tutorials.

I hope and wish that this book helps you in achieving your target ofgetting a seat in your dream college.
Best Wishes,

Vaibhav Bakliwal
Physics Module-2
 @to@
Welcome to the BT family!! Yes, BT is not just an institute, but a family, where all students and teachers
are always willing to help each other grow and enjoy. So as a new member to our family try solving this
simple but interesting question about BT and BTians.

l) OmkarThakoor, SahilAgarwal, Karthik Mahesh, T.Akshay, Vedang Asgaonkar did well in which
Olympiad?

(' I oz,trao

2) (20 I 0 I 1,20 I I 53,20 1292),(201 493,20 I 522,?)

(Hint Double Hat-trick)

rg,WQ p$ufpsryfuJopuruqpempurypry(l

Physics Module-2
 PHYSTCS
ll[oduIe-2
ENGINEERING
Work, Power and Energy
Center of Mass and Conservation of Linear Momentum
Rotafional Dynamics
Gravitation
Fluids
Simple Harmonic Motion
 GONTENTS
7. WORK, POWER & ENERGY 10. GRAVITATION

Theory 7.1 Theory 10.1

Exercise-l 7.24 Exercise-l 10.26

Exercise-2 7.29 Exercise-2 10.30

Exercise-3 7.35 Exercise-3 10.36

Exercise4 7.38 Exercise-4 10.38

Archives: (LAQs) (JEE MAIN) 7.48 Archives: (LAQs) (JEE MAII.D 10.47

Archives: (LAQs) (JEE ADVANCED) 7.50 Archives: (LAQs) (JEE ADVANCED) 10.48

Answer Key 7.54 Answer Key 10.s0

8. CENTER OF MASS & CONSERVATION 11. FLUIDS

OF LINEAR MOMENTUM
Theory il.1
Theory 8.1
Exercise-l fi.20
Exercise-l 8.24
Exercise-2 11.26
Exercise-2 8.28
Exercise-3 n.32
Exercise-3 8.34

8.37
Exercise4 11.35
Exercise-4

Archives: (LAQs) (JEE MAIN) 8.48 Archives: (LAQs) (JEE MAIN) 11.44

Archives: (LAQs) (JEE ADVANCED) 8.49 Archives: (LAQs) (JEE ADVANCED) n.45

Answer Key 8.52 Answer Key r 1.48

9. ROTATIONAL DYNAMICS 12. SIMPLE HARMONIC MOTION

Theory 9.1 Theory t2.t

Exercise-l 9.29 Exercise-l 12.26

Exercise-2 9.36 Exercise-2 12.32

Exercise-3 9.46 Exercise-3 12.41

Exercise4 9.49 Exercise4 t?,.43

Archives: (LAQs) (JEE MAIN) 9.60 Archives: (LAQs) (JEE MAII\[) t2.54
Archives: (LAQs) (JEE ADVANCED) 9.62 Archives: (LAQs) (JEE ADVANCED) 12.56

Answer Key 9.66 Answer Key 12.60

 Chnprrn

7
Work, Power & Energy
1. CALCULATION OF WORK Solution:
7,7 WORK DONE BY A CONSTANT FORCE Displacement of the particle is
F
S : (: -z)i +(o-3);'lm : (?-:i)m
t
I
Path of obiect
'. w- F.3: t:i++iX?-li)'n :-er
F Special Cases
A constant force F acts on an object, while it has a tr'orce and displacement are paralleVperpendicular
I
displacement y'.
F
Work done by force F is given as F

'' :1,;,0: F (rcos o) W: F.V:Frcos0o:Fr

Force and displacement are in same direction: positive
This can be understood in the following manner. work
-----_r cos 0 I
F
:---\--- }1
I F F
Path ol object
I
(
W= F .7 = Frcos l80o:-Fr
F Force and displacement are in opposite direction: negative
Work done by the force F is the product of the force F work
with the displacement of the object along the direction of F F
I
force with an appropriate sign.
Sign is ths +ve if force and displacement component
along force are in same direction, otherwise it is -ve.
W= F.i :Fr cos90o:0
.6 ffiost Valuoble Points Force and displacement are perpendicular: zero work

O For a constant force the work done only depends on

displacement along the direction of force, not the For the following cases , comment on the sign of the
actual path ofthe object work done by the forces shown in the diagram
(s) Work done by Normal force, gravity and
7 friction when a body slides on a horizontal
A particle is moved by a force F = 1fi + 4j; N from rough surface.

point (2 m, 3 m) to (3 m, 0 m) in X-Y plane. Find the (D) Work done by the tension and gravity as a
work done by the force on the particle. pendulum swings in the vertical plane
7.2 Physics

(c) Work done by gravity and lifting force as we Solution:

lift a mass vertically up
Solutian:
(a) Consider a body sliding over a horizontal surface. (e)
N j* h1
h2

I
lnital Final

Salution:
mg

The work done by the force of gravity and the

(o)
reaction of the surface will be zero. This is
because both the force ofgravity and the reaction mg mg
act normally to the displacement. The work done The gravitational force is always perpendicular
by the frictional force is negative. This is because to displacement. W
o^ri,
:0
the frictional force acts in a direction opposite to
that of the displacement.

(b) The tension in the string of a mg

(b)
simple pendulum is always
perpendicular to displacement.
(Figure). So, work done by the
tension is zero. T
mg
The work done by gravity will
be *ve if the pendulum is going Gravitational force acts opposite to the
down and -ve if it is going up displacemenl. W
s,uuiry
is negative

(c) When a load is lifted, the lifting force and the WgruuitY: - mgl
displacement act in the same direction. So, work
done by the lifting force is positive.
When a body is lifted, the work done by the
gravitational force is negative. This is because (c) r

the gravitational force acts vertically downwards

while the displacement is in the vertically
upwards direction.
mg
Gravitational force is a constant force. Word
3 done by gravity does not depend on path by
Calculate the work done by gravity in the following only the displacement in the direction of force
cases: that displacement has a magnitude '/'and is in
m
I opposite direction to gravitational force
(a) (b) I
Is Wg'uuitY: -mg I

m
mg R

@
(c) tI Spherical Surface

I mg

Displacement in the direction of gravitational

R force is R in downward direction. (same as
@ gravity)

Spherical Surface Wgr^uitv= *mgR

 Work, Power & EnergY 7.3

Work done by friction,

hr- hr
= {pr zg cos 0) /
Wfri"tior= -l\mg (/ cos 0)
h2
(e) = _pkmg x
h1
This results can be generalised
lnital Wnr*= -rng(h, - h,) Final
tn
W*"rioo

.d lnost Voluobte Points = -lt*mg (x, + x, + 4)

o Work done by gravity does not depend on the path

traversed by the object. It only depends on the net
displacement along the direction of gravitational {-x1*X2*x3-}
force.
(c) Based on part (b) work done by friction is -po zgx
4
lmportdnt points obout work:
Calculate work done due to friction in the following
cases: l. Work done by a force is a scalar quantity. It's SI unit
is Nm.

(a)
2. Work done could be positive, zero or negative.
Rough 3. Work is done by the source or agent that applies the
force.
4. Work is defined for an interval or displacement.
There is no term like instantaneous u'ork similar to
(b) instantaneous velocitY.
5. For a particular displacement, work done by a force
is independent of type of motion i.e' whether it
G-x--+> moves with constant velocity, constant acceleration
or retardation etc.
6. For a particular displacement work is independent
of time. Work will be same for same displacement
(c) whether the time taken is small or large.
7. A force is independent of reference frame. The
displacement depends on frame, therefore work
done by a force can be different in different
reference frames.
Solution:
I 8. Effect of work is change in kinetic energy of the
particle or system.
(a)
Work done by more than one force
pr m9 ttr< m9
F3

Kinetic friction acts opposite to the displacement F1

Wfti"tion: -F1rmg I
F2 F3

fk

(b)
An object is has a displacement I . Constant force F, F,
{-x---------------- and { are acting onthe object.

fr-- VrY : Vrmg cos 0

[/, : Work done on the object by force Ft: F,';
7.4 Physics

Wr:Work done on the object by force F, : F2 r W: T.x .(2)

7, = Work done on the object by force { : E r where *= ! oP .(3)
Total work done by all the forces 2
Puttingx and lfrom (3) in (2), we obtain T
=Wr*Wz+Wt:1.; + 4.; *Fr.;
I
W: m(g+ a) at2 a
,d most Voluable Points 2 )
mg
o NWhen several forces act, work done by a force for
= w::@+a)aP
a particular displacement is independent of other
forces.
7
For example: Work done by 4 ir 4.i and is not
A horizontal force F very slowly lifts the bob of a
dependent on other forces d or d
simple pendulum of length L from a vertical position
to a point at which the string makes an angle 0o to
5
the vertical. Find the work done by
(r) Findworkdoneby
force F on A F=120N
100m
(a) Tension (6) Gravity (c) f,'orce F'
A
during 100 m Solution:
displacement. (a) Tension is always perpendicular to the instantaneous
(r, Find work done by force tr'on B during 100 mi displacement along the
displacement. I
circular path.
(alf) Find work done by normal reaction on n anO nl w. .
Ienslon -0 /sine
J
during the given displacement. (b) Net displacement along ,_,^^- + F

vertical (in direction of ' ''""

I
ol
Salution:
F mg
(r) (We)on,t= FAS cos 0 gravitational force) is
equalto/-/cos0 mg
= 120 x 100 cos 0o
Wg,^rity: -mg (/ - / cos 0)
= 12000 J
(c) Force F is a constant force. Displacement along the
(,r) (wr)oor= 0 4 rnls2
direction offorce F is / sin 0
'.' F does not act on I N 10 kg
We: +F (/ sin 0)
(iii) N:10x4=40N B

(Wu)oos: 40 x 100 x cos 0o 1 20 kg 40

1.2 WORK DONE BY A VARIABLE FORCE
: 4000 J
A When the magnitude and direction of a force vary in
three dimensions, it can be expressed as a function of
(WN)o,,q: 40 x 100 x cos 180' : - 4000 J , the position. For a variable force, work is calculated for
infinitely small displacement and for this displacement
force is assumed to be constant
A block of mass m is suspended dW: F .d;
by a light thread from an elevator. The total work done will be sum of all the infinitely small
The elevator is accelerating upward
with uniform acceleration a. Find
the work done during the first .t,
I
m
1"
workdW

wn-r:Fai:ftrcoso)ds
BB

seconds by the tension in the thread.

In terms of rectangular Jornoon"n,j
Salution:
Let the block moves up with an acceleration a F : r.i+F,)+r,i,
Fr"r:T-mg:ma
T: m{6+ a)
ai : axi+dyi +dzi
.(l ) xB la za
Now the work done W by the tension I wn-r:
block through a distance x is given as,
in displacing the
I r"ar* [ r,a** I r,*
xt ft z,
 Work, Power & Energy 7.5

I When spring goes to/from relaxed state to elongated/

A particle moves along the x-axis from x = 0 to compressed state, the magnitude of the work done is
.r = 5 m under the influence of a force F(in .l[) given :- 1

by F = 3* -?.rc * 7. Calculate the work done by this '2 k2.

alwavs

force. Relaxed length

.li{:}li.{i-:*ff Wspring
1
k'
W: Pa-
5

= 135 J
'+x+ )
l{1"'-2x+l\dx
0
Elongated
Wsplng + kx
2

) 2

I W"pring l(x
2

An object is displaced form position vector Compressed <-x+i )

i=(Zi+Slm to [=tlj+O[)m under a force )
W.spnng +
2
kx

6 = 13x'i + ZylN Find the work done by this force.

Sign of the work:
Solution:
Displacement of end point of spring and spring force are
i i
w-l vfr: I (t*'i +zyi) @xi + dyi) in same direction, then work done by spring is positive.
Otherwise, it is negative.
\ 4

:I 4

2
3x2 &+ I
Y.=6

h=3
zydy:83J
F
F"o
+ve

JF xi
I kl)a
Special Cases j-0uu1r01N i

(l) Force has a constant magnitude, but is tangential

tffi i
<_ ds
to path
F

( B +ve
-xi
( d5
/o - x.,-

79

.& : r a' tF ltEl Find the work done when a spring which is already
dw: F
compressed by x, from its relaxed length is stretched
w: lo* : lra' till the elongation is xr.
5*lutian:
r las
:F(length of pathAB) Method I
(il) Force has a variable magnitude , but along a
<+x.

fixed direction I

l-xzJ
We can take the example of the spring force.
I

Natural length of spring is /0. I

I
I
I
We compress spring by x from natural length. x=0

F:toi dW: F.A

aS : @x) t-i> U, is *ve as x is increasing) : -bi.dxi:-bdx
dw: F .dS =trlci .d*(-i) : - b x2

w"p;w: [0, :
dx
Workdone in compressing spring by xr is
l-wa*
-rl

-
law :- lueax=--tc-,
'L 1,2 =!t*-
2' 2'
!6
)--J2r
7.6 Physics

Method 2 77

W"piog: W"p*e(x, -+ relaxed) The figure shows the force-displacement graph

of a moving body, what is the work done by
+ I/.r** (relaxed -+ xr) this force in displacing body from x : 0 to
1., l-b? x=35m?
: + :ls?
2 -' 2"
15

7,3 AREA UNDER FORCE DISPLACEMENT CURVE ?,0

o
(,)
Graphically area under the force-displacement is the work
o
done LL 5
work
Fx
0 5 10152025 303540
Displacement (m)
---)x Solution
W = Area under given graph from.r = 0 to x : 35
Fy +ve work
: rr-+x5x5
)"eo+40)x
-ve work
575
The work done can be positive or negative as per the area =_J
2
above the x-axis or below the x-axis respectively.

gravity during the time block comes to the bottom.

1. Particle moves from position ir=3i +2j -At to
ngh
position iz=l4i+l3i+ei under the action of (a) -i , mgh (b) 0, mgh
force. (4f +j+f ie)N. The work done by this force
msh
will be (c) 0, ---=- (d) mqh cos 0, mgi sin 0
(a) 100 J (D) 50 J
(c) 200 J (d) 7s J 5. A force acing on a particle varies with the
displacement x as F: ax - b* where a : I N/m and
2. The work done in slowly pulling up a block of wood
D = I N/m2. The work done by this force for the first
weighing 2 kN for a length of l0 m on a smooth
plane. inclined at an angle of 30o with the horizontal one metre. (F is in Newton, x is in metre) is
by a force parallel to the incline is (a) tt6 J (b) 2t6l
@) a36kr (b) l0 kJ (c) 316 J (d) none of these
(c) 8.el kJ (d) t2.6W 6. A force F : 0.5x * l0 acts on a particle. Here F is
3. A body in Newton and '.x'is metre. Calculate the work done
is constrained to move in the y-direction. It
by the force during the displacement of the particle
is subjected to a force (ai +$i +Of)N. What is
fromx:0to.r:2metre.
the work done by this force in moving the body (a) 2t J (b) tsJ
through a distance of 10 m in positivey-direction ? (c) 10.8 J (A n.7 J
(a) 150 J (b) 100 J
(c) 75 J (d) 200J 7. A time dependent force .E: l0r is applied on l0 kg
block as shown in the figure. Find out the work done
4. A block of mass rn is byFin2seconds.
released from of a AS
smooth fixed inclined 10 kg F=101
plane of inclination . h

Find out work done by fixed (a) l0 J (b) 20 J

normal reaction and (c) 30 J (a 40J
 Work, Power & Energy 7.7
agent will be G:.10 m/s2)
8. An object is displaced from position ;t = Qi + lj) m
(a) l0kJ (b) 23H
to i"r=1+i +Afi under the action of a force (c) zskJ (d) 28U
F = Qxzi + 2yj), find the work done by this force 10. A particle is moved from (0, 0) Y

@)aoJ (D) soJ to (o, a) under a force P(a, a)

(c) 6sJ (A $J F =1li + 4j) from two paths.

45"
9. In figure, acariage P B
Path I is OP and path 2 is o
X
+
is pulled up from ,,4 to I
OQP. Let w, and w, be the
I
?
B. The coefficient of
o
i work done by this path force in these two paths.
friction between o
c)
I
Then:
carriage and inclined
plane is 0.4. The worko v
I
I (a) wr:w, (b) wt:2w,
done by the external"
c (c) wr:2w, (Q wr:4w,
Answer

r. (a) 2.(b) 3. (a) 4. (b) s. (a) 6. (a) 7. (b) 8'(A e' (b) 10' (a)

2. WORK ENERGY THEOREM Wrt W^o: AK.E.

Sum of work done by all the forces on a particle is equal
to change in kinetic energy of the particle
For a particle = -mg(hr- h,) + w^-: )*(r? - t)
-=
LI, : MA
= Iruo= mg(hr- h,) +
:*(r? -t)
>F.aS : *4L.as
dt

: mdl.!!--*t'at A block is connected to spring while

dt
spring is in relaxed state. Find lo
maximum extension of spring.
work Done by resultant Force: JOFI' dS : m"1V . o, U=0
vi

I 2 I 2
mvl ffiYi Solution
2 2
Sum of work by all forces =2W: kf- ki Forces acting on block are spring and gravity. Work
done for x displacement

lllustration 72 w:msx-|u'
A balt of mass m is thrown in air with speed v, from at max displacement velocity should become zero
a height h, and it is caught at a height h, > h, when
its speed becomes vr. Find the work done on the ball k,: 0 and kr: 0
by the air resistance. /o+x
kx
Solution: *s*- b2: o
+.
Work done on the ball by gravity is 2mg
Wr: - mg(hr- h) k mg
Work done on the ball by air resistance is W^rr: ?
7.8 Physics
lllustration
S, alution
A block of mass m :2 kg is attached to a spring
/r: 8 N/m. The block slides
whose spring constant is T
A D

I h
on an incline for whir
sh p* = and 0 : 37o. If the
, I B EC
block starts at rest with the spring unextended, what
is its speed when it has moved a distance d = 0.5 m 5i:i.;?:*;:
down the incline ? The particle will finally come to rest on the flat part.
Hence displacement of the particle along vertical is h.
\(
lf Wrbe the work done on the particle by the gravity
then
wr: mgh'
where m: mass of the particle. . ..(l)
If total distance travelled by the particle on the flat part
is x, the work done on the particle by the friction is
Solution:
FS \: - vmsx
Since initially particle was at rest and finally it comes
...(z)
N
to rest. Hence change in its K.E. is zero.
f From work energy theorem
mg ws+ wf: LK.E.
+ mgh - $mgx: 0
The work done by gravity is positive; the work done
by the spring and by friction are negative. + ,: p.
':1{.0.2 :} x:7.5m
The work done by each ofthe forces on the block are
Since x > /, the particle will reach C and then will
Wr= * mgd sing rise up till the remaining KE at C is converted into
Wf=- trl,{d = - Vp(mS cos 0)d potential energy. It will then again descend to C and
it will have the same kinetic energy as it had when
w,= _1t& ascending but now will move from C to .B; At.B, the
2
same will be repeated (because 7 .5 > 2D and finally,
course, Work done by normal force, W*:0. the particle will stop at E such that
work-energy theorem, BC+Cg+BE:7.5
sin 0 - Fp(mg cos 0) d -
I
2
kd2 :1 mv' BE:7.5-6:1.5m
2

m : 2 kg; d : 0.5 m; k : 8 N/m and po =

1

8
lr P=0'5 10 kg A
xl0x0.sx0.6)- ;u (20x0.8x0.s) - ;2 (8x0.5F
"' Smooth
10 kg
B
100 N

: ! p1,*
2 2m
y=2rnls (r) Find out work done by applied force during
displacement 2 m.
75 (ir) Find out work done by frictional force on B by
A particle slides along a track with elevated ends and A during the displacement.
a flat central part as shown in the figure. The flat ': -:, r-i?,'f !:+:
part has a length / = 3 m. The curved portions of the
track are frictionless. For the flat part the coefficient (i) work done by applied force = 100 x 2 x cos 0o
of kinetic friction is lrr = 0.2. The particle is released :200 J
at point A which is at height h = 1.5 m above the
This is the work done by extemal force
flat part of the track. Where does the particle finally
come to rest ? (ii) f,^*: pmg = 0.5 x 10 g: 50 N
 Work, Power & Energy 7.9

Assuming they move together. l0-t:t

100=20a=a=5mlsz l0:2t
Check Friction onA l: 5 sec.
f:10x5:50N Va: Ye:5 m/s
d"qui..a
(4*
Finally, both blocks move with speed of 5 m/s
.'. They move together
1^
Hence (W)ora:-50 x2=- 100Nm (,,) Sr:10"5-rxlx5'
(Wt)oor= * 50 x 2 = l00Nm
:37 .5m
Net work done by internal static friction is zero
tr= xlx52:12.5m
77 i.
-+,V=10m/s (rii) work done bY
P=0.1 10 A i"ff::?: cos r8oo
10kg B V=0 : -375 J
Work done by friction on B
(r) Find the total work by internal forces on the =10x12.5cos0=125J
work done t' -:"1
system.
rA & B
(ii) Find out displacement of A and B till
becomes equal.
velocity I$;1 Y'r';ff
Heat generate6 = - (Work done by kinetic friction
(rA tr'ind work done by kinetic friction on A and B. on the system

i":!,Liirstt: 250 J

1 m/s2 --+1 m/s2

(,4 B ON
,6 roost Voluoble Points
10N

Vn= l0 I o In general work done by static/kinetic friction on an

object could be negative, positive or zero.
Vr= lt Total Work done by kinetic friction on a system is
Vn= v always negative.

l. A car running at a speed of 72 kmph stops its engine done by all the forces acting on the particle in time
just before ascending up a slant road. If 25Yo of intervalr:Oto,: l0s
energy is wasted in overcoming the friction, the car v(m/s)
10 rnls
rises to a height (g: l0 m/s2)
0
(a) 7.5 m (D) 15 m
(c) t2m (A 6m (second)

2. A body of mass 2 kg is projected at an angle of 60o -20 m/s

to the horizontal with a speed of 20 m/s. The work (a) 300 J (b) - 300 J
done by gravity by the time the velocity vector (c) 400J (A -400J
makes 30o to the horizontal (g: 10 rnls2)
_ 4. The distance 'x'moved by a body under the action
t")iJ 800
(b)- 800
3r
-
of a force varies with time 'l' as .r : 3P + 4t + 5,
where 'x' is expressed in metre and 't' in second. If
400 _
(");J (a- 400
rt
- the work done by the force in the first 2 seconds is
60 J, kinetic energy ofthe body at l: I sec is

3. Velocity time graph of a particle moving in a straight (a) 2s J (b) s9 l

line is shown. Mass of the particle is 2 kg. Work (c) 7s J (d) 100 J
 7.70 Physics
5. A 15 gm ball is shot from a spring gun whose 8. Ablockweighing lON travels down a smooth curved
spring has a force constant 600 N/m. The spring track AB joined to a rough horizontal surface. The
is compressed by 5 cm. The greatest possible rough surface has a friction coefficient 0.20 with
horizontal range of the ball for this compression is the block. If the block starts slipping on the track
G = l0 m/s2) from a point 1.0 m above the horizontal surface. The
(a) 6.0 m (b) t2.0 m distance it will move on the rough surface is

(c) 10.0 m (d) 8.0 m

6. The masses Mrand M2(M2> Mr) are released from
rest, using work-energy theorem find out velocity of
the blocks when they move a distance '.r'. t ----->

(a) 5.0 m (6) 10.0 m

(c) 15.0m (A 20.0m
9. A block of mass 50 kg is projected horizontally on
a rough horizontal floor. The coefficient of friction
between the block and the floor is 0.1. The block

,urffi
strikes a light spring of stiftess K = 100 N/m with
a velocity 2 m/s. The maximum compression of the
spring is
2mls
(c)
(Mr+M )sx
Mz- M,
(A@
\l 2(Mr+ Mr)
------->

50 kg
K

= 0.1
7. A particle of mass 0.1 kg is subjected to a force
which varies with distance as shown in figure. If it
(a) lm (b) 2m
starts its journey from rest at x : 0, its velocity at (c) 3m (d) 4m
x=12mis 10. A block of mass 5 kg is released
F(newton)
from rest from a position A on a
37o inclined plane as shown in
figure. Determine the maximum
compression of the spring if the spring constant is
8.8 N/cm and the coefficient of friction between the
block and the incline is 0.2.
(a) 0 m/s @1 zoJi m/s
cm
(a) 22.5 (b) 20.0 cm
(c) 20.6 .1. (d) 40 mls (c) 18.5cm (d) l6.0cm
.Answer Key

1. (D) 2. (b) 3. (a) a. @) s. (c) 6.(a) 7. (A 8. (a) e. (a) 10. (a)

^t ^
3. CONSERVATIVE FORCES AND POTENTIAL UB

ENERGY Path 1

h
Conservative forces
m Path 2
Forces for which calculation of work is independent of uB _t_
path taken by body. e.g. gravity, electrostatic force, spring A
As an example, work done by force of gravity is same for
force.
taking body froml to B by any path : + mgh
For conservative forces, total work done for closed
This means that the work done only depends on the
path is zero.
Locations of the Initial (A) and Final (B) points in space.
 Work, Power & Energy 7.77

If we assign a function (Physical quantity) to every point Solution:

in space whose value only depends on the position of
Zexrcmal force * w*uirr= A KE : 0
the point, then we can write the work in terms of such a
function Wsuniry: - (U,r- U)
B (Change in gravitational potential Energy)

IF
.X : (tunction of position ofl) Using ground as the reference level U, = 0
A - (function of position ofB) i
Such a function exists and is called potential energy (U)'
We assign a potential energy to every point in space and
then calculate the work done by using the expression coM R 4R
fin
below
Work done in taking an object from A to B (along any
B 4R
path): U,:0 Ut: mg
lF.x=-(ur-un)
A
,lZn
2Ji ms R
G RAV ITAT I O N AL POT E NTI AL EN E RGY [-.*t"*"1 fo.". : ---;-
(f) point objects
U: 0 for a particle at reference level. E LASTI C POT E NTI AL EN E RGY

U : mgh for a particle at a height h above reference

,A
level. k-x---1'
U: - mgh for a particle at a height h below
B
reference level.
U = +mgh
Work done by spring force in stretching the spring form
Ato B
tr
__t_ -------- U=0 W"ping: - (UB- UA)
J We assign zero potential energy to the relaxed state of
t U = -mgh
spring (Ue:0)

(d) Extended objects -!w':-(us)

2
For extended objects we use the height ofthe center
of mass (CM) from the reference point
Lw' : u^
2"
We could say that if the spring is alongated by 'x' it has
U = +mgh cm
elastic potential energy
h". "Wlto )U'
Similarly we can show that even when the spring is
h", Compressed by'x',its elastic potential energy i, +)U''

U = -mgh cm
.6 ffiost Valuable Points
78 o Gravitational PE can be *ve , -ve or zero but spring
PE will always Ss +ve.

Non-conservative forces
lll Forces for which calculation of work depends on path not
just on initial and final position eg. friction.
Find the work done in taking a chain of mass m from
ground and placing it on the hemisphere as shown in It is obvious that it would not be useful to define Potential
the diagram (II). energy for non-conservative forces.
7.72 Physics
4. CONSERVATION OF MECHANICAL ENER6Y
Solution
Mechanical energy 'E' of an object or a system is defined a-u
as the sum of kinetic energy '-K" and potential enerry ,Lf ,
KE, =]mv KE,=6
i.e.,
E=K+U PE =6 PEr=*# 1
Change is mechanical energy is defined as
LE: LK+ LU According to the principle of conservation of energy
According to work-energy theorem, the work done by all KEt+ PEr: KEr+ PE,
the forces on a particle is equal to the change in its kinetic
energy. o*!w':t
2 ,mu'*0
1

*: cosI 0 -,
We can break the the total work into work done by various
internal and external forces use
W"*rlWtc+ WtNc: LK
Where,
and v- 2t E tl;
W"*ris the work done by all the extemal forces. We get e: 1
"o, 5
Wr" is the work done by all the internal conservative
forces.
0: 530

7^" is the work done by all the internal non-conservative 20

forces.
In the figure shown stiffness of the
We know that internal conservative forces are associated spring is k and mass of the block
with the concept of potential energy, that is is m. The pulley is fixed. Initially
the block m is held such that, the
wr": - a,U
elongation in the spring is zero and
So, Work-Energy theorem may be modified as then released from rest. Find:
k
W"*'* W^": L'K+ LU (c) the maximum elongation in the m

W"*, + WrNc: AE (change in mechanical energy) spring

If the work done by external forces and the internal

(D) the maximum speed of the
non conservative forces is Zero. Then there is no block m.
change in the mechanical energy of the system. This is Neglect the mass of the spring and that of the string
known as the principle of conservation of mechanical and the friction.
energy.
Solution:
79 (a) At maximum elongation the
One end of a spring of natural length / and spring block will come
constant /c is fixed at the ground and the other is instantaneously to rest.
fitted with a smooth ring of mass m which is allowed Assume the max elongation
to side on a horizontal rod fixed at a height / (figure).
Initially, the spring makes an angle of 0 with the
(an hence displacement of i xn

vertical when the system is released from rest. Ifthe

mass) is.r,, E} 9-= ._0_
_

speed of the ring when the spring becomes vertical is Initially, KEr:0
(2/3) m/s then find the vatue of angle 0: UI 0+0
J.t grdvity
# spring

T Finally KEf :0
I

t ,r: )d + ( mg x,\
 Work, Power & Energy 7.73
According to the principle of conservation of fi:2gd (t - cos 0)
energy
I{E,+ U,: Y\Ef+ Uf =4 gdri"'(:)
o: :d. -msx. o=2sin-rt'-g)
\zJsa )
*^K:'*r
21
(6) block will have maximum velocity when the net
A chain of length /: 80 cm and mass ,r, = 2 kg is
force on it will be zero
hanging from the end of a plane so that the length
i.e. mg: Kx' /o of the vertical segment is 50 cm as shown in the
ffiS
figure. The other end ofthe chain is fixed by a nail.
--,
- At a certain instant, the nail is pushed out, what is
the velocity of the chain at the moment it completely
Now using work energy theorem
slides offthe plane? Neglect the friction.
Wgruuity+ Wronor: Kf K,

+mgx'- 11, :
-22 ^K(x'Y -mu'-0 T
I
h
ry8
Putting x':
f lnitial
s*ier***:
v:g E
t_ We assume the zero potential energy level at the table
1r top. The initial andfinal configaration of the chain are
shown in the figure.
Initially, K,:0
A load Wis suspended from a self,propelled crane
by a cable of length dshown in figure. The crane and
(r,: o + (+,,)r(_1)
load are moving at a constant speed uo. The crane
,2
is stopped by a bumper and the Ioad on the cable
swings out. What is the angle through which the
or u.:
, -*'o
2l
p
o

Ioad swings?
5o/r.rfi*rn: T
u2
l_
coM
vo
t lnitial lnitial

Note that the part of chain lying over the table has zero
potential energy.
(a) v

The tension in the cable does no work on the load, so x

the load's energy is conserved. T
l2

lW
Ki+ U': Kr+ U, I
coM
;zg^v6" +0:0+Wd]_cos0) Final J,

Finally, Kt: 1 mv2

Final 2
d(1 -cose)]--- i-'.1
where v is the final velocity of chain.
I
and ut: -*g
(b) 2
7.74 Physics

l. A 2 kg block is dropped from a height of 0.4 m

on a spring of force constant K: 1960 Nm-I. The
maximum compression of the spring is (spring is
fixed at its lower and rigidly)
(a) 0.1 m (b) 0.2 m k

(c) 0.3 m (4 O.am

5kg
2. One fourth of uniform chain of mass 'm' arrd length
2kg
'/'is hanging from the end of a horizontal table. The
amount of work done by external agent such that
one sixth is hanging from the edge of the table is
(a) r6ms-l (b) 2.6ms-1
(c) o.a.6ms-1 (@ a6ms-1
@H @) 1#
7, It work is done in raising one end of uniform
12 J of

(c) 5mgl rod from its horizontal position through 37", the
,^ 5mgl
2S8 \d) 576 extra work required to raise it to vertical position is
(sin 37' :315\
3. A body is projected vertically upwards with some
velocity. At a point in its path the ratio of potential (c) lOJ (b) 8J
to kinetic energy is 25 : 144. Then the ratio of the (c') 12 J (d) 20I
velocity of projection to the velocity at that point is 8. A bead of mass 6M (:2 kg) slides from rest at I
(a) t2:13 (D e:a along the frictionless rod bent into elliptical shape
(c) 13 12 (d) 17:13 in vertical plane. The spring constant K: 17.5 N/m
has unstretched length of 450 mm. Find the speed of
4. A spring of spring constant '.rC placed horizontally
mass MatB.
on a rough horizontal surface is compressed against a
A
block of mass 'rz'placed on the surface so as to store
maximum energy in the spring. If the coefficient of
friction between the block and the surface is 'z'the
potential energy stored in the spring is
90 cm
lt'*'g' 2lt'*'g'
@)x (b)
K
mls
(a) 2.5 (b) 2.75 mls

3rr'*'g' (c) 3.23mls @) a.Omls

ttm'd
(c) x @ K 9. A spring of spring constant'rC'is fixed horizontally
at the bottom of a hilly terrain as shown in the figure.
5. A block of mass 250 gm is kept on a vertical spring
A small block of mass m, initially at an altitude '11'
of spring constant 100 N/m fixed from below. The
is gently pushed downwards. Assuming no friction
spring is now compressed to have a length 10 cm anywhere, the maximum compression in the spring
shorter than its natural length and the system is will be
released from this position. How high does the block m

g:
rise? (take l0 m/s2)
(a) 20cm (b) 30cm
(c) 40cm (d) 50cm
H

6. A system shown in figure is released from rest from

k
unelongated state of spring. Pulley and spring is
massless and friction is absent everywhere. The
speed of 5 kg block when 2 kg block leaves the @ OsH (b) mgH
contact with ground is (take force constant of spring EsH E *cH
k: OON/mandg: l0m/s2)
(c)
t/ I'
@
tI r,
 Work, Power & Energy 7.75
10. A particle is moved from (0, 0) to (1, l) along (i) the force is conservative
different paths. I force F : *'i+yzj acts on (ii) work done by force F' along path ,l -+ n rs I J
3
particle during this motion
(ili)work done by force along path A -+ C -+ B is
2.
J
J

B(1,1) (iv) the force is non-conservative

Among the above, the following set of statements

are only true
(a) i,ii, iii (b) ii, iv
A(1,0) C(1,0) (c) iii, iv (d) ii, iii, iv

r. (a) 2. (c) 3. (c) 4. (c) s. (") 6.(c) 7. (b) 8.(c) e. (d) 10. (a)

5. VERTICAL CIRCULAR MOTION 22

(/) Point mass attached to massless string of mass z

Vo = €d
m m

Case 1. Min speed required so that the string becames Find the tension in the string when the string makes
horizontal 7l
m
an angle ;5 with vertical.
u=0
Sa!uti*sz:

m v.
-mm

i,;-
cos 0)
I
KE: - *u26 Ve=€gt
2

PE: 0 (reference level) yo:,lEi

Zr"*ioo: 0 Kq + Pq =KE +PE,
Mechanical Energy is Conserved

KE.+ U.: KEr + uf **<Ju,f*o = l ^u'+*sr(t-*';)

,t

1, ,: ,[gl
i*r'^"+0:0+mgl Using newtons second law along radial direction

''Pgt
'^^: 7l
3 T
Note: If we give any velocity 0 < v < ,ligl atthe bottom
ioi

most point the mass will swing by an angle O < and ___L_-----
| mo sin mo cos lt
come to momentary rest and then oscillate back and forth. f; mg 3
7.76 Physics
Using conservation of mechanical Energy
n:
t -mg cost *GIA)2
KEi+ Ui: KEt+ Ut

3mg
1r^l +mg(Zt)
t-
2
,*t^"*o: ;mvz
using v
"@
Case 2. If we give a velocity larger than Jzgi ,the object we get, v.rn = aE
1l
will cross 0: ; and then there are two possibilities.
,d most Voluoble Points
C Least speed required at bottom most point for the
object to complete the vertical circle is tli/ In this

case the tension at the top most point will become

zero and the speed at the top most point would be

'tst
Assume the object is at a position as shown and has a ff v > ,ligl the object will complete the circle.
velocity v.

Using Newtons second law for circular motion Possibility 2. If velocity at the lowest point is less than
Jjst
T+mg"ore: (
As an example lets consider velocity at the lowest
point to be vo: lfg/
T:4-zgcoso
I rg=|mv'
PEr = mgl(1 + cos 0)
This equation tells us that Tension 7 can became zero
o
for a given position (0). o
o
o
+
If tension becomes zero, the string will become slack
=
and the object will leave the circle along a parabolic path.
vo
Possibility 1. Min speed at the lowest position so the KEi = 1 mv2
2
object completes the circle. PEi=0

For the object to not to leave the circle the tension Tension will become zero at some instant.
shouldn't become zero before it reaches the topmost point. Let us assume string make an angle 0 with vertical at
If tension becomes zero at topmost point object can still that instant
z
keep moving along the circular path.
T+ mgcos 0: LI
To find the required min speed, we will assume that the
tension becomes zero at the topmost point. using T: 0
KE,=l mfu
PE=
,: Jsl"o.0
using conservation of mechanical energy
KEi+ Ui: KEr+ Ut

!2 *u?,u*o : 12 mv2 + mgl(l+

"' cos o)
KEr =

PEi=0 V.i,, usmg V0: Jrst

At the topmost point and g/ cos 0

T+ mg-
t' 2
1
I "o.0: 3
beyond this point the object leaves the circle and follows
Setting 7:0, t: ,[A a parabolic path (free fall in gravity)
 Work, Power & Energy 7.77
2i rf JrsR . r. Jsgn
A pendulum of length /, hanging from point O, is
The object will loose contact with the track at
taken in the horizontal level as shown in figure. A
some point (Ii: 0) and follow a parabolic path.
peg is placed at a distance x below the point O. Find
minimum value of x so that pendulum can complete u

the circular path after leaving it with zero initial =0

velocity.
I
A I I
I

I
I iR
--f
I
I
al
I
+ m
tt
tt
rO
tl
I, t
I

1l
I
24
-\t
\-
\l
|
You may have seen in a circus a motorcyclist driving
----:ri--
I
I
in vertical loops inside a 'death well' (a hollow
I
I
spherical chamber with holes, so that the cyclist does
Solution: not drop down when he is at the uppermost point,
Take OA as the reference level for gravitational PE.
with no support from below. What is the minimum
speed required at the uppermost position to perform
By conservation of energy between point A andpoint B, a vertical loop if the radius of the chamber is 25 m?
I
B
o i (2x- I)
5*ir-r#*ra;

T
Motion of the motorcyclist inside the chamber can
be understood as the motion of a point mass inside a
cylindrical or spherical surface.
Motorcyclist will complete the circular path if he
doesn't loose contact anywhere.
For the limiting case, if the contact is lost at the topmost
o: l*fi -mstt-2(t-x)) point then he still would be able to complete the circle

+ 4: zs{x - t) ...(l
safely.

Also minimum speed required at point I to complete

the circle is mg
,r: ,[g1t *1 ...(2
I
N

'. from (l) and (2) Ri

a
2sQx - D: s(l - x) At topmost point
3l *, 2

5 N+mg-
R

(II) Motion on the inside surface of cylindrical track

For least velocity at topmost point, we put N: 0

v^^:'[sR
: 15.65 m/s

lllustration
A small body starts
sliding from height 'ft'
down an inclined
mg h
groove passing into a ht2
Here the role of tension will be taken over by
half circle of radius
normal force. Object will complete the circular
hl2. Find the speed of
trackifv> S;R the body when it reaches the highest point.
7,78 Physics
speed doesn't become zero at any point before
reaching the top most point.
From the initial condition of the body it is apparent
Using conservation of mechanical energy
that the body cannot complete the circular path. So
it will discontinue circular motion when it makes an KEi+ Ui: KEr+ Ut
angle 0 with the horizontal.
l"
Consider FBD at that moment:
=*u'-:"+0:0+mg(21)
z
A
:r,
Vm,n ga
T
h If V^in >- J4gl then object will complete the
!2 *!2 sin e circle.
1 -U=O (IV) Motion of an object inside a vertical circular tube
(frictionless)
Conserving energy between points ,{ and B
Here the place of tension will be taken over by
mgh: Lr*u' * *(i.X'* r) normal reaction.

If v > J5gR the object will remain in contact with

Ptro ut point.B the outer surface and will complete the circle.
mV2
N+ mg srnU= .(,,)
R
- 2
= from (l) and (ii);sin 0: J
After this the body starts its journey as a projectile,
and its speed at highest point will be the horizontal
component of its projection velocity m V
) gh 2 FA
vsrntl: -
3 2
X_:
J tn If J-zgR . ,. .@ the object will loose contact

with outer surface of tube at some point and then

(III) Whenmasslessstringis K9= 0 u=0
will start to move along the inner surface.
replaced with massless PE =

rod Here again (as in the case III) the object will
In this case the rod complete the circular path as long as the velocity
can't get slack (even doesn't become zero before reaching the topmost
though the tension may point. Therefore as in the previous example
becomes zero) and
hence the min velocity KE, =l_
2
0vmin m Y^i, = fi"n is the minimum speed for which
required at the lowesl PEl = o

point can be calculated by assuming the objects object will complete the circle.

a-
1. The bob of a 2.45 m long pendulum has a mass of 2. A boy is seated on top of a hemispherical mound of
0.9 kg. When it is in vertical position a horizontal ice of radius R. He is given a little push and he starts
sliding down the ice. If ice is frictionless, the boy
velocity of 4.9 m/s is given to the bob, then the angle
will leave the ice at a point whose height is
made by the pendulum with the horizontal. When
(a) 3R (b)
2R
velocity of bob becomes zero is
*. -ut
(a) 30' (b) 60' 2R R
(c) 45" (A @t (c)
0" J
 Work, Power & Energy 7.79
3. One end of a string of length 50 cm is tied to a stone I 5
ofmass 200 g and the other end is tied to a small pivot (a) (b)
2 2
on a frictionless vertical board. It is to be whirled
2
in a vertical circle with the pivot as the centre. If (c) 1 (d)
g = l0 ms-2, what minimum horizontal velocity 5 3

must be imparted to the stone hanging vertically 8. The track shown in figure ends in a circular track
to take it to the top of the circle, without the string of radius r with centre at O. A small solid sphere of
becoming slack? mass m rolls from rest without slipping from a point

(a) rE ms-l (D) 5 ms-r A at a height h = 6r from the level ground. What is
the speed of the sphere when it reaches a point B at
(c) Jo ms-t (d) lo ms-r height r above the level ground?
Sphere
4. In the previous problem, if a horizontal velocity of A
m
5 ms-r is imparted to the stone when it is hanging
vertically, what will be the velocity of the stone 16r
h
when it is at the top of the circle? or____ B
(a) zero (b) .6ms-t
(c) 2 ms' (4 .6 ms-t
5. In previous problem, if it is imparted a velocity of @,ltosr *, W
5 m/s at its lowest point, what is the tension in the
22
string when the stone is at the top of the circle? (c) gr (d) zero
7
(a) zero (D) 6N
(c) l2N (d) 18N 9. A stone of 0.5 kg tied to a rope of length 0.5 m
revolves along a circular path in a vertical plane. The
6. A stone of mass I kg tied to a light in extensible tension at the bottom point of the circle is 45 N. The
string of length L : l0 /3 m is whirling in a circular height to which the stone will rise above the bottom
path of radius Z in a vertical plane. If the ratio of point if the rope breaks, the moment, its velocity is
the maximum tension in the string to the minimum
directed vertically upwards is (take l0 ms-2) g:
tension in the string is 4 and if g is taken to be (a) 2m (fi am
l0 m/s2, the speed of the stone at the highest point of (c) 3m (d) lm
the circle is 2x then the value of x is 10. AOB is a smooth semicircular track of radius r.
(a) | (b) s Ablock of mass m is given a velocity ,lirg parallel
(c) 3 (d) 7 to track at point A. Calculate normal reaction
7. A small block of mass m slides along a frictionless between block and track when block reaches at
loop inside loop track as shown in figure. Find the point O.
minimum ratio Rlr so that the block may not lose B ___l____ A
contact at the highest point ofinner loop.

o
(o) mg (b) zero
r
A (c) 3mg (d) 5ms
Answgr.Key

r. (b) 2.(c) 3.(b) 4. (d) s. (a) 6.(b) 7. (b) 8.(a) e. (a) 10. (d)
7.20 Physics
6. POTENTIAL ENER6Y DIAGRAMS
ln one dimensional motion, when an object is only under
F>0 B
action ofa conservative force F
---* F_
F<0
Work done by a conservative force = - (change in P.E.)
W :-LU
cons
To the left of B force is +ve, directed towards B and to
dW:_dU
its right force is -ve and directed towards B.
F&=-dU This means a particle displaced away from .B will
v=- { &
have a tendency to go towards B.
Therefore ,B is a position of static equilibrium.
: dY Similarly we can show D is the position of unstable
Object is said to be in equilibrium when F = O.
& equilibrium.
Slope of the U -x graph is zero. Any point between F and G is position of neutral
Types of equilibrium equilibrium.
(r) Stable equilibrium: When a particle is displaced
slightly from an equilibrium position and a force
acting on it brings it back to the initial position, it
W
The potential energy between two atoms in a
is said to be in stable equilibrium position.
It is indicated as a local minima n U - x graph or
molecule is given by, U(x) =
i - *, *n.." a rnd b
d2u
----=-) 0 are positive constants and x is the distance between
&' the atoms. The system is in stable equilibrium when.
(rr) Unstabte Equilibrium: When a particle is
displaced slightly from an equilibrium position (a) x:0 (b)
* *=
and force acting on it fries to displace the particle
further away from initial the position, it is said to z^\t'u ( /tta\
(Ox=(.*]
be in unstable equilibrium position. C)r:[;J
It is indicated as a local maxima n (l - x graph or Soluti*n:
d2tl
---( 0 Giventhat, U(x)= +-L
dx' xtz *6
(iz) Neutral equilibrium: In the neufial equilibrium dU
potential energy is constant. When a particle is we' know
displaced from its position it does not experience '=:
any force and continues to be in equilibrium in ufrr^:-13 - (- 6b)
x-7 = o

the displaced position. This is said to be neutral

equilibrium. or .:(+)'''
It is indicated as a flat (horizontal) U - x graph We can check that this is the point of stable equilibrium
gW - o atx = (+)'''
by checking
#>
A Analysis of potential energy diagrams
x U
unstable
c E { E_
I
total
Find out positions of equilibrium and determine \_/
istabte
I
I
I
energy
whether they are stable. unstable or neutral. I
I
I
I
I
I
Ssiution: I
I
I
I
I
I
Stable
B, D, E, F and, G are equilibrium points because F: 0
I
I
I
I
I
I

at these points. x1 x2 x3 x,
 Work, Power & Energy 7.27
1. Points where the total energy line (,4) crosses PE
curve are tuming points. Hare particles hare zero KE
Find the force whose PE is given by U = * + f .
and reverse direction of motion
: 5*iufi'el::
Total Energy U + 0 (KE) at such points
0u
2. Particle can only be at points below the total energy Fr0x l2x + 0l: -2x
line.
0u
Above the total energy line, say at point (5) U> E ,oy ^ :-(2y+0):-2y
F,,:-
But this means I<E : E - U is - ve which is not
possible. F:-zi-zyi
will be constrained to more
Therefore particle
(x, x2) and (x, xa).
between points
lllustration 30
3. On increasing x if U increases, force is in -ve x
direction attractive force
F'ind out the formula for PE of the force
= p= yi**j.
On increasing .r if U decreases, force is in *ve x
direction => repulsive force Solutian:
dU:_dW
28
dU:- tyr**il'@i+ay11
The potential energy function for a particle executing
linear simple harmonic motion is given by U(x) = Iou
:- l-re+ !-xdy
t,
-l<x', where /r is the force constant. For /r = 0.5 N
!0, :- Ia,y + u:-xy+c
m-1, the graph of U(x) versus x is shown figure. Show
that a particle of total energy 1 J moving under this 6. PAWER
potential 'turns back'when it reaches x = * 2m. Power is deflned as the rate at which work is done. If an
u(x) amount of work AZis done in a time interval At, then the
average power is defined to be

Pavg-AW
Lt
The SI unit of power is J/s which is given the name
I watt (W) in the honour of James Watt.
-2m-1m x= + m
Thus, 1W:lJls.
l+-x_----------.>
5*iv#*:-,: The instantaneous power is the limiting value of P_ as

At x : 0, total energy is in form of K.E. since U: 0x : Ar + 0; that is

0 and it tums back when its K.E. : 0 P: dW
dt
So, total energy is in form of P.E.
AU: - AK The work done by force F on a object that has an
1 kxz:l infinitesimal displacement di is dW: F.dl Since the
2
yz:lx)x) velocity of the object i, i =4!, the instantaneous power
=
x: *2m
dW
may be written as P F.d'
dt dt
General relation between F and U(x)
For one dimensional motion in a conseryation field
or P:F.;
Since the work and energy are closely related, a more
F:-dU general definition of power is the rate of energt transfer
dx
In general for three dimensions, we can write
from one body to another, or the rate at which energt is
transformed from one form to another

O_ -AU:-0U ,:-AU 2 P: dE
Ax Ay" 0z dt
7.22 Physics
37
_mgH
A stone is projected with velocity at an angle 0 with t
horizontal. Find out
(i) Average power of the gravity during time l. mg
1,
vsrnUt--st'
(ll) Instantaneous power due to gravitational force 2'
t
at time I where I is time of flight.
i:+f;;',*er,'::
Vsin0-gt : *r(,.i,e-|sr)
at time t

Instantaneous power : F' u

Vcos0
H
:- mgj (vcos0?+(vsin O-gt)i)
. power:
Work done by gravity
:-mg(vsin0-gf)
Average ---;-

1. A train is travelling with uniform velocity of u=0

6. (') (ii)
Zi- i +qi rn/son a level track. The engine has to
exert a force of d - Zi + Ziel Nto overcome friction.
The power of the engine is (iii) (iv)
(a) 7w (6) 10w
(c) l3W (d) l5w 10 m/s
(v)
2. A machine gun fires 360 bullets per minute, each
smooth
bullet moves with a velocity of 600 m/s. If the power
of gun is 5.4 kW, mass of each bullet is
(vi) moon
(a) 5ks (b) 0.s kg
(c) 0.05 kg (d) 0.002s kg
3. A pump of 200 W power is lifting 2 kg water from Of the cases above which is a case of stable
an average depth of 10 m per second. Velocity of equilibrium.
(a) i,ii,iii (b) iv,v,iii
water delivered by the pump is G:9.8 m/s2)
(c) i,iii,v (fl ii,iv
(a) 4 mls (b) 2.5 m/s of a particle in
7. The potential energy function a
(c) 3 m/s (d) zmls region of space is given as U : (2xz + 3y3 + 2z) joule.
Here, x, y, z are in metre. Find the force acting on the
4. A block of mass 'z' is allowed to slide down a fixed particle at pointP(l m, 2 m, 3 m)
smooth inclined plane of angle 0 and length /. The
-(u +xi +zi)t't
(o)
average power developed by the gravitational force is:
@ -6;+z+i +tt1x
m2 Kg sin 0)3
(a) (b) 2mlg sin0 (c) -(8?-loi'+ 26i)N
2
@ -(2i+xi -+i!u
(c) mlg(sin})3 (d) *'l1rin 013
8. The potential energy of u(x)
5. The water is falling on the blades of a turbine from a a particle U(x) varies B

height of 50 m. 100 kg of water falls on the blade in with distance 'x' as D

shown in the graph.

one second. If whole of energy is transferred to the c
The force acting on the
x
turbine, what is the power delivered to the turbine? particle is zero at
(a) l00kW (r) 50kw (a) c (b) B
(c) 25kW (d) 10kw (c) B andC (@ AandD
 Work, Power & Energy 7.23
9. The force acting on a body moving along x-axis 10. A particle of mass I kg is projected at an angle
varies with the position of the particle as shown in of 30o with the horizontal as shown in the figure.
the figure. The body is in stable equilibrium at Initial velocity of the particle is 20 m/s. Neglect air
F resistance (take g = l0 m/s2). The average power
developed by gravity during the time of flight is
u =20
smooth
x
x1 x2

(a) x: x, (b) x: x, (a) 0w (b) lOw

(c) both xrandx, (d) neitherxl nor.r2 (c) 30w (d) none ofthese

Answer Key

1. (c) 2. (d) 3. (d) a. @) s. (D) 6.(d) 7. (a) 8. (c) e. (b) 10. (a)
 Unsolved Exercises
t
EXERC'SE _ 1

Colculation of Work 7. A 50 kg man with 20 kg load on his head climbs up

20 steps of 0.25 m height each. The work done by
1. A rigid body of mass m is moving in a circle of the man on the block during climbing is
radius r with a constant speed v. The force on the
(a) J5 (D) 3s0 J
*r2
"-' (c) 1000J (A 3s40J
body is and is directed towards the cenhe.
r 8. A ball is released from the top of a tower. The ratio
What is the work done by this force in moving the of work done by force of gravity in first, second and
body over half the cirumference of the circle. third second of the motion of the ball is
(a\ mv2" (b) Zero (a) t :2:3 (b) I :4:9
1lr' (c) l:3:5 (d) t:5:3
mv
2
fir' 9. A block of mass rn is suspended by
(c) (d)
r 2
mv' a light thread from an elevator. The T
a
elevator is accelerating upward with 1
2. Ifthe unit offorce and length each be increased by uniform acceleration a. The work m

four times, then the unit of work is increased by done by tension on the block during
(a) 16 times (b) 8 times I seconds is (z:0) :
(c) 2 times (d) 4 times
(r) mm(g+a)att (b)
3. A man pushes wall and fails to displace it. He does ; ,(g-a)atz
(a) Negative work m
(b) (d) 0
(b) Positive but not maximum work ,gat'z
(c) No work at all 10. A particle moves under the effect of a force F: Cx
(d) Maximum work from x : 0 to x : x,. The work done in the process is

4. A rigid body moves a distance of l0 m along a (a) Cxl o )c-i

straight line under the action of a force of 5 N. If the
work done by this force on the body is 25 joules, the
(c) Cx, (d) Zero
angle which the force makes with the direction of 11. Two springs have their force constant as k, and
motion of the body is k2(\ > k ). When they are stretched by the same
(a) 0" (D) 30' constant force up to equilibrium
(c) 60" (d) 90" (c) No work is done by this force in case of both the
springs
5. A rigid body of mass ,n kg is lifted uniformly by
(b) Equal work is done by this force in case of both
a man to a height of one metre in 30 sec. Another
the springs
man lifts the same mass uniformly to the same
height in 60 sec. The work done on the body against (c) More work is done by this force in case of
gravitation by them are in ratio second spring
(a) t:2 (b) t:t (d) More work is done by this force in case of first
spring
(c) 2: I (d) 4: I
12. A rigid body is acted upon by a horizontal variable
6. The work done in slowly pulling up a block of wood
force which is inversely proportional to the distance
weighing 2 kN for a length of l0 m on a smooth
covered from its initial position 's'. The work done
plane inclined at an angle of 15" with the horizontal
by this force will be proportional to :
by a force parallel to the incline is
(a)s (b) t2
(a) 436W (D) s.l7 kJ
(c) t
1
(c) 8.91 kJ (d) 9.82W (d; None of these
.t
 Work
,rvr r\r Power
r R Fncrnv
LrrL. gy 7.25
13. The work done by the frictional force on a surface
U
in drawing a circle of radius r on the surface by a
pencil of negligible mass with a normal pressing B
force N (coefficient of friction F1) is :
x
(a) 4xip*N (b) -2nPp*N
(c) -2nrp*N (d) zero
14. Consider the shown figure. An external (a) Positive, Positive (b) Positive, Negative
agent moves
(c) Negative, Positive (d) Negative, Negative
the masses slowly along the paths PQR and along
ABC. The rough surfaces shown are AB and PQR, 17. The potential energy of a particle varies with
and coefficient of friction for these paths is p. Select distance x as shown in the graph.
u(x)
the correct alternative from following:
R

1 D
2h A

c
ml2 x

P
{-- 2l ----------->
,l The force acting on the particle is zero at
(t) (o) c (r) B
c (c) B and C (d) A and D.
18. The diagrams represent the potential energy U as
1
a function of the inter-atomic distance r. Which
h
diagram corresponds to stable molecules found in
m nature.
A
<- I ----_______>
J
([)

(a) Work done by external (a) (b)

agent in case (I) is greater
than work in (II) r
I
(b) Work done by external agent in case (I) is less
than work in (II)
(c) Work done in both the cases are same
(c) (d)
(d) None of above

Conservative forces, Potential energy I I

15 . The potential energy of a particle in a field is 19. For the path PQRin a conservative force field, the
ab amount of work done in carrying a body from P to
U: where a and b are constant. The value
---,
r'r Q and, from Qto R are 5 J & 2J respectively . The
of r in terms of a and b where force on the particle is work done in carrying the body from P to R directly
zero will be:
will be
cl
(a)1J (b) 3l
(a) ; @)!a Jzt J d) zero
b @) (

2a 2b Work energy theorem, Canservation of mechanical

(c) . (d) energy
D -q
20. The kinetic energy of a body of mass 2 kg and
16. Potential energy v/s displacement curve for one momentum of 2 Ns is
dimensional conservative field is shown. Force at (a) lJ (b) 2J
A and B is respectively. (c) 3J (d) 4l
7,26 Physics
21. A particle of mass m at rest is acted upon by a force 26. A heavy stone is thrown from a cliff of height ft
F for a time /. Its kinetic energy after an interval t is: with a speed v. The stone will hit the ground with
maximum speed if it is thrown
F2t2
(a)
m
@\+
zm
(a) vertically downward
-F2t2 (D) vertically upward
Ft
(c) ^5m
(a^zm (c) horizontally
(d) the speed does not depend on the initial direction.
22. The graph between the magnitude of resistive force 27. A body moving at 2 m/s can be stopped over a
F acting on a body and the position of the body distancex.If its kinetic energy is doubled, how long
travelling in a straight line is shown in the figure. will it go before coming to rest, ifthe retarding force
The mass of the body is 25 kg and initial velocity remains unchanged ?
is 2 m/s. When the distance covered by the body is (a) x (b) 2x
4 m, its kinetic energy would be (no other force acts (c) 4x (d) 8x
on it)
28. The upper half of an inclined plane of inclination
c
t 45o is rough while the lower half is smooth. Ablock
o
E starting from rest at top of the plane reaches the
o
z bottom of the inclined plane of length 10 m with a
LL
velocity l0 ms-I. The value of coefficient friction is
01 2 3 4" I
Ji-t
(a) 50 J (b) 40J
@) P= *VJ (D) P=

(c) 20J (d) loJ

(c) p= Ji1.lz-r1 tO v=f
23. A particle of mass 0.1 kg is subjected to a force
which varies with distance as shown in figure. If it 29. A particle moves in a straight line with retardation
starts its joumey from rest at x = 0, its velocity at proportional to its displacement. Its loss of kinetic
x:12mis energy for any displacement x is proportional to
(o) * (b) d
E
o
E 10-
(c) x (d) loer'
o
z 30. A block weighing 10 N travels down a smooth
lJ-
x(m) curved track lB joined to a rough horizontal surface
04812 (figure). The rough surface has a friction coefficient
of 0.20 with the block. If the block starts slipping
(a) 0 m/s (D zoJi rr,ts on the track from a point 1.0 m above the horizontal
(c) 20.6 (d) 40 m/s surface, the distance it will move on the rough
"Y.
24. Aparticle is projected horizontally from a height fr. surface is :
A
Taking g to be constant every where, kinetic energy
E of the particle with respect to time I is correctly
shown in (Neglect air resistance) 1

(a)
E

(b)
E

(a) 5.0
Im (6) 10.0 m
Rough

t
(c) 15.0m (d) 20.0m
E E 31. The negative of the work done by the conservative
intemal forces on a system equals the change in its
(c) @ (a) total energy (b) kinetic energy
(c) potential energy (d) none ofthese
t
32. A body is dropped from a certain height. When it
25. lf v, p and E denote the magnitude of velocity, loses U amount of its potential energy it acquires a
momentum and kinetic energy of the particle, then : velocity 'v'. The mass of the body is :
(a) p: dE/dv (b) p: dE/dt (a\ zutf (b) zvt0
(c) p: dv/dt (d) None of these (c\ 2vtU (4 Utzv
 Work, power & Energy 7.27
33. A stone is projected vertically up with a velocity z,
reaches upto a maximum height h. wh"n iti;;;
(") So @ Jn
height of 3hl4 from the ground, the ratio of KE and 39. Ablockofmass2kgininitiallyatrestonahorizontal
PE at that point is : (consider PE:0 at the point of
frictionlesssurface.Ahorizontalforce F =e -r\i
projection)
(a)r: I Newtons acts on it, when the block is at x : 0. The
(b)t:2
maximum kinetic energy of the block between r: 0
(c) l:3 (d)3:t andr:3 m in joules is
34. A bob hangs from a rigid support by
an inextensible string of length /. If it
(a) 24 (b) 20

is.displaced through a distance / (from

(c) 18 (A ts
the lowest position) keeping the string M*tion in vertical cirele
straight and then released. The speed ofthe bob at 40. The mass of a simple pendulum bob is 10 gm. The
the lowest position is : length of the pendulum is I m. The bob is drawn
a side from the vertical position so that the string
@ Jst @ Jrs( makes an angle of 60o with the vertical and let go.
@ Ost @ Jist The kinetic energy of the bob while crossing its
vertical position will be (g:9.8 mls2 )
35. Two springs A and B (ka: 2kr) are stretched by
applying forces of equal magnitudes at the four ends. (a) 0.4e J (b) 0.941
If the energy stored in A is E, then in B is (assume (c) lJ (A t.2J
equilibrium): 41. A hollow sphere has radius 6.4 m. Maximum
(a) Et2 (b) 2E velocity required by a motor cyclist at bottom to
(c) E (d) Et4 complete the circle will be

36. When a spring is stretched by 2 cm, it stores 100 J of

(a) 17.7 m/s (6) 10.2 m/s

energy. If it is stretched further by 2 cm, the stored (c) 12.4m/s (d) 16.0m/s
energy will be increased by 42. Acradle is 'lr'meters above the ground at the lowest
(a) l00J (b) 2001 position and 'H'metres when it is at the highest
(c) 300J (A 400J point. If 'y'is the maximum speed of the swing of
total mass 'm'the relation between 'ft'and 'H'is
37. A block of mass m m
is attached to two k1 lY
(a) +tt=n t (*)+h=H
unstretched springs )mv2
of spring constants
k, and fr, as shown in figure. The block is displaced ., [f) *h=H (*)+H=h
towards right through a distance -r and is released.
Find the speed ofthe block as it passes through the 43. A simple pendulum
^ is o
mean position shown. B' i-- ,B
vibrating with an angular I
c[
I

k,+k"
(a) ---!--------L
m
x (b)
k,k"
tz
m(kr+ kr)
amplitude of 90" is shown
in the following figure. For ".. i
'---__!. --.'c
what value of cr is the A
2
lSrt; acceleration directed
(c) x (d) (l)
*(rt +14) *G +rd) vertically upwards (ii) horizontally
(iii) vertically downwards
38. A ring of mass I kg can P
slide on a smooth vertical
1.5 m (a) oo, *r-' rr"
rod as shown in figure. The
ring is connected to a A []),
spring of spring constant m

K : 40 N/m and natural (b) eo.,*.-,(+),0.

length of spring is 2 m. The
ring is taken at a height of 1.5 m and released. The (c) cos-r[+),oo,eoo
velocity of ring when it reaches point C, is equal to
(in m/s)
2Ji (dl cos-r(+),eoo,oo
@) @ zJto
7.28 Physics
44. A frictionless track ABCDE ends in a circular loop velocity of the car is 'lP ,the rate at which the engine
of radius R, a body slides down the track from point of the car is doing work will be
A which is at a height h: 5 cm. Maximum value of (a) RV (b) maV
R for the body to successfully complete the loop is (c) (R +ma)V (O @a-R)V
D
49. The average power required to lift a 100 kg mass
through a height of 50 metres in approximately
h
2R c 50 seconds would be ( g = 9.8 mls2 \
E
(a) 50 J/s (6) 5000 J/s
B
(c) 100 J/s (d) 980 J/s
l5 50. A block of mass ,n is moving with a constant
(a) 5 cm (b;)
4 acceleration 'a' ol a rough horizontal plane. If the
l0 coefficient of friction between the block and plane
(c) (d) 2cm is p. The power delivered by the extemal agent at a
3
time t from the beginning is equal to:
45. A body of mass 0.5 kg is rotated with uniform (a) mdt (b) pmgat
speed along vertical circle by means of light string. (c) pm(a+ pg)gt (d) m(a+ Pg)at
If tension in the string is 2.2 N when the body is
crossing the highest point of vertical circle, the 51. Aparticle moves with avelocityi = (Si -fj + Or0)
tension in the string when the body is crossing m/s under the influence of a constant force F =
lowest point of is ( g : 9.8 mlsz ) (l0i+l0j +ZOt1 N. The instantaneous power
(a) N
9.8 (D) 12 N
applied to the padicle is :
(c) l5N (d) le.6N
(a) 200 Jls (D) 40 J/s
46. Awater bucket of mass rz is revolved in a vertical (c) l40J/s (d) l70Jls
circle with the help of a rope of length r. If the
52. An electric motor creates a tension of 4500 N in
velocity of the bucket at the lowest point is W .
hoisting cable and reels it at the rate of 2 m/s. What
Then the velocity and tension in the rope at the is the power of electric motor ?
highest point are (a) eW (b) eKw
@)
^ligr,Zmg (D Jzgr,mg (c) 225W (d) 9000 H.P.
53. A Mrof mass 80 kg runs up a staircase in 15 s.
k)
'[s"*s @) o man
Another man Mralso of mass 80 kg runs up the stair
47. The bob of a simple pendulum at rest position is
case in 20 s. The ratio of the power developed by
given a velocity Y inhoizontal direction so that the
them(PrlPr) will be :
bob describes vertical circle of radius to length of
(") I (b) 4t3
pendulum /. If the tension in sfiing is 4 times weight
of bob when the string is horizontal, the velocity
(c\ 16/9 (d) None of the above
of bob when it is crossing highest point of vertical 54. Power versus time graph for a given force is given
circle is below. Work done by the force upto time (< lo).

,,8 @ "[a
t
P

N'E @) Jzct
P

b
t

Power (a) First decreases->t

then increases
(b) First increases then decreases
48. A car of mass 'rr?' is driven with a constant
acceleration 'a' along a straight level road against (c) Always increases
a constant extemal resistive force 'R'. When the (d) Always decreases
 Work, power & Energy 7.2g
EXERC'SE _ 2

Colculation of work
q
(mrz;
1. A force F=Qi +5j) N acts on a body due to
which its position varies as 3:efi-sj). Work
done by this force in first two seconds is: t (in sec)
(a) 23J (b) 32J ar(in nr/s2)
(c) zero (d) can,tbeobtaineds

2. The force exerted by a compression device is t(in sec)

given by F(x): ls(x - 0) for 0 < x < 0 , where
0 is the maximum possible compression, x is the -1
37"
compression and t
is a constant. The work required
to compress the device by a distance d will be
maximum when : (a) 22.s J (D) loJ
d:!4 (c) 0 (d) None ofthese
(a) @\d:+
,12 6. A block attached to a spring, pulled by a constant
(c,) d:!2 @)d:a
horizontal force, is kep on a smooth surface as
shown in the figure. lnitially, the spring is in the
natural state. Then the maximum positive work that
3. A triangle formed using three wir:es AB, BC and, CA the applied force F can do is: [Given that spring
is placed in a vertical plane. Coefficient of friction does not breakl
for all the three wires is same. If w, and w, is the
work done by the friction in moving an object from
k
Ato B through C' and Crespectively, then F

c'
B
F2
(a)
K @+
c
(a) wr: w,
(b) wr<w,
(c)* ,4#
(c) wr> w, 7. As shown in figure a body of mass
(d) the relation depends on the lenglh AB and, BC I kg is shifted from I
to D on
inclined planes by applying a
4. A force F=-K(yi+, j) where K is a positive
:8
force slowly such that the block is
constant, acts on a particle moving in the x_y plane.
always in contact with the plane
Starting from the origin, the particle is taken along 42 4
surfaces. Neglecting the jerk
the positive x-axis to the point (a, 0) and then parallel
experienced at points C and B, total work done by
to they-axis to the point (a, a).The total work done the force is: (p:0.1)
by the force F on the particle is (a) J
e0 (b) s6J
(a) -2Kd (0 zKd (c) l80J (O 0J
(c) -Kd (d) Ko2 8. Force acting on a particle moving in a straight line
5. In the figure the variation of components of
varies with the velocity v of the particle as K/v, F:
where K is a constant. The work done by this force
acceleration of a particle of mass I kg is shown
in time r is
w.r.t. time. The initial velocity of the particle is
il: (- l? + $1 m/s. The total work done by the K
@) jt (b) 2Kt
resultant force on the particle in time interval from
2Kt
/ = 0 to t:4 seconds is: (c) Kt (d) --;-
v-
7.30 Physics
9. The displacement of a body of mass 2 kg varies 14. The potential energy of a system is represented in
with 'r' as ,S: I + 2r, where ,S is in metres and 'r' is the first figure, the force acting on the system will be
in seconds. The work done by all the forces on the represented by
body during the time interval t = 2 sto, = 4 s is u(x)
(a) 36J (b) 64J
(c) l00J (d) t20l
10. A block of mass 2 kg is released x
from rest on rough surface as a

shown in figure. Find the F(x)

workdone on the block bY (a) p= 1

2
gravity (b) force of friction 600
(a) a (b)
a x
x
when the block is disPlaced
downwards by 2m? [8r = 10 ms-2]

(a) 10 J,-34.6 J (b) l0 J,34.6 J

(c) 34.6 J, - l0 J (A 3.46 J,- l0 J
11. A block of mass 'm' is pulled along a horizontal (c) @ x
surface by applying a force at an angle '0' with
a

the horizontal. If the block travels with a uniform

velocity and has a displacement 'd and the
coefficient of friction is p. Then find the workdone 15. The potential energy of a body is given by A - B*
by the applied force? (where x is the displacement). The magnitude of
force acting on the Particle is
pmgd cos0
(a) (b) (a) inversely proPortional to x
(cos0+psin0) (cos0+psin0)
(D) proportionaltol

r"rfrfffier
sin0
pmgd
@)
ptngd cosO
(cos0-psin0)
(c) proportionaltox
(d) constant
12. A box weighting 2000 N is to be slowly slid through 16. The total work done on a particle is equal to the
20 m on a straight frack having coefficient of friction change in its kinetic energy
0.2 with the box. Find the workdone by the person (a) ifconservative forces are acting
pulling the box with a chain at an angle '0'with (b) ifnon-conservative forces are acting
the horizontal? Find the work when the person
(c) ifboth conservative and nonconservative forces
has chosen a value of '0'which ensures him the
are acting
minimum magnitude of force?
(d) none ofthese
(r)
#Ho l,76sr #ffi
(,) r,76sor
17. The potential energy of a particle of mass m ftee to
move along r-axis is given bY U - lW
2
(d,
(,)
#r36er #ffiJ,3e6oJ for < 0 and U = 0 for x > 0 (x denotes the
r
x-coordinate of the particle and /r is a positive
Conservative forces, potentiol energy
constant). If the total mechanical energy of the
13. The potential energy for a force field F is given by
U(x, y\= sin (x +y). The force acting on the particle particle is E, then its sPeed atx: - -
ff
of mass n at is EE
[-;) (a) zero (b) ,l*
t_

(a) I @) Ji
I (c)
tr
t_ @
Ir
(d) \lz*
(c)
o 0 \*
 Work, Power & Energy 7.37
18. The potential energy of a 4 kg particle free to move (a) y^o:20m (b) y^*: 15 m
along the x-axis is given by (c) y^*:llm (d) lr.o=5m
1 -)
u(x): +
32 -+ + 6x +3
22. A wedge of mass Mfitted with a spring of stiffness
'f is kept on a smooth horizontal surface. A rod of
Total mechanical energy of the particle is l7 J. Then mass m is kept on the wedge as shown in the figure.
the maximum kinetic energy is System is in equilibrium and at rest Assuming that
(a) 10J (b) 2J all surfaces are smooth, the potential energy stored
(c) 9.s J (d) 0.s J in the spring is:

19. Aparticle of mass 'rn ' is projected with a velocity 'a'

at an angle 'cr'with the horizontal. Work done by k m
gravity during its descent from its highest point to
M
the position where its velocity vector makes an angle 0

*2 with the horizontal is,

m92 tan2 e m2gtan2 0
(a) ,0,
I 2K 2K
(a) *u2 tanz 0
, m292 tan2 e *2g2 tan2 o
(c) @
0, 2K K
@): *u2 tanz
2
23. A body of mass rn dropped from a certain height
I 2 ) o
(c) mu cos' tan2
i C[
2
strikes a light vertical fixed spring of stiffiress t. The
height of its fall before touching the spring if the
'td .'t
@: mu cos'-
2
-sm- o maximum compression of the spring is equal to
2
3mg
20. A small mass slides down an inclined plane of ls:
fr
inclination 0 with the horizontal. The co-efficient of
friction is p : po x where x is the distance through
3*g
which the mass slides down and po is a constant.
(a)
2k
@)'#
Then the distance covered by the mass before it 3mg
stops is:
lcl
4K
6yg
4K
(a)
24 (b)
-
tan 0 tan e
* * 24. Two equal masses are attached to the two ends of a
spring of spring constant t. The masses are pulled
(c) ^ll tan 0 (d) - tan 0
2lto Po out symmetrically to stretch the spring by a length x
over its natural length. The work done by the spring
21. A toy car of mass 5 kg starts from rest and moves
on each mass during the above stretching is
up a ramp under the influence of force F (F is
I I
applied in the direction of velocity) plotted against
displacement .r. The maximum height attained is
(a)
, t* (b) - 2d
given bY (8: l0 m/s2) : I I
(c)
Z
td (d)
4
td
Ym 25. A rod of length I m and mass 0.5 kg hinged at one
__) I end, is initially hanging vertical. The other end is
-_-....v
x=0 x=11m now raised slowly until it makes an angle 60'with
100 the vertical. The required work is: (use g = l0 m/s2)
'f 80
5
(b) 5.J
60
40
(o)
rr +
20

02 4 6 8 1012 x
(") t7
TJ ra ft
7.32 Physics
26. Asmall block of mass z is kept on a rough inclined 30. A block of mass 50 kg is projected horizontally on
surface of inclination 0 fixed in a elevator. The a rough horizontal floor. The coefficient of friction
elevator goes down with a uniform velocity v and the between the block and the floor is 0.1. The block
block does not slide on the wedge. The work done
strikes a light spring of stiffoess fr: 100 N/m with
by the force of friction on the block with respect to
ground in time t will be a velocity 2 m/s. The maximum compression of the
(a) zero (b) -mgvt cos2 0 spring is :

(c) -mgtsi*O (d) mgvtsin2O

27. A block of mass M is hanging over a smooth and 2mls
-------+
light pulley through a light string. The other end of 50 kg
k
the string is pulled by a constant force F. The kinetic p=!.1
energy ofthe block increases by 20 J in I s.
(a) the tension in the string is Mg (a) lm (b) 2m
(b) the tension in the string is F (c) 3m (O 4m
(c) the work done by the tension on the block is 20
31. A car of mass fit starts moving so that its velocity
J in the above I s.
(d) the work done by the force of gravity is 20 J in varies according to the law v = B 16, where B is a
-
the above I s. constant, and s is the distance covered. The total
work performed by all the forces which are acting
28. In the figure a block slides along a track from
on the car during the first I seconds after the
one level to a higher level, by moving through an
beginning of motion is
intermediate valley. The track is frictionless until
the block reaches the higher level. There a frictional (a) mBa P/8 (b) mp2 talS
force stops the block in a distance d. The block's (c) mpa Pl4 (d1 mp2 r't4
initial speed vo is 6 m/s, the height difference & is
l.l m and the coefficient of kinetic friction p is 0.6. 32. In a projectile motion, KE varies with time as in
The value of dis : graph : (0 + 0, l80o with vertical)

n-----> ,{
ffi Lh
k
k

(a) (b)

(a) 1.17 m (b) l.7l m

(c) 7.1I m (d) tt.l m k
k
29. A small particle slides along a track with elevated (c) @
ends and a flat central part, as shown in figure.
The flat part has a length 3 m. the curved portions
of the track are frictionless, but for the flat part the 33. A l0 kg small block is pulled in the vertical plane
coefficient of kinetic friction is p :9.2. The particle along a frictionless surface in the form of an arc of
is released atpointA, which is at a height h= 1.5 m a circle of radius l0 m. The applied force is of 200
above the flat part of the track. The position where N as shown in the figure. If the block started from
the particle finally come to rest is: rest at A, the speed at .B would be: (g = l0 m/s2)

{U A

It- 3.0m ------ll

(a) left to mid point of the flat part

(b) right to the mid point of the flat part
B
F

(a) rE m/s (b) 10.6 m/s

(c) Mid point of the flat part
(d) None of these (c) 10016 n/s (d) None of these
 Work, Power & Energy 7.33
34. A chain of mass M and length / is held vertically 38. The figure shows a particle sliding on a frictionless
such that its bouom endjust touches the surface of track which terminates in a straight line horizontal
a horizontal table. The chain is released from rest. section. If the particle starts slipping from ',4', then
Assume that the portion of chain on the table does how far away from the track will the particle hit the
not form a heap. The momentum of the portion of ground?
the chain above the table after the top end of the A
chain falls down by a distance //8.

(diMP o ftu@ I
hr=1m
B

1-o_ hz=0.5m
@ rouJs( @) irJr, (a) 0.5 m (D) I m
35. Velocity{ime graph of a particle of mass 2 kg (c) l.5m (d) 2m
moving in a straight line is as shown in figure. Work
39. A projectile is fired from the top of a 40 m high
done by all the forces on the particle is
cliff with an initial speed of 50 ms-l at an unknown
v(m/s) angle. Find its speed when it hits the ground?
20 (a) 47 ms-t (D) 37 ms-t
(c) 57 ms-r (d) 2l ms-r

40. A small disc I slides down with initial velocity

equal to zero from the top of a smooth hill of height
2
t(s) H having a horizontal portion as shown in figure.
What must be the height of horizontal portion 'ft' to
(a) a00J (b) -400J
ensure the maximum horizontal distance 's' covered
(c) -200 J (d) 200J by the disc? What is it equal to?
36. Inthe ideal pulley-particle system shown,
the mass m, is connected with a vertical
spring of spring constant K. (mr> mr).lf
---)
the mass rn, is released from rest when H
h
the spring is undeformed, find the {
maximum compression of the spring. Y
H,2H
*r@+ts ,^WP (a)
(c) H,4H
(b) Hl2,H
(A Hl4,H
mrB 2(mz- m)g 41. The figure shows a smooth track, a part of which is
(c) @
K K a circle of radius 'R'. A block of mass 'rz' is pushed
against a spring of spring constant r( fixed at the left
37. Block A has a weight of 300 N and block '.8' end and is then released. Find the initial compression
of the spring so that the block presses the track with
has a weight of 50 N. Determine the distance 'B'
a force 'mg' when it reaches the point P, where the
must raise from rest before. '7" obtains a speed of radius of the track is horizontal?
2.5 ms-I. Neglect the mass of cord and pulleys?

o,-E- P
K

(o) FA (b)
'2mgR
!1( K
(a) 1.56 m (b) 0.7 m 3mgR F*cR
(c) @
(c) 0.8 m (A tm K l2K
T.iN Physics
42. The masses m, : l0 kg and mz : 5 kg are 46. A small frictionless block slides with velocity
connected by an ideal string as shown in figure. The 0.5 t[g, on the horizontal surface as shown in the
coefficients of friction between mrandthe surface is
Figure. The block leaves the surface at point C. The
p = 0.2. Assuming that the system is released from
angle 0 in the Figure is :
rest. Calculate the velocity of blocks when z, has
vo
descended by 4 m? [S: 10 ms-21 +
B

c
I

o
(a) 2 msr (D) 3 msr (a) cos-l(4/9) (b) cos-t(3/41
(c) 4 msr (d) 5 ms-r (c) cos-t (1/21 (d1 none ofthe above
Motion of vertical circle 47. A sphere of mass m is suspended by a thread of
43. A particle of mass m begins to slide down a fixed length '0' is oscillating in a vertical plane, the
smooth sphere from the top with negligible initial angular amplitude being 00. What is the tension in
velocity. What is its tangential acceleration when it the thread when it makes an angle 0 with the vertical
breaks offthe sphere ? during oscillations ? If the thread can support a

@+ (t, +
g
maximum tension of 2 mg, then what can be the
maximum angular amplitude of oscillation of the
sphere without breaking the rope?
(c) s @ J (a) 3mg cos 0 - Zmg cos 0o , 0, = 60"
(b) 3mg cos 0 + 2mg cos 0r,, 0o: 60"
44. A ball suspended by a thread swing in a vertical
plane so that its acceleration values in the extreme (c) 2mg cos 0 - 3mg cos 0o , 0o = 30o
and the lowest position are equal. Find the thread (d) zms cos 0 + 3mg cos 00,, 0o = 30o
deflection angle in the extreme position.
48. A heavy particle hanging vertically from a point by
(a) 2tart 2 (b1 ztana !
a light inextensible string of length / is started so as
to make a complete revolution in a vertical plane.
(c) tan-t 2 @ t^'; The sum of the magnitude of tension at the ends of
any diameter :

45. A simple pendulum consisting of a mass M altached (a) first increase then decreases
in a string oflength I is released from rest at an angle (b) is constant
cr. A pin is located at a distance / below the pivot (c) first decrease then increases
point. When the pendulum swings down, the string
(d) decreases continuously
hits the pin as shown in the figure. The maximum
angle 0 which string makes with the vertical after 49. A particle initially at rest starts moving from point
hitting the pin is: I on the surface of a fixed smooth hemisphere of
radius r as shown. The particle looses its contact with
C[
L hemisphere at point B. C is centre of the hemisphere.
The equation relating o and B is

B
a/
(a) cos- .o.-'t"Ht]
["Xr]rar
(b) 2 sin cr:3 cos B
(c) cos-,
l"fil ra .o,-'
t+*r]
(a) 3sincr=2cosB
(c) 3sinB=2coscr (d) 2sinB:3coscr
 Work, Power & Energy 7.35
50. A collar'.8' of masq 2 kg is constrained to move speedsoftheenginewhenitpulls 12and6coaches
along a vertical smooth and fixed circular track of are (power of engine remains constant) :
radius 5 m. The spring lying in the plane of the
(a) 8'5 rn/s and
,
15 m/s respectivelv
circular track and having spring *;;
""r#;;;
is undeformed when the collar is at,A' .If the collar
(b) 6'5 m/s and 8 m/s respectively
starts from re st at' B' ,the normal reaction exerted by (c) 8.5 m/s and I 3 m/s respectively
the track on the collar when it passes through 'l' is: (d) 10.5 m/s and 15 m/s respectively

54. A man is supplying an instantaneous power of 500 J/s

to a massless string by pulling it at an instantaneous
speed of l0 m/s as shown. It is known that kinetic
c
A energy ofthe block is increasing atarate of 100 J/s
7m at that instant. Then the mass of the block is :

iD
(a) 360 N (r) 720N
(c) 1480N (d) 2880 N
Power

51. A pump motor is used to deliver water at a certain

rate from a given pipe. To obtain "n" times water
from the same pipe in the same time, the factor by (a) kg
5 (D) 3 ke
which the power of the motor should be increased is: (c) l0 kg (d) 4ke
(o) ,2 (b) n3 55. A body is moved from rest along a straight line by
(c) na (d) ,rtz a machine delivery constant power. The ratio of
52. An engine pumps up 1000 kg of coal from a mine displacement and velocity (s/v) varies with time I as:
100 m deep in 50 sec. The pump is running with t t
diesel and efficiency of diesel engine is 25%. Then
its power consumption will be G = 10 m/sec2): (a) (b)
(a) l0kW (D) 80kw
(c) 20kW (d) 24kw s/v s/v

53. An engine can pull 4 coaches at a maximum speed

of 20 m/s. Mass of the engine is twice the mass (c) (d)
of every coach. Assuming resistive forces to be
proportional to the weight, approximate maximum s/v s/v

EXERC'SE _ 3

NumericalType
1. In the figure shown, all the surfaces are frictionless, and mass of the block m: I kg. The block and wedge are held
initially at rest. Now, the wedge is given a horizontal acceleration of l0 m/s2 by applying a force on the wedge, so
that the block does not slip on the wedge. Then the work done (in J) by the normal force in ground frame on the
block in /3 s is

------) l0 m/s2
7,36 Physics
2. Aparticle is given a certain velocity v at point P as height (in m) achieved by the block from the ground
is (g =1g rrY.2,
shown on a hemispherical smooth surface. What is
the value of v (in m/s) such that when the particle
reaches point Q, the normal reaction of the surface
becomes equal to the weight of the particle? (Radius
of hemisphere, R: 1.6 m, g: l0 m/s2)
30o Fixed
v
P 7. The block shown in the figure is connected to a
spring of spring constant K which is in a relaxed
state. Now the block is displaced a distance A
towards left and released. It oscillates many times.
3. Aunidirectional force F : (2dx-:x'?)i is acting on A weak friction force F is acting on the block' It is
FA When the block comes to a
a block which is initially at rest on a smooth surface given that
i:;.
at position x = 0. The minimum kinetic energy is state of rest for the first two times, the deformations
found to be 4 units. Find the positive numerical ofthe spring are x, and x, respectively. The value of
value ofconstant cr. (A-x,)
IS
4. Work done by force F to move a block of mass 2 kg (xr - xr)
fromAto C very slowly is (76x) J. Force F is always K
acting tangential to path. Equation of pathAB is x2 :
8y and BC is straight line which is tangent on curve
8. The graph between the resistive force F acting on a
AB at point B (p between block and path ABC is
body and the distance covered by the body is shown
0.5). Then value of x is (g: 10 m/s2)
in the figure. The mass of the body is 25 kg and
YC initial velocity is 2 m/s. When the distance covered
l0'lZ by the body is 4 m, its kinetic energy would be 10r.
Find r?
p 0.5

A g 20
(0,0) o
3
5. In the diagram shown below, the rod is uniform zo) 0
IL
having mass M and length L. The rod is released
01 2 34
from the state of rest when it is making an angle 0 :
(m)

60'. The rod comes to state of rest when the angle 0 9. Asmallblockliesona i
le
xMg
reduces to 30o. The spring constant is .
rough horizontal ----+--r
block
L(/Y - 1) platform above its
Find (x + Y). centre C as shown in C
-
figure. The platform-- -Rt- I
-_-_____ i_-_
is moved in a vertical o ]P

plane such that it

always remains
---a- I

horizontal and the Sl

centre C moves in a
vertical circle with
Assume the #:,ffit#:,ton to be zero
constant angular velocity ,: \[ .The block
6. A block of mass 5 kg is released from rest on an
remains at rest with respect to the plank and the
inclined plane when the compression in the spring
is 2 m. The block is not attached with the spring and
block does not loose contact with the plank
anywhere. The ratio of net contact fotE between the
natural length of the spring is 4 m. The maximum
block and plank at point P and S is f . fioa rf
 Energy 7.37
Work; Power &
10. A body of mass 6 kg is acted upon by a force which 15. One end of a light spring of natural length d and
spring constant k: 64 N/m is fixed on a rigid wall
causes a displacement in it given by *: ! and the other is attached to a smooth ring of mass
^"t "
m : I kg which can slide without friction on a
where I is the time in second. The work done by the
vertical rod fixed at a distance d = 3 m from the
force in 2 seconds is _ J
wall. Initially the spring makes an angle of 37o with
11. A 5 kg brick moves along an X-axis. Its acceleration the horizontal as shown in fig. When the system is
as a function of its position as shown in figure. What released from rest find the speed of the ring when
is the net work performed on the brick by the force the spring becomes horizontal. [sin 37o = 3/5]
(x x 102) causing the acceleration as the bricks
moves fromx : 0 tox : 8.0 m? Ring
A
a (m/s2) v=0

t
20
(. h

15
't0 37"

5 d B

012345678 Road

x(m)
16. Ablock ofmass m: lkgis dropped onto a spring of
12. A particle moves along the x-axis from x = 0 to
constant k= 400 N/m from a height 'h'.The second
x : 5 m under the influence of a force F(in,\I) given
end of the spring is attached to a second block of
by F = 3f - 2x + 7. The work done by this force is
[130 + x] J find x?
mass M:4 kg as shown. Find the minimum value
of h (x l0-lm) so that the block 4 kg bounces offthe
13. A body of mass 5 kg is acted upon by a variable
ground if the block of mass I kg sticks to the spring
force. The force varies with the distance covered by
immediately after it comes into contact with it.
the body. The speed ofthe body when the body has
covered 25 m is 10x m/s find x _? 17. Blockl of mass I kg is placed on the rough surface
Assume that the body starts from rest. of blockB ofmass 3 kg. BlockB is placed on smooth
horizontal surface. Blocks are given the velocities as
1 ON
shown. Find net work done by the frictional force.

1 fin -ve J]
o
g 8 m/sec
o 4 m/sec
LL
25m 50 m
---+
Distance 18. The masses mr= l0 kg and hz:5 kg are connected
14. A system consisb of two cubes of nusses m, and m, by an ideal string as shown in figure. The coefficients

respectively, connected by a spring of force constant &. of friction between m, and the surface is p = 6.2.
Find the force (F) that should be applied to the upper Assuming that the system is released from rest.
cube for which the lower one just lifu after the force is The velocity of blocks when m, has descended by
removed. (take mr: 0.1 kg mr: 0.2 kg, g : l0 m/s2)
4m? lg: 10 ms-21 (in m/s) is
F =O,2
m1

m2
7.38 Physics
19. A block of mass M= 2 kg slides along a horizontal tangential speed (m/sec) of the mass such that the
table with speed vo : 4 mls. At x : 0 it hits a spring string with tension T, does not become slack when
with spring constant k = 200 N/m and begins to the mass is directly above rod. Take length of string
experience a friction force. as l:2.4m
I
The coefficient of friction is variable and is given by I

p: 10r. Find the loss in mechanical energy in joules

when the block has first come momentarily to rest?
Tr
20. Figure shows a massless rod arranged at an angle of
30o from the horizontal. Two massless strings are
attached to rod and a mass 'z'as shown in figure. T3 m
The rod is rotated maintaining its direction in space,
so that m travels in a circular path. The string are
of equal length and make angle of 60' with the 300
rod as shown. Calculate the minimum value of the
EXERC'SE _ 4

Single Option Correct 3. One end of a light rod of length I m is attached

with a string of length I m. Other end of the rod
1. A block of mass lz is placed inside a smooth hollow
is attached at point O such that rod can move in a
cylinder of radius R whose axis is kept horizontally.
vertical circle. Other end of the string is attached
Initially system was at rest. Now cylinder is
with a block of mass 2 kg. The minimum velocity
given constant acceleration 2 g in the horizontal that must be given to the block in horizontal
direction by external agent. The maximum angular direction so that it can complete the vertical circle is
displacement of the block with the vertical is: G = lo m/s2).

@) ali (b) s\6

29 (c) l0 @ 3^ls
-|>
4. The sphere at P is given adownward velocity vo and

(a) 2tan-t 2 (b) tanl2 swings in vertical plane at the end of a rope of /: 1 m
attached to a support at O.The rope breaks at angle
(c) tan-rl (4
"-,(;) 30o from horizontal, knowing that it can withstand a

maximum tension equal to three times the weight of

2. A bob is attached to one end ofa B the sphere. Then the value of vo will be: (g = n2 ml
string other end of which is fixed
s2)
at peg A. The bob is taken to a
position where string makes an P l=1m
o
angle of 30' with the horizontal. vo
0

On the circular path of the bob in vertical plane there

is a peg 'B' at a symmetrical position with respect to
the position of release as'shown in the figure' If v"
and vo be the minimum speeds in clockwise and
anticlockwise directions respectively, given to the
(al lmls (b) ?€
2 J ^r,
bob in order to hit the peg 'B' then ratio v" : vo is
equal to

(a)l:1
:

(\t:J2
<">
ff*" {a l-t,
(c) l:2 (d)r:4
 Work, Power & Energy 7.39
5. A ring of radius R lies in
vertical plane. A bead of mass a2
'm' can move along the ring y
a1
without friction. Initially the
bead is at rest the bottom most
point on ring. The minimum
constant horizontal speed v with which the ring must
tl L2 Time
be pulled such that the bead completes the vertical
circle

@) JW
:

@) J4sR
,,#c-il *, #ot-tt
(c) 16sn @ J,.ssR (c)
ffai-,ft ,^ ffQi-t)
6. The figure shows a hollow cube of side 'a' ofvolume
L i, 9. A large slab of mass 5 kg lies on a smooth hoizontal
Z. There is a small chamber of volume tt
4 " surface with a block of mass 4 kg on the top of it.
cube as shown. This chamber is completely filled by Co-efficient of friction between the block and slab
m kg of water. Water leaks through a hole H and is 0.25. If the block is pulled horizontally by a force
spreads in the whole cube. Then the work done by
of F = 6 N, what is the work done by the force of
gravity in this process assuming that the complete
water finally lies at the bottom of the cube is : friction on the slab between the instants t : 2 s to
l: 3 s? (take g: l0 ms-2)

Hole

@) 2.a J (b) 5.ss J

@) a.aa J (a t0J
I

a-N 10. The flexible bicycle type chain of length {2 ana

1 mga mass per unit length 'p' is released from rest in the
(a) (b)
2 imsa smooth circular channel and falls through the hole in
I the supporting surface. Find the velocity of chain as
@ ]*s' (d)
8
m8a
the last link leaves the slot?
7. A particle of mass 'm' moyes on a straight line with
its velocity varying with the distance travelled
according to the equation v = a.[ , where 'a' is a
constant. Find the total workdone by all the forces
during a displacement from x 0 to :
d'l x:
(a\-mad mad2 (n4)
22 B)- (a) c'lr-;)
(c) mda (d\ ma a
42
- - (b) gr( n + 4
8. Acceleration-time graph of a particle is shown. 2 1l

Work done by all the forces acting on the particle

of mass m in time interval t, and t , while a, is @) ,[s,
the acceleration at time t,, is given by: (Consider
particles starts from dust at l:0)
@) ,lrs,
7.40 Physics
11. A smooth narow tube in form of an arc AB of a 13. The springs are unstretched when system is released
circle of centre 'O' and radius 'rR' is fixed so that A is from rest. The spring constant is l0 N/m for each
vertically above 'O' and OB is horizontal. Particles of the spring. The mass of each block is 3 kg. The
P of mass 'm' and Q of mass '2m' with a light
square of the maximum speed of block A (inm2ls2)
inextensible string of length T2 co*ecting them
k: l0 m/s2) is

are placed in side the tube with P at A and Q at B (

-e00e!0[- A
and released from rest. Assuming the string remains
taut during motion, find the speed of particles when
P reaches B ?
A
P

B
r

o
o B

1
(a) 4.8 (b) 2.1
(")
lo+"ts,
(b)
i@+
2)sr (c) 3.s (A 2.4

14. As shown in the figure a person is pulling a mass

)
-1@-r)sr 'm' from ground on a fixed rough hemispherical
(c) (d)
trn-rt* surface upto the top of the hemisphere with the help
c of a light inextensible sfting. Find the work done by
12. Rod AO, of length Z can A _o,
rotate aboutl. Initially rod tension in the string if radius of hemisphere is R and
I

was at position AO,when

I
I
friction coefficient is p. Assume that the block is
I
I
spring OB offorce constant I pulled with negligible velocity.
B
K, attached to block B of o3
mass rn was at position OA o1
with unstretched length I.
D
The smooth block B can
slide on rod when
(a) pmgR (b) (p + t)mgR
o
by the block D of mass z mgR
through massless string and smooth pulley at O,. (c) rr
(d) 2pmgR
Find the velocity of block B, when rod and spring at
B make an angle of 30o with their respective initial
15. The blocks I and B shown in the figure have masses
positions: (,8 is the middle point of the block) Mr:5 kg and Mo:4 kg. The system is released
from rest. The speed of .B after I has travelled a
distance I m along the incline is
lrcmgr-ru] Q-Jr)'1'''
(a)
L*l
I z*gr- Kr] tJZ -t)1'''
(b)
l*) t/2 B 37'
smsr - Kr] (J, -D2
(c)
4m (o)
..6-
7tl8
amgr- KI] dr-l)'.|"'
I
G G
@
l*) (c)
,G @ 2
 Work, Power & Energy 7.47
16. A small bob suspended by a thread swings in a (a) only statement I is true
vertical plane so that angle made by thread in (b) only statement II is true
extreme positions with the vertical i. e : ,in-' [{). (c) only I and III are true
\.5i (d) only II and III are true
Find the difference in radial acceleration of bob in 20. A block ofmass m is P
lower position to the extreme position:
being pulled up the
(a) gcos 0 (D) gsin2 0 p
rough inclined by an
(c) g sin 0 (d) gtan9 agent delivering 0
17. For a particle moving on a constant power P.
straight lint the variation The coefficient of friction between the block and the
of acceleration with time inclined is p. The maximum speed of the block
is given by the graph as during the course of ascent is
shown. Initially the (s)
P
particle was at rest. Then the corresponding kinetic (a) u:
energy of the particle versus time graph will be mg srn 0 + pzg cos 0

K.E. P
(a)
K.E.
(b)
(b) v:
mg sin 0 - png cos 0

2P
K.E.
(c) ,:
K.E, mg sin 0 -;rrzg cos 0
(c) (d)
3P
(d) v: mg sin 0 - png cos 0
18. The potential energy (in SI units) of a particle of
mass 2 kg in a conservative field is U:6x - 8y. If 21. A weightless rod of lenglh 2l -----o------c
c
the initial velocity of the particle is i = (-1.5i + 2 j) carries two equal masses 'm',
one tied at lower end ,{ and the
then the total distance travelled by the particle in
other at the middle of the rod
first two seconds is
B. The rod can rotate in vertical
(a) lOm (b) t2m plane about a fixed horizontal m

(c) l5m (d) l8m axis passing through C. The rod is released from rest
in horizontal position. The speed of the mass.B at the
19. Two identical blocks A and B are placed on two
instant rod, become vertical is:
inclined planes as shown n diagram. Neglect air
resistance and other friction.
A
LN
,,8 *,8
Fixed Fixed N'E ,AE
J K
I 2t 22. One end of an unstretched vertical spring is attached
Read the following statements and choose the to the ceiling and an object attached to the other end
correct option. is slowly lowered to its equilibrium position. If ,S be
gain in spring energy and G be loss in gravitational
Statements I: Kinetic energy of 'l' on sliding to J potential energy in the process, then
will be greater than the kinetic energy of B on falling (a) S: G (b) S:zG
to M.
(c) G:25 (d) None of these
Statements II: Acceleration of 'A' will be greater
23. The potential energy function associated with the
than acceleration of 'B' when both are released to
slide on inclined plane. force F =4ryi+2x2 j is:

Statement III: Work done by extemal agent (a) U:-2*2y (b) U:-2*y+constant
to move block slowly from position B to O is (c) :
U 2xzy +constant(fl not defined
negative
7.42 Physics
24. Starting from the position D 28. A particle is projected vertically upwards with
shown, two similar balls A a speed of 16 m/s, after some time, when it again
and B connected with a passes through the point of projection, its speed is
massless rod, slip down to a
E found to be 8 m/s. It is known that the work done by
horizontal platform K- 2t -----N
BC.
What should be the inclination of the platform CD air resistance is same during upward and downward
with horizontal so that velocity of each of the ball on motion. Then the maximum height attained by the

it is -i
I
times the velocity of these balls on
particle is (Take g: l0 m/s2) :
,12 (a) m8 (D) a.8 m
horizontal platform and both balls completely cover (c) 17.6m (d) 12.8m
the inclined plane
29. lnthe track shown in figure sectionlB is a quadrant
30'
(a) (b) 45'
of a circle of I metre radius. A block is released at
60'
(c) (d) 75'
*A uuutu I and slides without friction until it reaches B. After
25. Block 'l' is hanging from a vertical
B it moves on a rough horizontal floor and comes
spring and is at rest. Block 'B' strikes
the block 'A' with velocity 'v' and to rest at distance 3 metres from ,8. What is the
k
sticks to it. Then the value of 'v' for coefficient of friction between floor and body?
which the spring just attains natural A 1 meter
length is
E!n
'60mg2
Wv+ 1 meter
(a)
k
(D)
!/, I
m B

'lo*g' B D
(c) (d) none ofthese
k (a) tt3 (b) 2t3
@) ua @) 3t8
26. Aparticlel ofmass nt is moving in the positive
f 30. In the figure shown initially spring is in unstretched
direction of x. Its initial position is x : 0 and initial state and blocks are at rest. Now 100 N force is
velocity is I m/s. The velocity at.r = 10 is: (use the applied on block A & 4 as shown in figure. After
graph given) some time velocity of 'l' becomes 2 m/s & that of
Power (in watts) 'B' 4 m/s & block ,{ displaced by amount l0 cm
and spring is stretched by amount 30 cm. Then work
4 done by spring force on will be : I
AB
2
100 N 2kg - uuuuuu * 1kg 100 N
>

surface

10 (in m)
X (a)et3J (b) -6J
(c) 6 J (d) None of these
(a) 4 m/s (b) zrnls
M u lti p le O pti on s Correct
g1 3Ji mts (d) 100/3 m/s
31. Work done by force of friction
(a) canbezero
27, A fire hose has a diameter of 2.5 cm and is required
to direct a jet of water to a height of at least 40 m.
(b) can be positive
The minimum power of the pump needed for this
(c) can be negative
hose is :
(d) information insufficient
(a) 21.5 kW 32. When a man walks on a horizontal surface with
constant velocity, work done by
(b) 4okw
(c) 36.5 kw
(a) friction is zero
(D) contact force is zero
(c) gravity is zero
(d) None of these
(d) 48kw
 Energy 7.43
Work, Power &
33. If the resultant force is always perpendicular to (c) the object has no motion but the point of
motion of a particle application of the force moves on the object
(a) KE remains constant (d) the object moves in such a way that the point
(b) work done :0 (of the body) of application of the force remains
(c) speed is constant fixed.
(d) velocity is constant 40. The kinetic energy of a particle continuously
34. When work done by force of gravity is negative increases with time
(Assume only gravitational force to be acting) (a) the resultant force on the particle must be
(a) KE increases (r) KE decreases parallel to the velocity at all instants.
(c) PE increases (A PE stays constant (b) the resultant force on the particle must be at an
angle less than 90o with the velocity all the time
35. When total work done on a particle is positive
(a) KE remains constant
(c) its height above the ground level must
continuously decrease
(D) Momentum increases
(c) KE decreases
(d) the magnitude of its linear momentum is
increasing continuously
(d) KE increases
41. One end of a light spring of spring constant k is fixed
36. A particle is taken from pointlto point B under the
to a wall and the other end is tied to a block placed
influence of a force field. Now it is taken back from
B to A and it is observed that the work done in taking on a smooth horizontal surface.,In a displacement,
the particle froml to B is not equal to the work done the work done by the spring is The possible
)ta'z.
in taking it from B to A.lf Wn" and W" is the work
done by non-conservative forces and conservative cases are
forces present in the system respectively, AU is (a) the spring was initially compressed by a distance
the change in potential energy, Aft is the change in .x and was finally in its natural length
kinetic energy, then
(D) it was initially stretched by a distance x and
(o) W*- LU: Lk (b) W": - LU finally was in its natural length
(c) W*+ W": Lk (d) W,"- LU: -Lk
(c) it was initially in its natural length and finally in
37. Select the correct alternative. a compressed position
(a) Work done by kinetic friction on a body always (d) it was initially in its natural length and finally in
results in a loss of its kinetic energy.
a stretched position
(b) Work done on a body, in the motion of that
body over a close loop is zero for every force in 42. The given plot shows the variation of U, the potential
nature. energy of interaction befween two particles with the
(c) Total mechanical energy of a system is always distance separating them is r. Then which of the
conserved no matter what type of internal and following statements is / are correct. :
extemal forces on the body are present.
A
(d) When total work done by a conservative force
on the system is positive then the potential E

energy associated with this force decreases. F

38. A heavy stone is thrown from a cliff of height h in D
a given direction. The speed with which it hits the
ground
(a) mustdependonthespeedorprojection
(6) must depend on angle of projection lil :lll;"tr;rt}ll1::ilffi::,,
(c) The force of interaction between the two
(c) must depend on height h of the cliff
particles is attractive between points c and D
(d) maybesmallerthanthespeedofprojection
and repulsive between points D and E on the
39. No work is done by a force on an object if curye.
(a) the force is always perpendicular to its velocity (;1 The force of interaction between the particles is
(b) the force is s arwilys PtrrPt',uruurar to
always perpendicular Lu rrs
its repulsive between points E and F on the curve,
acceleration
7.tU Physics
43. A particle moves along a horizontal circle such that
the radial force acting on it is directly proportional (c) Speed of point f is I
5
to square of time. Then choose the correct option :

(a) tangential force acting on it is directly (d) Work done by the string on the block is non-zero

proportional to time 46. The system is released

(D) power developed by total force is directly from rest. The spring is in
proportional to time vertical position (AB = ln)
(c) average power developed by the total force over and in unstretched
first / second from rest is directly proportional to condition. The block of
time mass rz moves on smooth
(d) angle between total force and normal decreases horizontal surface and
B
withtime breaks the contact when
spring makes an angle 0
44, A single conservative force F(x) acts on a particle with the original vertical
that moves along the x-axis. The graph of the position.
potential energy with .r is given. At x = 5 m, the (a) the magnitude ofangle 0 increases ifthe stiffiress
particle has a kinetic energy of 50 J and its potential ofthe spring used decreases
energy is related to position '.f,' as tI = 15 * (* -3)2 (D) the total work done by the tension in the thread
Joule, where x is in meter. on both the blocks is negative for certain
U (Joule) moment of the block
(c) the vertical component of the spring is equal to
weight of the block
(d) the sum of potential energy in the spring and
5
the kinetic energies of two blocks at the instant
x(m) contact is lost is 2mglotan0
0
S
47. Displacement time graph c
(a) The mechanical energy of system is 69 J. of a particle moving in a B

(D) The mechanical energy of system is 19 J. straight line is as shown in

A
figure. Select the correct
(c) At x:
3, the kinetic energy of particle is
alternative(s)
minimum
(d) The maximum value of kinetic energy is 54 J. (a) work done by all the forces in region AB is not
45. A block of mass m is pulled by an external agent by zero
an inextensible string at point I as shown in figure: (b) work done by all the forces in region AB is zero
(where v and a are velocity and acceleration ofpoint (c) work done by all the forces in reglon BC is
negative
,4 respectively):
(d) work done by all the forces in region OA is
negative
48. Mark the correct statement(s) related to conservative
forces.

m
q
-+a

2
(a)

(b)
A force constant in magnitude

A
as well as in
direction always behave like a conservative
force.
force always oriented towards a common
point and magnitude depends upon distance of
particle form that common point is a conservative
mv
(c) Kinetic energy of the block is force.
-
50
(c) The workdone by a conservative force is
independent of the frame of reference.
(D) Power delivered by the extemal agentis ry (d) none of these.
25
 Work, power & Energy 7.45
49. Abody of mass Mwas slowly hauled up the rough R
hill by a force F which at each point was directed
along a tangent to the hill. Work done by the force :
m
(a) is independent of shape offtajectory
vo = 2€R
(b) depends upon vertical component of
displacement but independent of horizontal (a) the minimum tension in the string during
component subsequent motion is mg
(c) depends upon both the components (6) the initial acceleration of the particle will be 49
(d) does not depend upon coefficient of friction
(c) the minimum initial velocity to be imparted to
50. A horizontal plane o particle in the position shown for it to complete
supports a plank the vertical circle will be J:gn
with a block placed
Friction F, (A the tangential acceleration of the particle when
on it. A light elastic Friction F
the velocity vector becomes horizontal is zero.
string is attached F

to the block which 53. The potential energy (in joules) of a particle of mass
is attached to a fixed point O, Initially the cord is I kg moving in a plane is given by V: 3x + !y,
unstretched and vertical. The plank is slowly shifted the position coordinates of the point being x and y,
to right until the block starts sliding over it. It occurs measured in metres. If the particle is at rest at (6,4);
at the moment when the cord deviates from vertical then
by an angle 0 : 00. Work done by the F equals : (a) its acceleration is of magnitude 5 m/s2
(a) energy lost against friction F, plus strain energy (D) its speed when it crosses the y-axis is l0 m/s
in cord (c) it crosses they-axis (x : 0) at y : - 4
(b) work done against total friction acting on the (d) it moves in a straight line passing through the
plank alone
origin (0, 0)
(c) work done against total friction acting on the 54. Two blocks, of masses Mand2M,are connected to a
plank plus strain energy in cord lightspring ofspring constantKthathas one endfixed,
(d) work done against total friction acting on the as shown in figure. The horizontal surface and the
pulley are frictionless. The blocks are released from
plank plus strain energy in cord minus work
when the spring is non deformed. The string is light.
done by friction acting on the block
-rnnfirnl (l
51. A block is kept at rest on a rough horizontal surface.
Observer I is at rest and observer 2 is moving
along the horizontal with a constant velocity v. The
following quantities will be same as observed by the
two observers.
(a) K.E. of the block attime t
(a) Maximum extension in the spring i, !-Y! .
(D) work done by friction on the block
(c) relative velocity of the block w.r.t horizontal (D) Maximum kinetic energy of the system is
surface 2M'g'
(d) acceleration ofthe block K
(c) Maximum energy stored in the spring is four
52. Aparticle of mass lz is connected to a fixed point O times that of maximum kinetic energy of the
by means of an inextensible string and is free to
system.
move in a vertical plane. The particle is initially
(d) When kinetic energy of the system is maximum,
given a velocity vo: 2t[gR when the string is in
energy stored in the spring . *F
horizontal position. Then
7.46 Physics
55. The potential energy of a particle moving along 58. If the particle is isolated and its total mechanical
.r-axis is given by U : 20 + 5 sin (4nr) when U is in energy is 60 J, then
J and x is in metre under the action of conservative
(a) the particle can be found anywhere from
force
__o <r< @
(a) if total mechanical energy is 20 J, then at
7 (b) the particle's maximum KE is 95 J
,: g
*, particle is at equilibrium
(c) the particle's KE is not getting zero anywhere on
(b) if total mechanical energy is 20 J, then at X-axis.
7
, : tn, particle is not at equilibrium
; (d) all of the above are true

(c) if total mechanical energy is 20 J, then at Passoge-2 (Question 59 to 67)

,: ;3 -, particle is at equilibrium A system of two identical small cubes each of mass 2 kg

are linked together by compressed weight less spring of
(d) if total mechanical energy is 20 J, then at
spring constant 100 N.m-I. The cubes are connected by a
x : - m, particle is not at equilibrium
thread which is burnt through at certain moment. Assume
thatg=l0ms-2.
Comprehension Type
Passoge-7 (Question 56 to 58)

The figure shows the variation of potential energy of a

particle as a function of x, the X-coordinate of the region'
It has been assumed that potential energy depends only on
x. For all other values of x, U is zero, i.e., for x < -10 and
x>15,U:0.
59. Of the following, at which value of A/ the initial
u (x)
J compression of the spring, the lower cube can

bounce up after the thread has been burnt.

x (m)
(a) 42cm (b) 48 cm
5
(c) 52cm (d) 6lcm
-35
60. To what height does the centre of gravity of the

56. If total mechanical energy of the particle is 25 J, system raise if the initial compression of the spring
then it can be found in region is 140 cm
(a) -10<x<-5and6<xc15 (a) 200cm (D) 160 cm
(b) -10<x<-5and6<x<15
(c) l20cm (d) l00cm
(c) -5 <x<6
(A -10 <x< l0 61. The given spring is cut into two equal halves and

57. If total mechanical energy of the particle is -40 J, the initial spring is replaced with one half piece. To
then it can be found in region what height does the centre of the gravity raise if the
(a)x<-l0andx>15 initial compression is 70 cm?
(b) can be found in region
(a) 60 cm (6) 80 cm
(c) l0<x< 15
(d) It is not possible. (c) l00cm (d) l20cm
 Work, Power & Energy 7.47
Passoge-3 (Question 62 to 64) 67. The observer B finds that work done by pseudo force
A spring lies along an.r axis attached to a wall at one end is
and a block at the end. The block rests on a frictionless (a) zero (b) -mdto
surface as x = 0. A force of constant magnitude F is applied (c) + mozto (d) - mgato
to the block that begins to compress the spring, until the 68. According to observer.B, the net work done on the
block comes to a maximum displacementx.o. block is
l1
(a) -, mazto2 (b)
, ma2toz
Energy 4..
or work
(c)
1^r
mgato,
2
, @) -, mgahz
3-
x Possage-S {Question 69 to 77)
Xr*
A vertical frictionless
semicircular track of radius .R is
62. During the displacement, which of the curves shown
fixed on the edge of movable trolley. Initially the system
in the graph best represents the kinetic energy
is at rest and a mass m is kept at the top of the track. The
of the block.
trolley starts moving to the right with a uniform hoizontal
(a)| (b) 2
(c)3 (A4 acceleration : +. The mass slides down the track,
" 9
63. During the displacement, which ofthe curves shown eventually losing contact with it and dropping to the floor
in the graph best represents the work done on the below the trolley.
spring block system by the applied force.
(") I (b) 2
(c)3 (d) 4
2o
64. During the first half of the motion, applied force h
4R a=d
3
transfers more energy to the
(a) kinetic energy (D) potential energy
(c) equal to both (d) depends upon mass of 69. The angle 0 with vertical, at which it losses contact
the block with the trolley is
Passoge- (Question 65 ta 68) (a) 37' (b) 53'
Ablock of mass z is kept in an elevator
which starts moving downward with an
acceleration ao as shown in figure. The in
{a" (") **r (3) @ ;-*'-'(?)
70. The height at which mass m losing contact is
block is observed by two observers I t
B

and.B for atime interval t .

65. The observerB finds that the work done by gravity

a> 1* tot Nn
is (c) R <O l5 *n
I I
(a) mdh2 (b) mdt02 71. The time taken by the mass to drop on the floor, after
2 2
losing contact is
(c)
I
2
mgat] @ -,
I
mgato 2
En
(b)
m
I-

'' t/r" !s
66. The observer B finds that work done by normal
reaction N is @rE (d) Can't be determined
(a) zero (b) -Natoz

(c) + M
2
(d) None of these
7./ts Physics
Matching Column Type Column I Column II
72. A block of mass m lies on wedge of mass M. The (a) Work done by friction (p) positive
wedge in tum lies on smooth horizontal surface. force onblockl is
Friction is absent everywhere. The wedge block
system is released from rest. All situation given in (b) Work done by friction (q) negative
column-I are to be estimated in duration the block force on block B is
undergoes a vertical displacement 'ft' starting from (c) Total work on the system (r) less than p mgl,
rest (assume the block to be still on the wedge). in magnitude
Match the statement in column-I with the results in
column-Il. (g is acceleration due to gravity) (d) Work done by force F (s) equal to FL in
m on block B is magnitude

74. Aparticle moving along x-axis is being acted upon

by one dimensional conservative force F. In the F-x
curve shown, four points "I, K, L, M and marked on the
Column I Column II
curve. Column II gives different type of equilibrium
(a) Work done by normal reaction (p) positive
for the particle at different position. Column I gives
acting on the block is
certain positions on the force position graph. Match
(b) Work done by normal (q) negative the position in Column-I with the corresponding
reaction (exerted by nature of equilibrium at these positions.
block) acting on wedge is c4
tt
I

The sum of work done by (r) zero

I
(c) M
-----t-----
o
I

K L
--'x
normal reaction on block and
work done by normal reaction t J

(exerted by block) on wedge is

Column I Column II
(dl Net work done by all forces (s) less than
on block is mgh in (a) Point J is position (p) Neutral equilibrium

magnitude of
(6) Point K is position (q) Unstable
73. A block I of mass z kg lies on block B of mass
of equilibrium
mkg. B in turn lies on smooth horizontal plane. The
from /:
0 second till the lower block B undergoes a (c) Point L is position (r) Stable equilibrium
displacement of magnitude Z, match the statements of
in column-I with results in column-Il.
(d) Point M is position (s) No equilibrium
of
F=pmg (t) equilibrium

Archives: Least Attempted Questions(LAQs) AEE MAIN)

NumericolType
1. A particle (m: I
kg) slides down a frictionless track (AOC) starting from rest at a point A(height 2m).After
reaching C, the particle continues to move freely in air as a projectile. When it reaching its highest point P (height
kinetic energy of the particle (in J) is : (Figure drawn is schematic and not to scale; take g: t0,;ffi}
Tl:]n.
A Height
a P

2m c I

o
 Work, Power & Energy 7.49
Single Option Correct
2. Consider a force F:-xi +yj. The work done by *
this force in moving a particle from point A(1, 0) to
B(0, l) along the line segment is :
(All quantities are in SI units) 120201
ffit'
ms't'
i.=

v
t") --i- (b) 0
B (0, t)
3msst2
(c) --- (a -*g't'
6. A time dependent force F = 6t acts on a particle of
x mass 1 kg. If the particle starts from rest, the work
(0,0) A(1,0) done by the force during the first I sec. will be :

(o)
l3 J
@) a.s (b) 22J l20t7l
(b) (c)el
T , (d) l8J
(c)2 (Ar 7. A person tying to lose weight by buming fat lifts a
3. A block of mass m, lying on a smooth horizontal mass of I 0 kg upto a height of I m I 000 times. Assume

surface, is attached to a spring (of negligible mass) that the potential energy lost each time he lowers
ofspring constant k. The other end ofthe spring is the mass is dissipated. How much fat will he use up
fixed, as shown in the figure. The block is initially considering the work done only when the weight is
at rest in its equilibrium position. If now the block is lifted up ? Fat supplies 3.8 x 107 J of energy per kg
pulled with a constant force F, the maximum speed which is converted to mechanical energy with a20o/o
of the block is [20191 efficiency rate. Tinkeg= 9.8 ms-2: t20161
(a) 6.45 x t0-3 kg (D) 9.89 x l0-3 kg
(c) 12.89 x l0-3kg (d) 2.45 x t0-3kg
F
8. A point particle of mass nt, moves along the
unifonnly rough track PQR as shown in the figure.
(a\ F The coefficient of friction, between the particle and
,/mk the rough track equals p. The particle is released,
- from rest, from the point P and it comes to rest at a
(b\ F
point R. The energies, lost by the ball, over the parts,
x^lmk
PQ andQR,of the track, are equal to each other, and
-
(c) |tF no energy is lost when particle changes direction
,lmk from PQ to QR. The values of the coefficient of
- 2F friction p and the distance x(= QR), are, respectively
(a_ close to: [2016]
'lmk +
4. A force acts on a 2 kg object so that its position is I
I
given as a function of time asx:3P + 5. What is the I
I

work done by this force in first 5 seconds? [20191 h=2m I

I

(a) 850 J I
I
I

(b) e50 J I
oR
(c) 875 J Horizontal ----+
surface
(d) e00 J

5. A block of mass z is kept on a platform which starts (a) 0.2 and 3.5 m
from rest with constant acceleration (b) 0.29 and 3.5 m
f upwards, as
shown in figure. Work done by normal reaction on (c) 0.29 and 6.5 m
block in time t is [20191 (d) 0.2 and 6.5 m
T.5O Physics
9. For a simple pendulum, a graph is plotted between where a and b are constants. The work done in
its kinetic energy (KE) and potential energy (pE) stretching the unstretched rubber-band by L is :

against its displacement d. Which one of the

I
tn\
(a'S ntz + ht3
alz+bl3 (6) ;2 (aL2+bL3) [20141
following represents these correctly ? t20151
(graphs are schematic and not drawn to scale) ot] bt
E
KE
@) z* t ,, i(+.+)
11. At time I : 0s a particle starts moving along the
(o) d x-axis. If its kinetic energy increases uniformly
with time 'l', the net force acting on it must be
PE proportional to : [201U
E (a) constant (b\ t
(b)'--. ...PE
(") --r
I
@ {
KE v,
E 12. An athlete in the olympic games covers a distance of
KE
(c) 100 m in 10 s. His kinetic energy can be estimated to
,rPE
d be in the range [2008]
E (a) 2x l05J-3 x lOsJ
,PE
(d) (b) 20,000 J - 50,000 J
KE
d (c) 2,000 J - 5,000 J
10. When a rubber-band is stretched by a distance x, it (a 200 J-s00J
exerts a restoring force of magnitude p:6 + b*

Archives: Least Attempted Questions (LAQs) (tEE Adv)

Single Option Correct (c) radially outwards initially and radially inwards
later
1. A wire, which passes through the hole is a small
(d) radially inwards initially and radially outwards
bead, is bent in the form of quarter of a circle. The
later.
wire is fixed vertically on ground as shown in the
figure. The bead is released from near the top ofthe 2. The work done on a particle of mass m by a force,
fxtvnl
wire and it slides along the wire without friction. As
the bead moves from I to B, the force it applies on
Kl6;W'.Gryi| (r being a

the wire is constant of appropriate dimensions), when the

particle is taken from the point (a, 0) to the point
120141
(0, a) along a circular path of radius a about the
A
origin in the x-y plane is : [20131

(a)
2Kn
@) a [!
B a
o -
(a) always radially outwards Kn
(c) (40
(b) always radially inwards 2a
 Work, Power & Energy 7.57
3. Ablock (B) is attached springs,S, 5. Statement - I :
to two unsfietched 120071
andSrwithspringconstants kand4 /c,respectively A block of mass rz starts moving on a rough
(seefigurel).Theotherendsareattachedtoidentical horizontal surface with a velocity v. It stops due
supports M, and M, not attached to the walls. The to friction between the block and the surface after
springs and supports have negligible mass. There moving through a certain distance. The surface is
is no friction anywhere. The block B is displaced now tilted to an angle of 30o with the horizontal
towards wall I by a small distance r and
(figure II) and the same block is made to go up on the surface
released. The block returns and moves a maximum with the same initial velocity v. The decrease in the
distance y towards wall 2. Displacements x and y are mechanical energy in t}re second situation is smaller
measured with respect to the equilibrium position of than that in the first situation.

the block B. The ratio Z is Figure 120081

Because
x
2 1
Statement - 2

M2 sl The coefficient of friction between the block and the

surface decreases with the increase in the angle of
I
2 I
inclination.
tr x s, (a) Statement-l is True, Statement-2 is True;
Statement-2 is a correct explanation for
x Statement-l

@)a (b) 2 (b) Statement-l is True, Statement-2 is True;

@iI @i Statement-2
Statement-l
is NOT a correct explanation for

4. A bob of mass Mis suspended by a massless string (c) Statement-l is True, Statement-2 is False

oflength L The horizontal velocity Zat position I (d) Statement-l is False, Statement-2 is True.
is just sufficient to make it reach the point B. The
6. A particle moves under the influence of a force
angle 0 at which the speed of the bob is half of that :b
F in one dimensions (k is a positive constant
at l, satisfies t20081 and x is the distance of the particle from the origin).
Figure: Assume that the potential energy of the particle at the
B origin is zero, the schematic diagram of the potential
energy Uas a function of x is given by [2004]

U U

(o) x (b) x

(a\ 0= L (b) 1<oI

4 42 U U

Tt^3n
(c\ -<0<- (c)
@ +<o<n X @ X
24
T lr Dhvcir<
7. A particle, which is constrained to move along the
.r-axis, is subjected to a force in the same direction
(a) vi -zgn: lsn
which varies with the distance x of the particle from
the origin as F(x) = + at'. Here k and a are
-lo-,
(b) ui - zgn: lsn
positive constants. For x > 0, the functional form of
(c)the centripetal force required at points r and z is
the potential energy U(.r) of the particle is 120021 zeto
U(x) u(x)
(Athe centripetal force required is maximum at
(a) (b)
points x and z
x x
10. A particle of mass m is initially at rest at the origin.
U(x) U(x)
It is subjected to a force and starts moving along
the x-axis. Its kinetic energy K changes with time
(c) (d) as dKldt:yt where l, is a positive constant of
x x appropriate dimensions. Which of the followirtg
statements is (are) true? 120181

8. An ideal spring with spring-constant /r is hung from (a) The force applied on the particle is constant
(D) The speed of the particle is proportional to time
the ceiling and a block of mass M is attached to its
(c) The distance of the particle from the origin
lower end. The mass is released with the spring increases linearly with time
initially unsteched. Then the maximum extension (d) The force is conservative
in the spring is 120021 Numerical Type
@) alldsk (b) zM.sk 11. A particle is moved along a path AB-BC-CD-DE-
(c) Mg/k (d) Mstzk EF-FA, as shown in figure, in presence of a force
M ulti ple Options Correct f = (ayi+ zaxi)N, where x and y are in meter
and o: - I Nm-I. The work done on the particle by
9. A student skates up a ramp that makes an angle 30o this force F will be Joule. t20191

with the horizontal. He/she starts (as shown in the B

1.0
figure) at the bottom of the ramp with speed vo and DI
C
wants to turn around over a semicircular path xyz of
F E
radius R during which he/she reaches a maximum x
0 O.S 1.0
height & (at point y) from the ground as shown in the
12. A spring-block system is resting on a frictionless
figure. Assume that the energy loss is negligible and floor as shown in the figure. The spring constant
the force required for this turn at the highest point is 2.0 Nm-t and the mass of the block is 2.0 kg.
Ignore the mass of the spring. Initially the spring is
is provided by his/her weight only. Then (g is the in an unstretched condition. Another block of mass
acceleration due to gravity) 120201 1.0 kg moving with a speed of 2.0ms-|. collides
elastically with the first block. The collision is such
that the 2.0 kg block does not hit the wall. The
distance, in metres, between the two blocks when
the spring returns to its unstretched position for the
first time after the collision is [2018]

lkg 2ks
 Work, Power & Energy 7.53
1 3. Consider an elliptically shaped ra il PQ in the vertical 14. Aparticle of mass 0.2kgis moving in one dimension
planewith OP:3 mand Ob4 m.Ablockofmass under a force that delivers a constant power 0.5 W to
I kg is pulled along the rail from P to Qwith a force the particle. Ifthe initial speed (in ms-ll ofttre particle
of 18 N, Which is always parallel to line PQ gee is zero, the speed (in m5-t; after 5s is : t20131
the figure given). Assuming no frictional losses,
15. A light inextensible string that goes over a smooth
the kinetic energy of the block when it reaches p is
fixed pulley as shown in the figure connects two
(z x 10)joules. The value ofn is (take acceleration
blocks of masses 0.36 kg and, 0.72 kg. Tirking g :
due to gravitY: l0 ms-2) l20l4l
l0 m/s2, find the work done (in joules) by the string

r
4m
on the block of mass 0.36 kg during the first second

afterthe system is released from rest. t20091

900
J P
3m -*

Matching Column Type

16. A particle of unit mass is moving along the x-axis under the influence of a force and its total energy is conserved.
Four possible forms of the potential energy of the particle are given in column I (a and Uo are constants). Match the
potential energies in column I to the corresponding statement(s) in column II.

[201s|
Column I Column II

:UO ' (p) The force acting on the particle is zero at x: a

(o) Ur(x)
2 [,-(;)']

(b) Ur(x) :UO (:)' (q) The force acting on the particle is zero at;r : 0
2

:
(c) u 3@)
+(:)' *, [-(r' ] (r) The force acting on the particle is zero at x : --a,

*uo (s) The particle experiences an attractive force towards

(d) Uq(x)
2 h +o'l x:0intheregionlxl<o.

(l) The particle with total energy *"oscillate about

?
thePointx:-a
7.54 Physics
Answer
Exercise 7
r. (D) 2. (a) 3. (c) 4. (c) (b)
5. 6.(b) 7.(c) 8. (c) e. (a) r0. (6)
11. (c) 12. (d) 13. @ 14. (c) 15. (c) 16. (D) 17. (c) 18. (a) 19. (a) 20. (a)
21. (b\ 22. (d) 23. @ 24. (a) 25. (a) 26.(d) 27. (b) 28. (c) 2e. (a) 30. (a)
31. (c) 32. (a) 33. (c) 34. (a) 35. (b) 36. (c) 37. (a) 38. (D) 3e. (c) a0. (c)
41. (a) 42. (b) 43. (a) 44. @ 45. (b) 46. (a) 47.(A a8. (c) 4e.(a s0.(d)
51. (c) s2. (b) 53. (b) s4. (c)

Exercise 2
r. (b) 2. (d) 3. (a) 4. (c) (b)
l. 6.(b) 7. (a) 8. (c) e. (b) 10. (c)
11. (D) t2. (D) 13. (a) 14. (c) 15. (c) 16. (c) 17. (a) 18. (c) 19. (c) 20. (a)
21. (c) 22. (c) 23. (a) 24. (d) 25. (b) 26. (c) 27. (b) 28. (a\ 2e. (c) 30. (a)
31. (a) 32. (b) 33. (b) 34. (c) 35. (r) 36.(d) 37. (a) 38. (D) 39. (c) 40. (b)
4t. (c) 42. (c) 43. (b) 44. (b) 45. (c) 46. (b) a7. @) 48. (b) ae. @) 50. (c)
sl. (b) s2. (b) 53. (o) s4. @ 55. (a)

Exercise 3

1.(lso) 2. (4) 3. (3) 4. (s) (5) 6. (5.50) 7.(l) 8.(l) e.(5) 10. (3)
11. (4) 12. (s) 13. (l) 14. (3) 15. (e) 16. (3) 17. (6) 18. (4) le. (8) 20. (6)
Exercise 4
1.(a) 2. (c) 3. (c) 4. (c) (b)
5. 6.(c) 7.(d) 8.(D) e.(b) 10. (D)
11. (a) 12. (a) 13. (a) 14. (b) 15. (c) 16. (c) 17.(d) 18. (c) te.(d) 20. (a)
21. (c) 22. (c) 23. (b) 24. (a) 25. (b) 26. (a) 27. (a) 28. (a) 2e. (a) 30. (b)
31. (a, b, c) 32. (a, b, c) 33. (a, b, c) 34. (b, c) 3s.(a
36. (a, b, c) 37. (d) 38. (a, c) 39. (a, c, d) 40. (b, a
41. (a, d) 42. (b, d) 43. (b, c, d) 44. (a, d) 45. (a,b, d)
",
46. (a, c, d) 47. (b, c) 48. (a, b) 49. (a) 50. (a, b, d)
51. (b, c, d) 52. (a, c, Q 53. (a, b, c) 54. (a, b, c) 55. (a, c)
56. (a) s7.(d) sE.(d) se. (a 60. (a) 61.(d) 62. (c) 63. (a) 6a. @) 6s. (c)
66. (d) 67. (a) 68. (D) 6e. (a) 70. (d) 71. (b)
a+ (q, s); b (p, s); c (r, s); d'--+ Qt, s) 73. a (p, r); b (q, r); c (p,s\; d + (p)
72. ---+ ---+
- - -
74. a (s); (q, t); c (r, t); d @, t)
--+ D
- -'-+ ---+

Archives: Leost Attempted Questions (LAQs) (tEE Moin)

1. (10) 2. (A 3. (a) 4. (d) s. (c) 6.(a) 7. (c) 8.(b) e. (d) 10. (c)
11. (c) 12. (c)
Archives: Least Attempted Questions {LAQs) (JEE Adv)
L (A 2. @) 3. (c) 4. (d) (c) 6.(a')
s. 7. (A 8. (b) 9. (a,4
10. (a, b, d) 11. (0.7s) 12. (2.0e) 13. (5) 14. (s)
15. (8) 16. a-+(p, q,r t);b+(q,s');c'-.(p, q,r s);d---+(t,rt1
 Chnprrn

8
Center of Muss und
Conseryation of Linear Momentum
1. CENTER OF MASS lllustrotion 7

A system of particles means a collection of two or more- The position vector of three particles of masses rz, =
point masses. It can also be a continuous body of definite lkg, mr= 2k1and nr, = 3 kB are i, : ti + li + i1 *,
size and shape.
In a system ofparticles, there is one special point that
i2=(i+i+i1* and 4=(2i-i-zi)-
has some interesting and simple properties no matter how respectively. Find the position vector oftheir centre
complicated the system is. This special point is called the of mass.
centre of mass. .! r"iiulinn '

For a Discrele system of n particles, the position vector The position vector of COM of the three particles will
of the centre of mass is defined as the weighted average of be given by
the individual position vectors, that is
m.l
;
,COM _ _ mrTr+mrVr+mrit
mt+ m2+ m3
rs
m^
Substituting the values, we get

13
(r)0'+ qi +tl+(2)(f +i +i1
+(3)(2i-i-ztt
tor'.r
1+2+3
Position vector r" of centre of mass for a system of l^
= 7(3i+j-k)m
z
n-particles
mri, + mri, * ....+ mrin Position of COM of two Particles
v"
mt + m2 + ....+ mn
Taking COM as origin, tou : \ ml+
4 ! m'v' :
O

-1
; =2*,i,
tc
m2

M Therefore
where M=Zm, mrTr+m2i2 -0
Where iy,i2,...., f, are the position vectors of masses 2,, This implies center of mass lies on the line joining two
nt
2 r..... t n, respectively. masses
The components of the position vector of centre of mass F-t+
are defined as t,l coM
mlom2
*"='#, Also mtrz: m2r2

nffiz
:
vc='#, or --'!-
rz -ml
:2*,,,
,cM Center of mass divides the line joining the masses in the
inverse ratio of the masses.
8.2 Physics
m2r 7.2 CENTRE OF MASS OF A CONTINUOUS MASS
Thus r DISTRIBUTION
mt+m2
For continuous mass distribution the centre of mass can
frrf
/2= be located by replacing summation sign with an integral
mt+mz
sign. Proper limits for the integral are chosen according to
the situation
rr: 12: I it *,= *r,
i.e., COM lies midway between the two particles of equal
xcm tu
masses. Id*
Similarly, r | ) r
2
if m, < m, and r I I t2 if m, < m, i.e.,
COM is nearer to the particle having larger mass. l"* tu
!d*
2
Find the position of centre of mass of the system of
3 objects of masses llrg,2 kg and 3 kg located at the
zcm !-
!d*
corner of an equilateral triangle of side 1 m. Take I
kg mass object at the origin and 2 kg along x-axis. I
J
a* : M(mass of the body)

Solution:
Y- axis
v",: +
MJ fia*
Note: If an object has symmetric mass distribution aboutx
m3: 3kg
axis theny coordinate of COM is zero and vice-versa
(xr, yr)= (;,s) Center of Mass of Symmetric/Regular Shaped Objects
Mass center of uniform and symmetric mass distributions
lies on axis of symmetry or plane of symmetry
x-axls Centre of mass of a uniform rectangular, square or
mt:l m2:2kg circular plate lies at its centre.
(xr, yr): (o,o) (xz,yz): (l,o)

mlxl +m2x2+m3x3 com

a
cm
ml+m2+m,j com

lx0+2x1+:r!
+ x"= l+2+3
lllustration 3
A composite body is made of joining two or more
7 bodies. Find mass center of the following composite
= cm
-m
t2 body made by joining a uniform disk of radius r and
a uniform square plate of the same mass per unit
mtltlm2y2+m3y3
Y=
cm
mt+m2+m3
area.

lx0+2xO+f r,€ To find center of mass the component bodies are

Ycm 2 assumed particle of masses equal to corresponding
l+2+3 bodies located on their respective mass centers. Then
we use equation to find coordinates of the COM of the
J1
f=-m
cm4 composite body.

Co-ordinates of centre of mass (x"-,!"-)

7Jl
124
 CoM and Conservotion of Linear momentum 8.3
To find COM of the composite body, we first have Denoting masses of the truncated body, removed
to calculate masses of the bodies, because their mass portion and original body by ffi$, frrp and moo and
distribution is given.
location of their mass centers by x,6, x* and xob, we
If we denote surface mass density (mass per unit area)
by o, masses of the bodies are can write mfixfi + frrbxrp = frobxob
Mass of the disk From the above equation we obtain position
mr:Mass per unit area x Area co-ordinate x,u of the mass center of the truncated
:o(nP\: onf body.

--T -
Mass of the square plate ffiobxob ntrbxrp

:Mass per unit area x Area

*,u- ...(1)
z,
: c(2r)2:4oP Denoting mass per unit area by o, we can express the
Location of mass center of the disk masses frtb,ffirpandmou.
xr:Centre of the disk: r Mass of truncated body
and /a:0 (
Location of mass center of the square plate ,,u : I , -T,')l
o1n[. 3onr2

x-p =Center of the surface plate 3r

)J= 4

and !a=0 Mass of the removed portion

Using eqn., we obtain coordinates (x", !r) of the on2
composite body. m rp4

+msx; _ r(n+12)
xc _mdxd
tt, * r/t, (n+ 4 Mass of the original body

* mrx, moo = onP

and ,^:frdxd
- -g
tfl1 * tfi, Mass center of the truncated body.rr,

r(n+12) Mass center of the removed portion

Coordinates of the mass center are 0
(n+4\ ' r
x=-
rp2
Center ol Mass of Truncated Bodies Mass center of the original body
4 xot:0
Find mass center of the following truncated disk Substituting the above values in equation (l), we
made by removing disk of radius equal to half of the
obtain the mass the center of the truncated body.
original disk as shown in the figure. Radius of the
original uniform disk is r. : frobXob - frrbXrp
*ru
v ,r\o

(on 2)ro- cn2 L

x ) r
3onr2 6
4
.5oi,.i{rnn:
To find COM of truncated bodies we can make use of
r
Mass center ofthe truncated body is at point ( 6
0
superposition principle that is, if we add the removed
portion in the same place we obtain the original body.
The idea is illustrated in the following figure. lllustation 5
yyy

+.+-+
Find the center of mass of a uniform rod having
length Z and mass rr.
Also find the position of center of mass when mass
per unit length is given as l. = hP.
8.4 Physics

Solution R"? gd0

-ftJ lsin
0

2R
x +tdxt+ lr^ TC
...(2)

*
dm: d*
L
L Find coordinates of center of mass of a half disc of
tm
l-xtu radius ^R with centre at origin.
x", b-
y-
iL
* -,
L

Consider a strip of thickness dr and radius.

When mass per unit length is given as X = l* ( m\ 4mr
Mass dm: l---lx2nrdr= ; dr
= *:ld dm:1rdx:l* e \nR'12) R'
Length
L
t lx3 a*
xr^ tu:
lo*
o
L
3L
4
* lx2
ax
o

6
Find coordinates of center of mass of a half ring of
Rr2r
radius ^R with centre at origin. 4m
l_ rdr
Solution: v dm in R'=
Figure shows the object (semi circular ring). By l"^ dm
observation we can say that the x-coordinate of the
centre of mass of the ring is zero as the half ring is
\#,*
symmetrical about y-axis on both sides of the origin.
Only we are required to find the y-coordinate of the
centre of mass.
-;y:
0
#-y*
Y=Rsin0

-eF1=-o^
rc R2 3r
To findy", we useycm : !, o* ...(l) 2
i
8
Here for dm we consider an elemental arc of the ring at
an angle 0 from the x-direction of angular width ai0. If Find the centre of mass of an annular half disc
shown in figure.
radius of the ring is R then itsy coordinate will be R sin
0, here dre is given as

dm L,Rdg
lrR
So from equation (l), we have

v :
Jcm f-"lL^ae(Rsino)
M i"R
Let p be the mass per unit area of the object. To find its
centre of mass we consider an element as a half ring
 CoM ond Conservotion of Lineor momentum 8.5
of mass dm as shown in figure of radius r and width (6) Hollow cone
dr and there we have
mass
Now, dm: pnr dr
area
? -=O
Centre of mass of this half ring will be atheight
It dm=ox(2nrdx)
x
L
H

R2 J
R2 R
I
!r^ M &I @.n,
ai.? xH
TI
Y: L
L

I
R2
2p
!"^:
o|{ni -
J
ni1 &
,2 dr

!"^
I ydm
0
yox2nr&
2H

: 4(4 -Ri)
znffr, - n?l
I dm
I
L
(a2xrdx)
3

Alternative solution: We can also find the centre of

lllustotion 70
mass of this object by considering it to be complete
half disc of radius R, and a smaller half disc of radius Find coordinates of COM of a hemispherical shell
R, cut from it. If yr^be the centre of mass of this disc of radius r:
we have from the mass moments. 5,:iunort:

[' +)'(*).(' I'B - *?t)'o,^> Considering an element at angle 0 and of thickness Ra0.
radius of element
( 4)"(s\
:lP'- r: Rcos0

[' 2 )[:"./ mass of element dm: o ' 2nr R d0

4(4 -Ri)
v
n@l-nl1

W
tr'ind coordinates of mass center of a solid cone and
hollow cone of radius r and height.tL
/r^
I ydm
I RsinO o2w Rd$
Sslution:
(a) Solid cone:
,I r = Rcos0
I dm I o2ttr Rd$
nl2

R ],
R
J sin0cosOd0
0
!r^ r./2
Taking elemental disc.
J coso de
dm: QcPdy)p
0

H fil2

J sin20d0
'cm
tilam) 3H :4 2 t12
0 R
2
4
or lrrR' H J cosO d0
J
0
8.6 Physics
71 The mass dm of this disc can be given as
Find the center of mass of a solid hemisphere with
mass M and radius rR. a* = lV-^xnr2
znR' ' +
2R"@2 -f)
dy =
' dy
3#:tt€1**:
!".of the hemisphere is given as
To find its centre of mass (only y-coordinate), we
consider an element disc of width dy, mass dm at a
v--.=
rcm = M- |
tf ydm
distancey from the centre of the hemisphere. The radius Jo

of this elemental disc will be given as

r R'-y' +[#,*'-v')vdv

#i ,"' -v\vdv
3R
x x !r^ : 8

1. The distance between the centres of carbon and

oxygen atoms in the carbon monoxide gas molecule
is 1.l3xl0-10m. The distance of centre of mass of
(,)
[*-""0 f.) o (]^*d *,,)
the molecule relative to carbon atom is
5. Two uniform rods ,,{ and .B of lengths 5 m and 3 m
(a) 0.48x10-rom (D) 0.64x10-rom are placed end to end. Iftheir linear densities are 3
(c) 0.56x10-rom 1d; 0.36x10-rom kglmand2 kg/m, the position of their centre of mass
2. The co-ordinates of centre of mass of particles of from their interface is
mass 10, 20 and30 gm are (1, l, 1) cm. The position (a) l9ll4 m on the side of heavier rod
coordinates of mass 40 grn which when added to the (b) 817 m on the side of lighter rod
system, the position of combined centre of mass be
(c) 2 m on the side of heavier rod
at (0,0,0) are,
(d) 2 mon the side of lighter rod
@) (312,312,312) @) (-312,-312,-312)
@) (314,314,314) (O c314,-314,-314) 6. A uniform disc or radius R is put over another
3. Two particles of masses 4 kg and 6 kg are at rest uniform disc of radius 2R of same thickness and
separated by 20 m. If they move towards each other
density. The peripheres of the two discs touch each
under mutual force of attraction, the position of the
point where they meet is other. The position of their centre of mass is

(a) 12 m from 4 kg body

(r) at * from the cente of the bigger disc towards
(b) L2 m from 6 kg body 3
(c) 8mfrom4kgbody the centre of the smaller disc

(A rcmfrom4kgbody
@) at *5 from the centre of the bigger towards the
4. Three particles of masses I kg, 2 kg and 3 kg are
centre of the smaller disc
placed at the vertices A, B and C of an equilateral
triangle ABC. If A and ,B lie at (0,0) and (1,0) m, the
coordinates of their centre of mass are G) atT5 from the cente ofthe bigger disc towards

(a)
f and (b) I mand f-) the centre of the smaller disc

2 ;-) 6 4) (d) None of the above

 CoM ond Conservotion of Lineor momentum 8.7
7. placed
r@
Three identical spheres each of radius 'R'are
mL U _m\t
i6
(
(') (b)
l"J:T:-,n:*TJH:::#X'"H,il""1T:#'j#"?
mass from I is
(c) +zm\t
(u 2ML
2@+6 @
(o)
2R
(D) n @+*)
J
12. A uniform square sheet has a side length of 2R. A
5R
(c)
T @+ circular sheet of maximum possible area,is removed
from one ofthe quadrants ofthe square sheet. The
distance of centre of mass of the remaining portion
8. A thin uniform rod of length .L is bent at its mid from the centre of the original sheet is
point as shown in the figure. The distance of cenfre
T.R R
of mass form the point 'O'is (") (b) a

Olt6-") {'_GI
(c)
R
(a Rn
fr6-n 16-n
13. The centre of mass coordinates of a block of shape
LE
(a) -cos-
L.0
(b) -sm- shown in fig. is
22 42 Y
LE
(c) -cos- L.0
(d) -sm-
42 22 L L
T 2 2
9. A uniform wire of length Z is bent in the form of a L
circle. The shift in its centre of mass is

(a)
i
L2L (b) Tt
I K- L
X

(c)iLL @G
10. The C.M of a uniform card board cut in '7" shape as
@, (i,i) ot (]',],)
shown in figure is. (A & B are C.O.M. of respective
parts.) a> (i',i,) (d)
(i,i)
14. A circular disc of diameter d and a square plate of
side d are placed as shown in figure. The centre
5
I 2cm of mass of this combination from centre of disc is
10 cm (both the object are having same mass per unit area)
-*
€
2cm
(a) 4 cmfromA towards B
(b) 4 cm from B towards I t-d*d+
(c) 3 cm from I towards I 4d 4d
(A 3 cmfroml towardsB (a)
4+n
(b)
3+n
11. On a large tray of mass M an ice cube of mass m,
2d +3n 3d +7n
edge L is kept. If the ice melts completely, the centre (c) (d)
of mass of the system come down by 4+n 4+n

Answer Key
r. (b) 2. (b) 3. (a) a.@) 5. (a) 6.(b) 7. (b) 8.(c) e. (c) 10. (a)
u. (a) 12. (a) 13. (b) u. (a)
S.S Physics
2. MOTION OF CENTER OF MASS
ffiioi
Velocity of Centre of Moss i=1
dcu
Let us consider the motion of the system of 'n ' particles M
of individual masses mp mz...mn and total mass M. It is Further , in accordance with Newton's second law of
assumed that no mass enters or leaves the system during motion F : md. Hence, Equation (2) canbe written as
its motion, so that Mremains constant.
Mdcu: Fr*Fr*""Fn
The, instantaneous position vector of centre of mass is

vct,t=
mrV, + mri, +......+mnVn or MacM= iFt
mt+ m2*......fr, i=l

mt4 t mzVz * """+ m'7'

Mdcu: x4*r..rr +xF.t -"r
Vr, - M But X,fL","a=0 as all internal forces cancel each
other because they are action reaction pairs.
or Mirr: mtit+m272+.....+m,i,
Differentiating both sides with respect to time l. we have
Mdcu: o Fe*temal

Thus, the cenfie ofmass of a system ofparticles moves

Mfrc,
dt
= *,di, ' "'' dt *........4
"'' dt +m"fr2 """""n dt as if it was a particle of mass equal to that of the whole
system with all the extemal forces acting directly on it.
M icu : mtit + mri2 * ...... + mni,

-"cM-_ mrir+ mrir+ .......+ mrin

M T$o 3 kg masses have velocities q- 2? +3i mls
n
and I, =fi -ej m/s. Find (a) velocity of centre of
E*,t,
or vcu: i=1 mass, (D) the total momentum of the system, (c) The
M velocity of centre of mass 5 s after application of a
Momentum of Centre of Mass constant force F = 24i N (d) position of centre of
Further from above equation, mass after 5 s if it is at the origin at t:0.
Micu: mtit+ mri,* """Imnin SaJufi*n;
mi : p is momentum ofaparticle. - rntir+m,i., -tc : 3(2i+3il+ZW-eil
\A) rc:
Therefore, Equation can be written as
mt+m2 ---_--)--
o
-:,
: h+ Fz+....+ F, Velocity of centre of mass
Mvcu
V" : zi-t.sirnr-'
+ pr, : fF, (b) The momentum of the system
i=1

The total momentum (P"r) of the system is equal to *" -__[,'l];l*:' '
the product of total mass of the system M and the velocity
v.- of the centre of mass of the system. In other words the
motion of many particle system can be viewed as a single (c) To find the velocity of centre of mass after 5 s of
particle of mass Mmoving with velocity 2"..
application of the force F =Zfilf we first find the
Acceleration of Centre of Mass acceleration of the centre of mass. It is given by
M icu : mri, + mri2 * .... * m,in
Differentiating Equation with respect to time, we get o" : +=2+=4ims-2
M6
frr, :
'dt **"ffi,
'dt *....**-frn
The velocity of cenke of mass before the force is
dt -,ffi, "dt applied is I".
MA,M : mrdt + mrd', + .... + mndn
and from the equation
mrdr+ mzdr+....+ md, ., : i"+d".t
dM i"
M
 CoM ond Conservation of Lineor momentum 8.9

ic' : (3;-r.sj)+(+?)s Maximum height attained by CM from initial

position,
: 1ti-t.si +zG1
l) : hcm:&2g-= toz :5m
lzti-r.slyms-'
(d) From the equation of the position
^
vector Maximum height atcained by CM of 4kg and2
i _ l_ 0 (origin at t: kg from the ground
= ro *iot + -dt' where [ = 0);
I
l0+5:15m
i: (3; - t.5 ils * z^L<qi)2s lllustration

i: (tsi -t .si + soi!

A projectile is fired at a speed of 100 m/s at an angle
of 37o above the horizontal. At the highest poin! the
7 :(65i-7.5 j)m projectile breeks into two parh of mass ratio I : 3,
the smaller piece coming to rest tr'ind the distance
The coordinates of the centre of mass after 5 s of
from the launching point to the point where the
application of the force F
are (65 m, - 7.5 m)
heavier piece lands.
Solution:

An objectl is dropped from rest the top ofa 30 m high Internal forces do not affect the motion of the centre of
building and at the same moment another object I mass, the centre of mass hits the ground at a position
is projected vertically upwards with an initial speed where the original projectile would have landed. The
of 15 m/s from the base of the building. Mass of the range of the original projectile is
object A is 2 kg while mass of the object B is 4 kg.
Find the maximum height above the ground level
attained by the centre of mass of the A and B system
(takeg= 10 m/s2) (0, 0)
+Xr + 3m
r:.
;: ! :: li '-:
,;
+- x2
mt 4kg,mr:2kg
--\m---.+
222 sin0cos0
---->
Initially 4 kg is on the ground X,, o
xto 6

2 kg is on top of the building 2xllar1r1

x2 30m 55 m:960m
10
mt\+tflzxz _ 0+2x30 :l0m
x-.:
cm The centre of mass will hit the ground at this position.
mr+ m2 4+2 As the smaller block comes to rest after breaking, it
Initial height of CM: l0 m. falls down vertically and hits the ground at half of the
Initial velocity of CM, range, i.e., at x = 480 m. If the heavier block hits the
ground atxr,then
m(r+ fr2uz
ucm mfit+ mzx2
mt+m2 X,,
mt+ m2
4xl5 +0
:
ucm l0 m/s upward. (4 (480) + (3 m)(xr)
4+2 = 960
(m$m)
Acceleration of CM, o"_= g: l0 m/s2 downwards
2ke x2 ll20 m
E
Problems related to Lr"r:0
If initiallycenter of mass is at rest (ur^:0) and the net
um t Initial msition
ofCM external force on the system is also zero
lOcm Fo,=0+e"-=0. This would mean center of mass
t
would remain at rest and the displacement in any given
4ke
interval would be zero (Lr"*:0)
8.70 Physics
+ + A4 +...
Lrcm
mt+mz+m3+.. A dog of mass 10 kg is standing on a flat boat so that
it is 20 meters from the shore. It walks 8 m on the
mrLrr+ mzMz* mrLrr* ...=0
= boat towards the shore and then stops. The mass of
the boat is 40 kg and friction between the boat and
\Mhat is the minimum frequency of light to get A the water surface is negligible. How far is the dog
from the shore now?
balloon of mass M, the light rope and a monkey of
mass ,r as shown in figure are at rest in air. If the
monkey reaches the top of the rope of length I then
find the distance moved by balloon.
V
Ni.rrrEraE2C
*"*R
m 11111111---------r-t.-

Solution: 5*iuti*rs:
Take boat and dog as a system. Initially centre of mass
of the system is at rest. Since no extemal force is acting
ffi* -----l'
I or,
on the system along horizontal, hence centre of mass of
the system will remain stationary.
r______ of the dog will not change
J"-l It means that the motion
x-coordinate of the centre of mass of the system

' Vrrro-r..o==-=o--,-N
SaarralEi:izcmr i-
aYr= L - Lyz
maEa+m6Li6 _n
i.e., LX=
mb+md
...(l)
LYz

Let the displacement of boat is s i

Let the C.M.of monkey ascends by Ayr while C.M. of The displacement of the dog with respect to boat,
balloon descends by Lyz,where Lyr: L- Lyr.
As the whole system (balloon + monkey) is at rest, and
Mo,o:- li
also Fn,t : 0. Therefore the position of C.M. will not The displacement of the dog.

change, i.e Lyr-:0. Thus we have Ma: Ma,t + Lfb : - I i + si=(-/ +s)r'

mrLyr+ mrLy2
^J cm from (i)
mr+ m2
maGl + s)i + m6si =0
m(L- Lyr) + M(-Lyz)
0- 3 m,l l0x8
m+M =-:l-6m
(m1 + m) (10 + 40)
After solving
Hence position of dog from the shore
mL\
Ly2: _l
m+M ) L' : L+ Lid=2Oi +(-8+1.6)i=13.6i

INTEXT EXERCISE:2
1. A man of 50 kg is standing at one end on a boat of 2. Particles of masses I kg and 3 kg are at (2i + 5j +
length 25 m and mass 200 kg. If he starts running l3/c) m and (-6;++i-zk)m then instantaneous
position of their centre of mass is
and when he reaches the other end, he has a velocity
1
2 ms-l with respect to the boat. The final velocity of (a ) (-t6i+t7 i +7k)m
4
the boat is (in ms-r).
? ( b)
2 (b) I (-ti+n i +tk)m
4
(a
5

q
3

8
(c) I (-6i+17 i +7k)m
4
(c) (d)
5 3 I
(d)
4
(-oi+ t7 i +sk)m
 CoM ond Conservotion of Linear momentum 8.77
3. Two particles having masses m and 2 m are travelling 7. A body falling vertically downwards under gravity
along x-axis on a smooth surface with velocities n, breaks in two parts of unequal masses. The centre
and ur, collide. If their velocities after collision are of mass of the tryo parts taken together shifts
v1 and vr, then the ratio ofvelocities oftheir centre horizontally towards
of mass before and after impact is (a) heavierpiece
(a) 2: I (b) 2:3 (b) lighter piece
(c) l:l (d) t:2 (c) does not shift horizontally
4. A balloon of mass M is stationary in air. It has a (d) depends on the vertical velocity at the time of
breaking
ladder on which a man of mass m is standing. If the
man starts climbing up the ladder with a velocity v 8. A man of mass M stands at one end of a plank of
relative to ladder, the velocity of balloon is length Z which lies at rest on a frictionless horizontal
m surface. The man walks to the other end of the plank.
(4 uPwards
Mu If the mass of the plank is (Ml3), the distance that
the man moves relative to ground is
@
ffi1downwards (") L @)x
mv
@ 3L
@+*)upwards lc) 4
@*
mv
@ downwards 9. A particle of mass m is kept m
@rd on a smooth cube of mass
5. Two blocks of masses 2 kg and M and side Z as shown in
I kg respectively are tied to the figure. Cube start moving
ends of a string which passes with a constant velocity v. Displacement of the
over a light frictionless pulley. center of mass along the horizontal direction when
The masses are held at rest at particle hit the ground is
the same horizontal level and
then released. The distance 2kg
1kg
(a)
mv w'1lr'' -t:-l:..81
transversed by centre of mass in *+ Ml;-f/; ] @) m+ MIL s l rr/

2 seconds is (g: l0 m/s2)

(a) 1.42m
(c) 3.12m
(b) 2.22m
(d) 3.33m
(c)
Mv
m*M :.81 ,^ #l;.8)
6. A uniform rod of length /
is kept vertically on 10. Two particle of mass I kg v
a smooth horizontal surface at x = 0. It is rotated and 2 kg are kept on a A 2kg
slightly and released. When the rod finally falls on horizontal plane as shown in
the horizontal surface the lower end will remain at the figure. Distance between
them is 5 m. Mass of I kg
shifted to point A and that of 1 kg
2 kg shifted to the point B, such that centre of mass

x-axrs
ofthe system does not change, then distance between
x=0 the masses will
@r:t (b) *, L (a) lncrease (D) does not change

(") ,. L (A x:o (c) h7 @

lli
2 2

Answer Key
r. (a) 2. (a) 3. (c) 4. (b) s. (D) 6.(a) 7. (c) 8.(b) e. (c) 10. (d)
8.72 Physics
3. CONSERVATION OF LINEAR MOMENTUM 18
A gun is mounted on a stationary rail road car. The
*,** *r**....* *,.ff= Itfr"^ mass of the car, the gun, the shells and the operator
is 50 m, where m is the mass of one shell. Two shells
d_
= fi@fi + mrir+....+ m,i)=E4*t are fired one after the other along same horizontal
line in same direction. If the muzzle velocity (velocity
:) d.- -- I,F.*,
with respect to gun) of the shells is 200 m/s, then find
7(Fr+Fz+....+P^) the speed ofthe car after second shot.
where Ft+Fz,....and pnare the linear momenta of the Soiu*'ar;;

If If* Let il be the muzzle velocity of the shell and i be the

particles. =6
velocity ofthe car after first shot.
h+ Fz+....+ Fn: Constant ...(l)
Pi:o
Hence, in the absence of any external force, the total
[initial momentum of the sYstem]
momentum of a system of particles remains constant.
Py:49mi + m(il +i) "'(2)
17
[final momentum of the system]
A man of mass rr is standing on a stationary wooden
board of mass Mkepton smooth ice. The man starts
i:Pt P

running on the board and acquires a speed u relative = 50mi+mil:0

to the board. Find the speed of the man relative to -fr "'(3)
stationary observer. The board is long enough.
= ':-;
Negative sign shows that il and i are oppositely
-----+ directed. For the second shot, before second shot
momentum of the system is

Solution:
p'i :49 mi ...(4)

The system is initially at rest. Hence its momentum is 1f il'be the velocity ofthe car after second shot then
zero. Since no net extemal force is acting on the system p'f : 48 mi' + m(i + i') ...(5)
along x-axis. Therefore momentum of the system
from COM we get
will remain zero. Considering the X-direction, the
momentum of the system (man + board) should be zero. 49i'+n :49n

--->
v 49i, :4gn -il =-9A
50
-t
x

AS
_il
Given velocity of the man with respect to board, 50
(t l)
l^6: Ul i':-fi I-+-
\.50 49
|

)
Let velocity of the board,

vb: vbt
lllustration 79
Hence velocity of the man, Each of the blocks shown in figure has mass
I kg. The rear block moves with a speed of
i*:i.t+ib : ui +uui =(u +v)i 2 rn/stowards the front block kept at rest. The spring
mu
trIi6 + mi^:O vb: -
= *. M attached to the front block is light and has a spring
Velocity of the man constant 50 N/m. Find the maximum compression of
( mu \^ the spring. Assume, on a friction less surface.
i*:lu--li m+M) +
\
k = 50N/m
_Mu.
,,, m+M
tm
-
 CoM ond Conservotion of Lineor momentum 8,73
Solution:
Find maximum height reached by small mass nr in
Maximum compression will take place when the
fig assume frictionless surfaces.
blocks move with equal velocity. As no net external
horizontal force acts on the system ofthe two blocks,
the total linear momentum will remain constant. If Z
is the common speed at maximum compression, we
have,
(l ke) (2 m/s): (l kg)r/+ (l kg)l/
or, V: I m/s. Solution

Initial kinetic energy : I f , kg) (2 mts)z :2 J.

z
Final kinetic energy
lt
: (t kg) (l n/s)2 + (t kg) (1 m/s)2: I J
, i
The kinetic energy lost is stored as the elastic energy mass of both the block: z
in the spring.
bigger block remains at rest till smaller reaches at
l^(50N/m)xz:2J- bottom of circular part.
Hence,; lJ=lJ or, r=0.2m.
Velocity of smaller block at lowest point n : tlrgR
Now bigger block also start moving let smaller block
reaches up to height fr.
Find total work done by friction assuming plank is
sulficiently long. By momentum conservation
+u mu:Zmv
u
v-
\smoottr 2

Solution: By energy conservation increase in PE of smaller block

When slipping stops both move with same speed by = dec. in KE of smaller block + KE of bigger block
momentum conservation l-l^ :;m(u'-tr)
mgh+;mf
tz
mu = 3mv
u R
y=
J
h: 2
m
t 4. C FRAME
We may attach a frame of reference to the center of mass
smooth of a system. Relative to this frame, the center of mass
work done by friction is at rest (vcu:0). This is called the centre of mass or
C-frame of reference. In view of equation P : Mvr*, the
L KE: Kr K,
total momentum of a system of particles referred to the
I
2
I (r\2
t , C-frame of reference is always zero.
*(:) +-m | - | --mu'
2 2 \3/2 F =lF, : 0 in the C-frame of reference.
i
3mu2 | For that reason the C-frame is sometimes called the
18 , *'-
_,,,
zero momentum frame. The C-frame is important because
I many problems can be more simply analyzed in the
- t *"' Joules C-frame compared to ground frame. It is clear that the
: C-frame moves with a velocity v"rrelative to the ground
Note: Prr, conserved if f"*r.= 0 although internal
frame. When no external forces act on a system, the
forces (friction) are doing work. C-frame can be considered as inertial.
8,74 Physics
A system of two particles
Suppose the masses of the particles are equal to m, and m, In C.O.M. frame. KE,: :
lvVi,,
and their velocities in the K reference frame to i, andi2,
at the time of maximum elongation both the masses
respectively. Let us find the expressions defining their will be moving in same direction with same speed.
momenta and the total kinetic energy in the C-frame.
KEr= o
The momentum of the first particle in the C-system is (both will be at rest relative to CM)
Pr,r= *, itt" : *t (n, -t") Initial relative velocity vr"r:3v
where t" is the velocity of the centre of inertial (of the C Dec. in KE:lncrease in PE of spring
system). Substituting in this formula expression f" lz I
t*
=
: we obtain
2Evrcl 2
)L*,t,=*2u,, I mx2m,^ ,2 1 ldz
F,: v(\-iz) 23m 2
I
where p is the so called reduced mass of the system. J m* lxz
2
mtmz
u: E;
mt+ m2
*: ulT
similarly, the momentum of the second particle in the C
frame is

Fzt, : P('z -'r) TWo blocks of masses m and Mconnected by a spring

This, the momenta of the nvo particles in the C-frame are placed on frictionless horizontal ground. When
are equal in magnitude and opposite in direction; the the spring is relaxed, a constant force F is applied
modulus of the momentum of each particle is as shown. Find maximum extension of the spring
Ftt, : lwr"t= Fzt" during subsequent motion.

where v,", :
F
Iq - rr l is the velocity of one particle relative
to another.
I
Finally, let us consider kinetic energy. The total kinetic 3*l;;tian:
energy of the two particles in the C-frame is Ifwe use ground as inertial frame as we usually do,
62 62 solution of the problem becomes quite involved.
Kr,, = Kr+ Kr=i- *i-
zffit 2ffi2
Therefore, we prefer to use the C frame, in which mass
center remains at rest.
p2 CM
then K,slc =Pv1"t I
F
21t 2

Y^=-
mx v =- Mx
IWo blocks A and .B of masses m and 2 m placed on m+M m+M
smooth horizontal surface are connected with a light
F
spring. The two blocks are given velocities as shown
when spring is at natural length.
(a) Find velocity of centre of mass In the adjacent figure is shown horizontal position of
(D) maximum extension in the spring. mass center (CM) by dashed line. It remains unchanged
K in C frame.
2v
Mass center of two particle system divides separation
A B between them in reciprocal ratio ofthe masses; therefore
displacements .x, and x, of the blocks must also be in
Solution:
reciprocal ratio of their masses. The extension x is sum
Velocity of C.M. ,"-: \9 3m :, of displacements .rl and x, of the blocks as shown in
the figure.
 CoM and Conservotion of Lineor momentum 8.75
When extension of the spring achieves its maximum Using above fact in applying work energy theorem on
value, both the block must stop receding away from the system relative to the C frame, we obtain
the mass center, therefore, velocities of both the
blocks in C frame must be zero. K,* W,--rf: Kr'0 + Wi-+T
rprrnglror"r* W,-l, r:0
During the process when spring is being extended,
FMx
total work done by pseudo forces in C frame become o-!u' +- :0
2 m+m
zero, negative work done by spring forces becomes
equal to increase in potential energy and work done 2FM
by the applied force evidently becomes Fx l'
x: ,r1*arn)

1. A gun of mass M fires a bullet of mass m with a momentum during the impact with the ground.
Kinetic energyEw.r.t. ground. The velocity ofrecoil
of the gun is (mass of gun refers to mass of empty (a) mg(hr+ hr) 101 *(tis4 + Jrstk)
gun)
1,1 *(,lisn, - Jrrh) (d) zero
(a)
J2tt4E
(bt J2*E
m M 6. The momentum of a body in fwo perpendicular
(c) -J2*E (A -'f2ME direction at any time '/' are given by P"=Ztz +6
M+m (M+m) t.2
- of mass M fires a bullet of mass m with a
2. A gun and P,=111.
,2 The force acting on the body at
velocity v relative to the gun. The average force l: 2 sec is
required to bring the gun to rest in 0.5 sec. is (a) 5 units (b) 2 units
(at 2Mmv (b) _ Mmv (c) l0 units (d) 15 units
M+m- 2(M+n)
7. Aboy ofmass m kg boards a
(c) 3Mmv \-'/
Mmv trolley of mass 2m moving
2(M + m) (M +n) with constant speed z along a
3. Two particles of masses m, and m, in projectile horizontal track. Neglecting
- have velocities ( and Z, respectively at friction, if the boy jumps
motion
time t : 0. They collide at time to. Their velocities
vertically up w.r.t, state of ' ,-
trolley after the jump to catch hold of a branch of a
become \' and Vr' attime 2t0 while still moving in tree, the speed of trolley after the boy has jumped offis
air. The value of mr\'* mzVz'-(*rVr+ mrVr) is (a)u (b) 2u
(a) Zero (b) (*r+ mr)gto
(c);u3u
t4 @:
I
(c) 2(mr+ mr)gts (A 8. A revolver of mass m,fires
1@t+mr)gto a bullet of mass muin a
4. A railway flat car, whose mass together with the free space. The bullet is to hit a resting block mass
artillery gun is M, moves at a speed Z. The gun m, at a distance S away from the revolver. Distance
barrel makes an angle o with the horizontal. A shell travelled by the centre of mass of the bullet and block
of mass m leaves the barrel at a speed v, relative to
system when the bullet travels through a distance x
the relative to state of the car after firing. The speed
towards the block is
of the flat car in order that it may stop after the firing
is (let mass of railway car includes mass of the h--x--r{

W
mr
shell).
mvcosa. mv
G>
mb ffi^,
@|-
M M+m k-s--+l
Mvcosu ffibx
(c) (M +m)vcosa (d)
M+m
(a)
mr+mb
6 !*)!,s
tn6 * m,
5. A body of mass m falls from a height lz, and rises mr(s - x)
to a height hr. The magnitude of the change in (c)
mr+mb
(4 A[ A,B,C
8.76 Physics
9. Two boys of equal mass m jump offfrom the border of same mass from bogie B exchange their position
line of a stationery carriage of mass M with same by jumping in a direction normal to the track w.r.t.
horizontal velocity u relative to the state of the respective bogies, then bogie ,4 stops while B keeps
cariage after the respective jumps. Neglecting the moving in the same direction with new velocity vr.
effect of friction The initial velocities A and B are given by
ffl^.
(M+m)
A
li i$l
a a
(M+m)
(o) they wilt impart greater velocity to the carriage {I i <- Ue
by j umping off simultaneously.
(b) they will impart greater velocity to the carriage
by jumping one after the other. M -m M-m
(c) they will impart equal velocity to the carriage in
@)mvr.Mu,
whatever manner they jumP off. ffivB Mr,
(d) (b)
data is insufficient (M -m)' (M -m)
10. Astronauts Mr. X and Mr. f float in gravity zerc mYn Mrs
space with no velocity. Mr. Xthrows a mass of 5 kg (c)
(M +m)' (M +m)
towards I with speed 2 ms-l w.r.t. space. If Mr. I
catches itthe changes invelocity ofXarrdYare (M +m)v, (M +m)vu
(d)
5kg m'M
120 kg

Y 12. On a smooth horizontal surface, a ring of mass M

lies with two insects of mass m, onits diametrically
opposite points. The insects move with same speed
v relative to the ring. The velocity of the ring as the
insects meet is
x
90 kg

(a) O.2l ms-l, 0.80 ms-t 1b; 0.80 ms-r, 0.21 ms1
(c) 0.ll mrr,0.08 ms-t (d) 0.08 m-r,0.ll ms-r
11. Two similar bogies A and B of same mass M (a)
Mv (b\ M-m
^
2m M +m
(empty bogie) move with constant velocities Unand
U, towards each other on smooth parallel tracks. At
(c) zero (d\ -_v
2m
an instant a boy of mass m from bogie A and a boy M

1. (D) 2. (o) 3. (c) a. @) s. (r) 6.(c) 7. (o) 8.(a) e. (b) 10. (c)
11. (6) 12. (c)

4. IMPLULSE-MOMENTUMTHEOREM i^o: F(tt)

If a force F acts on a body, its impulse in a time interval For one-dimensional force, impulse equals to area
from l, to rris given by the following equation. between force-time graph and the time axis.

I^o: l,,
Fat

If the force is constant, its impulse equals to product of

the force vector F and time interval A/. ti trt
P
 CoM ond Conservotion of Lineor momentum 8.77
lmpulse Momentum Principle size completely after collision. Some fraction of
If the force acts during time interval from ti to tf and mechanical energy is retained by the colliding
particles in the form of deformation potential
velocity of the body changes from il1 to i.,integrating
energy' Thus' the kinetic energy of the particles
the above equation with time over the interval *-""i--"?
from r, to r.
wehave no longer remains conserved. However, in the
absence ofextemal forces, law ofconservation of
l'! Fat = miy -mi,
Jti
linear momentum still holds good.
(iii) Perfectly inelastic: If velocity of separation along
24 the line of impact just after collision becomes zero
then the collision is perfectly inelastic. Collision
A particle of mass 2 kg is moving in free space with
is said to be perfectly inelastic if both the particles
velocity n, = Qi - 3i + [1rolr is acted upon by force stick together after collision and move with same
velocity,
F =1Zi+i-Zi! N. Find vetocity vector of the
particle 3 s after the force starts acting. 5.1 COEFFTCIENT OF RESTTTUTION (e)

Srslutiar:
Let u, and urbe the velocities of the bodies respectively
before collision and v, and v, are their final velocities after
Fy = Fi + Ir, mit = mio + FLt collision and acting along same line in the same direction.
=
Substituting given values, we have Then the coefficient of restitution (e) is defined as the
ratio of the relative velocity of separation (v, - vr) after
2nr: z(zi -ti +i)+(zi + i -zt)"t the collision to the relative velocity of approach (u, - u2)
toi -ti -+i before collision.
v2-vl
ir: (5i-l.si -zk)
^rc
": ilt -uz
In an oblique impact: upu2arethe components of the
5. COLLtStONS velocities of m, and mrbefore collision along the line of
Collision is an event in which an impulsive force acts impact andvpvrarethe components of the velocities of
between two or more bodies for a short time, which results m, and m, after collision along the line of impact.
in change of their velocities. (i) The value of coefficient of restitution (e) is
Note: independent of the masses and velocities of the
(a) In a collision, particles may or may not come in colliding bodies. It depends only on the nature of
physical contact. their materials.
(6) The duration of collision, A, is negligible as
(ii) For a perfectly elastic collision, e : I
compared to the usual time intervals of observation For a perfectly inelastic collision, e : 0
of motion. For other collisions, e lies between 0 and 1

(c) In a collision the effect of extemal non impulsive 5.2 HEAD ON COLLISON
forces such as gravity are not taken into a account
as due to small duration of collision (Al) average
Two balls A and B have velocities along the line joining
impulsive force responsible for collision is much their centres. Such collision would be called a head-on/
larger than external forces acting on the system. central or one dimensional collision

Cla ssifi cotio n of Col t isio ns B

(l) Elastic collision: In an elastic collision, the uB

colliding particles regain their shape and size n

completely after collision. i.e., no fraction of

mechanical energy remains stored as deformation Cenfal lmpact
potential energy in the bodies. Thus, kinetic energy
ofsystem after collision is equal to kinetic energy
Method to Analyse Heod on Collisions
of system before collision. Thus in addition to the
linear momentum, kinetic energy also remains
m1 m2

conserved before and after collision.

(ll) Inelastic collision: In an inelastic collision, the (a) Before Collision
colliding particles do not regain their shape and u' ) tlz
8.78 Physics
By momentum conservation, Now from equation (i) and (ii), we obtain
mtul+ ffizuz: mrvr* mrv, ,A
"5m/s
Equation for coeffcient of restitution and v, : 3.5 m/s
v2-vt: e(ur-u2) (6)For value e:0.6, equation 2 is modified as
mj m2
vu-vn = 3.6 ...(iib)
#' (b)After Collision
Now from equation (i) and (iib),we obtain
rA:-1'6mls
Using the equations, we can solve for vrandv, and v, = 2.0 mls
Block I reverse back with speed 1.6 m/s and B
mfi+m*z-mze(q-") also move in opposite direction to its original
vl= -
ml+m2
direction with speed 2.0 m/s.

,,:T mlq+mzuz+mp(u1-u2)
tllustration 26
On a frictionless surface, a ball of mass rz moving at
25
a speed v makes a head on collision with an identical
A btock of mass 5 kg moves from left to right with a ball at rest. The kinetic energy of the balls after the
velocity of 2 m/s and collides with another block of .
collision is 3/4th of the original. Find the coefficient
mass 3 kg moving along the same line in the opposite of restitution.
direction with velocity 4 m/s.
Solution:
(a) If the collision is perfectly elastic, determine
velocities of both the blocks after their collision. As we have seen in the above discussion, that under the
given conditions:
(D) If coefficient of restitution is 0.6, determine mm
velocities of both the blocks after their collision- __>
V

Solution: Before Collision

Denoting the first blockby A and the second block by B
mmv, vl
velocities immediately before and after the impact are ----
shown in the figure.
A A After Collision
B B
ua= 2 ug=4 vA vB
By using conservation of linear momentum and
equation of e, we get,
belore
lmmediately lmmediately after
/t+e\
starts
impact imPact ends
v,=1" lv
Applying principle of conservation of momentum, \z /
we have /t-e\
and vr=l ,lv
mBvB+ffiAYA: mAuA+mBuB - \./
3vu+5vn : 5x2+3x(-4\ -K,
Given that Kf
3vr+5v1 =
4'
-2 "'(')
Applying equation of coefficient of restitution, we have
or I
., mv
.l
t'2 mv3
3(r
- a[, mv
I
2

vt-vA: e(un-u3)
vB-vA: e{2-($} Substituting the value, we get

vr- vn : 6e
(a)For perfectly elastic impact e = l.
.'.(rr)
Using this
(+)'.(+)':i
value in equation (ii), we have 1
or
vr-vn:6 ...(iia) G
 CoM and Conservation of Linear momentum 8.19
Special Cases for Head on, Elastic Collision Resolve initial and final velocities along two directions
Case 1: If the masses are equal mt: mz= m, (i) Line joining the centers (normal)

weget yt: ilz

(ll) Common tangent (r)
Impulse always acts along the normal and hence we
and rz: ul
can use momentum conservation along this line.
which means when two particles of equal mass collide
frlutr* fr2u2r: ffitylr* fr2v2,
elastically and the collision is head on, they exchange
We can also use the equation of restitution along the
their velocities., e.g.,
normal
4mls 3m/s
m ----t <-- m yzn- rtn: e(urr- u2n)

Before Collision From these equations, we could calculate vrnand vrn.

To find vr,and,vr,:
3mis
{-- tfl 4mls There is no force on colliding objects along the tangent
tTt
--} (r) so momentum of each object does not change in that
After Collision
direction.
=Q For object I
Zmls
mtuu: mtvb
llt: urt
Before Collision
For object 2
'":o & zrrs m2u2t= m2v2t
ffi ffi l2r= u2t

21
case 2: when one #Tf'Hsiderabely heavier than Ilvo smooth balls I v
other,mr)))> mr.
and B, each of mass nr
using z, + m2 m, and !Z*g and radius .R, have x(m)
in the equations to find their centre at (0, 0, ,R)
ml
final velocities, we get
and (5n, R, n) A
respectively, in a B
(a) ,r: z, No change in the speed of the heavier object coordinate system as
(b) vz= ur * e(ur - ur), in case when e = I and the shown. BallA, moving along positiver-axis, collides
lighter mass is at rest its final velocity gets doubled. with ball B. Just before the collision, speed of ball I
vr= 2u, is 4 m/s and ball B is stationary. The collision
between the balls is elastic. Velocity of the baIIA just
5,3 OBLIQUE COLLISION after the collision is
Ifvelocity vectors ofboth or ofany one ofthe bodies are Solution:
not along the line ofjoining the centers ofthe objects, the
impact is called an oblique,impact.
ti B 4 rn/s
Ai
------rl
u"

Oblique lmpaa Before collision

4 sin 30"
Method to Analyse the Oblique lmpact

v2n

--n --n
u2 cos 3O'

After collision
8,20 Physics

Along the normal

6. PROBLEMS RELATED TO IMPULSE
MOMENTUM THEOREM
rnr(4 cos 30') : Mal/A+ MBVB
29
By equation of restitution
In the shown figure, the heavy block of mass 2 kg
VB -YA = (l) (4 cos 30" - 0) rests on the horizontal surface and the lighter block
of mass I kg is dropped from a height of 0.9 m. At the
Solving V,= 0
instant the string gets taut, find the upward speed
YB 4 cos 30o (in m/s) of the heavy block.
Velocities get interchanged along the normal.
1kg
Along the tangent
Velocity component of each ball will remain
E
o?
o
unchanged.
qE
(Y), : 4sin30o (\l

(V), : o

We note that final velocities of A and B are at angle

90'. This is in general true when we have an elastic Salutioss:
collision with equal masses.
Velocity of lighter block at the instant the string just

gets taut u: tlZgh = x10xl.8:6mls

A ball of mass nr hits a floor with a speed v making an Now by impulse-momentum theorem,
angle of incidence 0 with the normal. The coefficient Assuming upward direction as positive
of restitution is 'e'. Find the speed of the reflected
ball and the angle of reflection of the ball.
.ir l:,:::i i i.'
fi . TLt=pu*r-pioii"r =l?Yt)-1(-6)

Suppose the angle ofreflection is 0' and the speed after

+ TLt: pfir,al -piritiul
:2(+ l/2) - 2(0)
the collision is v'. The floor exerts a force on the ball
along the normal during the collision. There is no force Equating, we get
parallel to the surface. Thus, the parallel component of 2Yz= -l(l/r-6)
the velocity of the ball remains unchanged. Also Vr: Y2

This gives v' in 0': v sin e ...(D Y2= Zmls

Heavier block moves with a speed of 2 m/s in upward
For the components normal to the floor, the velocity of
direction.
separation is v' cos 0' and the velocity of approach is
v cos 0'.

A small steel ball,,{ is suspended by an inextensible

thread of length I -- 1.5 m from O. Another identical
ball is thrown vertically downwards such that its
0 0' surface remains just in contact with thread during
downward motion and collides elastically with the
suspended ball. If the suspended ball just completes
vsin0 l v'cos0' vertical circle after collision, calculate the velocity
f* of the falting ball just before collision. G = 10 ms-l.
Vr"o.o l+v,sine,

T
lnitial velocitY Final veloc1y

Hence, v'cos 0': ev cos 0 ..(,D

From (i) and (ii) ,r' : ,Jri* g *7 *{ g

 CoM ond Conservation of Linear momentum 8,27

Salation:

B lnitial velocity of the flat car is zero. Let v be its

velocity at time t and m its mass at that instant. Then
sin0: ' -l
212 t=0
0=30o vt v2 -+F

Since impulsive force is along the normal, so velocity t=t

along the tangent doesnot change. mr+Pt
F,+ +Vr=V
Yt: Ir sin30" : L / dm
+F, v
2

T At =0, y=0
t
and fr: fro
VA
at t:t, v=v
and m=mo+pt
Here, vr: I (backwards)
Along the normal
dm

-NAr: mv,- -(@) ...(,)

a:r'
' (2) Ft vr
dm
(backwards)
After collision the velocity ofl is hoizontal (yn) d,:l"
NAt sin 30" = mVt ...(rr) Net force on the flat car at time t is
{* :F_F,
dv
Since the collision is elastic, along the normal we can
write the eqn. of coefficient of restitution.
or *A:F-tw ...(,)

Yn cos 30" - Vz : ( Z cos 30" - 0) ...(iii) or (zo+tLt)A =F-pv

dv
Using (i), (ii) and (iii) we get
v : 12.5 m/s or
r;h:!: dt
mo+pt
7, VARIABLE MASS SYSTEMS
or
Ft
Ifa mass is added or ejected from a system, atrate p kg/s mo+pt
and relative velocity i..1 (w.r.t. the system), then the force
exerted by this mass on the system has magnitude plil*rl . 32
A uniform chain of mass nt and length / hangs on a
Thrust Force (Fr, = O,r(#) thread and touches the surface of a table by its lower
end. Find the force exerted by the table on the chain
when half of its length has fallen on the table. The
fallen part does not form heap.
A flat car of mass rro starts
moving to the right due to
a constant horizontal
force F. Sand spills on the
M ffi
ffi
flat car from a stationary p ilii
hopper. The rate of -+F
Ioading is constant and
equal to p kg/s. Find the Solution:
time dependence of the velocity of the flat car in the l. Weight of the portion BC of the chain lying on the
process of loading. The friction is negligibly small. table,
8.22 Physics
2. Weight of the rocket
w: ry(downwards)
W: mg (downwards)

2.Thrust force
3. Net force on the rocket
Fr"r= Fr- W (upwards)
(-am\
'r: "r(#) A .6/ or Fn.=v,l * )-*r
v:v I
dm
r

=l\V
'm 4. Net acceleration of the rocket
-dt F
a=-
m
F,=Lf
d": Yt( -dm
or
(where, ,=1,is mass per unit length of chain) dt n[ dt -o 6

;=1,tgl)2 =gl or dr= L(- dm)- g dt

tn

,,=(+) (gl)=mg (downwards) or !'* =,, !L+-s !'oat

Net force exerted by the chain on the table is

Thus, v=u-gt-trr"(#) ..(,)
ms3
F:Wt+F,: f +ms=r*t
Note:
So, from Newton's third law the force exerted by the ( dm\.
will be ) *g @ertically upwards).
l' F,=',1-; upwards' as v' is downwards and
table on the chain
I
)is
dm.
,t negatlve.
7,7 ROCKET PROPULSION d,
Let mobe the mass of the rocket at time t = 0- m its mass 2. If gravity is ignored and initial velocity ofthe rocket
at any time t andv its velocity at that moment. Initially, let
us suppose that the velocity ofthe rocket is a. u= o,Eq.(i) reduces to v = v, t (*)
UV
Fr

At t=0 At t=t A rocket, with an initial mass of 1000 kg, is launched

v=lJ ms- Ft ITt = tno- pt vertically upwards from rest under gravity. The
= ffio v=v
rocket burns fuel at the rate of 10 kg per second.
lTl
,t
The burnt matter is ejected vertically downwards
Exhaust velocitY = v, with a speed of 2000 ms-l relative to the rocket. If
( burning stops after one minute. Find the maximum
Further,t.,[-dm\ be the mass of the gas ejected Per velocity of the rocket. (Take g as at 10 ms-2)
* J
Solution:
unit time and v, the exhaust velocity of the gases with
Using the velocity equation
respect to rocket. Usually (+)and v, are kept constant
v: u-gt *v, ln (+)
throughout the journey of the rocket. Now, let us write few
equations which can be used in the problems of rocket :0, ,:60s,
Here u
propulsion. Attime t= t,
1. Thnrst force onthe rocket 8 : 10 m/s2,
v, : 2000 m/s,
F,= v,(+) (uPwards) mo : 1000 kg
 CoM qnd Conservotion o! Linear momentum g.2g
and m=1000-10x60=400kg or v : 2000 ln 2.5 - 600
1000 The maximum velocity ofthe rocket is
We get v =0-600+2000In
400 200 (10 ln 2.5 - 3) : 1232.6 mrl

1. Two particles moving in the same direction 6. Ball I collides with an another identical ball 2 at rest
with speeds 4 mls and 2 m/s collide elastically as shown in figure. For what values of coefficient of
(the collision being head on). After collision, the restitution e, the velocity of second ball becomes two
velocity of first particle becomes 3 m/s in the same times that of I after collision
direction. The velocity of the second should be
(a) 2 mls in same direction
(1)+ o
(fi a mls in same direction I
(a) (b) 1
(c) 5 m/s in opposite direction 2 3
(d) 5 m/s in same direction I I
(c) (d)
Z. UgaV of massm, strikes a stationary body of mr. 4 6
f^
If the collision is elastic, the fraction of kinetic
energy transmitted by the first body to second body 7. A particle of mass rz moving with velocity I m/s
is collides perfectly elastically with another particle of
mtnz 2mrm, mass2m.If the incident particle is deflected by 90..
(a) (b) The heavy mass will make an angle 0 with the initial
m\+m2 mt+ m2
direction of rn equal to
4mtmz 2mrmz
(c) @ (a) 60' (b) 45"
(mr+ nr)2 (mr+m,)z (c) 15" (A 30.
3. A wooden block of mass 0.9 kg is suspended from 8. Aball ofmass I0 kg strikes another ball ofmass 25 kg
the ceiling of a room by thin long wires. A bullet at rest. If they separate in mutually perpendicular
of mass 0.1 kg moving horizontally with a speed of directions then the coefficient of restitution is
l0 mrr strikes the block and sticks to it. What is the l0
height to which the block rises? (take g = l0 ms-2)
(o)
2s (6) 25
lo
(c) I
r">
*^
(c) 20m
rur *. 9.
(d) 0.s
Displacement of a particle of mass 2 kg moving in
(d) l0 m a straight line varies with time at s = (2f + 2) m.
4. In inelastic collision of trvo bodies, which of Impulse of the force acting on the particle over a
following do not change after the collision. time interval between r= 0 and t= I s in
(a) Total kinetic energy (a) l0 N-s (D) 12 N-s
(D) Total linear momentum (c) 8 N-s (d) 6 N-s
(c) Total mechanical energy 10. In a one dimensional collision between two
(d) Linear momentum of individual bodies. identical particles ,4 and B,B is stationary and A has
5. An alpha particle collides elastically with a stationary momentum P before impact. During impact B gives
nucleus and continues moving at an angle of 600 an impulse J to A. Then coefficient of restitution
with respect to the original direction of motion. The between the two is
nucleus recoils at an angle of 30. with respect to this
direction. Mass number of the nucleus is
@f+r ot !-t
(a) 3 (b) 4
(c) 6 (d) 8
<">
l*, o f-r
t. (d) 2. (c) 3. (a) 4. (b) s. (D) 6.(b) 7. (d) 8. (a) s. (b) 10. (b)
 Unsolved Exerclses
EXERC'SE _ 1

Calculotion of COM
(a) 2019 cm (b) 5 cm
(c) 7.5 cm (d) 4019 cm
1. The cente ofmass ofa bodY:
(a) Lies always at the geometical cente 6. A uniform thin rod of length 50 cm is bent so as
(D) Lies always inside the bodY
to form the five sides of a regular hexagon. The
distance of centre of mass from either end is
(c) Lies always outside the bodY
(d) Lies within or outside the bodY (a).@ cm (D) dX cm

2. A uniform solid cone of height 40 cm is shown in @) J22 cm (d) l0 cm

figure. The distance of centne of mass of the cone
from point B (cenfie of the base) is: 7. A semi-circular plate with cavity having inner radius
A R and outer radius 2R with uniform density is a
shown. The centre of mass of the thin plate is at

a
o
40 cm

(r) 4 along axis of symmetrY

It
4R
(b) along axis of sYmmetry
;
28R
<") along axis of sYmmetry
(a) 20cm (D) l0/3cm i
(c) 2013 am (d) l0 cm along axis of sYmmetrY
@+
3. The centre of mass of a system of particles is at the
origin. From this we conclude that 8. A semi-circular plate of radius R has
' ' The number of particles on positive x-axis is
(a)
of particles on
density p = por, where r is the distance
o
equal to the number negative from centre. The position of centre of
x-axis mass from O is
(D) The total mass of the particles on positiver-axis 3ft 2R
is same as the total mass on negative r-axis (a) (6)
(c) The number of particles onX-a<is may be equal
^zlt -
1t

4R R
to the number of particles on Y-uris. (c) ^5TE
@-
(d) If there is a particle on the positive X-axis, there IC

must be at least one particle on the negative

9. The centre of mass of a triangular lamina of uniform
X-axis.
densrty of height ft is
4. All the particles of a system are situated at a distance
r from the origin. The distance of the cenhe of mass
of the system from the origin is
(a) =, (b\
(c) >r (O =r
>-r
5. A rod AB of length 10 cm, has its mass per unit
length varying from I kg/m (at end l) to 2 Kg/m
(at end B). The distance of centre of mass from end from base
(a) hl3 from apex
.B is:
@) +
AB (c) hl3 from base (d) centre ofbase
 CoM ond Conservotion of Linear momentum 8.25
Motion of COM 16. There are two particles of same mass. If one of the
10. A uniform rod leans on a smooth horizontal floor particles is at rest always and the other has an
against a smooth vertical wall. If the rod is released, acceleration d . Acceleration of centre of mass is
the path traced by its centre of mass will be
(a) Astraight line (6) Acircle (a) zero
(c) An ellipse (A Ahyperbola
11. Two particles of mass I kg and 0.5 kg are moving iu
ru>
in the same direction with speed of 2 mls and 6 m/s
respectively on a smooth horizontal surface. The k)a
speed of centre of mass of the system is:
(d) centre of mass for such a system can not be
(a) l0 n/s (A)
l0
nVs defined.
, 7
(c)
ll t2 17. A body of mass I kg moving in the x-direction,
1m/s @) , mts
suddenly explodes into two fragments of -ur. I kg
12. Two particles of equal mass have initial velocities
7
2i ms-r and 2i ms-l. First particle has a constant and kg. An instant later, the smaller fragment is
;
acceleration (; +j) ms-2 while the acceleration of
0.14 m above the.r-axis. The position of the heavier
the second particle is always zero. The centre of fragment is
mass of the two particles moves in
(a) Circle (D) parabola (") m above x-axis
(c) Ellipse (d)
*
Straight line
13. Two particles having mass ratio n i I are (b) m belowx-axis
interconnected by a light inextensible string
*
that passes over a smooth pulley. If the system is @)* m below-r-axis
released, then the acceleration of the centre of mass
of the system is:

(a)(n-t)zg *, (#f r @* m above x-axis

ln-l\2 tn*t\ 18. A uniform sphere is placed on a smooth horizontal

t"l \,*, /s <O \fi)s surface and a horizontal force F is applied on it at a
distance h above the centre. The acceleration of the
14. A bomb travelling in a parabolic path under the
centre of mass of the sphere
effect of gravity, explodes in mid air. The centre of
mass of fragments will: (a) is maximum when ft:0
(a) Move vertically upwards and then downwards (b) is maximum when i:R
(b) Move vertically downwards (c) is maximum when h: Rl2
(c) Move in irregular path
(d) is independent offt
(d) Move in the parabolic path which the unexploded
bomb would have travelled. 19. A body A of mass M while falling vertically
15. Two balls of different masses are thrown in air downwards under gravity breaks into two parts, a
with different velocities. While they are in air body.Bof mass mass ,.n"
acceleration of centre ofmass ofthe system. (neglect ! ^robodyCof I
air resistance) centre of mass of the bodies B and C taken together
(a) Depends on the direction of the motion of two compared to that of bodyl
balls (a) Does not shift
(b) Depends on the masses of the turo balls
(D) Depends on height ofbreaking
(c) Depends on the magnitude of velocities of the
two balls (c) Towards body B
(d) Isequaltog (d) Towards body C
8.26 Physics
20. A man of mass z is standing on a platform of mass M 24. Ashell is fired from a canon with a velocity V atan
kept on smooth ice. If the man starts moving on the angle 0 with the horizontal direction. At the highest
platform with a speed v relative to the platform, with point in its path, it explodes into two pieces of equal
what velocity relative to the ice does the platform masses. One ofthe pieces come to rest. The speed of
recoil? the other piece immediately after the explosion is
(a) 3(cose (b) ZZcos0
+v (c)
1
(d) Zcos0
i[cosg
25. Two masses of I g and 4 g are moving with equal
kinetic energy. The ratio of the magnitude of their
linear momentum is
(a) l:l (b) t:2
(c) I :3 (d) t:4
(a) IuIvl(M+ n) (b) mv I (M+ m)
26. The spacecraft of mass Mmoves with velocity Zin
(c\ Mvlm (d) mv I M free space at first, then it explodes breaking into two
pieces. If after explosion a piece of mass tn comes
21. A child is standing at one end of a long trolley to rest, the other piece of space craft will have a
moving with a speed v on a smooth horizontal track.
velocity:
If the child starts running towards the other end (a) Mt4(M-m) (D MIrl(M+m)
of the trolley with a speed r, the centre of mass of
the system (trolley-child) will move with a speed (c) mY/(M-m) (d) mYl(M+m)
(Consider mass of the trolley is very high to mass of 27. A ball of mass 50 gm is dropped from a height
the child) h= l0 m. It rebounds losing 75 percent of its kinetic
(a) zero (b) v + u energy. If it remains in contact with the ground for
(c)v-u (d) v Al = 0.01 sec., the impulse of the impact force is:
(takeg= l0m/s2)
22. A mass m is rest on an inclined plane of mass M (a) 1.3N-s (b) 1.06N-s
which is further resting on a smooth horizontal (c) 1300 N-s (d) 105 N-s
plane. Now, if the mass starts moving position of
28. The area of F-, curve l, where 'F' is the force
is
C.M. of mass of sYstem will:
acting on one mass due to the other. If one of the
colliding bodies of mass M is at rest initially, its
speedjust after the collision is:
(a) AtM
h
(b) MtA

AM (A m
(a) Remains unchanged
(c)
ln
29, A bullet of mass m moving vertically upwards
(D) Change alongthe horizontal
instantaneously with a velocity 'a'hits the hanging
(c) Change along the vertical block of mass 'nt' and gets embedded in it. The
(d1 Change along the vertical as well as the height through which the block rises after the
horizontal. collision. (assume sufficient space above block) is:
lmpulse, Conservotion of Linear Momentum (a) u2l2g (b) uzlg
it (c) *lSs (d1 u2l4s
23. A500 kg boat has an initial speed of 10 msr as
passes under a bridge. At that instant a 50 kg man 30. A stationary body explodes into two fragments of
masses mrndmr. If momentum of one fragment is
jurnps straight down into the boat from the bridge.
p, the minimum energy of explosion is
The speed of the boat after the man and boat attains
p2 p2
a common speed is

(a) 100 msr (a) msr

("\
,@rry)
(b)
,@
, ff (c)
p2(mr+mr\ p2
@ 2(mr-mr)
(c)
50 _l
ms' rdt 1 ms-r
2m1m2

ll ll
 CoM ond Conservation of Lineor momentum 8.27
Collisions 36. Amassive ball moving with speed v collides head-on
31. A bullet of mass m : 50 gm strikes (4, r 0) a sand with a tiny ball at rest having a mass very less than
bag of mass M: 5 kg hanging from a fixed point, the mass of the first ball. If the collision is elastic,
with a horizontal velocity i, . If bullet sticks to the then immediately after the impact, the second ball
sand bag then just after collision the ratio of final
will move with a speed approximately equal to:
and initial kinetic energy of the bullet is: (a) v (b) 2v
(a) r\a (b) 10-3
(c) vlZ (d) *.
(c) l0{ (4 to4 37. Asphere of mass ze moving with a constant velocity
hits another stationary sphere of the same mass. If e
32. In the arrangement shown, the pendulum on the is the coefficient of restitution, then ratio of speed
left is pulled aside. It is then released and allowed ofthe first sphere to the speed ofthe second sphere
to collide with other pendulum which is at rest. A after head on collision will be:
perfectly inelastic collision occurs and the system
rises to a height hl4. The ratio of the masses
(a) (#) .,' (i-)
(mr l m) of the pendulum is:

(c)
(e+t) (d)
/r\
[, - r,l t;.1
I
ml
I 38. A ball of mass 'm', moving with uniform speed,
h collides elastically with another stationary ball. The
incident ball will lose maximum kinetic energy when
m2
the mass of the stationary ball is
(") | (b) 2 (a\ m (b) 2m
(c) 3 (d) 4 (c) 4m (d) infinity
33. There are hundred identical sliders equally spaced 39. Ball I collides head on with an another identical ball
on a frictionless track as shown in the figure. 2 at rest. Velocity of ball 2 after collision becomes
Initially all the sliders are at rest. Slider I is pushed two times to that of ball I after collision. The
with velocity y towards slider 2. In a collision the coefficient of restitution between the two balls is:
sliders stick together. The final velocity of the set of
(a) e: ll3 (b) e = ll2
hundred stucked sliders will be:
(c) e = ll4 (d) e: 213
Systems with Vsriable Mass

@# (b)# 40 If the thrust force on a rocket which is ejecting gases

with a relative velocity of 300 m/s, is 210 N. Then
(c) zero (d) v the rate of combustion of the fuel will be:
34. A solid iron ball I of radius r collides head on with (a) kglsec
10.7 (b) 0.07 kg/sec
@) l.a kg/sec
another stationary solid iron ball B ofradius 2r. The (A 0.7 kg/sec
ratio of their speeds just after the collision (e 0.5) :
is: 41. A wagon filled with sand has a hole so that sand
leaks through the bofiom at a constant rate 1,. An
(") 3 (b) 4
extemal force F acts on the wagon in the direction
(c)2 (4r of motion. Assuming instantaneous velocity of the
35. Two perfectly elastic balls of same mass m are wagon to be f and initial mass of system to be rzo,
moving with velocities a, and ur.They collide head the force equation governing the motion of the
on elastically. The kinetic energy of the system wagon is:
finally is:

(a)
lm ui2
(b) 1 lllt1 +ui
@) F=moff+)'t @) F=*o*-xt
2n 2 -lui
n

(c) -m@l ub @
1
mn@l +u)1 G) F=(mo-^0* @ F=(mo-xtff+xt
2
8.28 Physics

EXERC'SE -2
Colculation of COM 5. A ring of mass m and a particle of same mass are
fixed on a disc of same mass such that centre of mass
1. The centre of mass
of the system lies at centre of the disc. The system
ofthe shaded portion
rotates such that centre of mass of the disc moves in
of the disc is: (The
a circle of radius R with a constant angular velocity
mass is uniformly
ro. From this we conclude that
distributed in the
shaded portion)
(a) An external force ma2R must be applied to
central particle
R
(a) to the left ofl (b) An external force ma2R must be applied to the
n ring
R
(b) to the left of I (c) An extemal force 3ma2R must be applied to
i central particle
R (d) An external force 3ma2R must be applied any
(c) to the right ofl
n where on the system
R 6. A block of mass M
@o to the right ofl with a semicircular
track of radius R rests
2. A semicircular portion of I on a horizontal
M.

radius 'r'is cut from a uniform I frictionless surface.

T
rectangular plate as shown in Auniform cylinder of radius r and mass z is released
I

2r a ? o
figure. The distance of centre c I from rest from the top pointl. The cylinder slips on
of mass'C'of remaining Plate, I the semicircular frictionless track. The distance
from point'O'is: I I
travelled by the block when the cylinder reaches the
pointB is:
(') (3 21 (b)
3r
. , M(R-r) (b)m(R-r\
") - 4a - n1 1"7ffi M;
21 2r
r") @ 3$-tt) (M +m\R
t+*^l (t)
ff (d) none

3. Arod AB of / is such that its linear density (mass per

7. In the above question, the velocity ofthe block when
unit length ) p varies as p= :b-x-,where x is the the cylinder reaches point (6) is:
distance of the section from end I (and D > I). The
distance of the centre of mass from end ,4 is
I I
,,rrffi**rr,*ffi
(r)
(a)
;rzl
\b-t ) m (c) m
R
M(M +m)
-r) (AM 2g(R+ r)
M(M +m)
I a mass M and Length .L is
(c) b- (4 b- 8. A uniform thin rod of
ln
b-l
b
;rz]
\b-t )
standing vertically along the y-axis on a smooth
horizontal surface, with its lower end at the origin
(0, 0). A stight disturbance at I = 0 causes the lower
Motion of COM
end to slip on the smooth surface along the positive
4. A ball moves horizontally in a closed box making
x-axis, and the rod starts falling. The acceleration
several collisions with the walls' The box is kept on
vector of centre of mass of the rod during its fall is:
a smooth horizontal surface. During the motion of
the ball, the velocity of the centre of mass: [i is reaction from surface]
(a) of the box remains constant
- =-A-
(a) acu
MQ+R \b) acu
- =-ME-R
(D) of the box plus the ball system remains constant M
(c) depends on value ofe
(d; of the ball relative to the box remains constant
(c) dcu=ME-R (d) Noneofthese
 CoM ond Conservation of Lineor momentum 8.29
9. In a vertical plane inside (a) will move in a parabolic path for any values of
a smooth hollow thin m vr,vr,0rand 0,
tube a block of same (b) can move in a vertical line
mass as that of tube is
(c) can move in a horizontal line
released as shown in
figure. When it is slightly disturbed it moves towards
(d) will move in a straight line for any value of v,,
right. By the time the block reaches the right end of vr,0, and 0,
the tube, displacement of the tube will be (where 'R'
13. Two blocks of masses l0 kg and 4 kg are connected
is mean radius of tube). Assume that the tube remains
in vertical plane. by a spring of negligible mass and are placed on a
2R 4R frictionless horizontal surface. An impulse gives a
(a) (b) speed of 14 ms l to the heavier block in the direction
-TE -1I
of the lighter block. Then, the velocity of the centre
(c);R (OR of mass is
2
(a) mst
30 (D) 20 ms-r
10. Two men'A' and'B'are standing on a plank. 'B' is
(c) l0 msr (d) 5 ms-t
at the middle of the plank and 'A'is at the left end
of the plank. Bottom surface of the plank is smooth. 14. A closed system consists of two particles of masses
System is initially at rest and masses are as shown in
m, andn, which move at right angles to each other
figure. 'A' and 'B' start moving such that the position
of 'B' remains fixed with respect to ground and'A' with velocities Z, and Vr. ln the reference frame
meets '-B'. Then the point where ,,4 meets B is located attached to the center of mass, the magnitude of
a'T:. momentum of each particle is
40 kg 60 kg /\
AB
N.
6e
JL
@,
lthyt.u,
I- ,l/ ,smooth 61 ( mpz )t':ro,_l
| '=[
40ks \mt + m2 )\\ +v2 )
ffi
l+l
'l2O cm
(c) (*rur\'+(mrv2\2
(a) the middle of the plank
(D) 30 cm from the left end ofthe plank vtY2 ,,,
(c) the right end of the plank (d) mi +m;
vt+v2
(fl None of these
11. An isolated particle of mass z is moving in a 15. From the previous question in the reference frame
horizontal (x - y) plane along the x-axis, at a certain attached to the center of mass, the total kinetic
height above the ground. It suddenly explodes into energy ofthe nvo particles is

two fragments of masses 144ana 4 . * instant !( *r*, )r' ..L\ t( mrm2

later, the smaller fragment is at y : +15 cm. The
1r1
2\mr+*r)? @ ;1ffi)f'
)

larger fragment at this instant is at

(a) y: -5 cm (b) y: +20 cm ,, i(ffi)t,.t)
(c) y: +5 cm (d) y:10 cm (d) None of these.
12. Two particles of equal mass m are projected form
16. [f a man ofmass Mjumps to the ground from a height
the ground with speed v, and v, at angle 0, and 0,
(0, , 0z # 0, 180') as shown in figure. The centre of h and his centre of mass moves a distance x in the
mass of the two particles time taken by him to 'hit'the ground, the average
rvr v2 force acting on him (assuming his retardation to be
constant during his impact with the ground) is
e1 02 (a) Mghlx (b) Mgxlh
m m (c) Mg(hlx)2 (d) Mg(xth)2
e ?n Dhvcirc
17. If vrris velocity of C.M. of system and M is the mM
total mass of system, the product of lylvcM @) @r-v2) (M +m)K
(a) Vector sum of the linear momenta of particles of
the system. (d) None of above is correct.
(b) Is constant, if extemal force act on the system. 22. Two masses axe connected by a spring as shown in
(c) Mv"*is not constant when only intemal force the figure. One of the masses was given velocity
act on the system. v = 2k as shown in figure where 'f is the spring
(d) None of these. constait. Then maximum extension in the spring
will be
18. A stationary pulley carries a rope one end supports
a ladder with a man and the other end has a counter
m m
weight of mass mr.The man of mass z, climbs up a
distance /o with respect to the ladder and the stops. /
The mass of the rope and the friction in the pulley Smooth

axle is negligible. The displacement of the center of (a) 2m (b) m

mass of the system is
mrlo mzlo
@) Jzmk <O Jtnn
@\mr+m2 @\ n\*ilt2 23. Mass I hits B inelastically (e = 0) while moving
horizontally with some velocity along the cornmon
ro9
zmz @%
ml
line of centres of the three equal masses each of
same mass. Initially mass B and C are stationary and
19. Acubical ice block of mass 'tt 'and side 'I'is placed the spring is unstretched. Then which is incorrect.
in a large flat tray of mass M atits cenfre. When ice
B c
melts the C.M. ofthe fiay and ice system. k
Smooth
m m m
(a) does not shift
(b) shifts Z/2 downwards
(a) compression will be maximum when blocks
mL
(c) shits downwards have same velocity
2lM +m)
(b) velocity of C is maximum when (l + B) is at rest
(dlshifts ,* , downwards (c) velocity of C is maximum when spring is
2lM +m) undeformed.

lmpulse, Conservation of Lineor Momentum (d) velocity of C is minimum when spring is

undeformed.
20. A particle of mass 4ln which is at rest explodes
into three fragments. Two of the fragments each of 24. A system oftwo blocksl andB are connected by an
mass fii are found to move with a speed'v'each in inextensible massless strings as shown. The pulley
mutually perpendicular directions. The minimum Initially the system
is massless and frictionless.
energy released in the process ofexplosion is:
is at rest when, a bullet of mass 'm ' moving with
(a) (2t3) mf (b) (3tD nf
a velocity 'z'as shown hits the block 'B' and gets
@\ $t3) mf (4 QtD mf
embedded into it. The impulse imparted by tension
21. Two blocks of masses m and M are moving with
force to the block of mass 3 m is:.
speeds v, and vr(vr> vr) in the same direction on
the frictionless surface respectively, Mbeing ahead
of m. An ideal spring of force constant /c is attached
to the backside of M (as shown). The maximum t um
compression of the spring when the block collides
B
is:
v2

3
l;I
E
ffi M
(a) 5mu a,
(b)4mu
s

(") ,r (b) vrl (")2mu @

3mu
{E k s 5
 CoM ond Conservotion of Lineor momentum B.g7
25. Arailway flat car has an artillery
gun installed on it stops (taking point O to be the origin and neglect
and contains shells for fring The combined system friction between wall and striker) is:
excluding shell has a mass M and moves with a
velocity v' The banel of the gun makes an angle
a with the horizontal. A shell of mass rn leaves the
barrel at a speed'u'relative to initial state ofbarrel
in the forward direction. The speed of the flat car so
that it may stop after the firing is: (neglect frinstion)
mu ( tvtu \ x
(a) (b)
M+ m lM*J cos o
4--r
A

( mu\ t = ltlT
(c)
[7J
cosc (d) (M+m)ucosa
,,#,i @0,#
26. Two blocks of
3kgand6kg
respectively
mass

are
J.0 m/s
--+
s rg
l-4 AM
2.0 m/s

AA-Jo kg
@)
#,0 ,0,
+,#
placed on a smooth Collisions
horizontal surface. They are connected by a light 30. A particle of mass z moves with
spring of force constant k : 200 N/m. Initially the
velocity vo = 20 m/sec towards a
spring is unstretched and the indicated velocities are
large wali that is moving with t
^ v
imparted to the blocks. The maximum extension of
velocity y: 5 m,/sec. towards the
the spring is: particle as shown. If the particle v
(a) 30 cm (b) 25 cm collides with the wall elastically, the speed of the
(c) 20cm (d) l5cm particle just after the collision is:
27. Abullet of mass m strikes vo k
(a) m/s
30 (b) 20 m/s
a block of mass M (c) 25 mls (d) 22 mls
connected to light -
spring of stiffness fr, with a speed ,/0. If the bullet 31. Two smooth spheres made of identical material
gets embedded in the block then, the maximum having masses 'm' and 2 m tndergoes an oblique
compression in the spring is: impact as shown in figure. The initial velocities of

@)(-n-)* .,(m)
the masses are also shown. The impact force is along
the line joining their centres. The coefficient of
restitution i, f . fn. velocities of the masses after

,",(#*)
9
(d)(--4l-_)" the impact and the approximate percentage loss in
kinetic energy.
28. A train of mass Mis moving on a circular track of y_axis

radius 'R' with constant speed V. The length of the

v = 1Om/s
train is half of the perimeter of the track. The linear
2m
momentum of the train will be 0= sin-1(4/5)
x-axis
0' m
(a) o 1u1
?A!
TE
v = Sm/s

@) MrR (a MV
29. Astriker is shot from a square carrom board from a
point A exactly at midpoint of one of the walls with
r,l f ;+rj; f i+ 4i , ts%
a speed 2 mlsec at an angle of 45o with the x-axis 5^ ^ -s-
(b)
as shown. The collisions of the striker with the ;i -8j;:t +4j ,20%
(") l0^-8j;
walls of the fixed carrom are perfectly elastic. The
coefficient of kinetic friction between the striker and
^ -s^ +4j ,25%o
board is 0.2. The coordinate of the striker when it
;i Ti
(d) None of these
8.32 Physics
32. The diagram shows the velocity-time graph for two
masses R and S that collided head on ilastically. @)
L:
d
I e2 @ Lo:t-e
Which of the following statements are true?
V(ms-1) (c) L: t-e
1 h=l
@ d l-e
1.2
R
d -;
0.8 36. A ball collides with a smooth and fixed inclined
0.4 plane of inclination 0 after falling vertically through
a distance h.lf it moves horizontally just after the
t (ps)
1234 impact, the coefficient of restitution is:
(a) tanz e (b) cot2 0
I. R and S moved in the same direction after the
(c) tan0 (4 cot0
collision.
II. The velocities of R and ,S were equal at the mid 37. A ball of mass m strikes the ?

time of the collision. fixed inclined plane after h

IIL The mass of R was greater than mass of ^L falling through a height h.lf it
smooth
(a) I only (D) II onlY
rebounds elasticallY. the
(c) I and II only (d) I, II and III fixed 0
impulse on the ball is
33. A stationary body explodes into four identical
(a) 2mcos} .,!igh (b) Zmcos 0..E
fragments such that three of them fly off mutually
perpendicular to each other, each with same K.E.,
E . The minimum energy of explosion will be: (") zm.l2gh @ zm"tigh

6Eo "*€-
(a) @) + 38. A small ball on a frictionless horizontal surface
(c) 4Eo (4 8Eo moves towards right with a velocity Z. It collides
is to bounce elastically back and forth with the wall and returns back and continues to and
34. Asuper-ball
between two rigid walls at a distance d from each fro motion. If the average speed for fust to and fro
other.,Neglecting gravity and assuming the velocity V, thenthe coefficient of
motion of the ball is (J)
of suier-ball to be vo horizontally, the average force
(in large time interval) being exerted by the super- restitution of imPact is:
ball on one wall is: (a) 0.5 (D) 0.8
t *rt (b); mv| (c) 0.25 (A 0.7s
at Z? qm*
39. A sphere of mass mr:2 kg collides with a sphere of
2m* mass m2: 3 kg which is at rest. Mass z, will move
t4=? @; at right angle to the line joining centres at the time
of collision, if the coefficient of restitution is:
35. A ball is bouncing down a set of stairs. The
! I
coefficient of restitution is e. The height of each step (a ) (b)
9 ,
is d and the ball bounces one step at each bounce'
After each bounce the ball rebounds to a height ft 2 E
above the next lower step. Neglect width of each
(c) ;J @
!:
t_

step in comparison to /r and assume the impacts

40. Two identical billiard balls are in contact on a
to be effectively head on. Which of the following
smooth table. A third identical ball strikes them
relation is correct? (given that h> d)
symmetrically and comes to rest after impact' The
coefficient of restitution is: (Total system is kept on
h
smooth horizontal surface)
d I
2
(o) (b)
i 1

(c)
I
6
(a+
 CoM ond Conservotion of Lineor momentum 8.33
41. AB is an Z shaped obstacle fixed both the balls are released from a heightllabove the
A
on a horizontal smooth table. A lowest point, to what heights do they rise for the first
ball strikes itatA,gets deflected time after collision?
and restrikes it at B. If the (a) H,H (b) Hl2,3Hl2
velocity vector before collision
is i and coefficient of restitution
4n.!
rct g 'g \-'l !.!!_
(^ g' g
of each collision is 'e', then the velocity of ball after 46. A ball of mass 'm ' moving with a speed 2v strikes
its second collision at B is
a heavy wall elastically, which is moved with a
(a) ezi (b) -e2n velocity 'y'. The work done by the heavy wall on
(c) -ei (A daainsufficient the ball is
l,
42. A projectile is thrown horizontally from top of a (a) (D m*
tower of height 20 m with a velocity l0 m/sec. It
,mv"
(c) 2m* (d) None
strikes the smooth ground whose co-efficient of
restitution is 0.5. The time elapsed (in seconds) after Variqble Mass Systems
projection when it strikes the ground 2nd time will be 47. Aballoon having mass 'm'is filled with gas and is
(neglectfriction): p: l0 m/s2l held in hands ofa boy. Then suddenly it get released
(a) 4 sec (b) 3 sec. and gas starts coming out of it with a constant rate.
(c) 2 sec. (d) 5 sec The velocity of the ejected gases is also constant
2 mls with respect to the balloon. Find out the
43. A particle of mass z is moving along the x-axis with velocity of the balloon when the mass of gas is
speed v when it collides with a particle of mass 2m reduced to half. (Neglect gavity and Bouyant force),
initially at rest. After the collision, the first particle (a) ln2 (b) zlna
has come to rest, and the second particle has split
(c) 2ln2 (d) none of these
into two equal-mass pieces that are shown in the
figure. Which of the following statements correctly 48. A uniform rope of linear mass density l. and length /
describes the speeds of the two pieces? (e > 0) is coiled on a smooth horizontal surface. One end is
m pulled up with constant velocity v. Then the average
power applied by the external agent in pulling the
x-axrs x-axts
entire ropejust offthe ground is
m m e
2m
m
Before collision After collision I
(a) Each piece moves with speed v.
(b) Each piece moves with speed v/2.
(c) One of the pieces moves with speed vl2, the
other moves with speed greater than vl2
(d) Eachpiece moves with speed greater thanvl2.

44. Aneutron is scattered through (= deviation from its

)'ls,
original direction) 0 degree in an elastic collision tor ll"tvz *Ll'g (b) ,)
)"v3

with an initially stationary deutron. If the neutron 22 .L

.)

) Llur
loses ]3 of its initial K.E. to the deutron then find the (c) *)"r' @1 xtgv+)),v3
2
value of 0. (In atomic mass unit, the mass of a 49. Inthe above question the maximum power delivered
neutron is 1r.r and mass of a deutron is 2u).
by the agent in pulling up the rope is
(a) 90" (b) 120.
(c) 60" (d) None of these (a) Ngv (b) xtsv +tL
45. Two pendulum bobs of mass m and 2m collide \'lgv . )"v3
elastically at the lowest point in their motion. If (c) ?"lgv + v37', @
22
S,ir4 Physics
50. Determine the force 'P' required to give the open surface with coefficient of friction p. One end of
link chain of total length 'Z'; a constant velocity v the chain is being pulled horizontally by a constant
: dyldt. The chain has a mass 'p' per unit length. force P. Determine the acceleration of chain in term
Neglect the small size and mass of the pulley and --- &
'----J ofx and
any friction in the pulley . A =u
P - ttpgx - pvz P-ltpgx+pv2
(a) (b)
px px
1
P+1tpgx+pvz ,^ P-ttpsx
I v
\-/
tL'r: tar-
px px
h
I
P 52. A stream of particles of mass z and separation d hits
a perpendicular wall with a velocity vo and rebounds
along the original line of motion with a velocity v'
(a) p* + ps(h -y) (b\ ps(h+y)-Pf The mass per unit length of the incident stream is
(c) ps(h -y) - pf (A ps(h+y)-pf

M"
)t=+ .The force exerted by the stream on the wall
d
51. A pile of loose-link is
chain; mass per unit (a) l"v(vo + v) (b) }'v(vo - v)
length p lies on a
(c) X.vo(vo - v) (d) l.vo(vo + v)
rough horizontal

EXERC'SE -3
Numericol Type 3. The given figure shows a disc of radius R : 20 cm
with a portion of it removed symmetrically. The
and B are hanging removed part is a disc of radius R/2. The removed
1. Two blocks A
part is now placed in contact with the larger disc
across an ideal pulley as shown in
as shown in the figure. The disc has uniform mass
the figure. Mass of A is rn and
distribution. With respect to origin O at centre of
mass of B is 2m. A is raised bY larger disc, find x-coordinate (in cm) of the centre of
h=18 cm and released to fall L>h
mass of system.
freely under gravity, while B is B fy
-
resting on ground. Sometime A
after, there is jerk in the string,
due to whichthe maximum height >x
(in cm) attained bY block B is
Removed part
2. Two men of masses 80 kg and 60 kg are standing
on a wooden plank of mass 100 kg, that has been
4. A particle of mass m = 0.1 kg is released from rest
placed over a smooth surface. If both the men start
from a point A of a wedge of mass M: 2.4 kg. The
moving toward each other with speeds 1 m/s and wedge is free to slide on a frictionless horizontal
2 mls, respectively, t-tren ttre -"*:U: plane. The particle slides down the smooth face AB
of the plank by which it starts moving is
T;"["t:
l- n/s. of the wedge. When the velocity of the wedge is 0.2
| m/s, the velocity (in m/s) of the particle relative to
Find (P + 4. I

80 kg 60 kg the wedge is

I m/s 2m/s
---------)

Plank Smooth
 CoM and Conservotion of Lineor momentum 8.35
5. Duringthe headoncollisionoftwo bodies ofmasses 9. A small ball A is thrown up with a velocity 40
I kg and 2kg,the maximum energy of deformation m/s from the ground. Another identical ball B of
100
is , J. If before collision, the masses are moving same mass is just dropped from a height of 50 m
in the same direction, then their velocity of approach
simultaneously at time t :0 so that both collide in
(in m/s) before the collision is air and stick together. Find the value of t (in s) at
which combined mass will fall to the ground. (g =
6. A uniformly thick plate in the shape of an arrow l0 m/s2)
head has dimensions as shown in the figure. Find
the distance (in cm) of the centre of mass from point
o.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I

o
\o
---!
I
I o
rn
I
I
I
40 m/s
I
I

cm

7. Al kg ball is thrown horizontally as shown in the

figure, If collision with the ground is perfectly
10. Abomb ofmass 6 kg is keptat the centre ofaclosed
inelastic, the kinetic energy of the ball immediately
box also of mass 6 kg and length 24 m.It explodes
after the collision becomes lOx joule. Find the value
in two parts of mass 2 kg and 4 kg. The two parts
ofx?
move in opposite direction and stick to the opposite
-_-u.=10 m s-l sides of the walls of the box. The box is kept on a
smooth horizontal surface. What is the distance (in
5
m) moved by the box during this time interval.

8. There are two vertical walls separated by a

distance 3 m. A projectile is projected from the foot F
of one wall with a speed tO rD, mls at angle 45o
-+
with horizontal as shown in the figure. During its 11. A ball of mass z is moving with a speed v as shown
motion, it collides many a times with vertical walls in the figure. It undergoes inelastic collision with
a ball of mass 2m which was initially at rest. The
elastically. During collision, the velocity of the
projectile perpendicular to wall get reversed and velocity of ball 2maftercollision i. +.q Find (p
the one which is parallel to wall remains unchanged. +q)'
The number of collision projectile will make with
the vertical walls before hiuing the ground is
v

lOfi m/s I
g: l0 m/s2 ":z
8.36 Physics
12. As shown in the figure, AI| is board of mass M : 4 figure and reach nearest comers. What is magnitude
kg and length s:2 m, placed on a smooth horizontal of displacement of plank (in m) in the process.
surface. A bumper of negligible mass is fixed at v
end-B. A peg of mass ,tt : I kg is placed at end-A.
There is friction between peg and board. With both
the board initially at rest, the peg is ejected with an
initial velocity of vn: 10 m/s along the board until x
it hits the bumper at end-B. After the collision, it
returns to end-A without falling of the board. The 16. A rocket of initial mass m (including fuel) ejects
mechanical energy loss (in Joule) in the process is mass at a constant rate of 25 kgls with a speed 60

Eo. The value of tr. m/s relative to the rocket. If the acceleration of the
ff rocket 3.5 minutes after the firing is 2 m/sz, find the
l0m/s initial mass of the rocket ? fNeglect gravity] If your
A B
answer is in the form of n " 103 kg. Find n?
S
F
13. On the prism of mass M: 2 kg and length / :
12 m, another prism of mass m: I kg and length a
/, :
3 m is put as shown in the figure. The system is
1
released from rest. Find the magnitude of horizontal
displacement of M (in meters) when rz reaches the
bottom of M.
17. On a smooth horizontal plane, a uniform string of
m mass M and length '.L' is lying in the state of rest.
A man of the same mass M is standing next to one
end of the string. Now, the man starts collecting the
string. Finally the man collects all the string and puts
14. Consider two small balls of masses m and 3 m it in his pocket. The displacement of the man with
auached with a string and are released from some respect to earth in the process of collection is KL|S
height as shown in figure. The balls may collide where fr =
head on or obliquely. After a certain time mass m is
it (9 cm,20 cm) while mass 3m is 25 cm above the x
axis and the strings is taut. The balls always remain
in x-y plane. If the length of string is L (in cm) then
find the value of ]- ? 18. Three identical balls each ofmass 5 kg are connected
6.5
v with each other as shown in figure, and rests over a
smooth horizontal table. At moment l: 0 ball,B is
m
given velocity 9 m/sec then velocity ofl in direction
of velocity of B just before collision in m/s is:
Do =9m/s
3m

A B C
x
(0,0)
19. A particle of mass z moving with velocity I m/s
15. A square plank of mass rr : 100 kg and edge length collides perfectly elastically with another particle of
L: 20 r8. ^ is placed on a smooth surface. Two mass 2 m. If the incident particle is deflected by 90'.
person each of mass f,z: ffi::50 kg are at corner of The heavy mass will make an angle 0 with the initial
aplank as shown in figure. Two person begin to walk direction of z equal to 10x", where x is
on the plank along two different paths as shown in
-
 CoM and Conservation of Lineor momentum 8.37
20. A ball is projected from a point p in a horizontal 23. There are z small elastic
plane so as to strike
a vertical wall at right angle after balls placed at rest on a
rebounding from the wall it strikes the horizontal smooth horizontal surface
plane. Once return to the point of projection. Find which is circulated at the
coefficient of restitution for the two collisions, extreme with radius 22.
assuming it to be same for both collision. [in lO-t] The masses of balls ur" u,y,ff #. Find

the least velocity which should be provided to the

first ball of mass M such that 5th ball completes a
vertical circle. [in ms-l]

P
24. A dumbell consisting of two masses m each,
connected by a light rigid rod of length I falls freely
on two pads of equal height, through h. The
21. Atennisballwithsmallmass
coefficients ofrestitution are l13 and2l3 respectively.
rests on the top of a
The maximum height that the centre of mass of the
basketball which is at a
height h above the ground, dumbell will rise after bouncing offthe pads i. 4.
and the bottom of the tennis m
ball is at height
The value of 'z' is equal to
h-r d above the ground. The h

balls are dropped. The h

height to which the tennis
ball bounce with respect to ground. is lOx units, x is
= 113 e=2/3
(Assume all collisions to be elastic and d =
ft: 5 units) 25. Two equal discs initially at rest are in contact on a
22. T'bree identical balls table. A third disc of same mass but of double radius
ball I, ball II and strikes them symmetrically and itself comes to rest
ball I[ are placed after impact. The coefficient of restitution is L
on a smooth floor on 10m 10m
t6'
a straight line at the then x is
separation of l0 m between balls as shown in figure.
Initially balls are stationary. Ball I is given velocity
of l0 m/s towards ball IL Collision between
ball I and II. is inelastic with coefficient ofrestitution
0.5 but collision between ball III and II is perfectly
elastic. The time interval between two consecutive
collisions between ball I and II is sec.

EXERCISE _ 4

Single Options Correct

1. A small sphere of radius R is held against the inner
surface of a larger sphere ofradius 6rt. The masses of
large and small spheres are 4M andMrespectively.
x
This arrangement is placed on a horizontal table as
shown. There is no friction between any surfaces
of contact. The small sphere is now released. The @) (L-2R,0) (b) (L+2R,0)
coordinates ofthe centre ofthe large sphere wlen the (c) (2R, 0) (d) (2R - L,0)
smaller sphere reaches the other extreme position is:
a 2a Dhtrcirc

2. Aparticle of mass m strikes elastically with a disc of 5. A semi-circular plate of radius R has
radius R, with a velocity i as shown in the figure. If density p = por, where r is the distance
from centre. The position of centre of o
the mass of the disc is equal to that of the particle
mass from 0 is
and the surface of the contact is smooth, then the 3R
velocity of the disc just after the collision is: (a) ^
,LIt
@)4
fi
m
4R ,R
m (c) (d)
T1 ...9f.':.
3n 1l

6. Two persons of mass m, and, m2 are standing at the

two endsl and B respectively of a trolley of mass M
as shown.
2v
(a)
T @; m1

M
m2

A
@r+ (Av
L --=+
When both the persons jump simultaneously with
3. Two particles A and B each of mass m ate attached
same speed then:
by a light inextensible string of length 21. The
(a) the cenfie of mass of the system remains
whole system lies on a smooth horizontal table
stationary
with B initially at a distance / from l. The particle
(b) the trolley remains stationary
at end B is projected across the table with speed z
perpendicular lo AB. Velocity of ball ,{ just after the
(c) the trolley moves toward the end where the
person with heavier mass is standing
jerk is
-l A (d) none of these

7. In the above situation when both the persons jump

simultaneously with ur., with respect to the frolley,
then the magnitude of velocity of the trolley is
B
U
@rm ,owff
"Jj uJi ,^, *run I

(a)
4
@)
\-, | M--mzu (d) none of these
lmr+ ^r*hl
@+ @,
u
8. TWo persons of masses m, and m2 ate standing
on a smooth surface facing each other holding a
4. Three identical balls of mass m and radius R are massless rope in their hands. If they pull each other
placed on frictionless horizontal x -y plane. Ball A
with a force '.F" they meet each other (dis the initial
at (0, 0), Ball.B at(4R,- Ji n>and ball C at(8R,-2
distance between them)
Jl n. Ball A is suddenly given an impulse
seconds at the centre of
F =JlmYi. If collision between balls ,{ and B is
(a) After
mass
lffi
perfectly elastic while between B and C is perfectly
inelastic, then the relative velocity of ball I with (D) After
i 2^*n seconds atthe midpoint
respect to ball C after a long time will be: IFG;;6
,o i+ ,E i ffi -,8 j
V V V V |
(") <u> I
(c) After ^*.d seconds at the centre of
V:3V
tFC;6)
Vr 3Y
ira zJi''zJi l
L-
(c) MASS
2J2 2"12
-t
mrmrd
(d) After seconds at the mid Point
F(mr+mr)
 momentum 8.39
CoM ond Conservotion of Lineor
9. Two particles of equal mass have velocities 14. Aball isdropped ontoafixed horizontal surface
fromaheight h.Thecoefficient ofrestitution is e.
T =q i m/s and 4=qi m/s . Firstparticle has an
The average speed ofthe ball is:
-
acceleration a=6i + 5h m/sz while
acceleration ofthe other particle is zero. The centre
the
@(#re *,{#l,E
of mass of the two particles moves in a path
(a) Circle
(c) Straight line
(b) Parabola
(d) Ellipse
of
@,{#le ^{Y}e
15. Ablockofmass'z'ismoved
towards a movable wedge
10. Two blocks of masses 2 kg and I kg are tied to the of mass M : km and h
ends of a string which passes over a light frictionless
height' h' with v elocity' u'
pulley. The masses are held at rest at the same (All surfaces are smooth).
horizontal level and then released. The distance If the block just reaches the top of the wedge, the
traversed by centre of mass in 2 sec is value of 'z' is:
(a)1.42m
(c) 3.12 m
(b) 2.22m
(d) 3.33 m
@ Jieh (rrm
11. Two persons A and B, each of mass m are standing
at the two extremes of rail-road car of mass M.T"lte
(c)
'Zgh(l+ K)
K @)wL)
person I jumps to the left with a horizontal speed
16. A sphere of mass rz slides
u w.r.t. state of car after the jump. Thereafter, the with velocity y on a
<-
person ^B jumps to the right, again with the same frictionless surface
horizontal speed z with respect to state of car after towards a smooth inclined 0
the jump. The velocity of the car after both the wall as shown in fig. If the
persons have jumped offis. collision with the wall is perfectly elastic, Find the
impulse imparted by the wall on the sphere,
(o\ *'u
' ' (M+2m)(M+m) (h\
mu
(a) 2mv cos9 (b) 2mv sin9
'-' (M+Zm)(M+m) (c) 2mv cosec 0 (d) 2mv sec 0
k\ ,.?'!- .
(M
(a *'u
+2m) \--l (M +m)
17. In the above question, the impulse imparted by the
floor on the sphere.
(a)2mv cot9 (b) 2mv cos9
12. Aball of mass I kg is attached to
an inextensible string. The ball is
(c) 2mv sin 0 (d) 2mv cosec 0

released from the position shown 18. Two small discs, ,4 of mass 2m and, B of mass z, are
in fig.. Find the impulse imparted connected by a light, inextensible string of length
by the string to the ball immediately
1m l3l placed on a smooth horizontal plane, separated
by a distance of 51. Disc B is given a velocity 26v
after the string becomes taut.
(a) 3.16 kgm/s (b) 6.32kgnrls in a direction normal to AB as shown fig. Find the
(c) 4.47 kg m/s (d) 2.24 kg m/s
velocity of B when the string just becomes taut.

13. A ball of mass z is just disturbed from the top of a

fixed smooth circular tube of radius a in a vertical
plane and falls impinging on a ball of mass Zm atthe
bottom. The coefficient ofrestitution is l/2. Find the B
A (m)
heights to which the balls rise after a second impact. (2 m)
5l
aa (26v)
to) ,, a
@ ;,;
@) J-8zv @) 4J-4tv
aa
G) i', @ 9r,; k) Jatv @) zJab
8.40 Physics
19. Two masses 2m and m aire connected by an 22. Aball strikes a wall with a velocity fr at an angle 0
inextensible light string. The string is passing over with the normal to the wall surface and rebounds
a light frictionless pulley. The mass 2m is resting on from it at an angle p with the surface. Then:
a surface and mass z is hanging in air as shown in (a) (e + p) is equal to 90" if wall is smooth
Fig. A. particle of mass z strikes the mass m from
below in case (I) with a velocity vo and in case (II)
(6) If wall is smooth coefficient of restitution
strikes the mass z with a velocity vo from top and
_
-
tanB
cot0
sticks to it. (c) If wall is smooth coefficient of restitution
Case I Case ll
_ tanp
tan e

m
(d) None of these

23. To test the manufactured properties of 10 N steel

balls, each ball is released from rest as shown and
vo
strikes a 45o inclined surface. If the coefficient of
m
restitution is to be e = 0.8, the distance s to where the
ball must strike the horizontal plane at,4 is.
(a) The conservations of linear momentum can be
applied in both the cases just before and just oB
after collision. .5 m

(b) The conservation of linear momentum can be

applied in case I but cannot be applied in case II
just before and just after collision.
IJ .0m
45" \n
(c) The ratio of velocities of mass rz just after F._ s -N
collision in first and second cases is 1/2. (a) 0.31m (b) 0.62m
(d) The ratio of velocities of mass z just after (c) 0.93 m (d) t.zam
collision in first and second case is 3. 24. Figure shows a cart that carries a pile of open link
20. Two identical balls I
and B are released from the chain of mass per unit length p. The chain can pass
positions shown in figure. They collide elastically on freely through a hole in the cart and is brought to rest
horizontal portion MN.The ratio of heights attained link by link, by the tension 7 in the portion of the
by A andB after collision will be (neglect friction) chain resting on the ground and secured at its errdA.
A constant force F moves the cart and the initial mass
A
and velocity (when.r:0) are moandvo respectively.
B
Determine the expression for the velocity v of the
.'l h cart in terms ofx(all friction is neglected).

----+
F

t:4
(a) (b) 2:t A A H o
(c)4:13 (d)2:s
21. Particle I experiences a perfectly elastic collision mo
with a stationary particle B. The particles fly apart (a) v= rt *{m
p mo-Px
symmetrically relative to the initial direction of
motion of particle I with angle of divergence *o
b
(b) v= *" n(
0(0 < 0 < 90) . lf m,a and mn the masses of the P \uo -Px
particles, then

(a\
m,
-=
mB
I
I + 2cos20
@) YL=
mB
cos 0
(c) v= ,;.T'[ #)
(c\
m,
I + 2cos 20 @ ru=1-2cos0 (d) r= '*.1^(-%-
-=
mB mB
 r CoM ond Conservotion of Lineor momentum 8.47
25. A cart loaded with fine sand moves on a road under 30. In an elastic collision in absence of external force,
the action of a constant driving force F along the - which of the following is/are correct:
direction of its motion. From a hole at the bottom, (a) The linear momentum is conserved
sand spills with a constant rate of 1". Assuming the
(6) The potential energy is conserved in collision
initial velocity and mass of the cart to be zero and
zo respectively, determine velocity of the cart after
(c) The final kinetic energy is less than the initial
kinetic energy
time l.
(d) The final kinetic energy is equal to the initial
\"'
(o) v' =f)""-lzmo-trrl'"'
r"[--zr---l,r,,=Irl :r-1 kinetic energy
)"-'lmo-xt l 31. A small ball collides with a heavy ball initially at
rest. In the absence of any extemal impulsive force,
(c) v=
*^l^X),^, *^l#hl = it is possible that
(a) Both the balls come to rest
26. A chain PQ of length /o is P (D) Both the balls move after collision
located in a smooth horizontal (c) The moving ball comes to rest and the stationary
tube, such that fr length of the ball starts moving
h
chain hangs freely and touches (d) The stationary ball remains stationary the
the surface of a smooth table. moving ball changes its velocity.
The endP is released at a certain
32. A block moving in air explodes in two parts then just
instant. What is velocity with which this chain will
slip out of the tube? after explosion (neglect change in momentum due to
gravity)
(o) ,= ,*"1*l (b)v=Fryl (a) The total momentum of two parts must be equal
to the momentum of the block before explosion.
(b) The total kinetic energy of two parts must be
(c) v=
^l+)(d),= ,r+l equal as that ofblock before explosion.
(c) The total momentum must change
Multiple Options Correct
27. A system of particles has its centre of mass at the (d) The total kinetic energy must increase
origin. The x-coordinates of all the particles 33. Two bodies of same mass collide head on elastically
(a) may be positive then
(6) may be negative (a) Theirvelocities are interchanged
(c) may be non-negative (6) Their speeds are interchanged
(4 may be non-positive (c) Their momenta are interchanged
28. In which of the following (d) The faster body slows down and the slower
cases the centre of mass of body speeds up.
a system is certainly not at its centre?
(a) A rod whose density continuously increases 34. An external force F 1F + 0) acts on a system of
from left to right particles. The velocity and the acceleration of the
(b) A rod whose density continuously decreases centre of mass are found to be v",o and a". at an
from left to right instant, then it is possible that
(c) A rod whose density decreases from left to right (a) v..:0,a"_:0 (D) v._=0,a" *0
upto the centre and then increases (c) v.. 10, a"^:0 (A v" 10, a" * 0
(d) Arod whose density increases from left to right 35. A bag of mass M hangs by a long thread and a
upto the centre and then decreases bullet (mass z) comes horizontally with velocity v
29. If the net extemal force acting on a system is zero, and gets caught in the bag. Then for the combined
then the centre of mass system (bag + bullet):
(a) must not move (a) Momentumis mMvl(M+ m)
(b) must not accelerate (b) KE is(tt2) M?
(c) may move (c) Momentumis mv
(A may accelerate (d) KE is m2*121M + m1
8.42 Physics
36. A set of z-identical cubical blocks lie at rest along a mass tn moves on the plane with a speed 'v'along
line on a smooth horizontal surface. The separation the line joiningA and B and collides elastically with
between any two adjacent blocks is.L. The block at I then which of the following is/are correct:
one end is given a speed Ztowards the next one at
(a) KE of the AB system at maximum compression
time / : 0. AU collisions are completely inelastic,
of the spring is zero
then
(D) The K.E of AB system at maximum compression
- block starts movin g at t : n(n
(a) The last -\ fi is (tl$ nf
L (c) Themaximumcompressionofsprin gis vJm I k
(D) The last block starts moving at t = (n - l)
V
(c) The cenfre of mass of the system will have a
final speed v/n
(d) The maximum compression of spring IS

(d) The centre of mass of the system will have a ,Jr, t x

final speed v 40. The fig. shows a string of equally spaced beads of
37. A particle strikes a horizontal smooth floor with mass m, separated by distance d. The beads are free
a velocity z making an angle 0 with the floor and to slide without friction on a thin wire. A constant
rebounds with velocity v making an angle I with force F acts on the first bead initially at rest till it
the floor. If the coefficient of restitution between the
makes collision with the second bead. The second
particle and the floor is e, then:
bead then collides with the third and so on. Suppose
(a) the impulse delivered by the floor to the body is
mu(l + e) sin 0. all collisions are elastic, then:
(b) tan e: e tan e. $ *--g-r,
(c) v:u l-(l-e2)sin20. 1 2 4
(a) speed of the first bead immediately before and
(d) the ratio of the final kinetic energy to the initial
immediately after its collision with the second
kinetic energy is (cos2 0 + I sin2 0)
trFd
bead is and zero resPectivelY'
38. A ball moving with a velocity v hits a massive wall l;
(b) speed of the first bead immediately before and
moving towards the ball with a velocity z.An elastic
immediately after its collision with the second
impact lasts for a time Al. EFd t EFd resPectivelY'
bead is and
(a) The average elastic force acting on the ball is l; 1t;
m(u +v) (c) speed of the second bead immediately after its
Lt collision with third bead is zero.
(D) The average elastic force acting on the ball is
! .W-
(d) the average speed of the first bead i,
2m(u +v) 2\ m
Lt
41. A shell explodes in region ofnegligible gravitational
a

(c) The kinetic energy of the ball increases by Zmu field, giving out n fragments of equal mass m. Then
(u+v) its total
(a) Kinetic energy is smaller than that before the
(d) The kinetic energy of the ball remains the same
explosion
after the collision.
(D) Kinetic energy is greater than that before the
39. Two blocks A and B each of mass 'm' ate connected explosion
by a massless spring of natural length Z and spring (c) Momentum and kinetic energy depend on n
constant ft. The blocks are initially resting on a (d) Momentum is equal to that before the explosion'
smooth horizontal plane. A third block C also of
 CoM ond Conservotion of Lineor momentum 8.43
42. A man of mass m is at rest on a stationary flat car.
The car can move without friction along horizontal (d) am
rails. The man starts walking with velocity v relative mr*m,
to the car, work done by him 46. In the figure shown, a force F:2t N acts on a 5 kg
object.
(a) is less than I2 mf if hewalks along the rails F:3 tN
5kg :0.r
I
(6) is equal to if he walks normal to the rails l0
,m* kg
:0
(c) can never be less than ]2 zl (a) velocity of centre of mass of system at t:2.5 s
is 0.625 m/s
I
(d) is greater than m,P if he walks along the rails (D) velocity of centre of mass of system at t = 2.5 s
; is 0.250 m/s.
43. Four bricks, each of length /, are put on the top of (c) acceleration of centre of mass of system at
one another in such a way that part ofeach extends t: 2.5 s is 0.250 m/s2.
beyond the one beneath. The largest equilibrium (d) acceleration of centre of mass of system at t = 5
extensions are s is 2 m/s2'
47. A long, thin, inextensible and very flexible uniform
wire is lying on the rough horizontal floor. One end
I
of the wire is bent back and then pulled backwards
lt
with constant velocity Z such that, at any instant of
ilt
time, the moving part of the wire always remains
IV just above the part of the wire which is still at rest at
that instant on the floor as shown in diagram. If the
(a) Top brick over hanging the one below by 1 wire has unit length and unit mass then,
2
(6) Second brick from top over hanging the
!
one
I
below : floor
4 (a) speed of centre of mass of the moving part at all
(c) Third brick from top overhanging by bottom one the times will remain constant
(6) speed of centre of mass of the moving part at all
by
6 the times willbe aV
(d) The total overhanging length on the edge ofthe (c) minimum force needed to pull the moving part
bottom brick ls !/ _v2
t2 will be
2
44. Choose the incorrect statement(s) (@ minimum force needed to pull the moving part
(a) The centre of mass and centre of gravity for usual a

bodies which are not too large will be in general

wilbe lV2
8
different
(6) The centre of mass of a body depends only upon 48. P is the centre of mass of four point masses A, B, C
the mass distribution and D, which are coplanar but not collinear. Choose
(c) The position of centre of mass of a body cannot correct options.
be altered by changing the mass distribution (a) P may or may not coincide with one of the point
(d) Gravitational field affects the position of centre MASSCS
ofgravity ofa body
(b) P must lie within the quadrilaterul ABCD
45. Non-zero external forces .{ & F, are acting on (c) P must lie within or on the edge of at least one
system of particles ml & m2 respectively, in
of the triangles formed by taking A,B,C and D,
addition to the internal interactions. Then
three at a time

(a) a,: m,
f,F; (b) ar: * (d) P must lie on a line joining two of the points
A,B,C andD
8.tM Physics
49. Aman (m,) with a bag(m) in hand falls vertically 52. A ball of mass ,r, = 100 gm is suspended from a
from a height & above the ground. After falling point A by an inextensible thread of length /. Ball
through a height ls, fiidn throws bag horizontally is drawn aside and held at same level as A but at a
t;
with velocity u0 towards his right.
a
(a) Centre of mass is at a height (h - yi at the end
distance f t trome,as shown in figure. Now ball

r^ is released. Then (assume string applies only that

of time l'Yo much jerk which is required so that velocity along
\Jg string becomes 0)
(6) Centre of mass strikes the ground at the end of (a) velocity of ball just before experiencing jerk is

tlme .I-
W ,E
1/ g (6) velocity of ball just after experiencing jerk is

(c) Centre of mass experiences a uniform Ect

acceleration {7
(d) Centre of mass changes its path when man (c) impulse applied UV.t ing
throws the bag.
ffi
(d) ball will experience jerk after reaching to point B
50. A block of mass m is placed at rest on a smooth
wedge of mass M placed at rest on a smooth 53. A particle moving with kinetic energy E makes an

horizontal surface. As the system is released head on elastic collision with an identical particle at
rest. During the collision

(a) Elastic potential energy of the system is always

zero

(D) Maximum elastic potential energy of the system

(a) The centre of mass of the system remains
is El2
stationary
(c) Minimum kinetic energy of the system is E/2
(D) The centre of mass of the system has an
(d; Kinetic energy of the system is constant
acceleration g vertically downward
(c) Momentum of the system is conserved along the 54. Velocity of a particle of mass 2kg changes from
horizontal direction \- = -2i^a -2^ij m/s to iz = Q - j) m/s after colliding
with a plane surface.
(d) Acceleration of centre of mass is a vertically
(a) The angle made by the plane surface with the
downward (a < C)
positive x-axis is 90'.
51. Two identical buggies move one after other due to "r-'[1)
inertia (without friction) with the same velocity ur.
(D) the angle made by the plane surface with the
A man of mass m rides the rear buggy. At a certain
moment the man jumps into the front buggy with . /r\
positive x-axis is tur-'
a velocity u relative to his buggy. If mass of each [J,,|
buggy is equal to M and velocity ofbuggies after (c) The direction of change in momentum makes an
jumping of man are urear and uuon,. Then:
.Ir\ with the positive axis.
m angle tan-r | ;I
\ r./
(a) ur"r.: t:o*--
m
-u (d1 The direction of change in momentum makes an
(b) ,."u.: uo-
*+ Mu angle 900 + tan-r []1.
\.3i
*t* the plane surface.
mM
(c) Drron, : tJo * t't
(m+ M)""
--
mM
(4 uuo* - Do
(m+ M\2
 CoM and Conservation of Linear momentum 8.45
Comprehension Type 59. Impulse of the force exerted by A on B during the
collision, is equal to
Passage 7 (Questions 55-57)
Two blocks of equal mass m kl- @) (Jimi+tm)@-
are connected by an lmfvtruuruv-l
ml+r S

unstretched spring and the

system is kept at rest on a frictionless horizontal surface.
(D)
f Ji*i kem
2 S

A constant force F is applied on the first block pulling it

away from the other as shown in figure. 1c1 (zmi-Ji*)@
s
55. Then the displacement of the centre of mass at time
lis <A QJimi+:7)@
Ftz
(a) ^ (D)
Ft2
S

zm ^
3m 60. Coefficient of restitution during the collision is
I
(c) Ftz
. (d)
F t2 changed to ,, keeping all other parameters
+mm - unchanged. What is the velocity of the ball -B after
the collision?
56. If the extension of the spring is xo at time t, then the
displacement of the right block at this instant is:
r(ri ) F* +ro Al lb{zt+ e7)rrvs <oy
l<oi-
3.,6) n/s
{al ,l*+ xo @, -+l zm
^ *:.6
) (c1 (o; r)',/r @) (6i - 3.,f3r')"/.
t( rt2 ) Ft2
t"t ll;-., )
@ :-*ro
zm
Passage 3 (Questions 67-63)
Two identical balls I and -8, each
57. If the extension of the spring is xo at time /, then the of mass 2 kg and radius R, are 1
Is
displacement of the left block at this instant is: suspended vertically from an

a>(*-^l ,, ;(*. xo
inextensible strings as shown in
Fig. Third ball C of mass I kg and
radius , = (Ji - l) falts and hits
A and B symmetrically with
n +(+*,) @:(X xo
l0 m/s. Speed of both
3 m/s.
I and B just after the collision is

Possage 2 (Questions 58-60)

61. Speed ofCjust after collision is
Two smooth balls I of mass m and radius
and B, each
R, have their centres at (0, 0, R) and at (5R, - R, R) (a) 2mts 101 zJi mls
respectively, in a coordinate system as shown. Ball A, (c) 5 m/s (4 d, -l)m/s m/s
moving along positive x axis, collides with ball B. Just
62. Impulse provided by each string during collision is
before the collision, speed of ball A is 4 mls and ball ^B is
stationary. The collision between the balls is elastic. (a) 6rDNs (b) t2 Ns
v
(c; 3O Ns (@ 6 Ns

x(m)
63. The value of coefficient of restitution is

(a)
1l (b)
4 O
I
58. Velocity of the ball I just after the collision is @) Ji-t @ 2
(a) (i + rrYt (b) (i -.6j) "Y.
\6i)
(c) (2i + .67 ; *lr (4 Qi + 2j ) m/s
8.46 Physics
Passoge 4 (Questions 64-66) 65. The magnitude of acceleration of block of mass Mis
A smooth rope of mass m and length Z lies in a heap
vi vi
on a smooth horizontal floor, with one end attached to (a)
*3
T @+
a block of mass M. The block is given a sudden kick
and instantaneously acquires a horizontal velocity of
M +4x
L i (r.;.\
magnitude Zo as shown in figure L As the block moves to
(c)
m
4
vi M2
2

right pulling the rope from heap, the rope being smooth, @ L
ML
M +L* M +Lx
the heap remains at rest. At the instant when block is at a
distance x from point P as shown in Fig. 2 (P is a point
L I L

on the rope which has just started to move at the given 66. The tension in rope at point P is

instant), choose correct options for next three question.

(a) mMz
vo t (r*Y*
Iz
*2M
(b)
Fig. 1 Fig.2 L (r*4*
64. The speed of block of mass Mis
Iz
m (c)
*' V;
(a) (D) L
M +Lx
L
2
M +!x
L
ut
M +4x
L
ri
i
m M2
(c) (d) @
M M +Lx
L
m M +Lx
L
' ('.T.)'
Motching Column Type
67. Two blocks ,4 and B of mass 2 m and z respectively are connected by a massless spring of spring constant K. This
system lies over a smooth horizontal surface. At , = 0 the block I has velocity z towards right as shown while the
speed of block B is zero, and the length of spring is equal to its natural length at that instant. In each situation of
column I, certain statements are given and corresponding results are given in column II. Match the statements in
column I corresponding to results in column II.

K
u

SU

Column I Column II
(a) The velocity of blockA (p) can never be zero

(b) The velocity of block B (q) may be zero at certain instants of time

(c) The kinetic energy of system of two blocks (r) is minimum at maximum compression of spring

@ The potential energy of spring (s) is maximum at maximum extension of spring

 CoM and Conservotion of Lineor momentum 8.47
68. In each situation of column-I, a system involving two bodies is given. All sfiings and pulleys are light and friction
is absent everywhere. Initially each body of every system is at rest. Consider the system in all sirua*tion of column
I from rest till any collision occurs. Then match the statements in column-I with the corresponding results in
column-II

Column I Column II
(a) The block plus wedge system is placed over m (p) Shifts towards right
smooth horizontal surface. After the system is
released from rest, the centre of mass of system.

(b) The string connecting both the blocks ofmass m (q) Shifts downwards
is horizontal. Left block is placed over smooth
horizontal table as shown. After the two block
system is released from rest, the centre of mass
of system
(c) The block and monkey have same mass. The (r) Shifts upwards
monkey starts climbing up the rope. After the
monkey starts climbing up, the centre of mass
of monkey + block system.

(d) Both block of mass lll are initially at rest. The G) Does not shift
left block is given initial velocity u downwards.
Then, the centre of mass of two block system
afterwards.

ffi (r) shifts towards left

69. Two sphere A B move on a smooth horizontal surface with the same velocity V and,have some separation
and
between them. A third sphere C is moving in opposite direction on the same surface with same speed. All the
spheres are equal mass. The collisions are elastic. V"*represents the center of mass vel of all the three spheres.
column-Il represents the values after all the possible impacts have occurred.

Column I Column II
(") If A and,,B are not connected to each other. (p)
V"rbeforecollision: I
3

(b) If A and-B are connected to each other (q)

Vrrafterall the collis ion: I3
(c) lf A and,B are connected by an ideal string (r) Centre of mass moves towards
left or right

(d) lf A and I are connected by an ideal spring G) Centre of mass is at rest

which is initially unstretched
8.48 Physics

Archives: Least Altempted Questions(LAQs) (lEE MAIN)

Numericol Type collision, is : [20181

1. A body A, of mass m : 0.1 kg has an initial velocity

td# 1L
@+
of 3i nes-'. [t collides elastically with another @)Ovo @+
body, B of the same mass which has an initial
6. It is found that if a neutron
suffers an elastic collinear
velocity of 5i zs-l . After collision, A moves with a collision with deuterium at rest, fractional loss of its
velocity i = aG +) . The energy of B after collision energy is Po; While for its similar collision with
*1.
is written us IU The value of x is-. t20201 carbon nucleus at rest, fractional loss of energy is

Single Option Correct {. The values of P, and { are respectively :[20181

(a) (0, l) (b) (0'89,0.28)
2. Thecoordinatesofcentreofmassof 10,3) (2,3)
(c) (0.28,0.89) (4 (0,0)
a uniform flag shaped lamina (thin
flat plate) of mass 4 kg. (The 7. Distance of the centre of mass of a solid uniform
(2,2)
coordinates of the same are shown 1,2\ cone from its vertex is zo, Ifthe radius ofits base is
infigure) are: 120201 R and its height is fr then zo is equal to: [20151

5h 3h2
(4) (b)
T 8R
(a) (1.25 m, 1.50 m) (6) (0.75 m,0.75 m) h2
(c) (0.75 m, 1.75 m) (A 0 m, 1.75 m) (c)
+n
@+
3. Three blocks A, B and C are lying on a smooth
A and B 8. A particle of mass z moving in the x direction
horizontal surface, as shown in the figure.
have equal masses, n while C has mass M. Block A
with speed 2v is hit by another particle of mass
2m moving in the y direction with speed v' If the
s given an initial speed v towards B due to which it
collision is perfectly inelastic, the percentage loss in
collides with B perfectly inelastically. The combined
the energy during the collision is close to: [2015]
mass collides with C, also perfectly inelastically
in whole (a) 56% (b) 62%
f, tn of the initial kinetic energy is lost (c) dA% (a s0%
process. What is value of IWm? l20l9l
A B c 9. This question has Statement I and Statement II. Of
ra t-rt the four choices given after the Statements, choose
the one that best describes the two Statements.
(a) 5 (b) 2
(c) 3 (d) 4 Statement I: A point particle of mass m moving
with speed u collides with stationary point particle
4. Apiece ofwood of mass 0.03 kg is dropped from the
of mass M.lf the maximum energy loss possible is
top of a 100 m height building. At the same time, a
r't
bullet ofmass 0.02 kg is fired vertically upward, with
a velocity 100 m s-r, from the ground. The bullet
siven
o- as 'l
----- l*r' \I then /: rI =+
m \.
+m
| Izotrl
[2 ) \M )
gets embedded in the wood. Then the maximum
Statement II: Maximum energy loss occurs when
height to which the combined system reaches above
the particles get stuck together as a result of the
the top of the building before falling below is (g: 10
collision.
m s-2) [20191
(a) Statement-I is true, Statement-Il is true,
(a) lOm (6) 30m Statement-Il is the correct explanation of
(c) 20m (@ aOm Statement -I.

5. In a collinear collision, a particle with an initial (D) Statement-I is true, Statement-Il is true,
Statement-Il is not the correct explanation of
speed vo strikes a stationary particle of the same
mass. If the final total kinetic energy is 50% greater Statement-I.
than the original kinetic energy, the magnitude of (c) Statement-I is true, Statement-Il is false.
the relative velocity between the two particles after (d) Statement-I is false, Statement-Il is true.
 CoM ond Conservotion of Linear momentum 8.49
10. Statement-l: Two particles moving in the same centre of mass ofthe rod is plotted against'n ', which
direction do not lose all their energy in a completely of the following graphs best approximates the
inelastic collision.
dependence ofxrronn?
Statement-2: Principle of conservation of
momentum holds true for all kinds of collisions. 120081

[20101
(a) Statement-l is true, Statement-2 is true; L
Statement-2 is the correct explanation of (a) (6)
Statement-1. !2 r_

2
(D) Statement-l is true, Statement-2 is true; n
Statement-2 is not the correct explanation o
of
Statement-1 Xc,
(c) Statement-l is false, Statement-2 is true.
(d) Statement-l is true, Statement-2 is false. L L
(c) @
11. A block of mass 0.50 kg is moving with a speed of
L
2
I2
2.00 ms-l on a smooth surface. It strikes another n

mass of 1.00 kg and then they move together as a

single body. The energy loss during the collision is:
13. A circular disc of radius R is removed from a
bigger circular disc of radius 2R such that the
(a) 1.00J (b) 0.67 J [20081 circumferences of the discs coincide. The centre of
(c) 0.34 J (d) 0.16J mass of the new disc is oR distance from the centre
12. A thin rod of length 'Z' is lying along the x-axis with of the bigger disc. The value of cr is: t20071
its ends at x : 0 and x : Z. Its linear density (mass/ (a)
I
(2)
I
1 2
length) varies with;r * a(;)', where n canbe zero I I
lc) -
Cl
(d)
4
or any positive number. If the positioa xcu of the

Archives: Least Attempled Quettians (LAes) (JEE Adv)

Single Option Correct 2. A tennis ball is dropped on a horizontal smooth

1. Consider regular polygons with number of sides surface. It bounces back to its original position
n: 3, 4, 5 ..... as shown in the figure. The center after hitting the surface. The force on the ball
of mass of all the polygons is at height & from the during the collision is proportional to the length of
ground. They roll on a horizontal surface about
compression of the ball. Which one of the following
the leading vertex without slipping and sliding as
depicted. The maximum increase in height of the sketches describes the variation ofits kinetic energy
locus of the center of mass for each polygon is A. K with time I most appropriately? The figures are
Then A depends on n and ft as: l20l7l only illustrative and not to the scale.
l20t4l

(a) ^
(b) ^
2n
(a) A,= hri"'(!r) (b) A=ftsin
n

fi
(c) L'=h (d) L=htan2

['b'] 2n (c) K
@ K
8.50 Physics
3. A particle of mass la is projected from the ground
with an initial speed uo at an angle cr with the
horizontal. At the highest point of its trajectory it t-
Hr I-
makes a completely inelastic collision with another T-I
identical particle, which was thrown vertically When the distance of the piston from closed end is
upward from the ground with the same initial speed L = Lo the particle speed is v = v0. The piston is
zo. The angle that the composite system makes with
moved inward at a very low speed V such that V <<
the horizontal immediately after the collision is:
where dL is the infinitesimal displacement of
[20r31
*ro
7t 7t the piston. which of the following statement(s) is/are
(") (b) a
q 7+ correct ?
TI (a) The particle's kinetic energy increases by a
(c) ;-
4
7t
a @T factor of 4 when the piston is moved inward
I
from L, to f Lo.
4. A ball of mass 0.2 kg rests on a vertical post of
(b) After each collision with the piston, the particle
height 5 m. A bullet of mass 0.01 kg, traveling with
speed increases by 2V.
a velocity I/ m/s in a horizontal direction, hits the
centre of the ball. After the collision, the ball and
(c) If the piston moves inward by dL, the particle
bullet travel independently. The ball hits the ground speed increases by 2v f
at a distance of20 m and the bullet at a distance of (d) The rate at which the particle strikes the piston
100 m from the foot of the post. The initial velocity is vll
Zof the bullet is [20111
7. A block of mass M has a circular cut with a
V m/s
+ frictionless surface as shown. The block rests on
the horizontal frictionless surface of a fixed table.
\\
Initially the right edge of the block is at x : 0, in a
co-ordinate system fixed to the table. A point mass
\
I
' z is released from rest at the topmost point of the
I path as shown and it slides down. When the mass
I
20
loses contact with the bloch its position is x and the
velocity is v. At that instant, which of the following
(a) 250 nr/s 101 zs}Ji rr,ls options is/are correct?
(c) 400 m/s (d) 500 m/s
120171
R
5. Two small particles of equal m:lsses start moving in
opposite directions from a point I in a horizontal m
v
circular orbit. Their tangential velocities are v and R

2v, respectively, as shown in the figure. Between a\

x M
collisions, the particles move with constant speeds'
After making how many elastic collisions, other x=0
than that at l, these two particles will again reach
the pointl? [20091
(a) The .r component of displacement of the center
(a) 4 (D) 3

(c) 2 (d) | of mass of the block M is - +!-

M+m
Multiple options correct
(b) Thepositionofthepointmassis:x: - Jl M+m
,**
6. A small particle of mass m moving inside a heavy,
hollow and straight tube along the tube axis 2sR
(c) The velocity of the point mass rn is v =
undergoes elastic collision at two ends. The tube _m
l+-
has no friction and it is closed at one end by a flat M
surface while the other end is fitted with a heavy
movable flat piston as shown in figure. [20191 (d) The velocity of the block Mis V =-ffAr*
 CoM and Conservotion of Linear momentum 8.57
8. A point mass of I g collides
elastically with a 10. A block of mass 0.18 kg is attached to a spring of
stationary point mass of 5 kg. After their collision, force-constant 2 N/m. The coefficient of friction
the I kg mass reverses its direction and moves with a
between the block and the floor is 0.1. Initially the
speed of 2 ms-r. Which ofthe following statement(s)
is/are correct for the system of these two masses block is at rest and the spring is unstretched. An
impulse is given to the block as shown in the figure.
[2010]
The block slides a distance of 0.06 m and comes
(a) Total momentum of the system is 3 kg msl
to rest for the first time. The initial velocity of the
(D) Momentum of 5 kg mass after collision is
4 kg ms-l blockinm/sis Z=N/l0.ThenNis [201U
(c) Kinetic energy of the centre of mass is 0.75 J
(d) Total kinetic energy ofthe system is 4 J
NumericalType
9. A bob of mass rz, suspended by a string of length /,,
11. Three objects A, B and C are
is given a minimum velocity required to complete a
full circle in the vertical plane, At the highest point, kept in a straight line on a rmr
ABC
lz.l ro
it collides elastically with another bob of mass frictionless horizontal surface.
nt
suspended by a string of length /r, which is
initially These have masses m,2m and rn, respectively. The
at rest. Both the strings are mass-less and object ,{ moves towards .B with a speed 9 m/s and
inextensible. If the second bob, after collision makes an elastic collision with it. Thereafter, B
acquires the minimum speed required to complete a makes completely inelastic collision with C. All
motions occur on the same straight line. Find the
full circle in the vertical plane, the ratio N is:
l2 final speed (in m/s) of the object C.

[2013] [200e1
8.52 Physics
Ansiwer Key

Exercise 7

L (A 2.(A 3. (") 4. (b) s.(A 6.(b) 7. (c\ 8.(a) e.(b) 10. (b)

11. (a) 12.(d) 13. (c) 14. (d) rs-(d) 16. (b) 17. (b) 18.(d) 19. (a\ 20. (b)

2r. (d) 22. (c) 23. (a) 24. (b) 2s. (b) 26. (a) 27. (b) 28. (a) 29. (c) 30. (c)

31. (d) 32. (a) 33. (b) 34. (c) 3s. (c) 36. (b) 37. (a) 38. (a) 39. (a) 40.(o
41. (c)
Exercise 2

1. (a) 2.(d) 3.(A 4. (b) s-(O 6.(b) 7. (c) E. (a) e. (c) 10. (c)

11. (a) 12. (b) 13. (c) 14. (a) 15. (c) 16. (a) 17. (a) 18. (c) le. (c) 20. (b)

21. (c) 22. (c) 23. (b) 24. (d) 2s- (c) 26. (a\ 27. (a) 28. (6) 29. (a) 30. (a)

31. (c) 32.(A 33. (a) 34. (b) 3s. (c) 36. (a) 37. (a) 38. (a) 39. (c) 40. (a\

aL @) a2. @) $.(A 4a. @) 4s. (c) 46. (c\ 47. (c) a8. (c) 49. (c) s0. (a)

51. (a) sz.(d)

Exercise 3

1.(6) 2.(7) 3. (s) 4. (10) s. (10) 6.(l) 7.(5) 8.(6) e.(s) 10. (2)

11. (7) 12. (4) 13. (3) 14. (2) ls. (10) 16. (6) 17. (2) 18. (3) le. (3) 20. (s)

21. (s) 22. (4) 23. (3.16) 24. (4) 2s. (e)
Exercise 4

1. (D) 2.(c) 3.(a) 4. (d) 5. (a) 6. (a) 7. (a) 8.(") e. (c) 10. (b)

11. (a) 12. (b) 13. (a) 14. (c\ 15. (c) 16. (c) 17. (a) 18.(d) te. (b) 20. (c)

21. (c) 22. (b) 23. (c) 24. (b) 2s. (c) 26. (a) 27. (c, d) 28. (b, c)

2e. (b, c) 30. (a, d) 31. (b, c) 32. (a, S 33. (a, b, c, d)

34. (b, d) 35. (c, d) 36- (a' c) 37. (a, b, c, d) 38. (b, c, A

3e. (b, O 40. (a, c, d) 41. (b' A a2. @, b) 43. (a, b, c, d)

44. (a, c) 4s. (A 46. (a, c) 47. (a) 48. (a, b, c)

ae. @, c) 50. (0, c) 51. (b' c) 52. (a, b, c) 53. (b, c)

54. (b, c) s5. (c) s6. (a) s7. (A 58. (a) se. (c) q0.(D) 61. (a) 62. (d)

$. (A 64. (b) 6s. (D) 66. (a)

67. (a) - (p); (b) - (q); (c) - (p, r); (d) (q, s) 68. (a) - (q);(b) (p,q);(c) - (r); (d)
- (s)
---+
-
69. (a) - (p, q); (b) - (p, q, r); (c) - (p, q); (A ' @' q)
Archives: Least Attempted Questions (LAQs) (lEE Main)

1. (1) 2. (c) 3.(A 4. (A s. (c) 6.(D) 7.(d) 8.(a) e.(d) 10. (a)

11. (D) 12.(A 13. (a)

Archives: Leqst Attempted Questions (LAQs) (JEE Adv)

1. (c) 2. (b) 3.(a) 4. (d) 5. (c) 6. (a, b') 7. (a, c) 8. (a, c)

e. (s) 10. (4) 11. (4)

 Rotutionul Dynumics
7. RIGID BODY MOTION motion. Also rigid body moves parallel to itself in
RIGID BODY translational motion.

A rigid body is a collection of a large number of material 2. Pure Rotational: A rigid body is said to be in
particles, which do not change their mutual distances with pure rotation if every particle of the body moves
time. In other words there is no deformation (change in in a circle and the centres ofall the circles lie on a
shape or size) of the object with time. straight line called the axis of rotation.
Types of Motion 3. Combined translation and rotational: A general
plane motion is a combination of translation and
1. Translational: If all the particles have same
rotation.
velocity at any given time then it is translational
Parabolic trajectory
,/-----l

/// x
\.--/
Translationalmotion: Botationalmotion: ^\
Combination motion:
the object as a whole the object rotates about a An object rotates as it
moves along a trajectory fixed point. every point on moves along a trajectory
but does not rotate,the object moves in a circle,

2. ROTATIONALMOTION-KINEMATICS o o)o + st
o)
A0 : cool + 1 dt2
2

ro:oo2+2o.,L0
7

A belt moves over two pulleys A and B as shown in

the figure. The pulleys are mounted on two fixed
Any point P moves in a circle about the axis of rotation. horizontal axles. Radii of the pulleys A and B are
50 cm and 80 cm respectively. Pulley I is driven at
V: ra Vector form constant angular acceleration 0.8 rad/s2 until the
ar: ra pulley B acquires an angular velocity of 10 rad/s.
i:coxr The belt does not slide on either of the pulleys.

anr:
V2
@2
i,: axV
B
-= a
It c[ is constant,
9.2 Physics
the axis of rotation, its moment of inertia is defined as
(c) Find acceleration of a point C on the belt and
angular acceleration of the pulley B. I: mrrrz + mr*r+ mrrrz * ..... + *rrrz
i=n
(D) How long after the pulley .B achieve angular s)
velocity of l0 rad/s.
' Lm'';
i=l
Salution:
2
Since the belt does not slide on the pulleys, magnitude
Four point masses lie at the corners of a rectangle
ofvelocity and acceleration ofany point on the belt
with sides of length 3 m and 4 m, as shown in
are same as velocity and tangential acceleration of
figure. Find the moment of inertia about eech of the
any point on periphery of either of the pulleys.
diagonals. Take M: I kg.
We have
4m
a .'A
dr =d,xV , ac= aArA= d{n
4M 3M
K-'
Substituting rn: 0.5 m, rB:0.8 m and cr = 0.8 rad/
s2, we have 3m

a"= 0.4m/s2 and ,u= L =un'n = 0.5 rad/s2

rB rB
Also, M 2M

Solutiorz:
cD=o)o+at + ;-08-0Bo
u"B
For each mass we need its perpendicular distance from
Substituting oao: 0, ror: 10 rad/s the axis. For each axis, two masses do not contribute
to the moment of inertia. The other two are at the same
and crr: 0.5 radls2,
distance
we have t:20 s
r: 3 sin 53" - 2.4 m
(2kg)(2 4 m)2
3. MOMENT OF INTERTIA '^::^T',;::'+
The measure of a body's rotational inertia is called + (3 kg)(2 a m)
moment of inertia and it is represented by L The moment
of inertia of a body is a function of the mass of the body,
',=;::'[#'Y
the distribution of that mass around the axis of rotation.
Consider a particle of mass z situated at a distance r MOMENT OF INERTIA OF A CONTINUOUS BODY
from the axis as shown in figure. Its moment of inertia / For calculating moment of inertia
is defined as of a continuous bodY, we first
I: mf divide the body into suitably chosen
infinitesimal elements. The choice
R
depends on symmetry of bodY.
r3
o Consider an element of the bodY at a
distance r from the axis of rotation. The moment of inertia
o r1
P of this element about the axis we defined as (dm)P and
the discrete sum over particles becomes integral over the
body:
of
If a system of particles is made of number of particles
masses r.-tt
1,
m2, mj,, .. n, at distanc a t y f 2; r 3, . ... r n from I: I (dm)r2
 RotationalDynamics 9.3
MOMENT OF INERTIA OF SOME COMMON SHAPED BODIES

A Thin Rod AThick Rod

The axis is perpendicular to i
The axis is perpendicular to the
the rod and passing through its ql) rod and passing through the
LD
centre. I
centre,
M

I:- l4L2
L
,_ r,il l,R2 R
L

"12 "124
ARing AHollow Cylinder
Axis is perpendicular to the I": l'R'
plane of the ring
I": i[R,

ADisc A Solid Cylinder

The axis perpendicular to the tuR2
plane of the disc. Ic
2

,"--T
,-fuRz

A thin rod about a perpendicular A rectangular plate about one

o
I

axis through its end. I

I edge.
. r!( I

IvL2 l, ,til
I a
I
M
J 3
M

L
A Solid Sphere AHollow Sphere \") I
About its diameter About its diameter
I

tc5=? lYR2 t:?

"3
T4R2
----f--_
I
I
I
---J---

Annular Disc Thick Hollow cylinder

About an axis perpendicular to About axis of the cylinder
m
plane of disc

m r: Ltn?
2'',
+ n?t
4: !{n? + R; )
9.4 Physics

A Rectangular Plate
Axes lying in the plane of the plate and passing through c.m. Axis perpendicular to plane and passing through its c.m.

-x z

+)
b
v

Mb2 MP b I

'x 12 "yJ:-
I ---
12
M(12 +b2
Iz t2

RADIUS OF GYRAT'ON 4

If the moment of inertia (4 of a body of mass m about an Find the moment of inertia of a thin uniform
axis be written in the fonn: I = mP then, the quantity /r, hemispherical shell of mass M and radius .R about
so defined, has the dimension of length and is known as
axisff.
the radius ofgyration ofthe body about the given axis. i

x------- x'
It represents the radial distance from the given axis of
rotation where the entire mass of the body can be assumed
to be concentrated so that its rotational inertia remains
unchanged.
3,7 THEOREMS ON MOMENT OF INERTIA
Solution
The Parallel Axis Theorem
2
Let the moment of inertia of an object through its center of 1,, lvIR2
3
mass be I"^. The moment of inertia of the object through
I

any other axis parallel to the first is given by x----- I

x'
Ip*at"f I"^+ MP d

(0, F/2)
where M is the total mass of the object and h is the
perpendicular distance between the two parallel axes. x1- x2

Using the parallel axis theorem, find the M.I. of a Coordinate of C. M. = (0, Rl2)
sphere of mass rz about an axis that touches it Given Treating O as origin
a
that f-- =1*r2. d: R- Rlz: Rl2
f, Int= I"*+ M&
In : I"+- Mdz + Mdz

+o
I
m
I)a(
.,
luRz
r J
I

P lllustration 5

Solution: If a circular disc of radius (;) is removed from a

Io: I^+ m(OPf complete disc having mass n and radius X, then find
2 ^ ^2
:i*P+mP=i*P the M.I. of the remaining system' about e-axis
through (O).
 RototionolDynomics 9.5
v 6
Using perpendicular axes theorem, find the M.I. of
a disc about an axis passing through its diameter.
x
Sulufiom:
According to perpendicular axis theorem,
Ir: I*+ L,
Solation:
We know that I*:.I, due to the geometrical symmetry
Since mass is proportional to area, therefore, mass of of the disc.
( rn\
Iz
cavitv=
' l-
\4)
|
+ Ir: I*+ I, :+ Ix: Iy:
2
Moment of inertia of the remaining disc where 1, = moment of inertia of the disc about Z axis
: (M.I.of complete disc) - (M.I. of cavity) ... (l)
passing through its center and perpendicular to its plane
t.>
Using parallel-axes theorem moment of inertia of =-mr-
2
cavity about O is given by

I.cavrry : | *'r'2 +m'r'2 =3 *'r'2

lcrr,l
lo

22
N
7
(mt4)
The moment of inertia of a thin square plate, fig., of
:1"(1)(:)' iwzi
uniform thickness about an axis passing through the
centre O and perpendicular to the plane ofthe plate.
t'-r Let I' I, I, and Io are respectively the moments of
3mRz
inertia about axes 1r2,3 and4 which are in the plane
32
of the plate. Find the relation among them.
M.I. of remaining disc
4 1

:1 *R2-3 mRz : D*nz

2 32 32
\ 3
Pe rpe n d i cu la r Axis Theo re m
By a laminar body we mean an object that can be treated
as two-dimensional, such as a large figure cut
from a thin 2
sheet of plywood. Let the z-axis be perpendicular to a
laminar body and run through any point O in the plane of Solutian:
the body. A'B' LAB andCD'LCD
z
From symmetry l.tt= I.a,o
and Ico = Ic,o
A' D
v

A
\ B

Let the moment of inertia of the body about that axis be.I,.
c D'
Let the x and y be two mutually perpendicular axes lying B
in the plane of the body with the origin at the point O as
From theorem of perpendicular axis,
shown in figure. Let the moment of inertia about the x
and y axes to be 1, and Ir. The perpendicular axis theorem Izz: I.t,s,+ Ie.a,: Ico+ Ic,o
states that :2lnr:2lco
Ir: I"+
5 : Ito: lco
9.6 Physics

1. A wheel, initially at rest, is rotated with a uniform through one of its vertices
angular acceleration. The wheel rotates through 2 1 mb2
(a) mb2 (b)
an angle 0, in the first one second and through an 3 4
additional angle 0, in the next one second. The ratio 3 I
0rl0, is (c) mb2 @ rnb2
2 2
@)a -' (D3
(c)2 (Ar 7. A slender uniform rod 100.00 cm long is used as a
meter stick. Two parallel axes that are perpendicular
2. An electric fan has blades of length 30 cm as
to the rod are considered. The first axis passes
measured from the axis of rotation. If the fan is
through the 50 cm mark and the second axis passes
rotating at 1200 rpm, the acceleration of a point on
through the 30 cm mark. What is the ratio of the
the tip of a blade is about
moment of inertia through the second axis to the
(a) 4740 m/sec2 (D) 5055 m/sec2
moment of inertia through the first axis?
(c) 1600 m/sec2 (d) 2370 m/sec2
(a) Irllr= 1.5 (b) I/\= 1.7
3. In the figure, point P is at rest when it is on the (c) Irllr:1.9 (d) Ir/Ir=2.1
x-axis. The linear speed of point P when it reaches
8. A uniforrr solid sphere has a moment of inertia
the y-axis is closest to
.I about an axis tangent to its surface. What is the
v moment of inertia of this sphere about an axis
through its center?
cr = 0.010 rad/s2 (a) t/7 I (b) 2t7 I
p
(c) 2t5I (A 3ts I
o 2.Om x
9. Moment of inertia .I of a solid sphere about an axis
parallel to a diameter and at a distance x from it
varies as:
(a) 0.18m/s. (b) 0.24m1s.
(c) 0.35 m/s. (Q 0.a9 m/s.

4. The moment of inertia of a circular ring of radius R (a) (b)

and mass M abolt a tangent in its plane is
x x
(a\ MRz (b) rlzMR2
(c'S 3/2MR2 (d) 2IrR2
$. Three point masses, each of mass m, ate placed at
(c) (d)
the comers of an equilateral triangle of side /. Then
the moment of inertia of this system about an axis x
along one side of the riangle is
(a\ 3mP (b) mP 10. A uniform disc of radius R lies in x-y plane with its
(c) 3t4mP (A 3DmP centre at origtn. Its moment of Inertia about z-axis is
,
equal to its moment of inertia about line = x c. I
6. A piece of thin uniform wire of mass m and length The value of c is:
3b is bent into an equilateral triangle. Find the
moment of inertia of the wire triangle about an axis @) NJI @) -N2
perpendicular to the plane of the triangle and passing (c) +N4 (A -R
 RotationolDynamics 9.7
4. TORQUE 5. EQUtLLtBRtUM OF RtGtD BODTES
TORQUE (MOMENT OF A FORCE) If a rigid body is in rotational equilibrium under the action
Torque or moment of force is the turning action of the
of several coplanar forces, the resultant torque of all the
forces about any axis perpendicular to the plane containiirg
force about given point.
the forces must be zero.
The torque vector t of a force F about the given point O
In the figure a body is shown under the action of
is defined as the vector product several external
i = ixF :rFsin Oit =Fhfi coplanar forces{, Fr, ...... Frand,Fn
J
.t' E?" :9
Line of action of
--FF F
F
hi
I f Fi
F1
o
where fi is the unit vector obtained by the vector product
rule.
Torque about an Axis Here P is a point in the plane of the forces about which
Let'O' be the any point on the axis AA'. The torque of the we calculate torque of all the external forces acting on the
force F about the axis AA'is defined as body.

i Necessary conditions for equilibrium of an obiect:

tt,: l(i x n:fr)fi l. The resultant extemal force must equal zero:
F
t
I EF =0
A A 2. The resultant external torque about any axis
o must be zero:
where d is the unit vector along the axis. Et =0
ll!ustration I lllustration 9
A rectangular plate in the x-y plane is shown in the
A 10 kg uniform rod OA is pivoted at O on a vertical
figure. A force F : 2i - Si N is applied at point B. wall with the help of a cable lB. Find the tension
Find the moment of about in the cable and reaction force applied by the pivot.
vi

A B

2m
o A
O1m i
Solution
(a) the origin O
(D) the point C C T

(c) X-axis, Y-axis and Z-axis.

S*lution:
R
o
W
A
IL_j
(a) Torque of F about O: 7 =OE =i +2i Freebody diagram of the rod

The rod is in translational and rotational equilibrium,

=/, F = G +zi1x(2i -3h=-7ftNm
to
under the action ofthree forces that are weight (Ly) ot
(b) Tc = CE x F =2i "Qi -Zj) =+[ N- the rod, the tension (Q in the cable, and the reaction (R)

(c) ixx, =(to.i)i of the pivot.

=1-lte1.? =O
These forces are shown in the free-body diagram of the
io =(io.j)j =(-7k).j =0 rod.
izz, = (io.i)t, = (-lt, . t )t, =-Z[ Nm Translational equilibrium
9.8 Physics
Problems reloted to Toppling
30o
X.Fr:0 + Rr: Tr: ...(l)
Icos
>F..:0=W=R.,+Isin30":W...(2)
yv
For shown situation (A) and(B), more chances of toppling
in (l). In case of toppling, normal reaction must pass
Rotational equilibrium: Let us apply the condition
through end points.
about O, because torque ofthe reactionR will become
F
zero.
xto =6 + Wll2=(?,sin30")/ F

T: W= 100 N
Now from equations (l) and (2) we have R : 100 N

lllustrdtiort 1O
W
Find the minimum value of X'to topple about an edge.
A cylinder ofradiusR and +--a+ F
weight l{ is to be raised t
F
against a step of height ft b
by applying a horizontal
force at its center as
shown in the figure. Find I I Solution:
N
the required minimum magnitude of this force.
F
Assume sufficient friction between the cylinder and
the corner of the step to prevent slipping. b
Salution:
The forces acting on the sphere are its weight W, the
mg
horizontal pull 4 reaction R from the comer and the
normal reaction from the ground. The reaction from the In case oftoppling Taking torque about O
corner includes the normal reaction and friction. We Mga
need not to worry about this force because its torque
F(b): *(;) = F.:
mln
2b
about the corner vanishes. The moment it starts rising
the normal reaction from the ground also vanishes. The
requirement that the force F should be of minimum
gtwl
A uniform cylinder ofheight h and radius r is placed
magnitude will cause the cylinder to rotate about B at
with its circular face on a rough inclined plane and
very small angular vacuity
w DC =R-h the inclination of the plane to the horizontal is
and with negligible DB =.ERh gradually increased. If p is the coefficient offriction,
angular acceleration. - hz-
F then under what conditions the cylinder will (a) slide
Therefore the cylinder before toppling (D) topple before sliding.
B
can be assumed in the
N
state of rotational
equilibrium as well as A

translational equilibrium.
mg cos H
The weight W, the pull F and the reaction R from
the corner are shown in the free body diagram of the
cylinder.
Solution:
Rotational equilibrium: The cylinder is in rotational
equilibrium under the action of three coplanar forces (a) The cylinder will slide if rng sin 0 > pmg cos 0
therefore these forces must be concurrent. +tan0>p ...(r)
Torques equation ofall the forces about the corner B to The cylinderwill topple if
zero, we have
ETr=9 = F(CD):W(DB) ! ,(mg cos 0)r
(mg sinel,2

zRh-h2 L
By solving above equation we have F: W
= tan|> "'(ii)
R-h h
 RotationolDynomics 9.9
Thus, the condition of sliding is tan 0 > p and Now we can solve equation (2) and (5) simultaneously

condition of toppling is tan 0

"h ,! .
to obtain

ZNr: mg-
hmvzandZNr: mg+hmvz
Hence, the cylinder will slide before toppling if ,
2r -
The inner wheels will leave the ground when i/,
,h
becomes zero, i-e.,

(b) The cylinder will topple before sliding 'rf pr+ hmv2
mg
ar
gra
or 'r?
h
A car of mass m travelling at speed v moves on
horizontal track The centre of mass of the car We can solve this problem from the reference frame
describes a circle ofradius r.If2a is the separation of car. At the instant the car begins to overtum, the
of the inner and outer wheels and & is the height of
the centre of mass above the ground, show that the
forces { and f, are zero. Taking moments about O,
for rotational equilibrium,
limiting speed beyond which the car will overturn is
given by *r2
Ir= xh-mgxa:0
9ra
u2=
h , 9fd
or
h
Solution
I Fig. shows the rear view of the car that is turning Note that if frictional force is not sufficient to provide
towards left. Frictional force on the types provides a centripetal acceleration, sideways skidding will occur
centripetal force while tuming.
instead of overturning.

fr+fr< P (Nl +N,

x
Equality sign holds when skidding starts.

Nr+ Nr: mg

and *"
f1
t"o fr+fr: r
mg
N2
+2a+
From Newton's second law ,

zr,-|1+Jz:
tF:/ *t:ffi',
r ...(l) mv2/r

LFr: Nr+ Nz- mg:0 ...(2)

From condition of rotational equilibrium, sum of l2
I I

moments about centre of mass G must be zero. o

21 : (fi+.f) h + Nra - Nra: 0 ...(3) mg

f,+fr:(N,_N)+
\z t,h ...(4) Therefore the limiting speed at which skidding ensues
is given by tP s pgr.
On combining equation (1) and (4) we can eliminate
Vr+.f), to obtain Ifthe car is to skid rather than overturn,
gra
Nr- Nr-
mu2h
ar
...(s) pgr < =h or p.io
e rO Phvcir<

5. Two people carry a heavy electric moto(M) by

1. Find the torque ofa force F = -3i + i +Sk acting at
placing it on a board 2.0 m long that weighs 200 N.
the point li +Zi + t, about the origin? One person A lifts at one end with a force of 400 N,
and the other B lifts the opposite end with a force
@) vi-zsi +t6i (b) 4i++i +ak of 600 N. The distance from A where the centre of
gravity of the motor is located is
@) 4ai +38i-16 t fA +ti +z i +st At+x M
B
2. A light triangular plate
OAB is in a horizontal
plane. Three forces, F, : A {- L ------------+
:
6.0 N, F'2 9.0 N, and { 0.60 m 1.00 m
(a) t.Zm (D) l.2s m
: 7.0 N, act on the plate, 1,, (c) 0.8 m (d) 0.75 m
0.80 m B
which is pivoted about a
6. A uniform cube of side a and mass m rests on a
vertical axes through
rough horizontal table. A horizontal force F is
point O. In the figure, F, is perpendicular to OB. applied normal to one of the faces at a point that is
Consider the counterclockwise sense as positive.
centre of face, at u n"idn
The sum of the torques about the vertical axis f,
through point O, acting on the plate due to forces F,, above the base. The minimum value of F for which
F, andF, is closest to the cube begins to topple about the edge is (assume
(a) 4.1N.m. (D) 5.4N.m. that the cube does not slide):
(c) -4.1N.m. (d) -5.4N.m. 2mg
@)+ (b)
J
3. Two equal and unlike parallel forces each of
magnitude 5 N act on a wheel of diameter 20 cm, as
shown in the figure. @+ (d) *s

m*
F=5N
7. A forceFis applied on the
top of a cube as shown in
figure. The coefficient of
friction between the cube
and the ground is m.If F is gradually increased, the
cube will topple before sliding if :
F=5N
(a) m>l (u) *.! 2
(a) 10Nm (6) 1.0Nm
(c) 0.5 Nm
1
(d) 2 Nm (c) m> -z (d) *.1
4. A rod of mass of 6 kg and length 5 m rests against a
smooth wall making an angle of 53" with the wall,
8. Two uniform rods of equal length but different
masses are rigidly joined to form an Z-shaped body,
as shown in the figure. If the bottom end of the rod
which is then pivoted as shown. If in equilibrium the
rests on a sufficiently rough floor without slipping,
body is in the shown configuration, ratio IUI/m will
find the friction force acting at the bottom end.
be:
(g: l0 n/s2)
o
I I I I

-,f\

L
60' M

30'
Rough

(o) 2 (b) 3
(a) 80N (b) 50N
(c) 40 N (4 20N @Ji (d) 6
 RotationolDynamics 9.77
9. Al20 kg refrigerator, 2.00 m tall and 85.0 cm wide, long. An 800 N person stands 3/5 of the way up the
has its center of mass at its geometrical center. You stepladder, as shown in the figure. Neglecting the
are attempting to slide it along the floor by pushing weight of the ladder, and assuming that the ladder is
horizontally on the side of the refrigerator. The resting on a smooth floor, what is the tension in the
coefficient of static friction between the floor and the tie rod?
refrigerator is 0.300. Depending on where you push,
the refrigerator may start to tip over before it starts
to slide along the floor. What is the highest distance
above the floor that you can push the refrigerator so
that it won't tip before it begins to slide? /=2.50m
(a)0.710m (b) 1.00m
(c) t2tm ($ tA2m 70.0 cm

10 A stepladder consists of two halves, hinged at

the top, and connected by a tie rod that keeps the
two halves from spreading apart. In this particular
instance, the two halves are 2.50 m long, the tie rod (a) 140 N (6) 240N
is connected to the center ofeach halfand is 70.0 cm (c) 280N (d) 360N

1. (a) 2. (a) 3. (b) 4. (c) s. (b) 6.(b) 7. (c) 8.(d) e.(d) 10. (a)

6. RATATION ABAUT A FIXED AXIS R-= Mg

v
A rigid body rotates about a fixed axis passing through P Solving eqn. (r) and (ii) we get
r:I
pp a
D- F
Forapointp(COM) n2
:ma a:ra
Fnnn
F,: ma, at: ra"
A uniform rod of mass m and {- I --+
length I can rotate in vertical ffi
plane about a smooth horizontal
A constant force -F acts at the
axis hinged at point 1L
end of the rod as shown. Find
the reaction force on the hinge. mr/
(i) Find angular acceleration a of the rod just
it is released from initial horizontal position
rest ?

F
(ii) Calculate the acceleration (tangential and
of pointl at this moment.
Solutian: Ry
Solutian:
Torque equation about hinge
cl
(i) rr= Ira
Fl: -t]a ..(,) I ml2 3s
-aJ ms.-
"2 3 = cr:--s
2l
Force equation for com
F,: Ma,
am <_ I _______+
H
mg <- il2 A

F-Rr: Mo"^:4i") ...(,,) mg

F 1o 39
Fn: Man (ii) a,n: o,l: ,:
; ;
Rr- Mg- (0) an:Obecause ro :0
ac.t: @2 r:0.1: 0 ('.' rrl: 0 just after release)
9.72 Physics
W 77
A uniform rod of m&ss m and length I can rotate in of radius R and mass M is free to
vertical plane about a smooth horizontal axis hinged rotate about a fixed axis perpendicular to its plane
at point .[L Find force exerted by the hinge iust and passing through its centre. A string is wrapped
after the rod is released from rest, from an initial over its rim and a block of mass m is attached to the
horizontal position ? free end of the string as shown in the figure. The
+-l+ block is released from rest. If string does not slip
6!@ on the rim then find the acceleration of the block.
H Neglect the mass of the string.
Solunon M

Suppose hinge exerts normal reaction in component

i fo.rn u, shown N2
m
In vertical direction
I
F"*t: fracM
':1..: -
3g
= mg-lYr=*.7 (we get the value of a., from Since string does not slip on the disc hence tangential
acceleration of the point on the rim which is in contact
previous example) with the string is equal to the acceleration of the block.
Let angular acceleration of the disc about axis be cr,
I lr - mg
lvl- hence acceleration ofthe block a : crR
4
F.B.D. of the Block F.B.D. of the Disc.
In horizontal direction
T
F"*r: ma", + Nz:O
tla
('.' arrin horizontal : 0 as ro : 0 just after release) v
I

I
mg Tmg

= mg-T=maR,asa Torque on the disc is t

Constraints Due to Ropes and Pulleys = crR ...(, : Tr"nrio, + Trg
While solving the problems of rotational dlmamics we
= Ia= TR as tmg
encounter situations where pulleys are connected via -0
strings or belts to other object. We assume that the string Where,.I= M.I. of the disc about the axis.
turns on the pulley vrrn, must be equal to the speed of the
= T= IalR ...(rr)
rim of the pulley which has magnitude In*l = 16lX. It the Eliminating l"for (i) and (ii),
pulley has angular acceleration, the string acceleration 2mg , L,tRz
arn, must be equal to the tangential acceleration of the
, .a+L M)R
(2m+ 2
rim of the pulley l4l=ldlR. R
In nutshell we can write iur"r = ldllR; d66"1 = ld,l R. 2ms
Hence a: 3.
2m+ M
orR

Problems Related to Conservotion of Mechanicol Energy

Vri, = <oR
Potential energy of a rigid body
dU: (dm)st

1
u: ?

Jtdm
;(,**l= lolR
Mg !r-
M
Mg !"^
 Rotationol Dynamics 9.73
!"*:height of com above reference line lllustration 19
A uniform circular disc has radius R and mass ,rl.
M: mass
A particle, also of mass m, is fixed at a point I on
the edge of the disc as shown in figure. The disc can
freely rotate about a fixed horizontal chord PQthat
U=o
(reference) is at a distance Rl4 from the centre Cof the disc. The
line CA is I to PQ.lnitially the disc is held vertical
Kinetic energy of rigid body in fixed axis rotation with pt. A at its highest point. It is then allowed
kinetic energy dK of a element of mass is given as to fall so that it starts rotating about PQ. Find the
Iinear speed of the particle as it reaches its lowest
ar: lamv'=!d*(rr') point.

*: i." !a*"
=
).,0,' Fy4

glffiffifr o

A uniform rod of mass m and length /is Solution:

kept vertical with the lower end
clamped. It is slightly pushed to let it llZof system:1
fall down under gravity. Find its (sn)2
/n\2 **lo):
angular speed when the rod is passing ,:r"
- I mR2**17)
2
r5mR2
s
through its lowest position. Neglect any
friction at the clamp. What will be the AD= 5N4; CD: N4
linear speed of the free end at this
instant?
Sotation:
As the rod reaches its lowest position, the centre of mass
is lowered by a distance /. Its gravitational potential
energy is decreased by mgl. As no energy is lost against
friction, this should be equal to the increase in the kinetic
energy. As the rotation occurs about the horizontal energy equation
axis through the clamped end, the moment of inertia is
5R,mgR: _10)-
l,) 5R mgR
I: ml2l3.Thus, mg
'4- 4 2 "4 4
I ^ m*t t(*t2\ ^
,ttuot: ,l- ) az: mst a:4 fg
!sR
F;
or 0)
{7 v : _: JssR
The linear speed of the free end is v:/o : J6gl

1. A string is wrapped around a pulley with a radius of 2. A wheel and an axle, having a total moment of inertia
2.0 cm and no appreciable friction in its axle. The 0.002 kg-m2, is made to rotate about a horizontal
pulley is initially not turning. A constant force of axis by means of an 800 g mass attached to a cord
50 N is applied to the string, which does not slip, (assumed massless) that is wound around its axle.
causing the pulley to rotate and the string to unwind. The radius of the axle is 2 cm. Starting from rest,
If the string unwinds 1.2 m in 5 s, what is the moment how far does the mass fall in order to give the wheel
of inertia of the pulley? a speed of3 rev/s?
(a) 0.17 kg .
-2 (b) l7 kg . -2 (a) 2.25 cm (b) 3.25 cm
@) ru ks'rn' (A 0.20 ks.-' (c) 4.5 cm (d) 5.25 cm
9.74 Physics
3. Two masses mr= 12 kg and frz:8 kg are tied to figu.e. If the radius of the wheel is 0.1 m, find the
the ends of string
a which passes over a a pulley acceleration of the mass
of an Atwood's machine. the mass of the pulley (a) 163.3 rad/sec2 (b) 16.3 radlsec2
is M:10 kg and its radius R:0.1 m. The
(c) 31.66 rad/sec2 (A SJ6radlsec2
acceleration of each mass is
8. A light, flexible, inextensible string is wrapped
several times around a drum (a solid cylinder) of
mass 50 kg and diameter 0.12 m, which rotates
about a stationary horizontal axis held by frictionless
bearings as shown in figure. The free end ofthe string
,! Tl
is pulled with a constant 9 - N force for a distance
of 2 m, as the string unwinds without slipping and
mg
Ia tums the cylinder. If the cylinder is initially at rest,
mg its final angular speed is,
F
(a) 2.57 m/s2 (b) 3.57 mlsz
(c) 4.57 mlsz (d) 1.57 mls2
4. A uniform metre stick of mass M is hinged at one
end and supported in a horizontal direction by a
string attached to the other end. What should be the
initial angular acceleration ofthe stick ifthe sfring is
cut?
(a) 3gl2radlsec2 (b) gradlsecz (a)l0O rad/s (b) l0rad/s
(c) 3sradlsec2 @) asradlsec2 @) 20Ji radls (d) 2}rad/s
5. In the adjoining figure, a weight Wis 9. At any angular speed, a certain uniform solid sphere
attached to a string wrapped round a of diameter D has half as much rotational kinetic
solid cylinder of mass Mmounted on energy as a certain uniform thin-walled hollow
a frictionless horizontal axle at O.If sphere of the same diameter when both are spinning
the weight starts from rest and falls about an axis through their centers. Ifthe mass of the
a distance h, then its speed at that solid sphere is M,the mass of the hollow sphere is
instant is
(a) proportional to ft (b) proportional to l/R
(a) 3ls M (b) s/3 M
(c) 5t6 M (d) 6ts M
(c) proportional to ll R2 (d1 independent of R
6. A uniform rod mass M and.length 10. In the figure, two blocks, of masses 2.00 kg and
Z is pivoted at one end such that it i 1
3.00 kg, are connected by a light string that passes
can rotate in a vertical plane. over a frictionless pulley of moment of inertia
There is negligible friction at the
tL 0.00400 kg - n'and radius 5.00 cm. The coefficient
of friction for the tabletop is 0.300. The blocks are
pivot. The free end of the rod is
held vertically above the pivot and
I
I
I
i1 released from rest. Using energy methods, find
V
then released. The angular Mg the speed of the upper block just as it has moved
acceleration of the rod when it 0.600 m.
makes an angle 0 with the vertical is 3.00 kg
(a) g sin0 (b) g// sin 0
(c) 3gl2l sin9 (d) 69l sin 0
7. The moment of inertia of a solid
flywheel about its axis is 0.1 kg-m2. A 2.00
tangential force of 2 kg wt. is applied kg
round the circumference of
F
the
flywheel with the help of a string and
2 (a) l.22mls (fi S.aamls
mass arrangement as shown in the (c) 3.19 m/s (@ l.aO m/s
 Rototional Dynomics 9.75

7. COMBINED ROTATION AND centre of mass with an angular velocity of 5 radian/

TRANSLATION MOTION OF A RIG'D BODY sec. Find out Vnand V,
If the axis of rotation is moving with respect to ground A
then the motion is combined translational and rotational
motion.
Kinemdtics
The most general motion of a rigid body can be thought V", = 50 m/s
of as a sum of two independent motions. A translation of /=10m or = 5 rad/s
some point of the body plus a rotation about this point.
This is called Chasle's Theorem. A convenient choice
of the point is the centre of mass of the body. One good
B
example of the type of motion is rolling of a wheel.
The general motion of the body can be thought of as Solution
the result of a translation of the point Q and the motion of a= ll2
v",
the body about p. Let us choose another point P in the
body with position vector 7, .Let Vrlg denote the position
vector of P with respect to p, then V, = Ve + Vpe . /=10m Vcm = 5 rad/sec

= 5 rad/sec
By differentiating we get, 0" = [.g+ i p1g .
For a rigid body, the distance between the particles B
[V* + o(//2)]
remain unchanged during its motion i.e., rr,r: constant
Vn: (V,,- a ll2)
with respect to Q with respect to ground
:50_5x5:25mls
va
I
VB= ( V"^ + Ct)-2
: 50 + 25 :75 mls

For velocities Vp: Y$ +@r)2 +ZV4orcos} Method of lnstantaneous Center of Rotation

For acceleration: Methods to locate instantaneous centre of rotation
w.r.toQ w.r. to ground (a) lf v and ro are given mark a distance /-1o
P r=-0)v
I

ct
4, f.
P

CI,f
ao

on a line perpendicular to i
(0

* ofu'o (b) If velocities of two points are given, draw lines

I to the velocity vectors and locate the point of
0, {D, o are same about every point of the body (or any intersection.
other point outside which is rigidly attached to the body).
VA

VB
The centre of mass of a uniform rod of length
P
10 meter is moving with a translational velocity of
on a frictionless horizontal surface as
the figure and the rod rotates about its (c) Ifthe given velocities are parallel
9.76 Physics

Solution
xr v.
,
d-x
VB
P
ilP 4
I

./-gl
vn Yn= Y, B
4
o=
d+x=Y,x x d-x Using conservation of energy

*r, : :
27
^KE 1., "r'
2u
13ml'-1
IP - m12
t2
(+)' -48
-+m
F2c
u ': t/ rv

Assuming no slipping at any contacts Kinetic Energy for Combined Rotationdl and
Find Translotory Motion
(a) Position of instantaneous center of rotation
rc: !rln,^, +
)t,.r,
(6) Angular velocity of cylinder
(c) Linear velocity of center of cylinder
glw&
A uniform sphere of mass 200 g rolls without slipping
on a plane surface so that its centre moves at a speed
(a)
v2v of 2.00 cm/s. Find its kinetic energy.
x 2R-x
S*jtl{ron:
2R
As the sphere rolls without slipping on the plane surface,
3 u"^
2u
its angular speed about the centre is ro : .Th"
IDI G):
v3v r
x2R kinetic energy is

K:-II az+-
^ I Mv z:-.-Mfat+-Mv
^ t2 I
roR ^z
(c) Y**= to(PQ = ro R_2R r^ .
J J 2"r 2 25 2
:! ru ,+luu ,:Luu 2

lllustrotion 22
5"2',^l0cm
A rod is gently disturbed from a vertical position as : fo.roo kg) (0.02 m/s)2 = 5.6 x l0-5 J.
shown. Find the angular speed of the rod and speed
fr
of the bottom and when the rod makes an angle 60"
Dynomics of combined rototional and translational
with vertical.
motion
Rotation of bodies about an axis in translation motion can
mra be dealt with either as superposition oftranslation of mass
center and centroidal rotation or assuming pure rotation
about the instantaneous axis of rotation. In the figure is
shown the free body diagram and kinetic diagram of a
body in general plane motion.
 Rotdtional Dynamics 9.77
F1
l,
+ Substituting -mr' for Irand cr form eq. (l), we have
Fi

T:1,*o, ...(3)

F2 Fn From eq. (2) and (3), we have

2
Translation of mass center ZF, = Ifrc Acceleration of the mass center ac: -o
,=0 30

Centroidal Rotation fi, =tra Tension in the string ,: !*f

,-1

This kind of situation can also be dealtwith considering

lllustration 25
it rotationabot:/" IAR.It gives sometimes quick solutions,
especially when IAR is known and forces acting atthe IAR A uniform rodr{B of massnr and length /is suspended
are not required to be found. in horizontal position with the help of two strings as
shown in the figure. The string supporting the end
B is cut. Find acceleration of the center of mass and
end ,,{ immediately after the string is cut.
A thread is wrapped around
a uniform disk of radius r and
mass n. One end of the thread
is attached to a fixed support on a
A B

the ceiling and the disk is held

stationary in vertical plane below Solution:
the fixed support as shown in the After the string is cut forces acting on the rod are
figure. When the disk is set free, it rolls down due tension in the string A and weight of the rod. Both of
to gravity. Find the acceleration of the center of the
these forces are in vertical direction so acceleration of
the mass center C must be vertically downwards.
disk and tension in the thread.
The string is inextensible so the point ,4 can have
Solution acceleration only in horizontal direction. Let acceleration
The pointP, where the thread leaves the of the mass center C is denoted by a" downwards.
disk is always at instantaneous rest; P

ac: a.r ...(l)

c B
Forces acting on the disk are tension Zapplied by the
thread at point P and weight of the disk. These forces
are shown in the adjacent figure. Applying Newton's
c[ oc YA
t,
second law for translation of mass center, we have
T
T6
P

mg
A
mg
B YA
t,
l-+
ffioc

A has no acc in vertical direction

and the effective force marand effective torque I.c I
ac = ...(l)
mg-T:ma, ,al
ZF,=tfr, =)
Applying torque equation for centroidal rotation, we Applying Newton's second law for translation of mass
have center, we have

lir=trd" = Tr:IIu ZF,= M, + mg - T: ma, ...(2)

9,78 Physics

Applying torque equation for centroidal rotation, we For linear motion

have
F+7: *o ...(,)

Zic=Ica + .[1rl =Icd"

\2)
e for angular motion

Substituting for 1. and cr fonn eq. (l), we

(F _fl R: (?*n, C[ ...(,,)
3
i*r'
for pure rolling a: Ra ...(iii)
have
From equation (i), (ii) and (iii)
r:l 3*o, ...(3)
F+f :1
From eq. (2) and (3), we have F-f 2
3
Acceleration of the mass center ar: -o = F=5f
40
F.*:54"*
Rolling Motion on o HorizontalSurface
F-"*: 5pzg = 20 N
F
Rolling ond Sliding
am
Csse 1: Y" > aR
ls
V",
.---)
t,: Ta P,-f{= m&a
A
F: *o"^ F+7:*o V-o:R
ground

a= Ru
f
The friction will be kinetic in nature and its magnitude
(n -*\
Solving we get{ : rle;71 can be determined using { : p/. Direction will be
opposite to V". (because pt. of contact I is moving
forward w.r.t. ground)
if r=-k2R f,: o Case 2: Yr < aR

k2
r) R
fs is +ve forward
vm
.--->

k2 A
ground
r1 fs is -ve backward
oR-V +(
R

The friction will be kinetic in nature and its magnitude

can be determined using/": tt{.
A uniform hollow sphere of mass rz = I kg is
placed on a rough horizontal surface for which the Direction will be same as V"r(because pt of contactl
coefficient of static friction between the surfaces is moving backwards w.r.t. ground.
in contact is p = 2/5. Find the maximum constant (This is how a car accelerate because of friction)
force which can be applied at the highest point in
the horizontal direction so that the sphere can roll
Case 3: Y"^: ar
without slipping. (Take g : t0 m/s2) Known as perfect rolling

.?=J+=crr:
I . The friction will be static in nature. Its magnitude

F
be determined, itwill very from 0 to p/.
2. Even its direction can not be predicted
3. The total work done by static friction is zero.
Thus mechanical energy of the system will
f
remain conserved.
 Rotationol Dynomics 9.79
Case 4: When the rolling body is in contact with moving
body. From eqn'(ii) and e<ln' (iil) o : ItgR t
...(iv)
2rad s-1 K2

.' For pure rolling v: roR + , : { ..(v)

2 ms-1 R
1m
From eq. (iv) and O,
2 ms-l
;: #,
In this case the velocity of the lowest point of rolling
body must be same as the velocity of surface. or ,: Pgt' .(vi)
K2
lllustration 27 substitute y from eqn. (vl) into eqn.(i)
Abody of radiusrR and mass rz is placed on horizontal pgR2t
rough surface with linear velocity y0, after some :vo- lt*t
time it comes in the condition of pure rolling then
V
determine: t:
=
(i) Time I at which body starts pure rolling. Itg t*4
K"
Putting the value of t in equation (i)

V=roR v: vs- ltg

pg ,*4
K"
(ir) Linear velocity of body attime t.
(ili) Work done by frictional force in this time t. :Yo- vo- v0

!i+i:.:!.; r:r;:'
-R2
l*^
K"
,*4
R"
For translatory motion y: u + at
Initial veloci$ u: vo Work done in sliding by frictional force
Let after time I pure rolling starts and at this time t final : Initial kinetic energy - Final kinetic energy
velocity: y and acceleration :a
I K2
frction7r= ME -!uu'(r*
FromFBD:
Normal Reaction N: mg
Work done by
)l 2 -\ F
FBD
:i-*- 2
I
K2
Mf
I+
F {-T)
f=pN
mg ROTI'NG MOTION ON AN INCLINED PLANE
: Radius of cylinder : R, find out the acceleration of the
Friction forcef: pN: p mg ) ma p mg l'.' f: mol
object and minimum friction coefficient to provide pure
Retardation a: pg
rolling.
y: vo- at (-ve sign for retardation) c=a/R
v: vo- pgt mg cos 0
For rotatory motion o : oo + at (Initial angular
velocity oo: 0)
-
(D: At
= mg mg sin e
1
r:Ia + o:7= JR
mK' e

:WgR: ItgR MgsinO -f: Ma

mKz K2
JR:TA
g.2O Physics
Solving the equations, we get adjacent figure. The normal reaotion and the force of static
gsin0 friction do no work in rolling, it is the weight, which does
work. Wr-r: lzSr sin 0
+K2
-7-
R2
mg sin
E
mg cos

,s- (mgsino)(KzlR2)
r
1t+ x2 rnzy x

rolling is possible of required friction f is less or equal to N

limiting static friction
pN Using work energy theorem,
"f<
p2
tan0 Wt-rz: Kr- K,
r*4
K,
We get,

'2gxsin0
Kinetic energy in the initial position. k2+R2
K1: o 2gr sin 0
vc:
Kinetic energy in the final position. k2 lR2 +l

2 ' *!t.r'
x: !^r7 Using v -- u * at for c.m., we get vc.u. :0 + (a".r.X
2'
Substituting for Ir: mP and v, : orR form eq. -
-
Yc.M.

(l),
=we have a-
ac.M.

xr: )mrz +k27ri2 ...(3)

l2c.t1"o ,(l+K2lnz)
Faryt gsin0
The forces acting on the body are its weight mg, the
normal reaction N from the slope and the force of static 2x +x2lR2y
t:
frictiond. These forces and displacement are shown in the gsin0

1. If an irregularly shaped object (such as a wrench) 3. A ball is released from rest on a no-slip surface,
is dropped from rest in a classroom and feels no air as shown in the figure. After reaching its lowest
resistance, it will point, the ball begins to rise again, this time on a
(a) accelerate but will not spin. frictionless surface as shown in the figure. When the
(D) accelerate and tum until its center of gravity ball reaches its maximum height on the frictionless
reaches its lowest point. surface, it is
(c) accelerate and turn about its center of gravity
with uniform angular speed.
(d) accelerate and turn about its center of gravity
I
with uniform angular acceleration.
2. A solid sphere, solid cylinder, and a hollow pipe
all have equal masses and radii and are ofuniform
density. tf the three are released simultaneously at
No slip Frictionless
the top of an inclined plane and roll without slipping,
which one will reach the bottom first? (a) at a greater height than when it was released.
(a) solid sphere (b) ata lesser height than when it was released.
(D) hollow pipe (c) at the same height as when it was released.
(c) solid cylinder (d) It is impossible to tell without knowing the mass
(d) They all reach the bottom at the same time. of the ball.
 Rolofionol f)vnnmir< 9.27
4. A thin cylindrical shell is released from rest and velocity of the disc is ro. If the plank moves with a
rolls without slipping down an inclined ramp that velocity uoandthere is no slipping, then
(D
makes an angle of 30o with the horizontal. How long
does it take it to travel the first 3.1 m?
@) t.a s (b) l.l s
(c) 2.1s (d'1 l.6s
uo

5. A ball (solid sphere) of mass z

is rolling on a
.oo
(a) uo: vo Rro
- (b) uo: ,o * Rco
smooth
(c) uo: Ror - v, (d) uo: -yo -Rro
horizontal surface as shown in vo

the figure. At an instant the 8. A solid cylinder of mass m and radius r is rolling
magnitude of the velocity of without shpping on a rough inclined plane of
the centre of mass is v, and its angular velocity is olo inclination 0. The coefficient of friction between the
: +, where R is the radius of the ball. The total
cylinder and incline is p. Then:
2R' (a) frictional force is always przg cos 0
kinetic energy of the rolling ball at this instant is (D) friction is dissipative force
(c) by decreasing 0, frictional force decreases
@\
lnn'?fi 6lmn'zcfi (d) friction opposes rotation and supports
ll translation.
(c)
7mv$
1
o fi** 9. Suppose a body of mass M and radius R is allowed
to roll on an inclined plane without slipping from
6. Two identical rods joined together at the centre
its topmost point A. The velocity acquired by the
rotate with angular velocity 6 radls as the cenre of
body, as it reaches the bottom of the inclined plane,
mass translates at a constant speed v.r: l0m/s. If is given by:
the mass and length of each rod are 4 kg and 3 m
respectively, the ratio of rotational kinetic energy to @) JN @ Jpxzsh
the hanslational kinetic energy is
tri
,", r/ B \o)
zsh
(D B

where ,B : I+ -\ ttis the moment of inertia of

MR"'
Vcu the body about its axis of rotation).

10. In the previous question, time taken by the rolling

body to reach the bottom of the inclined plane is:

(a) 27:100 (b) 100:27

(c) 9: l0 (d) s0:27 ,, ,*\F[3- (b)
1

sin 0
2h
6
o

7. A disc of mass m and radius R rolls on a plank as

@
shown in the figure. The magnitude of velocity of
the centre of mass of the disc is vo and the angular
(c)
!, (d) u@)
\s/
1. (a) 2. (a) 3. (D) 4. (A s. (b) 6.(a) 7. (b) 8. (c) e. (c) 10. (a)

8. ANGULAR MOMENTUM

Angular momentum 1L) of apoint object P moving with (m)

P ;*v
velocity il about a point O is given as

i =V xmi
9.22 Physics
lllustration 28
Y P*i"I"
t n
x
Velocity
vector
Projection angle and speed is 0 and r respectively. Massless inward
r rod r

uz sin2 0
o
I o^
zt
Angular momentum vector i is perpendicular to
Lr: mu cos 0 x /r
i as well as momentum vector F. The
position vector
mu3 sin2 0cos0
magnitude of Z is constant but its direction is continuously
2g
B
varying. As the particle swings, i vector sweeps out a
ucos0
cone. The z-component of Z is constant but the horizontal

component travels around the circle with the particle.

A
R
Angular Marnentum of a Rigid Body Rotating obout
u
usin0 Fixed &xis
Lr: mu sin x.R
G -- 7,,
2a2 cos0sin0 .Lr:
:zasin0x angular momentum of object about axis 1L
o
6 1r: Moment of Inertia of rigid , object about axis 1L
_ 2nn3 sin2 0cos0 ro = angular velocity of the object.
g
Most Valuable Point

o If i stands for the total angular momentum, then

moving with vetocity i along eq. : 16 applies only to bodies that have
a liney = x * 5. Find the angular momentum of the symmeury about the rotational axis.
particle about a perpendicular axis passing through
If Z stands for the vector component of angular
origin O.
momentum along the rotational axis
.-.1a.,:'::-..-
(that is, for L,1,then Eq. L = ld holds for any rigid
Compare y :
x + 5 equation of the line of motion with body, symmetrical
!: mx * c, we have m: I or 0 : 45" and c : 5 unit. It
represents a particle moving as shown in figure. The
angular momentum about O
WA uniform circular disc of mass 200 g and radius
: 4.0 cm is rotated about one of its diameter at
Lo: (mv)(5 cos 45") mvwit
ft an angular speed of 10 rad/s. Find the angular
momentum about the axis of rotation.
Its direction is along negative z-axis. Thus
j.;.!i:::=t,
Lo=-7*u[unit The moment of inertia of the circular disc about its
J3
diameter is
l^1
1: 44
Angular Momentum of an Inverted Conical Pendulum . MP = . (0.200 kg) (0.04 m)2
Angular momentum about O, :8.0 x l0-5 kg-m2.
i: lsin0i+/cosOf the angular momentum about the axis of rotation is
il : (/sin0)orj L: x l0-s kg-m2) (10 rad/s)
I((D: (8.0

L : vxmi : ml2 sin2}rok-mlro2 sin0cosOj

: 8.0 x l0{ kg-m2/s: 8.0 x l0{ J-s.
 Rotationol Dynomics 9.23
Angular Momentum of a Body with Combined 32
Rotatio na I An d Tra nslati o n a I M otion
Angular momentum of a body with velocity of center of
mass i6.y. and angular speed co to the sphere at a height h = 4Rl5 above the centre
: line. m and .R are mass and radius of sphere
Z Z*rr",.o *i.r"tioo = m(R.xi..*.)+/".r.6
respectively.

Find angular velocity of sphere and linear velocity

of centre of mass of the sphere after impulse.

Solution S*lution: i

L, = L"^ * 7 x pr^ : I + R.x mi"- V and a are linear and angular velocity after giving I

"^eo impulse L
I

vo fn

Since sphere is in pure rolling motion hence

Applying impulse momentum equuation

2 v0
I: mV
o:vd + Lo= tuRz (- [) * uvoa( i) Applying angular momentum equation wrt centre
5 R
l')
: (D Ix -R: - MR2a.
! u,*a 55
2I
Anguiar lmpuls*=&irgw!qr Mamenlum T?:esrem MR
The angular impulse is defined as the product of the torque
produced and the time interval of the action of the torque.
j =itt ...(l)
w@
tir."r impulse./is applied the end
i ^L
B of rod. Fine the speed of a point P
A
mr/
The equation ( I ) is valid only when the torque produced I |

remains constant during the time interval of operation. at a distance II from center towards
6
Again,
n-l J
j:n6y=74Q,.Lt:IL(D A after time t= . ----) B
Lt
DT
:> i : t(6r-6,) : 16r-Ia,i : Lr-L, Solutio*:
Attime t
But if the torque produced is not constant then the
angular impulse is defined as

: Paar : ,{#)" : iio^

t+Lt
i :'.t'oo,
oi V",
: t (6r -6,) : 161.-I6i: ir-L,
(Ar: operating time interval of torque produced.)
i.e. the angular impulse of a rotating body is the change in
linear impulse-momentum theorem
angular momentum of the body.
9.24 Physics
Law of Conservation of Angular Momentum
J: mvr^- O = ,"^: !m Statement: Ifthere is no net external torque acting on a
system, the angular momenfum of the system remains
angular impulse - angular momentum theorem
constant both in magnitude and direction.

J
I ml2 6J Examples:
2l2ml =
1. Suppose a man sits on table on a tum table with
After time r the rod will rotate by an angle : ot: nl2 dumb-bells in his stretched hands. The tum table
0)
vm
is set into rotation at a constant angular velocity ro.
P
If the man now starts to bring his hands closer to
his body we will observe that the angular velocity
increases gradually. The angular velocity becomes
al
o maximum when the man folds his hands. This can
be explained using the principle of conservation of
', (al angular momentum. According to this principle, if
Resultant speed of point P: vi^+l - \) I there is no resultant external torque, Z : constant
i.e., Ia = constant. Angular velocity is inversely
.(*)' proportional to the moment of inertia. As the man
*)' brings his hands closer to his body I decreases. So,

:,J,
m
co increases.
L,

8,7 CONSERVATIAN OF ANGULAR MOMENTUM

Relation between Torque And Angular Momentum li
t,
i=i, p
dL dr- -t p) .(l)
dt = a\'"
Rotation axis
Applying the product rule for differentiation. Torque and Angular Momentum
dr -\ di - dD 2. A ballet dancer decreases or increases his angular
'/
-lrxDl
dtr - dt
-xD+rx----!-
dt speed ofrotation by stretching the hands or bringing
the hands closer to the
Now, the velocity of the particle is v = a r t at
3. Ifthe polar ice cap melts and moves towards equator
and P=mv then the duration ofthe day increases.
dr
Then a" p : irmv =0 ,
lllustrotion 34
dt
A disc of mass M and radius r is rotating about its
(Since the vector product of two parallel vectors axis with angular velocity ro. Now if a mass nr falls
vanishes). Further, since dpldt: F, vertically on its rim and sticks to it. Then find final
_
+ ,"idp - rxr =r angular velocity of the combined system.
i*;.i{!{}!1'
=; x' x'
Hence
!t;" o1 .(2)

From (1) and (2)

di
:=7
M
I
m
dt
Thus, the time rate ofchange ofthe angular, momentum
of a particle is equal to the torque acting on it. This is the
rotational analogue of the equations F=dpldt, which
Applying ungutL momentum
expresses Newton's second law for the translational "onr"i,on
motion of a single particle. Irror: Irro.-
 Rototionol Dynomics 9.25

The table rotates through 2n / 1l radians

uL,: 2
MRz
2
* *z (D, clockwise.
(c) If the man completes one resolution relative to the

_t M)
earth,
(D, : o)
M+2m) then 0^:2n
lrme:
2n 2n
=
am
- -0.5
VW During this time, angular displacement of the
A man of mass 100 kg stands at the rim of a turn-ta-
table,
ble of radius 2 m, moment of inertia 4000 kg-m2 n-
mounted on a vertical frictionless shaft at its centre. 0,: ro.(time) :-O.OS * ::
The whole system is initially at rest. The man walks
-r' 0.5
7t
along the outer edge of the turn-table with a velocity 0.:
,5 - radian
of I m/s relative to the earth. =
(a) With what angular velocity and in what direction 0, = 36o in clockwise direction
does the tum-table rotate?
(D) Through what angle will it have rotated when the
8.2 PROBLEMS INVOLVING COLLISIONS

man reaches his initial position on the turn-table? lmpact of Bodies Free to Move

(c) Through what angle will it have rotated when the Since no external force acts on the two body system, we
can use principle of conservation of linear momentum,
man reaches his initial position relative to earth?
principle of conservation of angular momentum about any
5ulrrfion; point and concept of coefficient of restitution.
Let the man be moving anti-clockwise. The coefficient of restitution is defined for components
(a) By conservation of angular momentum on the man- of velocities of points of contacts of the bodies along the
table system, line of impact.

L,:Lror0+0:I^a^*1,a, While applying principle of conservation of angular

momentum care must be taken in selecting the point about
I^0^ which we write the equation. The point about which we
or: -
It write angular momentum must be at rest relative to the
selected inertial reference frame and as far as possible
where @^: :12 rad/s
v
i
its location should be selected on line of velocity of the
mass center in order to make zero the first term involving
^u2
or:-100()\zv- angular momentum of center of mass, zero.
' 4000
36
:- l rud/,
20

Thus the table rotates clockwise (opposite to man)

with angular velocity 0.05 rad/s.
(b) If the man complete one revolution relativq to the
table, then
U+
G---
m I
Find x so that the ball and stick move with same
velocity after elastic collision.
0*,:2n;2n:0.-0,
Solution:
2n: a^t - o,/ (where I is the time taken)
lnitia! After
2n 2n l.o
, - -;------------: -
(c,r- -rrr, )

Angular displacement of table is

0.5 + 0.05

.-->-u
t
.lr V".
.--t
$* V",

m m +
2n :- 2rc Conservation of angular momentum about a point
0,: a,t:-0.05 " radian
O,, , below COM of rod (on the plane)
9.26 Physics

mv:2mv + u :' ,( _t
ml nN
cmcm2 mvo 0)
2[ -+-xz
124
Conservation of angular momentum about a point
vox
below COM of rod (on the plane) G):-;-
l)
mvx: Ia * mr"rrf x-
-+
6
equation of coefficient of restitution
vm
('", + r'x) - vr^: v
Solving the equations we get,
I
vm
Jtz
37 For velocity offar end ofrod to v zero
A particle of mass m moving with a velocity v, as I
shown in the figure collides and sticks to the rod of y =(D -+x
mass m, length /.
cm
2 )
1
Solvins
"6x:

v^ xl ., Ivz
md---r--l
lmpact ol Hinged Eodies

u
When either or both of the bodies are hinged the reaction
of the hinge during the impact act as extemal force on
(a) Find the final angular velocity of rod. the two body system, therefore linear momentum no
(D) Findx so that the far end of the rod does not move longer remain conserved and we cannot apply principle of
just after collision. conservation of linear momentum.

When one of the bodies is hinged and other one is free

The center of mass of point mass and rod system after to move, we can apply conservation of angular momentum
about the hinge.
collision is at a distan.. I f.o- center.
2 When both the bodies are hinged we cannot also
Before collision
apply conservation of angular momentum, and we have
to use impulse momentum principle on both the bodies
separately in addition to making use of coefficient of
restitution.
l'tz
m
v x
"
u lllustratian 38

After collision A point object of mass z moving

horizontally hits the lower end of the
I
uniform thin rod of length I and mass
I , ,
m.Therod is resting on a horizontal, I
cm frictionless surface and pivoted at the 3-- I
m v
other end as shown in figure.
Conservation of linear momentum Find out angular velocity of the system just after
mvo:Zmv"^ + vcm
vo collision if
2
(a) Collision is elastic
Conservation of angular momentum about a point an (D) the mass n sticks to the rod after collision. In
the table below COM case find the impulse on the hinge during collision.
 Rotationol Dynomics 9.27
Solrution (6) Conserving angular momentum about the hinge
mvl: I a

(a)
I
I
m
mvl :;F-:
mvl 3mvl
i;F
J
I
-+ml'
/3v)
m
H : l1l
l+t )
linear momentum is not conserved.
Conservation of angular momentum about the Impulse due to the hinge force -I
hinge Impulse on the point object/rod during collsion 1
mvl= mv'l + Ia :
Equation of coefficient of restitution along the
for point object -1 mal - mv (assuming right
direction to be positive)
line of impact
ul,l_v,:(t)(v_0) fortherodJ+ I:Mv cm : U,L
2
Solving the equation we get
3v Solving we get./: U, *2 * mal - mv
2t2

o- INTEXT EXERCISE:5

1. A stone (m = | kg) is projected in a vertical place 4. A heavy ball is thrown on a rough horizontal surface
at angle 0 = 60o with the horizontal, with an initial in such a way that it slides with a speed VQ initially
speed z :
20 m/s. The angular momentum of the without rolling. It will roll without sliding when its
stone when it is at the maximum height is speed falls to

G: l0 m/s2).
(o)
2
vo (b)
(a) 7.5 kg m2ls (b) 15 kg m2ls i ,l
rro

(c) 150 kg m2ls (d) 75 kg m2ls

@) iYo
5
o lr,
2. A thin circular ring of mass Mand radius R is rotating
about its axis with a constant angular velocity ro. 5. A metal bar is hanging from
Hook
Two objects, each of mass tl, are attached gently to a hook in the ceiling when
the opposite ends of a diameter of the ring. The ring it is suddenly struck by a

rotates now with an angular velocity: ball that is moving

horizontally (see figure).
aM
h\- M+m (bt o{M
' -2m\ . --|
The ball is covered with
M+2m
glue, so it sticks to the bar.
(cl aM a(M +m)
\o) M During this collision
M +2m (a) the angular momentum of the system (ball and
bar) is conserved about the hook because only
- horizontal
3. A rigid smooth rod AB of mass 0.75 kg gravity is acting on the system.
and length 40 cm can rotate freely about a fixed (b) the angular momentum of the system (ball and
vertical axis through its mid point O. Two rings each bar) is not conserved because the hook exerts a
of mass I kg at O on either side. The rod is set in force on the bar.
rotation with an angular velocity of 30 radian per (c) the angular momentum of the system (ball and
sec and when the rings reach the ends of the rod, the bar) is conserved about the hook because neither
angular velocity in rad/sec is: the hook nor gravity exerts any torque on this
system about the hook.
(a) s (b) 10
(d) both the angular momentum of the system (ball
(c) t0t3 (A 20
and bar) and its kinetic energy are conserved.
9.28 Physics
6. A record is dropped vertically onto a freely rotating of mass m moving with speed v collides elastically
(undriven) turntable. Frictional forces act to bring with the stick as shown in the figure. If after the
the record and turntable to a common angular speed. collision the ball comes to rest, then what should be
If the rotational inertia of the record is 0.54 times the mass of the ball?
that of the turntable, what percentage of the initial (a) m:2M (b) m: M
kinetic energy is lost? (c) m:Ml2 (d) m:Ml4
(a)3s% (b) t8%
9. Two particles of equal tn at A and B are
mass
@) a6% @) 60%
connected by a rigid lightrodAB,lying on a smooth
7. A tumtable has a radius of horizontal table. An impulse -I is applied at A inthe
0.80 m and a moment of
plane of the table and perpendicular at AB. Then the
inertia of 2.0 kg ' m2. The 2.0 kg m2

turntable is rotating with an m velocity of particle at A is:

angular velocity of 1.5 rad/s
(a) JJ (b)
about a vertical axis though .5 rad/s
^lmm -
its center on frictionless
2J
bearings. A very small 3.0 m/s (c) : (d) Zero
0.40-kg ball is projected m
0.40 kg
horizontally toward the
turntable axis with a velocity of 3.0 m/s. The ball
10. Consider a body, shown in figure, consisting of two

is caught by a very small and very light cup-shaped identical balls, each of mass Mconnected by a light
mechanism on the rim of the tumtable (see figure). rigid rod. If an impulse J : Mv is imparted to the
What is the angular velocity of the turntable just body at one of its end, what would be its angular
after the ball is caught? velocity?
(a\ 2.1 radls (b) 1.3 rad/s t(- L---|'l
(c) 0.94 rad/s (d) 0.75 rad/s M

8. A stick of length L and <- L ----------------

mass M lies on a t-

frictionless horizontal
(a) vlL (b) 2vll
surface on which it is free
to move in any way. A ball
o
m
(c) vl3L @) vAL

1. (c) 2. (c) 3. (6) a. @) s. (r) 6.(a) 7. (b) 8. (d) e. (b) 10. (a)
 Unsolved Exercises
f EXERC'SE _ 1

Rotational Kinemotics through the centre of mass of the body but axis 2
does not.
1. A fan is running at 3000 rpm. It is switched off. It
(a) Ir<1,
comes to rest by uniformly decreasing its angular
speed in 10 seconds. The total number of revolutions (b) If It< I,the axes are parallel.
in this period. (c) Ifthe axes are parallel, Ir. I,
(a) lsO (b) 250 ({ If the axes are not parallel, Ir2 Ir.
(c) 3s0 (d) 300 7. The moment of inertia of an elliptical disc ofuniform
om'
2. A block hangs from a string wrapped on a disc of mass distribution of mass , semi major axis 'r',
radius 20 cm free to rotate about its axis which is semi minor axis'd about its axis is:
fixed in a horizontal position. [f the angular speed of mr'
the disc is 10 rad/s at some instant, with what speed @)= z (b)=md2
2
is the block going down at that instant?
(a) 4m/s (b) 3 m/s (c)>mr' z (a<,mr'
(c) 2 m/s (d) 5 n/s
8. A unifrom thin rod of length o
Moment of lnertio
L and mass M is bent at the
3. A uniform circular disc A of radius r is made up of
middle point O as shown 0
copper ofthickness , and another uniform oircular
disc B of radius 2r is made up of copper of thickness
in figure. Consider an axis
tlZ. The relation between the moments of inertia ,I, passing through its middle
and 1, is point O and perpendicular to the plane of the bent
(a) In> I, rod. Then moment of inertia about this axis is:
(b) In= I,
(a)
2^mLz (b)
l^
ril,
(c) In<1, l 3
(d) depends on the values of r and r. 1^ (d) dependenton0
k) nf,
4. The moment of inertia of a non-uniform semicircular
wire having mass m and radius r about a line 9. The moment of inertia of a uniform circular disc
perpendicular to the plane of the wire through the about its diameter is 200 gm cm2. Then its moment
centre is of inertia about an axis passing through its center
and perpendicular to its circular face is
(a) mf @; mP
(a) 100 gm cm2 (b) 200 gm cm2
l^ (c) 400 gm cm2 (d) 1000 gm cm2
(c)
O
m* @i2 m* 10. Moment of inertia of a uniform disc about the axis O
5. Let I n and.I, be the moments of inertia of two solid o'is:
cylinders of identical geometrical shape and size oo'
about their axes, the first made of aluminium and the
second of iron.
(o) In< I,
(b) rA: rB
(c) In> I,
(d) relation between 1, and /, depends on the actual , , 3mr'
shapes ofthe bodies.
(a)
z
(b)m12
z
6. Let 1, and 1, be moments of inertia of a body about
two axes I and 2 respectively, The axis I passes \c)
5m12
2
(4.5m12
+
9.30 Physics
11. A uniform disc of radius R lies in x - y plane with its 16. The moment of inertia (0 of a solid sphere about
centre at origin. Its moment of inertia about the axis an axis is plotted against the distance (r) of the axis
x = 2R and y : 0 is equal to the moment of inertia from the centre of the sphere. Which graph best
about the axis y : d and z: 0. Where d is equal to
represents it?
A
(")
JR ,u, **
Jts (a) (b)
(c) J3 n (d) R o o I
2

12. A uniform thin bar of mass 6m and length 12 L

is bent to make a regular hexagon. Its moment of (c) (d)
o
inertia about an axis passing through the centre of
mass and perpendicular to the plane of hexagon is
(a) 20rrL2 (b) 6rnJu2
17. Figure below shows the variation of the moment of
t2 inertia of a uniform rod about an axis normal to its
(") (A 30rnL2 length with the distance of the axis from the end of
;.L
13. A solid sphere of mass M, radius R andhaving MI the rod. The moment of inertia of the rod about an
about an axis passing through the centre ofmass as axis passing through its centre and perpendicular to

d is recast into a disc of thickness /, whose MI abotfi the its length is:
an axis passing through its edge and perpendicular
to its plane remains L Then radius of the disc will be

2R
R\E
(a)
E (D) 0.2 kg-m2

4R
(c) @+ O r-)
Jls
(a) 0.5 ks--2 (6) 0.15 kg--'
14. lf k be the radius ofgyration ofa disc about an axis (c) 0.10 kg-*2 (d) 0.05 kg--'
normal to its plane and at a distance dfrom its centre,
then the plot of kversus dwill be as: 18. A mass distribution consists of six particles at
(a, 0, 0), (-a, 0,0); (0, a, 0), (a, n, 0); (0, 0, (a)
K K
and (0, 0, -{o), with its centre of mass located at
(a) (b) the origin. lf Ir,Iyand lrbe the moment of inertia of
the distribution about X, Y and Z axes respectively
d d
and I,: 0.60 kg-m2 then which of the following is
K K necessarily correct?

(c) (o) Ir:0.60 kg-m2

@
(b) I,:0.60 kg-m2
d d (c\ I:I
zvx =l
15. Two thinrods ofmass m andlength / (@ None
each are joined to form / shape as
1 19. A square sheet ofedge length Z and uniform mass
shown. The moment of inertia of I
per unit area o is used to form a hollow cylinder. The
rods about an axis passing
moment of inertia of this cylinder about the central
throughly free end (O) of a rod and I
o axis is
perpendicular to both the rods is:
2ct (bl oL'
@)JmP @ + la) fi-, -
4Tt'

ot
(c)mP @ + (c) oL2 @
3J2rE'
 Rotdtionol Dynomics 9.37
I+r**er 25. Arod of weight w is supported by two parallel knife
edgesl and B and is in equilibrium in a horizontal
20. If a rigid body is subjected to two forces position. The knives are at a distance d from each
E : Zi +3i+4t acting at (3,3, 4) and F, : other. The centre of mass of the rod is at a distance x
froml. The normal reactions atA and,B will be:
-Zi -Zi -4t actingat (1, 0, 0) then which of the
(a) Ne= 2w (l - xld), Nr: wxld
following is (are) true?
(a) The body is in equilibrium. (b) Ne: w (l - xld), Nr= wxld
(c) Ne= 2w (l - xlfi, Nr:2wxld
(D) The body is under the influence ofa torque only.
(4 Ne: w (2 - xld), Nr= wxld
(c) The body is under the influence ofa single force.
26. The beam and pans of a balance have negligible
(d) the body is under the influence of a force mass. An object weighs Wrwhen placed in one pan
together with a torque . and Wrwhen placed in the other pan. The weight W
ofthe object is:
21. A force F : 4i -10j acts on a body at a point
@ Jw,w, (b) (Wr+Wr)
having position vector - - 3j relative to origin of
5i
co-ordinates on the axis of rotation. The torque (c) Wrz + Vtr| (4 (wl + w;\tz
acting on the body about the origin is:
27. A uniform cube of side a and mass m rests on a
(a) 38 t 1D -2s k rough horizontal table. A horizontal force 'F is
(c) 62 i 1d) none of these applied normal to one of the faces at a point that is

22. Aforce F: 2i +3 j - i acts at a point (2, -3,1).

directly above the centre ofthe face, at aheiCht
!
Then magnitude of torque of this force about point above the base. Findout the minimum value of F
(0,0,2) will be: needed to topple the block.
2 4
(a) 6 (b) 3\6 (a) mg (b) ;J mg
z
(c) 616 (d) noneofthese
I
23. In case oftorque ofa couple ifthe axis is changed by @)1 gm @ 2
mg

displacing it parallel to itself, torque will:

(a) increase (b) decrease 28. A uniform rod of mass z and length Z is suspended
(c) remain constant ({ None of these with two massless strings as shown in the figure. If
the rod is at rest in a horizontal position the ratio of
Equilibrium of rigid bodies, toppling
tension in the two strings TrlTris:
24. Four equal and parallel forces are acting on a rod (as
shown in figure) in horizontal plane at distances of
20 cm,40 cm, 60 cm and 80 cm respectively from T2

one end of the rod. Under the influence of these

forces the rod:
FF
L
0 20 40 60 80
(a) l:1 (b) t:2
(c) 2:t (d) 4:3
FF 29. Two persons of equal height are carrying a long
(a) is at rest uniform wooden beam of length /. They are at
distance ll4 md 116 from nearest ends of the rod. The
(b) experiences a torque
ratio of normal reactions at their heads is:
(c) experiences a.linear motion (a) 2:3 (b) t:3
(fl experiences a torque and also a linear motion
(c) 4:3 (d) t:2
9.32 Physics
30. Four forces tangent to the circle of radius 'R' are magnitude of the force is
acting on a wheel as shown in the figure. The (a) 15 N (D) 43 N
resultant equivalent one force system will be: (c) 28N (d) 40N
400N
33. A right triangular plate ABC of mass m is free to
rotate in the vertical plane about a fixed horizontal
axis through l. It is supported by a string such that
the side AB ishoizontal. The reaction at the support
Ais
200N
(r\ *g tol
2!g
I
500N
3"3
I
mg
I (c) (d) ms
(a) a^ 2
lv
t
t 34. In the bar is uniform and weighing 500 N. How
I
large must w be if 7, and Trare to be equal?
500N

T 1
Tl
(b)
1
T1

500N 0.31 0.41 0.31

(c)
(a) 500N (b) 300N
(c) 7s0N (d) ls00N
Rotation obout Fixed Axis
35. A uniform circular disc ,{ of radius r is made up of
I a metal, thickness , and another uniform circular
disc B of radius 4r is made from the same metal, of
I
I

@ { 500N
thickness tl4.If eqnl torques act on the discsl and
I '-J37 B, initially both being at rest. At a later instant, the
I
I angular speeds ofa point on the rim ofl and another
I
point on the rim ofB are ro, and co, respectively. We
have
31. A box of dimensions I and b is kept on a truck
moving with an acceleration a. If box does not (a) ron> a,
slide, maximum acceleration for it to remain in (b) ron: a,
equilibrium (w.r.t. truck) is: (c) ol, < ro,
b (d) the relation depends on the actual magnitude of
I the torques.
36. The uniform rod of mass
20 kg and length 1.6 m is
pivoted at its end and 1'6m

swings freely in the vertical plane. Angular

@)+ @)+ acceleration ofrodjust after the rod is released from
rest in the horizontal position as shown in figure is
(c\ s (@ none ofthese
l5g 17 E
32. The door of an almirah is 6 m high, 1.5 m wide la) 16 tn
' '^ 16
and weighs 8 kg. The door is supported by two
16g c
hinges situated at a distance of I m from the ends. (c) (d)
b

Assuming forces exerted on the hinges are equal, the l5 l5

 Rototional Dynamics 9.33
37. Two men support a uniform horizontal rod at its Combined Rotation and Translation
two ends. If one of them suddenly lets go, the force
41. The centre of a disc rolling without slipping on a
exerted by the rod on the other man just after this
plane surface moves with speed a. A particle, on
momentwill:
the lower half of the rim making an angle 60' with
(a) remain unaffected
vertical, will be moving at speed
(D) increase
(a) zero (b) u
(c) decrease
(d) become unequal to the force exerted by him on @\ Jiu @) 2u
the rod.
42. A thin string is wrapped several times around a
38. A uniform metre stick is held vertically with one end cylinder kept on a rough horizontal surface. A boy
on the floor and is allowed to fall. The speed of the standing at a distance / from the cylinder draws
other end when it hits the floor assuming that the end the string towards him as shown in figure. The
at the floor does not slip: cylinder rolls without slipping. The length of the
@lG @)lG string passed through the hand of the boy while the
cylinder reaches his hand is
(")Jtu @G
39. A uniform disc of mass m and radius r and a point
mass rn are arranged as shown in the figure. The
acceleration of point mass is: (Assume there is no
slipping between pulley and thread and the disc can
rotate smoothly about a fixed horizontal axis passing
through its centre and perpendicular to its plane)
(a) t (b) 2t
(c) 3t (d) 4t
43. As shown in the figure, a uniform disc of mass m is
rolling without slipping with a angular velocity ro.
The portion l.B is rough and BC is smooth. When it
crosses point.B disc will be in:
m 0)

@t @)t )
2g
(c) (d) none ofthese
p=0
J A U+0 B
c

40. A uniform disc of mass mass and radius R rotates (a) translational motion only
along an axis passing through its centre of mass and (D) pure rolling motion
normal to its plane. An unstretchable rope is wound (c) rotational motion only
on the disc. Tangential acceleration ofa point P on
(d) none ofthese
the periphery of the disc when a uniform force F is
applied on the rop is 44. A solid sphere, a hollow sphere and a ring, all
P
having equal mass and radius, are placed at the top
of an incline and released. The friction coefficients
between the objects and the incline are equal but not
sufficient to allow pure rolling. The greastest kinetic
F energy at the bottom of the incline will be achieved
I by
(a) the solid sphere
(a) Fl2m ot F lrn (D) the hollow sphere
1/2 (c) the ring
(c) Flm (d) 2Flm (d) all will achieve same kinetic energy.
9.34 Physics
45. A hollow sphere and a solid sphere having equal 50. A uniform ring of radius R is given a back spin of
mass and equal radii are rolled down without angular velocity Vf2R and thrown on a horizontal
slipping on a rough inclined plane. rough surface with velocity of center to be Zo. The
(a) The two spheres reach the bottom simultaneously velocity of the centre of the ring when it starts pure
(D) The hollow sphere reaches the bottom with rolling will be
lesser speed. (a) v/2 (b) t44
(c) The solid sphere reaches the bottom with greater @) 3r/a (a 0
kinetic energy 51. A uniform disc is v/R
(d) The two spheres will reach the bottom with performing pure rolling
same linear momentum on a smooth stationary
46. Asolid sphere, a hollow sphere and a solid cylinder,
surface with constant

all having equal mass and radius, are placed at the top
angular velocity as
shown in figure. At any instant, for the lower most
of an incline and released. The friction coefficients
point of the disc
between the objects and the incline are equal but not
sufficient to allow pure rolling. Greastest time will (a) Velocity is v, acceleration is zero
be taken in reaching the bottom by (D) Velocity is zero, acceleration is zero
(a) the solid sphere
(c) velocity is v, acceleratio, i,
(D) the hollow sphere t'
(c) the solid cylinder
(d) all will take same time. (d) velocity is zero, acceleration is
t'
47. Abody is given translational velocity and kept on a
52. A bit of mud stuck to a bicycle's front wheel of
surface that has sufficient friction. Then:
radius R detaches and is flung horizontally forward
(a) body will move forward before pure rolling when it is at the top of the wheel. The bicycle is
(b) body will move backward before pure rolling moving forward at a speed v and it is rolling without
(c) body will start pure rolling immediately slipping. The horizontal distance travelled by the
(d) none ofthese mud after detaching from the wheel is:

48. A large spool of rope lies on the ground as shown @) J2rn ts @) JBrv\ s
in the fig. The end, labelled,Y is pulled a distance S
in the horizontal direction. The spool rolls without (c) '4*'lg (O 6Rv2 I g
slipping. The centre of mass of the spool moves a 53. A body rolls down without skpping on an inclined
distance plane. The fraction of its total kinetic energy
<- S associated with rotation will be (radius of gyration
X is & and radius of body is R)
R2 (b)
k2
@ FG frk,
@) P+nz @, p -R\-
(a) 23 (b) s
54. A cylinder rolls up an inclined plane, reaches
s
(c)
, @I some height and then rolls down (without slipping
throughout these motions). The directions of the
frictional force acting on the cylinder are:
49. Asolid uniform disc of mass m rolls without slipping
(a) Up the incline while ascending and down the
down an inclined plane with an acceleration a. The
incline while descending
frictional force on the disc due to surface of the
(D) Up the incline while ascending as well as
plane is
descending
(a) 2ma @1 ma (c) Down the incline while ascending and up the
incline while descending
(d) Down the incline while ascending as well as
(c) ma @; ma
descending.
 Rotationol Dynamics 9.35
55. A solid cylinder is placed on the end ofan inclined ofthe sphere, when it descends through a height of
plane. It is found that the plane can be tipped at an 3 m will be g: 10 m/s2)
angle 0 before the cylinder starts to slide. When the (a) 2radls (D) 4radls
cylinder turns on its sides and is allowed to roll, it
is found that the steepest angle at which cylinder the @) Ji rad ls (d) 20 rad/s
performs pure rolling is $. The ratio tan {/tan 0 is Conservation of Angular Momentum
61. A constant torque acting on a uniform circular wheel
(a) 3 (b) I
J
changes its angular momentum from lo to 4Ao in
4 sec. the magnitude of this torque is
(") I @r; (a) 4Ao (b) Ao
@) 3A/a (4 ruo
56. A force F is applied at the top of a ring of mass M 62. Aparticle moves with a constant velocity parallel to
and radius.R placed on a rough horizontal surface the Y-axis. Its angular momentum about the origin.
as shown in fig. Friction is sufficient to prevent (a) is zero (D) remains constant
slipping. The friction force acting on the ring is (c) goes on increasing (d) goes on decreasing
(a)
FF
towards right (b) towards left 63. A particle is projected at time /: 0 from a point P
Z i on the ground with a speed Zo, at an angle of 45o to
2F the horizontal. What is the magnitude of the angular
(c)
- towards ight (d) zero
momentum of the particle about P at time t:
volg.

57. Three identical hollow spheres P, Q and R are

released from the top of three inclined planes of
(a) 4
2J2s
*,H
identical dimensions. The sphere P slides down 2
ffivo
without friction sphere prolls down without slipping (c)
.l2s
@ -''5
2,,129
and sphere R rolls down with slipping. When they
reach the bottom of the incline , the kinetic energy 64. A uniform thin circular ring of mass 'M and radius
of P, Q and R are respectively 100 J, 1(l and Kr.It 'R' is rotating about its fixed axis passing through
follows that: its centre perpendicular to its plane of rotation with
(o) \: 100 J, K2 : 100 J a constant angular velocity ro. Two objects each of
(b) \< 100J, Kr.K, mass /??, are attached gently to the opposite ends of
a diameter of the ring. The ring now rotates with an
(c) Kr < 100 K; K2 < 100 J
angular velocity.
(4 \= 100 J; K2 < 100 J
(al aM aM
58. A disc of radius 20 cm is
(b)
(M +m\ (M +2m)
10 radlsec
rolling with slipping on a
flat horizontal surface. (cl - aM (d)
tilM +3m)
At a certain instant the 4 m/s (M -2m\ M
velocity of its centre is 4 65. A boy sitting firmly over a rotating stool has his
m/s and its angular o arms- folded. If he stretches his arms, his angular
velocity is l0 radls o o momentum about the axis of rotation
velocity of the lowest (a) increases (D) decreases
contact point O is
(c) remains unchanged (d) doubles
(a) 2 mls (fi a rn/s
(c) I m/s ({ 66. A sphere is released on a smooth inclinedplane from
3 m/s
the top. When it moves down its angular momentum
59. Velocity of point P is is:
(a)
1a) Jio n/s 1t1 2Ji m/s
conserved about every point
(b) conserved about the point of contact only
(c) rE n/s (d) 5 mls (c) conserved about the centre of the sphere only
60. A hollow sphere of radius 30 cm is released from (d) conserved about any point on a fixed line parallel
rest on a rough inclined plane. The friction is rough to the inclined plane and passing through the
enough to prevent any slipping. The angular velocity centre ofthe ball.
9.36 Physics
67. A circular wooden loop of m z falls vertically and sticks to the disc at distance x
mass rn and radius R rests from the axis.
flat on a horizontal +V G---- Rotational speed reducedto nrrpm , then moment of
frictionless surface. A bullet, m
inertia of the disc is
also of mass z, and moying with a velocity Z, strikes
I
the loop and gets embedded in it. The thickness of I

the loop is much smaller than R. The angular velocity

with which the system rotates just after the bullet
strikes the loop is

(a)
VV (b)
qR 3R I
I
I
2V 3V I

(r) (d) --Jt x i<-

:n 4R
nn" ) n^a
(b) -" ' ,*'
68. A uniform disk of mass 300 kg is rotating freely (a) --?na'
nl+n2 nt-nz
about a vertical axis through its centre with constant
nl n"1
angular velocity ro. A boy of mass 30 kg starts from (c) *t2 @) -------!-- 7n1g-

the centre and moves along a radius to the edge of ftr- fl2 \+n2
the disk. The angular velocity of the disk now is
71. Two identical particles B and C each of mass 50 g are
9
(")
o
(6)
(r)o

5
connected by a light rod of length 30 cm. Another
particle A of same mass moving with a speed z = 60

(")+ (d)
5coo

6
cm/s strikes B, in a direction perpendicular to AB.
and sticks to it.
The whole, process takes place u
69. A man stands at the centre of a turn table, his arms
extended horizontally, with a 5 kg mass in each
plane.
on a smooth horizontal A B

The angular momentum I and

hand. He is set into rotation with an angular velocity
of one revolution in 2 s. His new angular velocity angular velocity o of the I
if he drops his hands to his sides is (Assume the system its centre of mass,
moment of inertia of the man is 6 kgm2. The initial
immediately after the mpact is c
given by (in SI units)
distance of the weights from the axis is I m and their
final distance is 0.2 m) (a'l L:9 x lf a:2
(a) 2.5 revls (D) 1.25 rev/s (b)t=$xlQ-36n=2
(c) 5 rev/s (d) None of these (c) L=3 x 10Jco= I
(O L:3 x 10-3 ro: I
70. A uniform disc rotates freely about a perpendicular
axis making n, revolutions per minute. Wax of mass

EXERC'SE _ 2

Moment of lnertio
l. A thin uniform rod of length 4/, mass 4z is bent at
(c) m12
n
(a*
the points as shown in the fig. What is the moment
of inertia of the rod about the axis passing point O 2. The moment of inertia of a hollow cubical box of
and perpendicular to the plane ofthe paper. mass Mand side a about an axis passing through the
o centres of two opposite faces is equal to

90'
@i5M a2 (b)5M6 a2
5M
@+ @Y (c)5Mna2 (d)
l8
a2
 Rotational Dynomics 9.37
3. Three identical uniform rods, each of length /, are
joined to form a rigid equilateral triangle. Its radius
ofgyration about an axis passing through a corner
and perpendicular to the plane of the triangle is:
x

(a)
ll (b)
G E z
ll
c)G @T H

4. Three rings each of mass m and

r axe so placed that they trt 9ptn2
radius
touch each other. The radius of
"24 ,u, *,*'
gpation of the system about the
axis as shown in the figure is:
r"t 9*n2
32
a 1*n2
7

G (i)
I

8.
t"l {s' @8, Four holes radius R are cut from a thin square plate
of side 4R and mass M.T\e moment of inertia of the
remaining portion aboutz-axis is
,", E, ,, E, v
I

5. A hollow cylinder has mass M, outside radius R, and

inside radius R,. Its moment of inertia about an axis ---x
parallel to its symmetry axis and tangential to the
outer surface is equal to:

@)
+rni+n?> e) +<4-n?> 7E 4
(a) MRz (b) MR2
@) +(Rz +&)2 @, +e4 + 4)
t2 J 4
4 TI
(c) @ MR2
3 6
6. Let 1be the moment of inertia of a uniform square
plate about an axis AB that passes through its centre 9. A uniform disc of radius 8 cm lies in the x-y plane,
and is parallel to two of its sides. CD is a line in the with its centre at origin. Its moment of inertia about
plane ofthe plate that passes through the centre of z-axis is equal to its moment of inertia about the line
the plate and makes an angle 0 withlB as shown in 4y:3x + 4c. Value of c is (tan37o = 0.75)
figure. The moment of inertia of the plate about the (a) +2cm (b) +4cm
axis CD is then equal to (c) +5cm (d) +8cm

10. A square plate of mass M and edge Z is shown in

D
fig. The moment of inertia of the plate about the axis
A -6 in the plane of plate and passing through one of its
vertex making an angle l5o from horizontal is
c

(a) I (D) 1sin2 0

(c) 1cos2 e (d1 t cos2 10/21
7. A circular plate of radius R/2 is cut from one edge l+_ L_+l
of a thin circular plate of radius R. The moment MLz ttMlz
of inertia of the remaining portion about an axis @)n ftt 24
through O perpendicular to plane of the plate (i.e.,
24I,IIJ
about the z-axis) is (M = mass of remaining circular (c)7ML2
n @ ll
plate.)
9.38 Physics
11. Moment of inertia of a triangle plane of mass M Equilibrium of Rigid Bodies, Toppling
shown in the figure, about vertical axis lB is:
15. A uniform ladder of length 5 m is placed against
the wall in vertical plane as shown in the figure. If
A

Fr- / coefficient of friction p is the same for both the wall

and the floor then minimum value of p for it not to
slip is
I

4m

(a) Ml2
z
@+
MP MI2 (a) p=llZ (b) p:Ua
(c) -
o
@o (c) p:ll3 (d) 1t=ll5
12. Moment of inertia of a uniform quarter disc of radius 16. A uniform rod of length / is placed symmetrically
on two walls as shown in figure. The rod is in
R and mass M about an axis through its centre of
equilibrium. If N, and N, are the normal forces
mass and perpendicular to its plane is: exerted by the walls on the rod then

*,ry-"(#)' N2

N1

il4
b) MR'
2 - [.o!!)'
u(
3n)

*t
("\ w' * M(!!\'
2 ""Irr,,l
MR'
(") N, , Nz
@\ * r( J;!!\' (D) Nl'N,
2 3n) [ (") N,:Nz
Torque (4 Nr and N, would be in the vertical directions.
13. If the positions of t'wo like parallel forces on a light 17. A block with a square base measuring a x a and
rod are interchanged, their resultant shifts by one- height ft, is placed on an inclined plane. The
fourth of the distance between them then the ratio of coefficient of friction is p. The angle of inclination
their magnitude is:
(0) of the plane is gradually increased. The block
will:
(a)l:2 (b)2:3
(c)3:4 (43:5
14. A rod is hinged at its centre and rotated by applying
h
a
a constant torque starting from rest. The power
developed by the extemal torque as a function of
time is: a
P"o P"o
(a) topple before sliding if p >
i
(a) (b) a
time time
(6) topple before sliding if p <
i
a
P"r,t P"o (c) slide before toppling if p >
h
(c) @
a
time time (d) slide before toppling if p <
h
 RototionolDynomics 9.39
18. A homogenous block having its (a) 2Msna (b) 2Mtana
cross-section to be a (c) Msin cr (d) Mcos a
parallelogram of sides 'a' and
a
Rototion dbout Fixed Axis
'D' (as shown) is lying at rest and
22. A body is rotating with constant angular velocity
is in equilibrium on a smooth
about a vertical axis fixed in an inertial frame. The
horizontal surface. Then for b net force on a particle ofthe body not on the axis is
acute angle 0
(a) horizontal and skew with the axis
(a) cos0<4 (b) cos 624 (D) vertical
a a
(c) horizontal and intersecting the axis
(c; cosO<4 (d) cos gr! (d) none ofthese.
a a
23. One end of a uniform rod having mass m and length
19. An equilateraluniformprism F / is hinged. The rod is placed on a smooth horizontal
of mass m rests on a rough surface and rotates on it about the hinged end at a
a a
horizontal surface with uniform angular velocity ro. The force exerted by the
coefficient of friction p. A hinge on the rod has a horizontal component
horizontal force F is applied (a) ma2l (b) zero
on the prism as shown in the a

figure. If the coefficient of friction is sufficiently (c) ms @) !z mo.zt

high so that the prism does not slide before toppling,
then the minimum force required to topple the prism 24. Auniform rod is hinged as shown in the figure and
is: is released from a horizontal position. The angular
m8 mg velocity of the rod as it passes the vertical position
(a) (b)
E 4 is:
hinge
G)ry
J3
@+
il4
20. Infiguretheuniform gateweighs cable I
300 N and is 3 m wide and 2 m 3m
high. It is supported by a hinge
at the bottom left comer and a 2m ,,8 *,8
nff
horizontal cable at the top left
E;
'
comer, as shown, the tension in
the cable and the force that the
hinge @l;
hinge exerts on the gate (magnitude and direction:
(o) T:225 N, Fr: 225N, F, = 300 N - system shown in the figure, if radii
25. In the pulley
(q f :300N, Fr:225N,Fr:300N of the bigger and smaller pulley are 2 m and I m
respectively and the acceleration of block A is
(c) T : 225 N, &: 300N, Fr: 250 N
5 m/s2 in the downward direction, then the
(A T : 300 N, Fx: 300N, Fy: 250 N acceleration of block B will be:
21. A spool of mass M and radius 2R lies on an inclined
plane as shown in fig. A light thread is wound
around the connecting tube ofthe spool and its free
end carries a weight of mass m. The value of m so
that system is in equilibrium is

m
AB
(a) 0m/s2 (b) 5 m/s2
(c) l0m/s2 (d) 5l2m/s2
9.40 Physics
26. A uniform rod hinged at its one end is
Jist
0)

allowed to rotate in vertical plane. Rod

@) @ J4st
is given an angular velocity ro in its @ ,l4.5gt (d) none of these
vertical position as shown in figure. L
30. A rod of negligible mass and length / is pivoted at
The value of ro for which the force
exerted by the hinge on rod is zero in ,4 1 dir*."
the ooint from the left end as shown. A
this position is:
particle of mass m is fixed to its left end and another
,,8 ,u, E particle of mass 2 m is fixed to the right end. If the
system is released from rest and after sometime

N'E ,48 becomes vertical, the speed v of the two masses and
angular velocity at that instant is
ll4
27. Uniform rod AB is hinged at the end I in a {.*
horizontal position as shown in the figure (the hinge m pivot 2m

is frictionless, that is, it does not exert any friction

force on the rod. The other end of the rod is
connected to a block through a massless string as
,,iW 'A{3wire' W
t/ rql
shown. The pulley is smooth and massless. Masses
*,;W 'a!3 @stle W
of the block and the rod are same and are equal to ' { rel
'm'. Acceleration due to gravity is g. The tension in
the thread, and angular acceleration ofthe rod just
(",,
t @st
,4
t
J 20gl W
after release of block from this position: Z{ le 19 { rql

@;w 'r\lIWtg {W
le/ '

31. Aring ofmass m andradius r

has a particle of mass m
attached to it at a point l. The
ring can rotate about a
,,3m9
(o,,
g smooth horizontal axis which
8 't @)ry,# is tangential to the ring at a point B diametrically

(") mg ,ary,#
59 opposite to A. The ring is released from rest when
8'8/ AB ishorizontal. The angular velocity of the system
when AB has tumed through an angle n/3 is
28. A rod can rotate about a fixed vertical axis. The
mass is non-uniformly distributed along the length
(a)
FN (b)
)o J
of the rod. A horizontal force of constant magnitude | rr, tt,
and always perpendicular to the rod is applied at
the end. Which of the following quantity (after one E6
{c)/* @^,1 rv
t;6
rotation) will not depend on the information that
through which end the axis passes? (Assuming
32. A rod of mass m and length 0 is hinged at one of
initial angular velocity to be zero)
its end ,4 as shown in fi,g. A force F is applied at
(a) angular momentum (b) kinetic energy a distance r from A. The acceleration of centre of
(c) angular velocity (d) none ofthese mass (a) varies with x as
29. A particle is attached to the lower end of a a
a uniform rod which is hinged at its other
(a) (D)
end as shown in the figure. The minimum m,
x x
speed given to the particle so that the rod
performs circular motion in a vertical m
a a
plane will be:
(c) @
flength of the rod is /, consider masses of both rod x x
and particle to be same]
 Rototionol Dynomics 9.47
33. A uniform disc of mass M 1Mg sin 0
and radius rR is supported (a) (bl Mesin0
vertically by a pivot at its
4K K
centre as shown. A small (c)
2Mgsin0
(d) -4 Mgsin0
dense object of mass M is
R
K 3K
attached to the rim and raised
36. A system of uniform cylinders and plates is shown
to the highest point above the
in figure. All the cylinders are identical and there
centre. The unstable system is then released. The
is no slipping at any contact. Velocity of lower and
angular speed ofthe system when the attached object
upper plate is Z and 2V respectively as shown in
passes directly beneath the pivot is
figure. Then the ratio ofangular speed ofthe upper
m cylinders to lower cylinders is
,",
t/r" "r,m 2V

m
(,)
t/r,
,r,m
34. A uniform circular disc has radius R and mass z. A (a\ 3 (b) tt3
particle also of mass z is fixed at pointl on the edge
(c) I (d) none ofthese
of the disc as shown in the fig. The disc can rotate
freely about a fixed horizontal chord PQ that is at a 37. A smooth inclined plane fixed in a car accelerating
on a horizontal road is shown in figure. The angle of
distance Ri4 from the centre C of the disc. The line
incline 0 is related to the acceleration a ofthe car as
AC is perpendicular to PQ.Initially the disc is held
a: gtan 0. If a rigids sphere is set in pure rolling on
vertical with the point ,,4 at its highest position. It is
the incline
then allowed to fall so that it starts rotating about
PQ. Find the linear speed of the particle as it reaches
its lowest position. ---->a
A
) (

c---
R
I (a) it will continue pure rolling
N4
(D) Friction will act on it
P o
(c) its angular velocity will increase
(d) its angular velocity will decrease.
@) JisR (b) Ssn
38. A sphere S rolls without slipping, moving with a
(c) .v6gn @ 2'[sR constant speed on a plank P. The friction between
the upper surface of P and the sphere is sufficient
to prevent slipping, while the lower surface of P is
Combined Rotodon and Tronslation
smooth and rests on the ground. Initially, P is fixed
35. A uniform cylinder of mass M and radius R rolls to the ground by a pin 7/. If N is suddenly removed:
without slipping down a slope of angle 0 to the
horizontal. The cylinder is connected to a spring
V=(,)f
constant K while the other end of the spring is +
connected to a rigid support at P. The cylinder P

is released when the spring is unstretched. The

N
maximum displacement of cylinder is
P
(a) ,Swill begin to slip on P
(D) Pwill begin to move backwards
(c) the speed of ,S will decrease and its angular
velocity will increase
(d) there will be no change in the motion of ,S and P
will still be at rest.
 Ar Phv<ir<
c)

39. Abodyofmasszand 43. A uniform sphere of mass 'm ' is given some angular
radius r is rotated with velocity about a horizontal axis through its centre
angular velocity o) as and gently placed on a plank of mass 'm'. The co-
shown in the figure efficient of friction between the two is p. The plank
and kept on a surface rests on a smooth horizontal surface. The initial
that has sufficient friction then the body will move: acceleration of the centre of sphere relative to the
(a) backward first and then move forward plank will be
(b) forward first and then move backward
(c) will always move forward am

(d) none ofthese

m
40. A uniform thin rod of mass 'm' Lnd length I is held
horizontally by two vertical strings attached to the (a) zero (b) pS
two ends. One of the string is cut. Find the angular
(c) (7ts)pg (4 2tts
acceleration soon after it is cut:
44. When a person throws a meter stick it is found
@* @) 1, that the centre of the stick is moving with a speed
of l0 m/s vertically upwards and left end of stick
)o
with a speed of 20 m/s vertically upwards. Then the
@)# @; angular speed ofthe stick is:

41. Two points A and B on a disc have velocities v, and (a) 20 rad/ sec (D) l0 radlsec
v, at some moment. Their directions make angles (c) 30 radlsec (d) none ofthese
60o and 30o respectively with the line of separation 45. Two identical balls I and B of mass m each are
as shown in figure. The angular velocity of disc is: placed on a fixed wedge as shown in figure. Ball
B is kept at rest and it is released just before two
balls collide. Ball A rolls down without slipping on
inclined plane and collides elastically with ball B.
The kinetic energy of ball I just after the collision
with ball B is (Neglect friction between A and B,
also neglect the radius of the balls):

(a) & d
(D)
v2

,l-za
v2-vl v2
(c) (d)
d d
mgh mgh
(a) (b)
42. In the figure shown a ring I is rolling without 7 2
sliding with a velocity v on the horizontal surface
2mgh Tmgh
of the body B (of same mass as l). All surfaces are (c) @
5 5
smooth. B has no initial velocity. What will be the
maximum height (from initial position) reached by
46. A plank P is placed on a solid cylinder S, which rolls
A onB. on a horizontal surface. The two are of equal mass.
There is no slipping at any ofthe surfaces in contact.
The ratio of the kinetic energy of P to the kinetic
energy ofS is:
Smooth surface
P

.2 2 S

(a) -rv
. (b)
4g 4s

(c)
v
2
v
2
(a) 1:1 (b) 2:l
@ 3g
^)o (c) 8:3 @ l:4
 Rotutionol Dynamics 9.43
47. A small block of mass'la'is rigidly attached at'P' motion. No slipping takes place between pipe and
to a ring of mass'3m'and radius'r'. The system its support.
is released from rest at 0 : 90o and rolls without
sliding. The angular acceleration of ring just after
release is

I
I
r0
D 0
6
(a) g sin 0 (D) 29 sinO

(c)
f sino (4 JIgsino
6o
(a)
4, @# 51. A thin uniform rod of mass m moves translationally
with acceleration a due to two anti parallel force of
5o lever arm /. One force is of magnitude F and acts at
(c)
i @+
zr one extreme end. The length of the rod
2(F +ma)t
48. When a bicycle is speeding up (accelerating) on a (")
ma+2F
(b) t t+!-
ma
rough horizontal plane, the force offriction exerted
by the plane on the two wheels is such that it acts : (r +ma)t (d) *'l
(c)
(a) In the backward direction on the frontwheel and 2ma ma+ F
in the forward direction on the rear wheel.
52. Auniform 50 kg pole IBC is balanced in the vertical
(D) In the forward direction on the front wheel and
in the backward direction on the rear wheel.
position. A 500 N horizontal force is suddenly
applied at B as shown in fig. If the coefficient of
(c) In the backward direction on both front and the kinetic friction between pole and surface is 0.3. The
rear wheels.
initial acceleration of point A @: l0 m/s2) is
(4 ln the forward direction on both the front and
A
the rear wheels

49. Inner and outer radii of a spool are r and R 4m

respectively. A thread is wound over its inner surface
and placed over a rough horizontal surface. Thread
is pulled by a force Fas shown in fig. then in case of B 500 N
pure rolling: 2m
R c
F

(c) I mis2 (b) 8 m/s2

(c) 7 m/sz (d) 6 mlsz
53. Portion AB of the wedge shown in fig is rough and
(a) Thread unwinds, spool rotates anticlockwise BC is smooth. A solid cylinder rolls without slipping
and friction act leftwards from I to B.lf AB : BC, then ratio of translational
kinetic energy to rotational kinetic energy, when the
(b) Thread winds, spool rotates clockwise and
cylinder reaches point C is
friction acts leftwards
A
(c) Thread winds, spool moves to the right and
friction act rightwards
(d; Thread winds, spool moves to the right and
friction does not come into existence.
D
50. Determine the acceleration a of the supporting
surface required to keep the centre G ofthe circular (a) 3ts (D) s
pipe in a fixed position w.r.t. ground during the (c) 715 (o 8t3
9,/U Physics
54. A billiard ball of radius R is struck by a cue as
shown. Assume that the impulse given by the cue @) L = constant (D) lrl = constant
is purely horizontal. For the ball to roll without any (") lrl wifl increase @ lllmay increase
initial slippage (ft is distance from centre)
F
58. A uniform rod of mass ,??, length / is placed over
_+
a smooth horizontal surface along y-axis and is at
rest as shown in figure. An impulsive force F is
applied for a small time A/ along x-direction at point
A. The x-coordinate of end ..{ of the rod when the
rod becomes parallel to x-axis for the first time is
(initially the coordinate of centre of mass of the rod
s1 n=]n o1 n=ln is (0, 0)):
v
s1 n=ln <a ,=1* t

55. A solid sphere rolls without slipping along the track il2
shown in fig. The sphere starts from rest from a J -------------'x
height h above the bottom of a loop radius R which f
il2
is much larger than the radius of the sphere r. The
minimum value of ft for the sphere to complete the J
loop is

(d
# ot l(.t)
(a) 2.r R
h
R

(b) 2.7 R
u,il-I) @ ,(,.;)

(c) 2.3 R (A 2.s R 59. A conical pendulum consists of a simple pendulum

moving in a horizontal circle as shown. C is the
56. A cylinder of mass z
suspended by two strings pivot, O the centre of the circle in which the
wrapped around the cylinder one near each end, the pendulum bob moves and co the constant angular
free ends ofthe strings being attached to hooks on
velocity of the bob. If Z is the angular momentum
the ceiling, such that the length of the cylinder is
about point C, then
horizontal, From the position of rest, the cylinder
c
is allowed to roll down as suspension
strings
unwind. Then calculate the time dependence of the
instantaneous power developed by gravity I
I
I
I
I
ao

-j-
h

(a) L is constant
2 2 (b) only direction of Z is constant
(a) ;J mg @) am{t
(c) only magnitude of i is constant
7 2t (d) none ofthe above
(c) ;mg (d) None of these
J
60. In the above problem if Z is the angular momentum
about the axis CO, then,
Conservotion of Angulor Momentum
@) L isconstant
57. If i, L =0forarigidbody,where i =resultant (D) only direction of i is constant
torque and L = angular momentum about a point (c) only magnitude of i is constant
and both are non-zero. Then : (d) none ofthe above.
 RotationalDynamics 9.45
61. A uniform rectangular plate of mass m which is free A B
to rotate about the smooth vertical hinge passing
through the centre and perpendicular to the plate,
is lying on a smooth horizontal surface. A particle
of mass m moving with speed 'u' collides with the
plate and sticks to it as shown in figure. The angular
velocity of the plate after collision will be :
2a- (a)5:2 (D) l:1
(c) 2:3 (d) 3:2
a a 65. A uniform rod AB of mass m and length / at rest
on a smooth horizontal surface. An impulse P is
applied to the end B. The time taken by the rod to
H turn through a right angle is:
12u 12u A
(a) (b\
5a
=- --
19a

rc)
3u
zi o1!
5a I

62. The angular momentum of a particle about origin

is varying as L : 4t + 8 (SI units) when it moves o
along a straight liney : x - 4 (x,y in meters). The
+B
magnitude of force acting on the particle would be :
2nml
(a) lN (b) 2N (a) p @)#
k) Jiu @ JrN nml
(c) .--:: (d\
2nml
63. Aparticle of mass m is moving horizontally at speed t2P 3P
v perpendicular to a uniform rod of length d and
mass M: 6 m . The rod is hinged at centre O and
66. A bar of mass M and length Z is in pure translatory
can freely rotate in horizontal plane about a fixed
motion with its centre of mass velocity Z. It collides
vertical axis passing through its centre O. The hinge
is frictionless. The particle strikes and sticks to the
with and sticks to a second identical bar which
end of the rod. The angular speed of the system just is initially at rest. (Assume that it becomes one
after the collision: composite bar of length 2 L). The angular velocity
M + of the composite bar will be:
I
I M
I
I
I

o id
I
I
I
M
JIE P

t
I

m o+-v------- L

(a) _2v b)
3v
"3d 2d
3r
v 2v (a) clockwise
(c)
3d
(d)
7 4L

64. A hollow smooth uniform sphere A of mass 'm' @)# clockwise

rolls without sliding on a smooth horizontal surface.
3V
It collides elastically and head on with another (c) counter clockwise
stationary smooth solid sphere B of the same mass
i
m and same radius. The ratio of kinetic energy of 'B' V
to that of 'l' just after the collision is : @Z counter clockwise
O rA Dhvcie<
67. A circular platform is free to rotate in a horizontal or(t) or(t)

plane about a vertical axis passing through its centre. (Do

(a) (b) 0)0
A tortoise is sitting at the edge of the platform. Now
the platform is given an angular velocity too. When t
the tortoise moves along a chord ofthe platform with 0r(t) ro(t)
a constant velocity (with respect to the platform) the
0)o 0)o
will vary with (c) (d)
angular velocity of the platform o) 0)
time I as :
t

EXERCT$E -3
Numericol Type 4. A pulley system is attached to a massless board as
shown below. The board pivots only at the pivot
1. Four rods each of mass m form a square having
point. A l0 kg mass M sits exactly in the middle
length of diagonal D, rotates about its diagonal. Its
of the board. Findout F to keep the system in
moment of inertia is Find p. equilibrium?
#.

Pivot point
2. A semi circular disc start rotating (at t : 0) with
constant angular acceleration o. : 2 rad/s2 about 5. Two particles, M and speed v, move
each of mass

axis O as shown in figure. Mass and radius of as shown. They simultaneously strike the ends of a

semicircular disc are 5 kg and (2n)m respectively. uniform rod of mass M and length dwhich is pivoted
Magnitude or linear momentum of disc at t: 3 s (in at its center. The particles stick to the ends of the
rod. Find the ratio of total initial kinetic energy of
kg m/s) is
the two particles to the total loss in kinetic energy in
the collision of the trvo particles with the rod?
M
o
CT,

d
3. In the given figure thin uniform rodAB of mass I kg
moves translationally with acceleration a:2 m/s2 .,M
due to two antiparallel forces F,, & Fr. The distance i-o
between the points at which these forces are applied
is equal to 0.2 m. If force Fr : 8 N, then find the 6. A solid cylinder rolls up an inclined plane of angle
length of the rod in meter. of inclination 30o. At the bottom of the inclined
plane the centre of mass of the cylinder has a speed
F1
of 5 m/s. How long (in seconds) will it take to return
N to the bottom? [Take g:
l0 m/s2]
F2 7. A uniform solid ball rolls down a slope. If the ball
has a diameter of 0.5 m and a mass of 0.1 kg. The
coefficient of friction between the ball and the
slope is 0.29. The maximum angle of inclination (in
degree) for which the ball roll is (approx.)
 Rotationol Dynomics 9.47
8. As shown, a wheel of weight W and radius 1.0 m is 12. A wheel A is connected to a second wheel B by
placed against a 0.4 m height rectangular block fixed means of inextensible string, passing over a pulley
on the ground. The wheel has an axle of radius 0.1
C, which rotates about a fixed horizontal axle O, as
m. A force F is applied tangentially to the axle to
lift the wheel. The minimum value of F is given by shown in figure. The system is released from rest.
expression F : q,W/l L Then find the value of cr. The wheel A rolls down the inclined plane OK
thus pulling up the wheel B which rolls along the
inclined plane ON. Determine the velocity (in m/s)
J
0.1m of the axle of the wheelA,when it has travelled
a distance s = 3.5 m down the slope. Both wheels
,"rl 0.4 m
and the pulley are assumed to be homogeneous disks
of identical weight and radius. Neglect the weight of
9. A uniform the string.[Take cr = 53o and B :37']
disc rolls from rest from height y1 down
the side of a fixed trough whose vertical dimension
y is given by the equation y: kxz. The disc does
not slip from A to B, but the surface of the trough is
frictionless from B towards C (see figure).The disc
3y,
reaches height yr. is (Assume radius of disc to
V, K
be very small compared to y, & yr).
13. The two ends of a uniform thin rod of length f
v C
R and of mass Zfr tgcan move without friction
along a vertical circular path of radius R. The rod is
Yl released from the vertical position (ab).
Y2

10. A I m long rod is dropped (keeping it horizontal)

from a height of 20 m. The end A of rod collides
with end B of a stationary horizontal table. The
impact is perfectly elastic. The post impact, angular Find the force (in N) exerted by an end of the rod
velocity of rod is l0cr (in rad/sec.), find value of cr.
on the path when the rod passes the horizontal
position(cd).
A
14. Speed of point A of a rigid disc is l0 m/s as shown
20m in the figure and velocity of point B is 8 /r(- i). If
B
speed of C is given ur /18 m/s then value of x will
^
be.
11. Figure shows a
homogenous cylinder and
homogeneous sphere of equal masses m and radii ,C

R joined by massless rod and are free to roll on the

I
incline. Friction is sufficient to prevent slipping. I
I

Assuming bearing to be frictionless find out tension

h
ll-
vl^L-+
I

(in N) developed in the rod. lTake m: 14.5 kg and A x

R:2.35 ml
,B
linder
g.tts Physics
15. A light rod is secured at point O and can revolve in angular velocityof the rod as a function of its
a vertical plane as shown in figure. The end of the rotation angle Q counted relative to the initial
rod at pointA is attached to a thread wrapped around
posrtton ts .
@-
l-srn O then v ls
a fixed pulley. The weight P is suspended from the \ml
other end of the thread. A weight Q is attached to
the rod at point B. The length of the rod is (. and 19. A disc of mass 50 kg rotates freely about a fixed
the distance OB: I /3. The system is in equilibrium horizontal axis through its centre. A thin cotton pad
when the rod is horizontal and the section of the fixed to its rim can absorb water. Water drips onto
thread AC is vertical. Determine the mass of Q if P the pad at the rate of 25 grams per sec. The angular
: 3 kg. Disregard the mass of the rod, the pulley and velocity of the disc will get reduced to one fourth of
the thread and also the friction. its initial value in time x 103 sec.
0
C 0 I
B )

a
16. A linear rod of mass ln, lenglh /
is placed as shown
20. A rod of mass rn and length L (: 5013) is hinged
in figure such that its one end rests on a rough table of
in a plank of same mass nt. The plank is kept on
friction coefficient p. When string BS is cut, rodAB
a smooth horizontal surface and the rod makes an
starts falling from rest. At an angle0 : tan-r (+), angle 0 with the vertical. The system is released
\2x l' from 0 : 0o. velocity (in m/s) of the plank when
rod starts slipping on the table, find x? the rod makes 0 : 180". G = 10 m/s2) is 10x, then
x=

A B

21. A solid sphere of mass 0.50 kg is kept on a horizontal

17. A block of mass ,?, :2kg is placed on a plank of
surface. The coefficient of static friction between the
mass M = 10 kg which is placed on a smooth
surfaces in contact is 217. The maximum force can
horizontal surface. The coefficient of friction
be applied at the highest point in the horizontal
between the block and the plank is . tf a norizontat direction so that the sphere does not slip on the
I 16.5
is -'- N
- --
surface then the value ofy.
force (F) is applied on the plank, The maximum v
value of F for which the block and the plank move
together (take)g : l0 m/s2) is 6y N then is value of I 22. Alight ring with three rods each of mass Mwelded
is on its rim. The rods form an equilateral triangle. The
hl4 rigid assembly is released on a rough inclined plane.
The minimum value of the coefficient of static
h m friction that will allow pure rolling of the assembly.
I
is P=-x thenx:
M F

18. A thin horizo-ntal uniform rod AB of mass m and

length / can rotate freely about a vertical axis passing
through its end. At a certain moment the end.B starts
experiencing a constant force .F which is always
perpendicular to the original position of the 0=45'
stationary rod and directed in a horizontal plane. The
 Rotational Dynomics 9.49
23. Fig. shows a uniform r 27. A sphere is performing pure OA = Fi/2
cylinder of radius a, weight rolling as shown in the figure.
75 N. After an off axis ,a The radius of curvature of
2al3
cylindrical hole was drilled ,J/ trajectory of point A in the
through it
as shown, it shown position is xR. Find 2;r.
N
weighed 60 N. The axes of 28. A solid sphere of mass F=4Mg
the two cylinders are P f M and radius R is lying
parallel. Assuming the cylinder does not slip on the on a rough horizontal P

table, determine what the tension 7 in the cord must plane. A constant force
be to keep it from moving.
F : 4 Mg acts vertically
at point P such that OP
24. Two identical steel balls are connected by a 40 cm
long rigid bar of negligible mass. They fall in a
makes 60" with
horizontal position from a height l0 cm on two horizontal. The minimum value of coefficient of
heavy steel and brass plates as shown in. The figure
coefficient of restitution between the balls and
friction P = f so that sphere starts pure rolling then

steel and brass plates are 0.6 and 0.4, respectively.

Assuming that the two balls hit the respective plates 29. After rotating with angular speed 20 rad/sec, a
at the same instant, the angular velocity ol of the bar solid sphere is placed between two smooth walls
I on a rough horizontal plane. The distance between
immediately after impact is j:radls thenx is
{x walls is only slightly greater than the diameter of
the sphere. The coefficient of frictions is 0.1. Find
the time (in seconds) after which sphere will stop
steel rotating. ( radius of sphere : I m)
(a) Brass
30. A box of mass I kg is mounted with two cylinders
25. A uniform stick ofmass 'm' andlenglh'l' each of mass I kg, moment of inertia 0.5 kg m2
spins around on a frictionless horizontal and radius I m as shown in figure. Cylinders are
plane, with its Centre of Mass stationary. mounted on their central axis of rotation and this
A mass Mis placed on the plane, and the a ), system is placed on a rough horizontal surface. The
stick collides elasticity with it, as shown r' rear cylinder is connected to battery operated motor
(with the contact point being the end of which provides a torque of 100 N-m to this cylinder
via a belt as shown. If sufficient friction is present
the stick). What should be value of +M between cylinder and horizontal surface for pure
rolling, then acceleration of the vehicle is 5n m/s2.
be so that after the collision the stick has translational Find the value of n? (Neglect mass of motor, belt
motion, but no rotational motion? take m:24kg. and other accessories ofvehicle).

26. Asphere at rest on a horizontal Electric motor

rough surface is hit by a cue. lE>
At what height (in cm) above
the centre ofthe sphere should
it be hit so that it starts pure
rolling, just after hiuing? Assume the radius of the
sphere to be 0.5 cm. If h:
x is.
fr cm then the value of
EXERC'SE -4
Single Option Answer portion about an axis passing through 'O' (centre of
the square of side a) and perpendicular to plane of
1. A square plate of edge al2 is
the plate is :
cut out from a uniform square al4 al4

plateof edge'a' as shown in

figure. The mass of the a>Sud (b)
* ,o,
remaining portion is M. The tsa-4
moment of inertia ofthe shaded s$ud @
Ma2
-6-
9.s0 Physics
2. A symmetrical lamina of A--
mass M consists of a
--B
o
.0)
I
r ---+l
square shape with a - - x-axis
I
m
semicircular section over
each of the edge of the
square as shown. The moment of inertia of the
lamina about an axis through the centre of mass and
perpendicular to the plane is 1.6 Md. The moment I
-
+
of inertia about the tangent AB n the plane of the F
lamina is
Md (o)
dao da rr)
(b) . =-
@) a.8
dr 2r
-=-- clr r
(b) 2.6 Md
(c) 1.8 Md (c) da
. =--
2a da 2a
(d) , =-
ctr r elr r
(d) 7.2 Md
6. Ahorizontalplankof (D

3. The radius of gyration of solid hemisphere of mass mass m is lying on a

Mandradius.R about an axis parallel to the diameter smooth horizontal m
at a distance 314 R from this plane is given by surface. A sphere of
( centre of mass of the hemisphere of the hemisphere same mass and radius r is spinned to an angular
lies at a height 3.R78 from the the base)
frequency and gently placed on the plank with its
P o axis horizontal as shown in the figure. If coefficient
3R
+ of friction between the plank and sphere is p, The
4 distance moved by the plank till the sphere starts
t pure rolling on the plank. The plank is long enough.
3R
(b) Zaf,r' 2af,r'
(4)
m + (a) - sltrs (b) g\rs
5 alr' alr'
(c) 5R (d)
(") 9tc @ - trg
s
'/;"
4. A rod AB of length I m is placed at the edge ofa 7. A rectangular rigid fixed
smooth table as shown in fig. It is hit horizontally at block has a long horizontal
point B. If the displacement of centre of mass in 1 s edge. A solid homogeneous
is 5.D m. The angular velocity of the rod is cylinder of radius R is placed
horizontally at rest with its
G: l0 rn/s2)
to the edge
length parallel
B
such that the axis of the
cylinder and the edge of the block are in the same
verticle plane as shown in fig. There is sufficient
friction present at the edge so that even a small
A
displacement causes the cylinder to roll of the edge
without slipping. The angle 0" through which the
cylinder rotates before it leaves contact with the
edge is
(a) radls
30 (b) 20 rudls
(c) l0 radls (d) 5 radls t,t ."'' (J) tal *"'(])
5. A small particle of mass m and its restraining
' r 3\
cord are spinning with an angular velocity or on
the horizontal surface of a smooth disc as shown.
(c) sin-'[7J ra .in-,[1)
\7 )
The force F is slightly relaxed, r increases and or
changes.
 Rototionol Dynomics 9.Sl
8. A small is given an initial velocity
mass particle 10. A cylinder of mass m and radius,R is rolling without
v0 tangent to the horizontal rim of a smooth slipping on a horizontal surface with angularvelocity
roo. The velocity of centre of mass of cylinder is
hemispherical bowl at radius ro from the vertical
<ooR. The cylinder comes across a step of height
centreline as shown atpointA.As the particle slides
R
(Assume required friction is present at edge of
past point B, on a vertical distance & below A and, a 7.
distance r from the vertical cenfieline, its velocity v the step.) angular velocity of cylinder just after the
makes an angle 0 with the horizontal tangent to the collision is (Assume cylinder remains in contact and
bowl through B. no slipping cocurs at the edge of the step)
o

5coo
h (a) (D) roo
6
2ao 6olo
(c) (d)
I
I J 5
o
11. In the fig shown mass of
(a) cos0=-J&: both, the spherical body
G-uh*F and block is m. Moment
of inertia of the spherical
(6) cos0 = m
+2gh 't *h' body about centre of
mass is 2mR2. The
(c) cos$=-J: spherical body rolls on
G-rshlffi the horizontal surface. There is no slipping at any
surfaces in contact. The ratio ofkinetic energy ofthe
(d)cos@=4
$wGj sphereical body to that ofblock is

@',
1
(b)
I
3
9. A Cylinder of radius R is spinned and then placed 2 I
(c)
on an incline having coefficient of friction p: tan 0 t (d)
2
(0 is the angle of incline). The cylinder continues to
12. A man pushes a cylinder of mass z, with the help of
spin without falling for time
aplank of mass z, as shown. There is no slipping at
any contact. The horizontal component of the force
applied by the man is F. The acceleration of the
plank
F--+ m2

Rroo
(") m1
39sin0

Rolo
(b)
29sin0 mF mzF
(a\ (b)
Roro
3*t 8^, 3mr+8m,
(")
gsin0
(c) 4F 8F
(d)
3mr+8m, 3mr+8m,
2Roo
@ gsin0
-
9.52 Physics
13. A wheel of radius R = l0 cm and moment of inertia,
1: 0.05 kg -2, is rotating about a fixed horizontal (a) ro= 3.2lradls,f, =1.r'(t"t)
axis O with angular velocity or : l0 rad/s. A uniform
rigid rod of mass m = 3 kg and length / = 50 cm (D) o =3.2lnd/(C.W), ,', = 1..t (right)
is hinged at one end I such that it can rotate about
end I in a vertical plane. End B of the rod is tied
(c) ol = 3.21 radls(C.C.W), I/s = 0
with a thread as shown in fig, such that the rod is
horizontal and is just in contact with the surface of
(d) a=0,V,=0
rotating wheel. Horizontal distance between axis of 16. The fig shows a uniform rod lying along the x-axis.
rotation O of cylinder andA is equal to a = 30 cm. If The locus of all the points lying on the ry-plane,
the wheel stops rotating after one sec the thread has about which the moment of inertia of the rod is same
burnt, the coefficient of friction p between rod and as that about O is :
the surface of the wheel is v,

o
k- " -tl
A B (a) ellipse
an (D) a circle
(c) aparabola (d) astraightline
17. A smooth horizontal tube of length / rotates about
(a) 0.1 (b\ 0.2
a vertical axis as shown. A particle placed at the
(c) 0.25 (d) None of these
extreme end of the tube is projected towards O with
14. Three particles A, B, C of mass m each are joined
a velocity /co, while at the same time the tube rotates
to each other by massless rigid rods to form an
equilateral triangle of side a. Another particle of about the axis with constant angular speed <o. The
mass ,tt hits B with a velocity vo directed along BC distance (r) ofthe particle is given by
as shown. The colliding particle stops immediately
after impact. The time required by the tnangle ABC
to complete half revolution in its subsequent motion. o
l+

(a) r=/exp(or/) (b) r=/exp(--ror)

a. '0, B c
6ax c) , ,",.0(-) (d) r=texp(+)
(a) *',*
'l3Vo
18. A uniform rod AB of mass lz and length / is at rest on
(c)
4n
7Yo
,, +, a smooth horizontal surface. An impulse "/is applied
to the end.B perpendicular to the rod in horizontal
15. A2 kg sphere moving horizontally
to the right with an initial velocity
direction. Speed of particle P at a distance ]6 Uorn

of 5 m/s strikes the lower end of an the cenhe towards end A of the rod after time
8 kg rigid rod AB. The rod is rml
suspended from a hinge atl and is 1.2m l=
t2J
lS
initially at rest. Knowing that the -
coefficientof restitution between
the rod and sphere is 0.80,
determine the angular velocity of
. vo, I @) z!m ,o)*
J
the rod and the velocity of the sphere immediately (c) -m @ J-z!
m
after the impact.
 Rotationol Dynomics 9.53
19. A slender rod of mass m and length Z is pivoted but lower surface is smooth. The plank is kept at rest
about a horizontal axis through one end and released on a smooth horizontal surface by the application of
from rest at an angle of30o above the horizontal. The an external force F. Choose the correct altemative:
force exerted by the pivot on the rod at the instant (a) The direction of F is towards right
when the rod passes through a horizontal position is (6) The direction of F is towards left
(c) ThevalueofFiszero
(d) The direction ofF depends on the ratio ofthe
relative masses of disc and plank
30'
23. The arrangement shown in figure consists of trvo
Jto
@i mg along horizontal identical uniform solid cylinders, each of mass m ,
on which two light threads are wound symmetrically.
(b) mS along vertical Find the tension of each thread in the process of
m motion. The friction in the axile ofthe upper cylinder
k) t/Z mg along a line making an angle of is assumed to be absent.
_,/t)
'[;J with the horizontal. J
""
,4 + mg along a line making an angle of d

tan-t(3) with the horizontal.

?
20. Angular acceleration of the cylinder @ *.s
(all strings and pulley are ideal):
C shown if Fig. @)
**s
A
k) **s @ **s
24. A hollow cylinder with inner
m
radius R, outer radius 2R and,
C
mass M is rolling with speed
of its axis v. Its kinetic energy
2g is
(a)
3R
@)# \uu,
2g
(a)
l6 @) 1*'
(c)
R
@* t3
(c) Mvz (d) None of these
t6
21, A ring of radius R is fint rotated with an angular
velocity ro, and then carefully placed on a rough 25. Two halves of a round hollow
horizontal surface. The coefficient of friction homogeneous cylinder are held
between the surface and the ring is p. Time after together by a thread wrapped round
which its angular speed is reduced to half is the cylinder with two equal weights.
(o) ,od (b) (popR The complete cylinder weighs 31.4
29 \-/ ZltR kg. The plane of contact of both of its halves is
2rooR ooft vertical. For equilibrium of both haves of the
(c) (d) cylinder, the minimum value of m is
pg 2tts
(a) 2l3kg
22. A cylinder execute pure
rolling without slipping (D) 3.lakg
with a constant velocity
(c) 4t3 kg
on a plank, whose upper
surface is rough enough, Smooth (d) l0kg
9.54 Physics
26. Find minimum height of the obstacle so that the 30. In absence of extemal forces on a rigid system, w hich
sphere can stay in equilibrium. of the following quantities must remain constant?
m (a) angular momentum (D) linear momentum
(c) moment of inertia (d) kinetic energy
31. In the given figure a ball strikes a rod elastically and
rod is smoothly hinged at pointl. Then which of the
statement(s) is/are correct for the collision?
RR
(') 1..".e (b) A
I+ sine
(c) R(l - sin 0) (4 n(l - cos 0)
27. The spool shown in fig is F u
placed on a rough horizontal
+
surface and has 0 inner radius
-+
o
r and outer radius R. The (a) linear momentum of system (ball + rod) is
angle (0) between the conserved
force and the horizontal can (b) angular momentum of system about hinged
be varied. The critical angle for which the spool pointl is conserved
does not roll and remains stationary is given by: (c) initial KE of the system is equal to final KE of
the system
(a) o=*'-'(;) (6) e=*.-'(?) (d) linear momentum of ball is conserved.
32. Consider a disc rolling without slipping on a
(c) 0="o.-'ff (4 o='t-'(;) horizontal surface at a linear speed Z as shown in
figure
Multiple Options Correct
28. A sphere is rotating unifomrly about a fixed axis
EA
passing through its centre then:
(a) The particles on the surface ofthe sphere do not
MB+v
have any angular acceleration.
,Drrrrnrrrlrfm
(D) The particles on the axis do not have any linear c
acceleration
(a) the speed of the particle Ais2V
(c) Different particles on the surface have same
(b) the speed of B, C and D are all equal to Z
angular speeds.
(d) All the particles on the surface have same linear (c) the speed of Cis zero and speed of A is JiY
speed (d) the speed of O is less than the speed ofB
29. The moment of inertia of a thin uniform square plate 33. A cylinder rolls without slipping on a rough
ABCD of uniform thickness about an axis passing horizontal floor, its centre of mass moving with a
through the centre O and perpendicular to the plate speed v. It makes an elastic collision with smooth
is vertical wall. After imPact:
4 (a) its centre of mass will move with a speed v
A I
1tB initially
\la
t. tOr' (b) its motion will be rolling without slipping
\l/
---rl.--- -3 immediately
/l\
(c) its motion will be rolling with slipping initially
c and its rotational motion will stop momentarily
D 2
at some instant
(a) Ir+ I, (b) \+ 14
(d) its motion will be rolling without slipping only
(c) It+ 13 (d) Ir+ 12+ \+ 14 after some time.
 Rotofionol Dvnnmirc,
vr,.vtt,tvr 9.55
34. A rigid body is in pure rotation. 37. The t torque onabodyabouta givenpointis found
(a) You can find two points in the body in a plane to be equal a Z.xJ where 7 is aconstant vector
perpendicular to the axis of rotation having and, i is the angular momentum of the body about
same velocity. that point. From this it follows that
(b) You can find two points in the body in a plane
(o) di. is perpendicular to ./ at all instants of time
perpendicular to the axis of rotation having at
(D) the component of i in the direction of 7 does
same acceleration.
not change with time
(c) Speed of all the particles lying on the curved (c) the magnitude of i does not change with time
surface of a cylinder whose axis coincides with
(4 7 does not change with time
the axis of rotation is same.
38. A disc of circumference
(@ Angular speed of the body is same as seen from s is at rest at a point A Force

any point in the body. on a horizontal surface

when a constant
35. A wheel (to be considered as a ring) of mass m and horizontal force begins
radius R rolls without sliding on a horizontal surface to act on its centre. Between A and.B there is
with constant velocity y. It encounters a step of sufficient friction to prevent slipping, and the surface
height RlZ atwhich it ascends without sliding. is smooth to the right of B. AB: s. The disc moves
fromA to B in time ?. To the right of B,
(a) the angular acceleration of the disc will
disappear, linear acceleration will remain
Rt2 unchanged
(D) linear acceleration of the disc will increase
(a) the angular velocity of the ring just after it (c) the disc will make one rotation intime T/2
comes in contact with the step is 3vl4R (A the disc will cover a distance greater than s in
further time L
(D) the normal reaction due to the step op the wheel
39. A uniform ciicular disc can rotate freely about a
just after the impact i" - Y2 ry+
t6R rigid vertical axis through its centre O. A man stands
at rest at A on the edge due east of O. The mass of
(c) the normal reaction due to the step on the wheel the disc is 22 times the mass of the man. The man
increases as the wheel ascends starts walking anticlockwise. When he reaches the
(d) the friction will be absent during the ascent. point A after completing one rotation relative to the
disc hb will be :
36. A uniform solid sphere of N
mass m and radius r is E
projected along a rough
horizontal surface with the A
initial velocity vo and angular velocity ro, as shown
in the figure. If the sphere finally comes to complete
rest then (a) due to east ofo
v0 2ro (6) nearly 60' ^g (60' East of North) of O
(a) roo: (b) roo:
r r (c) nearly 60' E (60' East ofSouth) of0
3ro
(c) (D0
2r
(4 oo:+ (d) nearly 30o S of O.
9.56 Physics
40. A uniform bar of length 6a and mass 8 z lies on a incline is 0.5. Mark the correct statement(s).
smooth horizontal table. Two point masses 'm' arrd (a) Tension in the straight is 6 N.
2 m movingin the same horizontal plane with speeds (D) Frictional force between cylinder and incline is
2 v and 'v' respectively strike the bar as shown and 8 Nand acting upwards.
stick to the bar after collision then (c) Frictional force between cylinder and incline is
t2m 20 Nand acting upwards.
I
lv (d1 Work done by the frictional force on the system
+c 8m
(cylinder + block) is non-zero.
43. Arod leans against a stationary cylindrical body as
a 2a a
2a shown in figure, and its right end slides to the right
A
on the floor with a constant speed v. Choose the
I,J correct option(s).
ol--\
(a) Velocity of the centre of mass is zero ,A
L->
(b) Angutarvelocity about centre of-*, : I5a
(-_ "r
------)t
J
(c) Total kinetic energy just after collision is *u2 -Rvz 72x2 - R2)
5 (a) the angular speed ro is
*21*z _ R2)3t2
J
(d) Total kinetic energy just after collision is *u2
, Rv
(6) the angular acceleration cr is
41. A homogeneous rod AB of length Z : I .8 m and mass *^l*2 -R2
Mis pivoted at the centre O in such a way that it can Rv
rotate freely in the vertical plane as shown fig. The (c) the angular speed to is
rod is initially in the horizontal position. An insect
*rl*'-R'
S of the same mass M falls vertically with speed Z -Rv2 (2x2 - R2)
on the point C, midway between the point O and B.
(d) the angular acceleration a. is --2i--ir;
Immediately after falling the insect moves towards
the end B such that the rod rotates with constant 44. Two disks ,,4 and B each of
angular velocity mass 5 kg and radius c
qlnsect
\. I 0.25 m are rigidly fixed to
\. l U4 U4
the ends of shaft C which
A B
in tum is supported in 5kg
t.l
horizontal position with the
help of frictionless bearings 20 kg
(not shown in diagram).
(a) The velocity ro in terms of Y andL: Two blocks of masses 20 kg and 5 kg are attached to
Y the light cords wrapped around the pulleys as shown.

(b) The velocity co in terms of Y and L: ff If the system is released from rest in the shown
position, then mark out the correct statement(s).
(c) If the insect reaches the end B when the rod has [Takeg= 10m/s2]
tumed through an angle of 90o, The value of (a) The angular acceleration of the shaft C is in
V=3.5 mlsec clockwise direction as seen from the side of I
(d) If the insect reaches the end I when the rod has and remains constant.
turned through an angle of 90", The value of (D) The angular acceleration of the shaft C is in
V:7 mlsec colckwise direction as seen from the side of I
and is decreasing with time.
42, A solid cylinder of mass 5 kg
(c) The angular velocity of shaft when the block of
and radius 0.5 m rolls down
mass 20 kg has fallen by 5 m is 28.28 radls.
(without slipping) an incline.
With it the cylinder drags a 5 (d) The linear tangential velocity with which
kg block by means of light the cord is unwarapped from B at the instant
cord as shown in the figure. described in option (c) is 7.07 m/s.
The coefficient of sliding friction between block and
 Rototional Dynomics 9.57
45. The disc of radius r is confined to roll without 48. A ladder lB is supported by a smooth vertical wall
slipping atA andB. If the plates have the velocities and rough horizontal floor as shown. A boy starts
shown then
moving from A to B slowly. The ladder remains at
B
V+ rest. Pick up the correct statement(s)
B
vo

3V smooth
wall
(a) Linear velocity Yo= Y A

(b) Angular velocity of disc is rough floor

f
(a) Magnitudeofnormalreactionbythewallonladder
(c) Angular velocity of disc is Z at point B will increase.
(D) Magnitude of normal reaction by the wall on
(d) Linear velocity V,:ZY ladder at point B will decrease.

46. A disc is given an initial angular velocity roo and (c) Magnitude of normal reaction by the floor on
placed on rough horizontal surface as shown. The the ladder at pointl will remain unchanged.
quantities which will not depend on the coefficient (d) Magnitude of friction force by the floor on the
offriction is/are ladder atpointA will increase.

49. A rod AC of length 0 and mass rn is kept on a

o horizontal smooth plane. It is free to rotate and move.

o)o ) A particle of same mass rn moving on the plane with

velocity v strikes the rod at point.B making angle 37o
(a) The time until rolling beings. with the rod. The collision is elastic. After collision:
(b) The displacement ofthe disc until rolling begins.
(c) The velocity when rolling begins. A
c
(d) The work done by the force of friction.
o'.,
47. ln Fig the pulley mass M and (a) The angular velocity of the rod will be 72155
radius,R can rotate about its fixed (vtD
horizontal axis (axle) without
M (A) The centre of the rod will travel a distance n//3
friction. Friction between light
in the time in which it makes half rotation
inextensible string and the pulley
is sufficient to prevent slipping (c) Impulse of the impact force is 24 m Vl55
of the string over pulley. The (d) None of these
masses of the blocks are z, and
mrsuchthatmr> m 50. A rod AB of mass M and length I is lying on a
is initially released Before the horizontal frictionless surface. A particle of mass
block of mass rn I touches the pulley, pick up the 'rz' travelling along the surface hits the end I of the
correct statements. rod with a velocity Vointhe direction perpendicular
(a) The magnitude acceleration of any small length to AB. The collision is completely elastic. After the
dl of the string is constant throughout the collision the particle comes to rest.
motion.
(a) The ratio mlM= l/2.
(D) Magnitude of force exerted by the string on
mass m2 is larger as compared to that exerted by (b) The ratio mlM= ll4.
the strisng on mass tn l. (c) A point P on the rod is at rest immediately after
(c) Acceleration of both the blocks is same. the collision. The distance AP:2L/3
(d) The acceleration of a small lengh d/ofthe string (d) The linear speed of the point P at a time
in contact with the block of mass m2 remains
constant.
nll(3Vs)after the collision is ]|2,12
9,58 Physics
Comprehension Type 54. The magnitude of acceleration of plank is:

Passage-7 (Questions 51-53)

(a\ FF (b\
Auniform disc of mass 'z'and radius
.,8M 4M
-
(c\ :3F
R is free to rotate in horizontal plane 3F
(dl
about a vertical smooth fixed axis 2M 4M
passing through its centre. There is a
55. The magnitude of angular acceleration of the disc is:
smooth groove along the diameter of
the disc and two small balls of mass (a\ FF (b\
-' 4mR 8mR
f, e cnare placed in it on either side -
of the centre of the disc as shown in fig. The disc is given (c) F3F Gl
initial angular velocity roo and released. 2mR 2mR
-
51. The angular speed of the disc when the balls reach 56. The distance travelled by centre of disc from its
the end of the disc is :
initial position till the left end of plank comes
(a) & (6) 9q vertically below the centre of disc is
2"3
(,)+ @+
(a)

(c)
L
2
L
(b)

(d) L
L
4

52. The speed of each ball relative to ground just after 8

they leave the disc is :

(")E
Rro^ (u)i Rtrl^ Possoge 3 (Questions 57-59)

A spherical ball of mass M moving with initial velocity

(c) 2Rol"
-----" (d\ Rto^
"
v collides elastically with another ball of mass M which
3"9 is attached to a L shaped rigid massless frame as shown
53. The net work done by forces exerted by disc on one in the fig. The L shaped frame contains another mass M
of the ball for the duration ball remains on the disc is connected at other end.

<") --i:
2mRzal (b)
mRzotl
lt: o-----)
4

I
mR2ai mRza3
(c) (d)
6 9
fig (a) fig (b)
Passage 2 (Questions 54-56)
57. The speed of striking mass after collision is
A uniform disc of mass M and radius R initially stands
(a) vll back wards
vertically on the right end of a horizontal plank of mass M
(b\ vl3 is same direction
and length tr, as shown in the figure.
(c) o
The plank rests on smooth horizontal floor and ftiction
(d) vl2backwards
between disc and plank is sufficiently high such that disc
rolls on plank without slipping. The plank is pulled to 58. The angular speed of L frame immediately after
right with a constant horizontal force of magnitude F. collision is

(a\ v,-4v (b\

'--'7L
- -
2L

(c\ v .- 4v
\-/ -3L @l
7L
smooth horizontal floor
(-L#
 RototionolDynomics 9.59
59. How soon will the frame come to the orientation in 64. For p: ll2 and p = 5/6, which occurs first sliding or
shown in the fig (D) after collision? toppling?
7nL
(a\ -7 nL
(a) Sliding, Toppling
4v 6 :2v
(6) ToPPling, Sliding
(c) ,nL nL
@; (c) Sliding, Stiding
8v
(d) Toppling, toppling
Passage 4 (Questions 60-64)
Matching Column Type
Auniform cube of mass Mand <l-- L -+
edge length Z is placed on a 65. A uniform disc rolls without slipping on a rough
rough horizontal plane as horizontal surface with uniform angular velocity.
shown. A time varying force
F : kt is applied to the cube
h
I Point O is the centre of disc and P is a point on disc

whose point of application is at

as shown in the figure. ln each situation of column
a distance ft from the base. The coefficient of friction I a statement is given and the corresponding results
between the cube and the surface is p. For solving the are given in column-Il. Match the statements in
following questions take k - 2Mg, column-I with the results in column-Il.
h:3L14 and g = l0 m/s2. Answer the following questions
bastions based on above information.
60. The position of point of application of normal
contact force w.r.t. centre of mass as a function of
time is given by [Assume that friction is enough to
prevent slidingl.
Column I Column II
(a) 3Lt @)+ (a) The velocity of (p) Changes 1n
4
point P on disc magnitude with
3Lt
lc) 16
@+ time.

61. Find the time at which sliding occurs (in terms of p) (b) Theacceleration (q) is always directed
provided toppling has not occurred. of point P on from that point
(4) 8
(D) ps disc (the point on disc
is given in Column I)
(c) 4ps @ +' towards centre of
disc.
62. Find the time at which toppling occurs provided
sliding cannot occur? (c) The tangential (r) is always zero.
acceleration of
(") (6)
:, +, point P on disc

frl 5, (@ Never possible @ Theacceleration (s) is non-zero and

of point on remains constant in
63. Find the limiting value of p at which sliding and disc which is magnitude.
toppling are equally likely to occur? in contact with
I roughhorizontal
(a)
2
@1 surface.
5
(c)
6
@1
 9.60 Physics
66. In each situation of Column-I, a uniform disc of mass m and radius R rolls on a rough fixed horizontal surface as
shown in the figure . At t :0
( initially) the angular velocity of disc is roo and velocity of centre of mass of disc is
vo(in horizontal direction). The relation between vo and roo for each situation and also initial sense ofrotation is
given for each situation in Column-I . Then match the statements in Column-I with the corresponding results in
Column-II.

Column-I Column-II
(,)o

(p) The angular momentum of disc about point A (as shown in

(a) (vo > Rcoo)
figure) remains conserved.
A

0)o

(b)
vo
(q) The kinetic energy of disc after it starts rolling without slipping
(vo > Rroo) is less than its initial kinetic energy.

-------l (oo

(r) In the duration disc rolls with slipping, the friction acts on disc
(c) (vo < Rroe) towards left.
A

0)o

a
vo
(s) In the duration disc rolls with slipping, the friction acts on disc
@ (vo < Rroo) for some time towards right and for some time towards left'

Archives: Least Attempted Questions(LAQs) (lEE MAIN)

Numericol Type The angular speed of the rod-mass system just after
the collision is: 120201
l. Consider uniform cubical box ofside a on a rough

floor that is to be moved by applying minimum @+t (D+t

possible force F at a point 6 above its centre of mass

If the coefficient of friction is p:

@) +t @,
#t
(see figure). 0.4, 3. A rod of length 50 cm is pivoted at one end. It is

the maximum possible value of IOO box not raised such that it makes an angle of 30o from the
" *for horizontal as shown and released from rest. Its
to topple before moving is 120201 angular speed when it passes through the horizontal
(in rad s-r) will be ( g = l0 m s-2)
Itt
I [201e|

Single Option Correct

2. Consider a uniform rod of mass M:4m and length

0 pivoted about its centre. A mass z moving with (a)
,N (b) \/
m
-T
2
velocity v making angle 0=t * the rod's long
k) {n @
@
axis collides with one end of the rod and sticks to it. 3
 Rotationol Dynamics 9.61
4. To mop-clean a flooq a cleaning machine presses a
circular mop of radius R vertically down with a total @)Tw' @) 4MR'z
force F and rotates it with a constant angular speed
about its axis. If the force F is distributed uniformly @ *m, (A rc MR,
over the mop and if coefficient of friction between 9. The moment of inertia of a uniform cylinder of
the mop and the floor is p, the torque, applied by the length / and radius.R about its perpendicular bisector
machine on the mop is [20191 is /. What is the ratio //rR such that the moment of
UFR
(a) --T- (b) PFR inertia is minimum? 120171
6
(")+ @ tu.* ,,8 ,D+
5. A homogeneous solid cylindrical roller of radius
R and mass M is pulled on a cricket pitch by a
horizontal force. Assuming rolling without slipping,
(c) I @i
angular acceleration ofthe cylinder is [2019] 10. A slender uniform rod of
FF mass M and length 1 is Z
(") zfu- (b) ffi pivoted at one end so that
(") #-
6. An L-shaped object,
(4 zffi.
made of thin rods of uniform
it can rotate in a vertical
plane (see figure). There
is negligible friction at the
e

mass density, is suspended with a string as shown in pivot. The free end is held
x
figure. tfAB: BC, and the angle made byAB with vertically above the pivot
downward vertical is 0, then [2019] and then released. The angular acceleration of the
2 rod when it makes an angle 0 with the vertical is:
(a) tanO:
7o )o

,4 (a)fsine
\/3
(b)f,sine Plfil
(D) tan0 = I
z 2g
(c)
(c) tan0 =
,6I
f; cos e (d)
3l
cos 0

I
(AtarrO: T 11. A particle of mass rz is moving c
along the side ofsquare ofside
7. Seven identical circularplanar P 'a', with a uniform speed v in
disks, each of mass M and B
the x-y plane as shown in the
radius R are welded oR
figure:
symmetrically as shown. The
moment of inertia of the Which of the following
arrangement about the axis statements is false for the angular momentum Z
normal to the plane and
about the origin?
passing through the point P is
12016l
[20181
@) L = -rl+r-
o> Yw' (D +MR' ")k when the particle is moving
from CtoD.
@ Tun, @ !un,
8. @ L= rrl+-rfk when the particle is moving
From auniform circulardisc
of radiuis R and mass 9 M,
L'lz -l

radiu. f it
a small disc of from.B to C.
removed as shown in the
fiigure. The moment of @) L = # *t when the particle is moving from
'12
of the remaining
inertia
disc about an axis DtoA.
perpendicular to the plane L=-#.Oi
@) when the particle is moving from
of the disc and passing ..12
through centre ofdisc is :
Ato B.
9.62 Physics
12, A roller is made by joining together two cones at 120141
their vertices O. It is kept on two rails AB and CD )o
(r)
which are placed asymmetrically (see figure), with ? @)z
its axis perpendicular to CD and its centre O at the
centre of line joining AB and CD (see figure). It is ro9 o
(d) s
given a light push so that it starts rolling with its
centre O moving parallel to CD in the direction 14. A bob of mass m attached to an inextensible string
shown. As it moves, the roller will tend to: [20161 of length I is suspended from a vertical support.
BD The bob rotates in a horizontal circle with a angular
speed ro rad/s about the vertical. About the point of
suspension: l20l4l
(a) angular momentum is conserved.
(D) angular momentum changes in magnitude but
not in direction
AC (c) angular momentum changes in direction but not
(a) turn right in magnitude.
(b) go straight (d) angular momentum changes both in direction
(c) turn left and right alternatelY and magnitude.
(d) turn left 15. A hoop of radius r and mass m rotating with an
13. A mass 'm' supported by a angular velocity co, is placed on a rough horizontal
massless string wound around a surface. The initial velocity of the centre of the hoop
is zero. What will be the velocity of the centre of the
uniform hollow cylinder of mass
m hoop when it ceases to slip? [20131
z and radius R. If the string does
r0o roo
not slip on the cylinder, with (a) (b)
4 3
what acceleration will the mass
fall on release? r0o
m
(c) (d) ,ao
2

Archives: Lea,st Attempted Questions (LAQ') UEE Adv)

Single Option Correct 2. A small roller of diameter 20 cm has an axle of

diameter l0 cm (see figure below on the left). It is
1. A football of radius R is kept on a hole of radius on a horizontal floor and a meter scale is positioned
r (r <,R ) made on a plank kept horizontally. One horizontally on its axle with one edge of the scale
end of the plank is now lifted so that it gets tilted on top ofthe axle (see figure on the right). The scale
making an angle 0 from the horizontal as shown in is now pushed slowly on the axle so that it moves
the figure below. The maximum value of 0 so that without slipping on the axle, and the roller starts
the football does not start rolling down the plank rolling without slipping. After the roller has moved
satisfies (figure is schematic and not drawn to scale)- 50 cm, the position of the scale will look like (figures
Plank are schematic and not drawn to scale) 120201

e
r:0 x:50cm x:0 x :75 cm
O--;
I I

(a) sin0:+ (b) tan t2o2ol

I I

(b)
I I

(a) i i

(d)
(c) sin O:
+ cos O=
+
 Rotational Dynomics 9.63
x=0 x=25cm x=0 x:l00cm (a) Ifthe force is applied normal to the circumference

at pointXthen t is constant
(c) (d)
(b) If the force is applied tangentially at point S then

r I 0 but the wheel never climbs the step

3. In the list-I below, four different paths of a particle

(c) Ifthe force is applied normal to the circumference
are given as functions of time. In these functions at point P then t is zero
s and p are positive constants of appropriate (d) Ifthe force is applied atpointPtangentiallythen
dimensions and cr + P. In each case, the force t decreases continuously as the wheel climbs
acting on the particle is either zero or conservative.
M ultiple Options Correct
In List-II, five physical quantities of the particle
are mentioned: 1 is the linear momentum, i is 5. A rod of mass m and length z, pivoted at one of its
the angular momentum about the origin, K is the ends, is hanging vertically. A bullet of the same mass
kinetic energy, Uis the potential energy and E is the moving at speed v strikes the rod horizontally at a
total energy. Match each path in List-I with those distance xfrom its pivoted end and gets embedded
quantities in I ist-Il, which are conserved for in it. The combined system now rotates with angular
that
speed o about the pivot. The maximum angular
path.
List-I List-Il
speed ro, is achieved for, =rr. Then 120201

P. 7(t): ati +p0 1. K. o

a. VQ ) : cr cos cDrr" + p sin rof 2. a
R. V(t): o(cosroti + sinolf ) 3. K x

S.
vG): ai ++fi 4. U

5. E
t-
---+ a
V
(o) - 1,2,3,4,5;
P - 2,5;
Q [20181 ---_____ I
R - 2,3,4,5; ,s- 5; 3vx
(a) o = -_;----_-; (b) ro: --;-
l2vx
(b) P - 1,2,3,4,5; I;'+ 3xz t] + lzx,
Q'3,5;
R - 2,3,4,5; s - 2.5; (c) xu:+Lur (d) ou:;,E
(c) P - 2,3,4; Q - 3,5; ^/l
6. A thin and uniform rod of mass M and length L is
R - 2,3,4,5; s - 2.5; held vertical on a floor with large friction. The rod is
(a P - 1,2,3,4; Q - 2'5; released from rest so that it falls by rotating about its

2,3,4,5; S - 2,5; contact-point with the floor without slipping. Which

R -
4. A wheel of radius R and S
of the following statement(s) is/are correct, when
mass M is placed at the the rod makes an angle 60'with vertical ? 120191
bottom of a fixed step of [g is the acceleration due to gravity]
height R as shown in the (a) The radial acceleration of the rod's center of
figure. A constant force is {(,
mass will b"
continuously applied on i
the surface of the wheel
(b) The angular speed of the rod will O" ,E
so that it just climbs the
step without slipping. Consider the torque t about an (c) The angular acceleration of the rod will be f
axis normal to the plane of the paper passing through
(d) The normal reaction force from the floor on the
the point Q. Which of the following options is/are
rod will b" #
correct? l20l7l
O Ar Dhrcirc

7. Consider a body of mass 1.0 kg at rest at the origin point where the ring and the finger is in contact is r. The
attime t:0.Aforce F =(ati+pj) isappliedon finger rotates with an angular velocity coo. The_rotating
ring rolls without slipping on the outside of a smaller circle
the body, where o : 1.0 Ns-r ana p:t.'o N. rne described by the point where the ring and the finger is in
torque acting on the body about the origin at time contact (Figure 2) . The coefficient of friction between the
,: l.0s is ? . Wtrich of the following statements is ring and the finger is p and the acceleration due to gravity
l20t7l
(are) true? t2olsl is s

(a) lrl:lunl
(b) The torque t is in the direction of the unit
vector *k
(c) The velocity of the body at /: I s is

i:rG +2i)ms-' 9. The total kinetic energy of the ring is :

(d; The magnitude of displacement of the body at @) Maf,R2 1b7 Mcfi(n-rf

I
,= ls S 6m
s )ual1R-,)' @ )u,i1R-,)2
8. A rigid uniform bar AB of length I is slipping from
its vertical position on a frictionless floor (as shown
in the flgure). At some instant of time, the angle 10. The minimum value of ro, below which the ring will
made by the bar with the vertical is 0. Which of the drop down is:
following statements about its motion is/are correct?
@
t-, (rr\m
l20t7l lrtt$-.
'zg
tL
n F*n @ 2p(R-r)

B Passoge 2

The general motion of a rigid body can be considered to be

a combination of (i) a motion of its centre of mass about
(a) When the bar makes an angle 0 with the vertical, an axis, and (ii) its motion about an instantaneous axis
the displacement of its midpoint from the initial passing through center of mass. These axes need not be
(l - cos 0)
position is proportional to stationary. Consider, for example, a thin uniform welded
(rigidly fixed) horizontally at its rim to a massless stick,
(b) The midpoint of the bar will fall vertically
as shown in the figure. Where disc-stick system is rotated
downward about the origin on a horizontal frictionless plane with
(c) Instantaneous torque about the point in contact angular speed ot, the motion at any instant can be taken
with the floor is proportional to sin 0 as a combination of (i) a rotation of the centre of mass the
(d) The trajectory of the pointl is a parabola disc about the z-axis, and (ii) a rotation ofthe disc through
an instantaneous vertical axis passing through its centre of
mass (as is seen from the changed orientation of points P
Comprehension
and Q). Both the motions have the same angular speed ro
Possage 7
in the case.
One twirls a circular ring (of mass M and radius R) near z
the tip of one's finger as shown in Figure 1. In the process
the finger never loses contact with the inner rim of the
ring. The finger traces out the surface of a cone, shown o P P o
by the dotted line. The radius of the path traced out by the
 RotationalDynomics 9.65
Now consider two similar systems as shown in the 13. Two solid cylinders P and Q of same mass and same
figure: case (a) the disc with its face vertical and parallel radius start rolling down a fixed inclined plane form
to .r-z plane; Case (b) the disc with its face making an the same height at the same time. Cylinder P has
most of its mass concentrated near its surface, while
angle of 45o with.r-y plane its horizontal diameter parallel
to x-axis. In both the cases, the disc is welded at point P, Q has most of its mass concentrated near the axis.
Which statement(s) is (are) correct? l20l2l
and systems are rotated with constant angular speed ro
(a) Both cylinders P and Q reach the ground at the
about the z-axis.
same time.
z
(D) Cylinder P has larger linear acceleration than
o
o cylinder Q.
(c) Both cylinder p reaches the ground with same
translational kinetic energy.
P
(d) Cylinder p reaches the ground with larger
x Case (a)
angular speed.
z
@ NumericalType
o
14. Put a uniform meter scale horizontally on your
45'
extended index fingers with the left one at 0.00 cm
and the right one at 90.00 cm. When you attempt
X Case (b) to move both the fingers slowly towards the center,
11. Which of the following statement regarding the initially only the left finger slips with respect to
angular speed about the instantaneous axis (passing the scale and the right finger does not. After some
distance, the left finger stops and the right one starts
through the centre of mass) is correct?
l20l2l slipping. Then the right finger stops at a distance
(a) It is .fZ. for both the cases 1^ from the center (50.00 cm) of the scale and the
left one starts slipping again. This happens because
(D) it is ro for case (a); and {..12 fo. case (D) of the difference in the frictional forces on the two
fingers. If the coefficients of static and dynamic
(c) It is ro for case (a); and .fZ, fo. case (D) friction between the fingers and the scale are 0.40
and 0.32, respectively, the value of 1^ (in cm) is
(d) It is rrl for both the cases
. 120201
12. Which of the following statements
about the
15. Aring and a disc are initially at rest, side by side, at
instantaneous axis (passing through the centre of
the top of an inclined plane which makes an angle
mass) is correct? 120121 60o with the horizontal. They start to roll without
(a) It is vertical for both the cases (a) and (D). slipping at the same instant oftime along the shortest
path. If the time difference between their reaching
(D) It is verticle for case (a); and is at 45o to the
x-z plane and lies in the plane of the disc for the ground is (Z - t5)t,f,O t, then the height of the
case (6) top of the iclined plane, in metres, is
(c) It is horizontal of case (a); and is at 45o to the x-z (Take g = lO ms-2 ) [20r81
plane and is normal to the plane of the disc for
case (D). 16. A solid horizontal surface is covered with a thin layer
(d) It is vertical of case (a); and is at 45o to the of oil. A rectangular block of mass m: 0.4 kg is at
rest on this surface. an impulse of 1.0 N s is applied
x-z plane and is normal to the plane of the disc
to the block at time /: 0 so that it starts moving
for case (D).
along the x-axis with a velocity v(t) : rrel,where
vo is a constant and T : 4 s. The displacement of
the block, in metres, at , : r is . Take
e-t :0.37 .
9.55 Physics

Exercise 7

1. (D) 2. (c) 3. (c) a. @) s. (a) 6. (c) 7. (d) 8.(c) e. (c) 10. (d)
11. (b) 12. (a) 13. (a) 14. (b) E.(A 16. (b) fi.(a 18.(4 le. (D) 20. (a)
21. (c) 22. (c) 23. (c) 24. (b) 2s. (b) 26. (a) 27. (a) 28. (c) 2e. (c) 30. (c)
31. (D) 32. (b) 33. (D) 3a. @) 35. (a) 36. (a) 37. (c) 38. (6) 3e. (c) 40. (a
41. (b) 42. (b) 43. (b) 44. (a) 4s. (b) 46.(d) 47. (a\ 48. (c) 4e. (d) so. (D)

sl.(d) s2.(d) s3. (D) s4. (b) s5. (a) s6.(d) s7. (d) s8. (a) se. (D) 60. (a)
61. (c) 62. (b) $.(a 64. (b) 65. (c) 66.(A 67. (b) 68.(d) 6e. (b) 70. (b')
71. (d)
Exercise 2

l. (D) 2.(d) 3.(D) 4. (A s.(a 6. (a) 7. (a) 8. (c) 9. (c) lo. (b)
tt. (a) 12. (b) 13.(d) t4. (b\ 15. (c) 16. (c) 17. (a) 18. (a) 19. (a) 20. (a)
21. (a) 22. (c) n.(a 2a. @) 2s.(a 26. (b) 27. (b) 28. (b) 2e. (c) 30. (a)
31. (a) 32. (b) 33.(d) 34. (b) 3s. (c) 36. (a) 37. (a) 38.(d) 3e. (c) 40. (c)
41. (d) 42. (b) 43.(d) 44. (a) 4s. (a) a6. @) 47. (b) 48. (a) 4e. (b) 50. (a)

51. (a) s2.(a s3. (D) s4. (c) ss. (6) s6. (a) s7.(d) s8.(d) se. (c) 60. (a)
$. (a 62. (c) 63. (a) 64. (A 65. (c) 66. (c) 67. (b)
Exercise 3

1. (6) 2. (80) 3.(2) 4. (25) s.(7) 6.(3) 7. (4s) 8.(8) e.(2) 10. (6)
11. (3) 12. (2) 13. (s0) 14. (2) ls. (e) 16. (s) 17. (5) 18. (6) le. (6) 20. (1)
21. (s) 22. (3) 23. (s) 24. (2) 2s. (4) 26. (2) 27. (3) 28. (2) 2e. (8) 30. (s)
Exercise 4

r. (b) 2. (a) 3.(d) a. @) 5. (c) 6.(a) 7. (o) 8. (d) 9- (b) 10. (a)
11. (c) 12.(A 13. (r) 14. (a) 15. (a) 16. (a) 17. (b) 18.(d) le. (c) 20. (b)
21. (d) 22. (c) 23. (a) 2a. @) 2s. (A 26.(4 27. (a) 28. (a' b, c)
29. (a, b, c) 30. (a, b, c, d) 31. (b, c) 32. (a, c, d) 33. (a, c' d)
3a. @, d) 35. (a, b, c) 36. (d) 37. (a, b, c) 38. (b, c, d)
39. (c, d) 40. (a, b, c) 41. (a, c) a2. @, b, d) a3. @, d)
44. (a, c, d) 45. (a, c) 46. (c, d) 47. (b, d) 48. (a, c, A
49. (a, b, c) 50. (b, c, d) sl. (b) 52. (c) s3. (d) s4.(A 55. (c) s6. (a)
51. (a) s8. (d) 5e. (a) 60. (D) 61. (d) 62. (b) 63. (b) 6a. @)
65. a ---+ (p), b - (q, s), c ---, (p), d --- (q, s) 66. a--- (p, q, r);b -(p, Q, r); c - (p, q), d -- (p, q, r)
Archives: Least Attempted Questions (LAQs) (tEE Moin)

1. (50.00) 2. (b) 3. (c) 4.(A 5. (c) 6.(A 7. (a) 8.(b) 9. (a) 10. (a)
tt. (a, c) 12. (d) 13. (D) M. (c) 15. (c)
Archives: Least Attempted Questions (LAQs) (JEE Adv)
r. (a) 2. (b) 3. (a) 4. (d) 5. (a, c, d) 6. (a, b, d) 7. (a, c)
8. c)
(a, b, e. (b) 10. (D) fl. (A 12. (a\ 13. (d)
14. (2s.60) ls. (0.7s) 16. (6.30)
 Chnprrn

1()

Gruvitution
7. NEWTON'S LAW OF GRAVITATION 2
Newton's Law of Gravitation states that Tivo stationary particles of masses Mr arnd M, are
"Every particle in the universe attracts every other at a distance'd' apart. A third particle lying on the
particle with a force that is directly proportional to the line joining the particles, experiences no resultant
product of their masses and inversely proportional to the
gravitational forces. What is the distance of this
square of the distance between them".
particle from Mr.
Consider two particles A and B of masses mn and m*
attracting each other with forces Fn, 5oftr#nnr
lforce on ,,{ due
GM='*
to B) and Frn Tforce on B due to l) respectively. The force on z towards M.llr'is F. =
mA mB
H € GMzm
o i, irot
The force on rz towards Mris Fr:
(d r)2
-
Then, Fn, :- Frn and, Mlm
+--r--+
'^' :'{rfrlrtude +--------d---------)
of the attractive force
According to question net force on m is zeto
, G.nru i.e., Fr: F,
r
GMrm _ GM m
Where r is the distance between them.
G is a universal constant known as Universal ,2 (d r)
Gravitational constant. Its value was first measured by
(o-,\' : M,
Cavendish and is known to be:
(r)u,
G:6.6726 x l0-1r N.m2lkg2
PRINCIPLE OF SU PERPOSITION
!-, :'[M,
I r ,tM,
The centres oftwo identical spheres are at a distance
1.0 m apart. If the gravitational force between them Ml
is 1.0 N, then find the mass of each sphere. (G: 6.67
,: d|
Mt+ M2
x 10- lr m3 kg-l sec-2;
Sslufior::
3
Gravitational force F: G*;* Three identical particles each of mass m are placed
,2
on substituting F : 1.0 N, r: 1.0 m and at the three corners of an equilateral triangle of side
G:6.67 x l0- 1l m3 kg-2 sec-2 we get a. Find the force exerted by this system on another
m: 1.225 x 105 kg particle of mass m placed at
70.2 Physics

A
A
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I

t
I

FA
I c I
B
I
I

c p-+ B
-+l
Fc'FB Hence force experienced by the particle F = Fd
(c) the mid-point of a side (D) at the centre of the : tF,t : Gm.m (a Gm2
triangle.
tFt
@ sin 60)2

Solution:
: Y4 abne Pi
(a) Using the principle of superposition 3a"
(b) If the particle is placed at the centre of the
F = Fe+Fr+F"
triangle. The net force on the particle at P due to
When the particle is placed at the mid point of a particles placed at the corner A, B and C will be
side (at P) zero
i_ --
,c FB,
Hence,

Hence they cancel each other.

F: Fn+ Fr+ Fc:o

I
1. Four particles, each with mass rn are arranged 4. Three identical very small 50-kg masses are held at
symmetrically about the origin on the x-axis- A fifth the corners of an equilateral triangle, 0.30 m each
particle, with mass M, is on they-axis. The direction side. If one of the masses is released, what is its
of the gravitational force on Mis: initial acceleration ifthe only forces acting on it are
v the gravitational forces due to the other two masses?
M
(G : 6.67 x l0-rr N' m2lkg2)
(a) 3.7 x l0-8 n/s2 (b) 2.5 x l0-8 n/s2
(c) 1.9 x l0-8 n/sz (4 6.4 x l0-8 m/s2
mm mm
5. An astronaut is in equilibrium when he is positioned
la) | (6) J 140 km from the center of asteroid X and 581 km
(c) <- (O -+ from the center ofasteroid I, along the straight line
joining the centers of the asteroids. What is the ratio
2. Two spheres of masses m andMare situated in air
and the gravitational force between them is F. The
of the masses X/Iof the asteroids?

space around the masses is now filled with a liquid (a) 0.0581 (b) 17.2
of specific Savity 3. The gravitational force will (c) 0.241 (A 4.15
now be
6. Four particles masses m, 2m, 3m and 4m are
of
(a) 3F (b) F placed at the corners ofa square ofside length a. The
(c) F/3 (d) Ft9 gravitational force on a particle of mass m placed at
3 kg mass and a 4 kg mass are placed on x and the center ofthe square is
3. A
), al(es
I kg
at a distance of I m from the origin and a
mass is placed at the origin. Then the resultant @) 4Jr+ @)
3!y
A-A
gravitational force on I kg mass in Newtons is
(a) 7G (b) G zJicm2
lc) -- 1- ld)
Jic*'
2
(c) sG (d) 3G 0-A

a
 Grovitation 70,3
7. Aninfinite number ofparticles each ofmass I kg are 9. Two identical masses mt are fixed
opposite at
placed on the positive r-axis at lm, 2m, 4m, 8m.... comers of a square and exert gravitational force on
from the origin. The magnitude of the resultant one another. Identical masses each m, are added to
gravitational force on I kg mass kept at the origin is each of the remaining comers. The net gravitational
(in Newton) force acting on either mass ml is observed to be
(") 0 it
G)'+
(b) G thrice what was originally. Then the ratio of
mr: mris
,o + (a)t:l (0 Ji:t
8. Three equal masses each equal to M are placed at @) 2Ji:t (A r2J,
the comers of an equilateral triangle of side ,a,.T\e 10. Two uniform solid spheres of same material and
force exerted by this system on another particle of same radius 'r'are touching each other. Ifthe density
mass m placed at the mid point of a side is is 'p'then the gravitational force between them is
3GMm 4GMm
\a)',2+q (b)--:-t- (ol)
4
n2p2Gra (b)
4
n2p2Gr2
5a- 9 9
2GMm
(c)
Wr @ -ff
JZCttn (ci)
4
9
p2Gr4 @
2
;J Tr2
tp'G,,4

2, GRAVITATIONAL FIELD Where E is the gravitationat intensity or

Agravitational field is an abstract concept (physical model) gravitational field strength. The gravitational field is, as
used to explain the gravitational influence of a mass in the
we can see, a vector qrrantity.
space around it. It explains how the mass exerts a force on
any other mass located in the neighborhood. The gravitational field at P due to a particle of mass rn
kept at the point O (origin) is given by

mol
P1x,y, z1 E k mo {
_G**o
,2 +
I
mo
Gm^
,2
r
We could summarize this as:
v )s
o O----
m P
x
Gravitational field at P
Take a point mass m kept as origin. There will be a
gravitational field at every point in space due to this mass. magnitude direction
We place a test particle of mass mo at the point p(x, y, z). towards m
Gm
The gravitational force exerted on the test particle is given -.,
by, r-
i:G**o; Gravitational field, like gravitational force, follows
' g - ----7-' superposition principle.
where the position vector, OF = 7 lllustrotion 4
and the unit vector,
Thvo points masses each of mass are placed at the
^7 corners ofan equilateral triangle ofside a. Find the
r net gravitational field intensity at the third corner of
The intensity of this gravitationat field at a point p the triangle.
is given by the force per unit mass on a test particle kept
at P:
Solution:
At point P there are two fields due to two mass kept at
u:Fr
o*o Q and R as each mass is rz and its distance from p is
70.4 Physics
Clearly direction of force is in the direction of field
Gm
equal hence both fields are equal g= - z
Ep.
2,2 GRAVITATIONAL FIELD DUE TO SOME
o m
SY M M ETR I CALLY S H AP E D O BT ECTS

Eo
@ The gravitational field of o ring on its axis:
a Let us consider a ring of mass M in the plane
perpendicular to the plane of the paper' We want to
find the gravitational field on its axis at a distance r'
R P
m a ER Consider a differential length of the ring of mass
dm.
Hence by law of parallelogram the net gravitational
field intensity is given by ar: G4
22
o:
6net g2 + 92 +2g .g cos 60" : .69 dm
z
dE
'l-tcu v--
Hence 8*r: --l
x

-..i

Find the field strength at a point along the axis of The lcomponents ofthe fields due to diametrically
a thin rod of length Z and mass M, at a distance d opposite elements cancel each other. Thus, the X
from one end. components add up.
Soli:{tan: Gdm
-- ^
G cos a
: -----;- dm
6o= COS CL
J
L d J Z' z'
dx GM cosu GM'x
=-= z
2
(a2 + x213tz
First we need to find the field due to an element of
length ah. (II) Gravitational field due to a uniform thin
spherical shell: Consider a thin spherical shell of
The mass of the element is dm : (I)*, * radius a, mass Mand of negligible thickness. Out
contribution to the field is of the spherical shell we consider a small ring of
thickness a dQ. The shaded ring has mass dm
:
_M&
as: GT j (Ml2\ sinO a0. The fieldatp due to this ring is
The total field strength is
G.dm
dg-- ---1-coscr
GM
r: L
GM sir. 0d 0'cos cr

2 ,2
GMlr
l---l
I I GM
L la L+d) d(L + d) z

GM
7
P
Notice that when d > > L, we find g -> , the result asin 0

for a point particle.

t _--_______l
2.7 FORCE ON A MASS KEPT IN A GRAVITATIONAL {__
FIELD From AOAP,
If gravitational field at any point P in space is fp . Then z2:a2+P-2arcos0
the force on a point mass located at P is or 2zdz: 2ar sin 0 d0
, field at P) or sin0a0:zdzla.r
:*r*itational
, m9p Also, from AOAP,
 Gravitotion 70.5
a2:22+f-2zr.cosa Shells that are less than radius 'r', contribute to the
gravitational field at P.
,2 +rz -12
cosCI,:
2'z 'r The mass of the sphere of radius r is
4
M
ds:y(*)11+=) M': 3
Tr3
M r-?
-Ri-
4

rhus, ds:#lr-+)- q:-

3
GM'
nR3

'r-
6p a

[as:#j*-l+-) 8r: -d
GMr
Case I: (Point P is Outside the Shell, r > a):
(r) The graph shows the variation of E due to solid

!*:#lE::,,_f::ry-l sphere of radius R with the distance r from its

centre.

GM
_;___rl I t_o'-r'1'*o GM _GM r>R
E_= Z
4or'L Z Jr-o 12

We see that the shell may be treated as a point particle

of the same mass placed at its centre to calculate the
gravitational field at an external point. s 9c. qfiF)
Case II. ( Point P is inside the shell, r < a).

!*:# r +r
-r
221
dz- E-,L;0,1
''la +r
E:#-,,
Rr
r<R
t t
q: GMI 2q-|a'-r' I
:0
6 , 1t
4ar" L 7)o 6
-l
We see that the field inside a uniform spherical shell Find the force of interaction between the ring and
is zero. the sphere as shown below:
(III) Gravitational field due to a uniform Solid M

sphere
m
Case I. Gravitational field outside a solid sphere: The
sphere can be thought of as composed of many shells from
radius: 0 to radius = a.
The point P is at a distance r from the cenhe of all
these concentric shells.
G
h_ x ____N
+ g: , lLM, + LM., ...1 S*lution:
r-
g: _7
GM Field due to a point mass and a solid sphere having
same mass is identical.
Case II: Gravitational field inside a uniform solid Ifthe sphere ofmass'm' M
sphere: Consider a sphere of radius r and, a point P on its exerts an
attractive
surface. Since this point is inside the shells having radii force F on the ring. m
larger than r, they do not contribute to the field at P. -------------a---
Then the force would
remain the same even if
the sphere is replaced
by a point mass. k- x ___J
Replacing the sphere with a point mass 'm' andplacing
it at the location of spheres center C.
70.6 Physics
Imagine a sphere of the size of cavity only with mass
Fore on the mass m canbe calculated as
that is negative of its actual mass.
F: m (field due to ring at Q Gravitational field due to such a
spherical body at inside point P is
= *--SY- towards the ring
(R' + x')''' 4
6o 2 nG'P vz
)
This is also the force experienced by the ring.
A cavity inside the sphere is superposition ofthe ab ore
two cases.

Therefor net field at P is the resultant of !1and S,

Tlvo concentric shells of masses M, a,nd M, are
situated as shown in fig. Find the force on a particle u*'::?::,,-v,):-!**ry
of mass nr when the particle is located * (a) r = a (b)
r = b and (c) r = c. The distance r is measured from 55
the centre ofthe shell.
Crq is a fixed vector irrespective of position of point
Solution:
P in cavity.
We know that attraction at an external point due to a This means that the gravitational field is same at every
spherical shell ofmass Mis(GMIP) while at an internal point inside spherical cavity.
point is zero. So,
M1
lllustration I
A spherical hollow is made in a lead sphere of radius
R such that its surface touches the outside surface
of the lead sphere and passes through its centre.
a The mass of the lead sphere before hollowing was
M. What is the force of attraction that this sphere
(a) For r: a,the point is external to both the shells; would exert on a particle of mass m which lies at
a distance d from the centre of the sphere and the
G(Mr+ Mr)
8t :
So, hollow (as shown in fig.).
2
a
Solution:
So, F,c: mg,a: Gm(Mr+ Mr)ld As the point mass m is outside the lead sphere we can
(D) For r :
b, the point is external to the shell of mass assume its mass to be concentrated at the centre. To
Mrand intemal to the shell of mass Mr; so calculate the force of attraction on the point mass z
we should calculate the force due to the solid sphere
4: ff+0,
b"
and subtract from this the force which the mass of the
hollowed sphere would have exerted on m, i.e.
i.e., Fa= m4n: (GMmlbz)
(c) For r = c the point is internal to both the shells, so F: G*y
d' -gy
y'
8c=0+0=0
m

2.3 GRAVITATIONAL FIELD INSIDE A CAVITY P

---------N I
Field at P due to complete sphere without cavity
I

4
Er nGtPi, : td - (R/2\)
J But from figurey
and as y= (413)rR, p, M : (413) n(Rl2)3
p: (Mt8)
So, F: Gry - Gm(M l8)-
d2 V -(Rt4l2
--t
GMml
r_ ___]_ "
d2t 8[r-(Rl2d)'
 Gravitation T0'7
2.4 ACCELERATION DUE TO GRAVITY This relation is valid for any planet including the earth.
Consider the earth as a sphere of m If p is the mean density of the planet (assumed to be of
radius R (= 6400 km) and mass, a uniform homogeneous sphere of uniform density), then
M (= 5.77' 1024 kg, as we will see
later). M (!nn, p and hence
If we have a particle of z on the [3
surface ofthe earth, the gravitational G4
force of attraction is given by: g R,P
R,3
IZ(its weigh t) = mg: ..(l)
Y g
I"ro)* ...(4)
Since we can assume the earth to be as if it is a point
particle of mass M concentrated at its center. From Variation of 'g'with Altitude
equation (l),
When the object is on the surface of the earth, it will be
g:* GM
(2) at a distance :
r R, the radius of the earth and we have
from the above equation; g: ! .r"r"Mis the mass of
Using the measured value of t<-
the earth and g is the acceleration due to gravity on the
I = 9.8 m/s2 and
surface of the earth. When the object is taken to a height
G: 6.672 xl0-n Nm2lkg2,
R = 6371 km
'h' above the surface of the earth, then it will be at a
distance r: R + & from the centre of the earth. Hence, the
M:5.97 x l02a kg ...(3)
acceleration due to gravity at a height /, (altitude h) is
No wonder that Cavendish's first measurement of G modified as
was referred to as "weighing the earth"
GM
Relation between Universol Gravitational Constant (G) -_
6h (R + h)2
and Accelerotion due ta gravity (g)
The acceleration with which a body of mass 'rz' falls It is clear that as we go high up, the value of g gets
towards the centre of a planet is called the acceleration decreased.
due to gravity 'g' of that planet. The force acting on the
For smaller heights, that is for h << R we have
body, according to Newton's second law F: ma is
GM . :94('*+)-'
F: *g ...(l)
so:
This is the force acting on the body due to the [*[, * 4)l' R2'(^ R'r
gravitational pull of the planet and is called the weight of L\ R))
the body.
: ry(, -+\ from binomial expansion for h << R.
Let us suppose the body is very near to the surface of R, ( R)
the planet, so that we can take the distance 'r'of the body
from the centre of the planet to be r:
R, the radius of the (i.e.) sh: c(t-*l
"\. R) h<<R
planet. Here we assume the planet to be a uniform sphere ".
(with uniform radius and density). The entire mass M of The above relation is only approximate.
the planet can be considered as situated at the centre of
the planet. Now, according to Newton's law of universal
Variation of 'g'with depth
gravitation equation, we have the gravitational force on Let us assume the earth to be a homogeneous uniform
the body given by sphere of radius .R and of uniform density 'r'. The

F: Gry R"
.,(z)
acceleration due to gravity on the surface ofthe earth is
given from equation as
(l)
r-- (!"oo)o
From equation and (2) we have
...(1)
mM (3 )
mg G
* Now, let us consider the body of mass 'm'be placed

or c: _F
GM
...(3 )
at a depth'd (below the surface) ofthe earth as shown
in figure
70.8 Physics
z

(1 00' - o)
W

The mass z is located at a depth dbelow th surface

of the earth of mass M and, radius R

Now, the gravitational force on the mass m will be only

t:
due to the inner solid sphere of radius (R - d).The outer Variation ofg with latitude
shell of thickness dexterior to the mass exerts no resultant When the earth rotates about the axis passing through
force on the mass. Thus, the mass of earth, now effective its north and south poles, a frame attached to the earth is
on mass in is given by a non inertial frame of reference. In such a frame so as
to apply Newton's laws we have to assume a centrifugal
u':!n@-d)3Ps
3
...(2) force on the objects at rest.

Variation ofg with latitude Consider an object of mass

the mass rz is located at a depth dbelow the surface of the
m at latitude I The radius of the circle on which it is
earth of mass Mandradius R
rotating about the axis ofearth is r.
Evidently m is ata distance r = R - d fromthe centre of r
the earth. Hence from above r:Rcosg .R
COSO=-
Equation, we have the acceleration due to gravity at
depth d is The forces acting on the object are (i) gravitational
force (ii) centrifugal force.
GM
8a
@- ilz Gravitational forceFc:
nz:mg
G A^ :
Centrifugal force F. mr@2.
d)'ps
G- df J"(n- The resultant force due to these two forces acting at an
angle of(180'-, can be found by using parallelogram
(t \ law of vectors. Let the magnitude of the resultant force
= .(3)
[;, oc )G-a) be R.

From equation (1) and (3) we have

R: (*g)' + 7mra2)2 + 2(mg)(mra2)cos(l80 - 9)
go _ R_d (*g)' +(zR cos Or')' - 2m2 gRroz cos2 4
gR ('.' r: R cos Q; cos (180" - 0) = - cos $)
(d\ R2coa cos2 Ro
z 1
or gr= g[, - (*g)2 , - 0 _,' O.]
RJ sz :co"
The value ofg decreases with depth also. Thus the value
ofg, that is to say the weight ofa body decreases both :m8 -,[Y)-,,0.[le1e+1'
with altitude (height) and depth. From above equation it is
clear that at the centre of the earth G = 0). The weight of a
body will be zero at the centre of the earth. This should be
so because, there is no mass to attract the body.
: *r(,-,[Y)-.'o)'
Voriation of 'g' with lotitude of the place on eorth

Latitude is the angular distance north or south of earth's i,isnecrectedJ

equator on a globe. It is measured in degrees along a [, [t;,)'..,,
meridian. Latitude at equator is 0o and at poles is 90o. It
is denoted by f Let us find out the effect of latitude on = *rl'-'(;)tY)c*'o)]
acceleration due to gravity.
 Gravitotion 70.9
(... By binomial expression (l +r)' x I t nx ifx << 1).
R'' .o.' :2mg h, _4
mg 1- o Re R"
g
:r*
^GM h I GM
-----i- and,hr-hr=11
R = m(g - Rro2 cos2 $1

The resultant force is equal to the weight mg of the

4"& L'.'s= R;
Error in weighing
object at that latitude.
mgo: m(g -Rro2 cos2$)
Hence acceleration due to gravity at latitude/is
: wz-Wt= zmc:nc h8n oe:l Gmph

gO:8-Rr'r2 cos2Q
At equator,/:0o
= go= g-Rro2;which is minimum
At poles 0 : 90' + gso: g; which is maximum Ifa pendulum has a period ofexactly 1.00 sec at the
equator, what would be its period at the south pole?
As latitude $ increases, g, increases.
Assume the earth to be spherical and rotational
Ifro changes, g at poles does not change, g at any other
effect of the Earth is to be taken.
latitude decreases as w increases.
Solution:
Variotion ol g due to shape of the earth
There will be variation of 'g' with latitude due to non Period of pendulum = zn^E
spherical nature of the earth. The earth is not a perfect Ig
sphere. It is an ellipsoid, bulging at the equator and Let T, be the time period at pole and T, is time period
flattened at the poles. As the value of R, the distance of at equator.
object from centre of the earth changes, the value ofg will E
{t
T1

also change. As that equatorial radius R, is greater than T2

the polar radius R, the value of ' gE' at the equator will be
less and g, at the poles will be more. , R"aZ
c o
I Tr 6
q o
Two equal masses m andrrr are hung from a balance
I 6 6 )'
whose scale pans differ in vertical height by ,h,.
Determine the error in weighing in terms of density T. : l-R"" .sin." &'' <<l
of the Earth p. '2gg
Sitiuti**: T_1 lR"a2
So,
'29
8n:8 | -2h , Wz- W: mgr- mg,
R" :0.998 Second

INTEXT EXERCISE:2
1. If g on the surface of the earth is 9.8 ms-2, its value 3. The correct graph between the Gravitational
at a height of6400 km is field intensiry (Id due to a solid sphere and
(Radius of the earth:6400 km). distance from the centre (r) will be
(a) 4.9 msa (D) 9.8 ms-2 lc
lc
(c) 2.45msa (d) t9.6msa
2. (") (b)
Planet Z-34has a mass equal to l/3 that of Earth, a
o r
radius equal to ll3 that of Earth, and an axial spin o
R€
rate ll2 that of Earth. With g representing, as usual,
the acceleration due to gravity on the surface of lc

Earth, the acceleration due to gravity on the surface

of Z-34 is (c) (d)
(a) gt3 (b) 3s o
R.
I
(c) 6s @) s/9
Re
70.70 Physics
4. A large spherical planet of radius R, made of a 8. A tunnel is dug along a diameter of the earth. If M
material of density d,hasaspherical cavity of radius is the mass of earth, then the force on a particle of
Rl2,with center of cavity at a distance N2 fromthe mass rn placed in that tunnel at a distance x from the
centre of the planet. Find the gravitational force on a centre is
small mass 'm' atthe center of the cavity.
(o)GMrnx (b) GMmx
(a) ZnRGmdl3 (b) nRGmdl3 f R,
(c) 2nRGmd (Q 4nRGndl3 GMrnx
(c)GMm
C
(d)
x)'
5. 320 km above the surface of earth, the value of (rR-
acceleration due to gravity is nearly 90% of its value
--..--
9. A solid sphere of uniform density and radius R
on the surface of the earth. Its value will be 95%o of
applies a gravitational force of attraction F, on a
the value on the earth's surface
particle P placed at a distance 2R from the centre
(a) nearly 160 km below the earth's surface
of the sphere. A spherical cavity of radius Rl2 is
(6) nearly 80 km below the earth's surface now made in the sphere as shown in the figure. The
(c) nearly 640 km below the earth's surface sphere with cavity now applies a gravitational force
(d) nearly 320 km below the earth's surface F, on the same particle. The ratio Fr: F, is equal to
6. Let co be the angular velocity of the earth's rotation
about its axis. Assume that the acceleration due to ........o P
gravity on the earth's surface has the value g at the
poles. An object weighed by a spring balance gives
the same reading at the equator as at a height ft above
(a) 5:9 (Q 3:a
the poles (h << R). The value of ft is
(c) 7:8 (d) 7:9
,,
(a)
Rg (b) ro2R2
' -(') -
Zg 10. Two concentric spherical shells have masses mp mz
and radii r, r, (rr< rr). The force exerted by this
,2 R2 zto2 Rz system on a particle of mass m if it is placed at a
(c) \d) (rr+ rr)12 from
gg distance the centre is
-
7. The acceleration due to gravity at an altitude of (a).
2Gm,m
. (b) -,4Gm,m-
1600 km and at a depth of 1600 km from the surface \\ + r2r (\ + r2f
of the earth are in the ratio of 4Gm"m
Gm"m
(a) 4:3 (b\ 64:75 (c) .-= @ (\----t -
\rt + r2f + r2f
(c) 75:64 ($ 3:a

1. (c) 2. (b) 3. (r) a. @) s. @ 6.(b) 7. (b) 8. (a) e' (A 10' (b)

3. GRAVITATIONAL POTENTIAL
dW'*': + GMm dr
O-------- ---H--
P f
Mm Work done by extemal force in slowly bringing the
mass m from infinity to the pointp is

The mass z is fixed and mass m is displaced slowly by

a distance 'dr' towards the M. Work done by gravitational
w: !dw",,: LY*: ry
force We define the gravitational potential V due to point
orr=:__rhr (.dr, is _ ve) mass M at the point p as the work done to bring a unit

r-
o, mass from infinity to that point.
W.. GM
Since the mass is moved slowly (without acceleration)
Therefore Vr= -i :-;
There must be an extemal force on z
balancing the At infiniry V: 0 for a point mass. Z is scalar quantity
gravitational force. and is very useful in sowing problems related to motion of
Work done by extemal force masses in gravitational filed
 Grovitation 70,77
In general work done by an external force in moving a
point mass 'm' can be related to the gravitational potential Gm
l/n =_
according to the following relation -I
W*: m(Vr-V,)
l/P V,, + vn
2Gm
I
11
GM
At a point above the surface ofearth, the gravitational (,,) ver=
U2
potential is - 5.12 x 107 J/kg and the acceleration
GM
due to gravity is 6.4 m/s2. Assuming the mean radius l/g2
of the earth to be 6400 km, calculate the height of lt2
this point above the earth's surface.
Ysr:-
Solu?.*n:
Vn= Vst+
#-#
4Gm
Let r be the distance of the given point from the centre
of the earth. Then I
Force at point p = 0.
r (;ll) Work done by external agent
:-5.12x107 ...(r :(Ys-Yr)x1: ryf
Solution: (lv) Work done by gravitational potential
Let r be the distance of the given point from the centre
: Vp- 2GM
of the earth. Then l/o
I
GM
Gravitational potential = - r
3.7 GRAVITATIONAL POTENTIAL DUE TO VARIOUS
: - 5.12 x 107 ...(l UNIFORM MASS DISTRI BUTIONS
and acceleration due to gravity, Ring

s: s :6'4
M
GM
"'(2
Dividing (i) by (ll), we get ------------>P
x
5.12 xl07
__iA_
,= : g x l0om= g000km
GM
Height of the point from earth's surface v--
: r - R: 8000 - 6400 : 1600 km 1lx' + R'

vtwtt 1
Spherical Shell
M

v2
o P
V2 -----a
o

Find out potential at P due to the two mass system.

Find potential at Q. Find out work done by external
(a) At point P in side the shell (r S R)
agent in bringing unit mass from P to Q. Also find
work done by gravitational potential. Y: - 9y: Potential at the surface
R
Solutt*n:
(i) Vpt: potential at P due to mass 'm' at ' l' (r) At point Q out side the shell (r > R)

Gm
,, GM
r
I
(r is the distance of point Q from the center of shell)
70.72 Physics
Solid Sphere 3.2 RELATION BETWEEN GRAVITATIONAL FIELD
M AND POTENTIAL
The work done by an external agent to move unit mass
from a point to another point in the direction of the field
o d slowly through an infinitesimal distance dr: Force by
external agent x distance moved : - Edr.
Thus dV= - Edr
(a) At point P in side the shell (r < R)
tr: dv
v=-GM(lRz-12\ - "-- d,
2R'
Therefore, gravitational field at any point is equal to
(D) At point Q out side the shell (r > R)
the negative gradient at that point.
GM
l/- _
.r
In general, In three dimensions
--) 0v, 0v, 0v:
(r is the distance of point Qfrom the center of shell) axt
- ay'- ur
73
14
A mass rz is dropped through a diametric funnel
The gravitational potential in a region is given by
dug across earth (mass rz, radius tt). Find the speed y = (20x + 40y) J/kg. Find out the gravitational
when it crosses the center of earth.
field (in newton/kg) at a point having co-ordinates
Ssie*t'ron; (2,4).Also find outthe magnitude of the gravitational
Initially force on a particle of0.250 kg placed at the point (2,
4).
m
Solutian:
U.I
R E-:- aa l(20x+40y) :-20
-:-
'dox
K.:0
I AvA
-v 0x Ay'

Finally E: E,i+E,i:-20i-40i
--) --t
Ur= mY, Force: F: mE : 0.25{-20i -40i\
( tcu\
m t__t
:- sf-toj
u
I zn)
magnitude
-)
of F : 52 +102 : sr6lr
J 3GMm
2R
4. GRAVITATIONAL POTENTIAL ENERGY
Kf= I *u2 Work done by an external force in slowly bringing the
2
point mass m from infinity to a separation r from the mass
Using consecration of energy
mls-
. GMm

_GMm __3GMm -l *'2 r

R2R2 -. Mm
O-----------?------------
,:lEM* This is known as the gravitational potential energy U
for the system of two masses.
 Gravitotion 70.73
,I- GMM 5*dutlor::
"-- , (a) Due to the mutual attraction the masses attract
We could also think of this potential energy as the each other.
work done to assemble the system of two masses in given if the accelerations are a, and a,the net external
can figuration. force onthe system= 0
Gravitational potential and potential energy For the -+
two mass system. + dca =0
Mm mtal-mrar= 0
(
=
flr _d2 _ n
,r-Wu, GM
, -- -U -
mmr
m2 al
(b) Taking both the bodies as a system, from
wu,: - wgruuitv: ur ur: m(Tt v) conserving momentum of the system

15
m191- mrvr: 0

Aparticle is projected vertically upwards the surface

m, :
----)-
V"
--z-:,1
of the earth (radius R,) with a speed equal to cone m2 Vr

fourth of escape velocity. What is the maximum Now conserving the total mechanical energy, we
height attained by it from the surface ofthe earth? have
Salutiorz:
_G(LM)M _ _ G(2M)M +-I QM)T + I (W"3
From conservation of mechanical energy I6R 4R 2 2

I t GMm
- !l!a.,-
:
GMm v t-,,-,@
GM
!sn "'- -! 8R
2RrR
Where R: maximum distance from centre of the earth. 77
ffi
Also
": i": i 1/R" t_ Three particles each of mass n, are placed at the
corners of an equilateral triangle of side d. Calculate
(a) the potential energy of the system, (D) work done
I I zGM GMm GMm on this system if the side of the triangle is changed
216R"R"R
-rra^-
from d to 2d.
16 R" ,*!r;i.1Ur'!:
R
l5
R" ) h:R-R": (a) As in case of two-particle system potential energy
l5
is given by (Gm, mrlr), so
U.t: Urz+ Uzt+ Uzr
W So, Un:-39!:
Ilvo spherical bodies of masses 2M aind M and of
dd
=-3Gt-
radii 3.R and .R respectively are held at a distance
16X from each other in free space. When they are
cm
released, they start approaching each other due to
the gravitational force ofattraction. Then find:
(a) the ratio of their accelerations during their
motion
B
(D) their velocities at the time of impact. A m m
2M (b) When d is changedto2d,
M

o
3Gmz
u^- -
ff _

"2d
3Gmz
ffi So work done: Ur- Un
2d
70.74 Physics
gW t.e x: 2a
Distance between the centres of two stars is 10a.
The masses of these stars are M and 16 M and their So the body will reach the smaller planet due to
radii a and2a,respectively. A body of mass m is fired planet's gravitational field if it has sufficient energy
straight from the surface of the larger star towards to cross the point B (r:2a), i.e.
the smaller star. What should be its minimum initial
speed to reach the surface of the smaller star ? t, , m(Vu- Vs)
Obtain the expression in terms of G, M a,nd a. ,*u'
Solation:
but ys
rccu
Il-r-l-- GM 1 oscu
-GMm -G(16 M)m I 2o (t\a -2a) ) 8a
,2 (loa - x)2
ra-10a-), lrccu GMl zoGM
I
I
and 'B L s" zr)
ll : _ | _ ! _ I
-
_

8a

B S

I *r2r* cu
It___t
es 20 GM1
M
16M
So
2 L so 8a -l

The distance (from the smaller planet) where the

J 5GM
gravitational pull of two planet's balance each other i.e. V.
mm
2 ct
will be given by

a-
1. A person brings a mass of I kg from infinity to a mgR
_- , ^ 3mgR
point A.Initially the mass was at rest but it moves at (c) \d) t6
a speed of 2 m/s as it reaches A.The work done by
the person on the mass is - 3 J. The potential at A is:
4. Two particles of masses m and 2m are initially
(a) -3 ilkg (D aJke separated by certain distance. They move because

(c) -5 Jlkg (d) of their mutual gravitational interaction. At some

-7 Jke
instant velocity of mass 'm'is'v'. At that instant,
2. Select the proper graph between the gravitational
kinetic energy of the system is
potential (Vr) due to hollow sphere and
distance r from its centre
I 2
(a) zero (b) mv
V^ ,
3, J 2
(r) (b) (c) -mv' @Z mv
o
I -vs 5. A body is dropped from a height equal to radius of
vs the earth. The velocity acquired by it just before
vs R
striking the earth's surface is
(c) @ @) {sN 2 @ OsR
-V I (c) Jgn 6 ,{gRrJ-z

3. The earth's radius is R and acceleration due to 6. A particle is projected vertically upwards from the
gravity at its surface is g. If a body of mass m is sent surface of earth (radius Rr) with a kinetic energy
R equal to half of the minimum value needed for it
to a height of from the earth's surface, the
7 to escape. The height to which it rises above the
potential energy increases by: surface ofearth is
mgR (b); (a) R" (b)
r")-i mgR
(c) 3l?, (A
2R"
4R"
 Grovitotion 70.75
7. A small body is initially at a distance r from the
centre ofearth (r is greater than the radius ofthe (r) trM (4 lG_
earth). If it takes W joule of work to move the body i;7 {-
from this position to another position at a distance 2r
measured from the centre of earth, how many joule 9' Four particles each of mass 1 kg are at the four
corners of a square of side I m' The work done to
would be required to move it from this position to a
new position at a distance of 3r from the centre of remove one of the particles to infinity is:
the earth?
(a) tYt. (b) wt3 (d 2JiG @) +!G
J2
(c) wt2 (a wt6 @) eJi +t)G (d) 3G
8' ApointP(t6'0'0)liesontheaxisofaring"lT".tt
r0. The gravitational fierd in a region is given by
M and R. The ring is located in y z plane with its -)
centreatoriginO.Asmallparticleofmassmstarts E - - (20 Nlkg) ti+jl. Find the gravitational
from P and reaches O under gravitational attraction potential at the origin (0, 0) - (in J/kg)
only. Its speed at O will be:
(a) zero (b) zoJ,
(r) trM (u) E;
@) -zoJl (A cannotbedefined
t/ * {;

1. (c) 2. (c) 3. (c) 4. (d) s. (c) 6.(a) 7. (b) 8. (a) e. (b) 10. (A

4.7 ESCAPE VELOCITY surface of the planet

Minimum speed required to project a body from the
surface of the planet so that it escapes the gravitational
U'l'sR
field of the planet is called escape velocity.
For earth ( is approximately 11.2 km/s.

Let as assume a planet of mass M and radius R mass ru

has to be projected so that it doesn't return to the planet. 6 fqost Valuable Point
Speed Z, should be such that the body doesn't come to
rest at a finite distance from planet.
o Total energy ofthe body becomes zero in the limiting
case when the speed is just sufficient to escape the
planets gravitational fi eld.
M
O Escape velocity is independent ofangle ofprojection.
Total Energy
m
% GMm I
--+R 2
2
ffiv" 79
Ifvelocity given to a object from the surface of the
Earth is z times the escape velocity then what will be
the residual velocity at infinity.

L*r"
infinity
At
!*r,
2
Solutian:

Let residual velocity be v then from energy conservation

l.aGMml,
By conservation of energy
,mlnv"f- R --mv'+0
GMml,l,
- R +1mvi=-mv'20
+ *: n2v2"-
ry
,r.w-
" YR
:nrZ_v!:@2_Dbl'

If S
vRz
: GM
" is the acceleration due to gravity at the
= ': (E -)"
70.76 Physics
Fiiffitffi;ffiFEE
rrcry.*g R

The masses and the radii of the earth and the moon
NrE Mp.R, and M, Rz respectively. Their centres
N2
are at a distance d apart. The minimum speed with kHl
a
which a particle of mass rz should be projected from
a point midway between the two centres so as to
escape to infinity.

5cl{.,#sff: Solution:
The P.E. of the mass at dl2 due to the earth and the Suppose we project the particle with speed 2,, so
moon is that it just reaches at (r -+ o). Applying energy
u: _GM.l* *2_GM?* *2
dd
conservation
Mn,B

or u: ry(M,+ Mr) (numericaly)

atr-+o,v-r0

l*r'? = u @
a
=

Ve
lw,.w)
K,+ U,: Kf+ Uf
27
A very small groove is made in the earth, and a
particle of mass rz is placed at
R
distance from the
i*t.^l-# {,.'-[+)']] :,
7 IG
centre. Find the escape speed of the particle from ve
that place.
= 4R

INTEXT EXERCISE:4

1. The ratio of the radius of the earth to that of the moon

is 10. The ratio of the acceleration due to gravity on
(c) 21 @) zJrt/"
the earth to that on the moon is 6. The ratio of the 4. Four equal masses each of mass M are placed atthe
escape velocity from the earth's surface to that from corners ofa square ofside'a'.The escape velocity
the moon is
of mass n from the centre of the square is
@)a (D6
(c) 7.75 (d) t2 *roF (D)
'alrcu
ct
2. A particles of mass z is projected upwards with
2GM
(v, : escape velocity). At highest
(c) 4GM @
velocity ,: + a a
point the potential energy of the particle is: 5. A
-
mass rn is taken to a height R from the surface
GMm (b) -
GMm of the earth and then is given a horizontal velocity
(a) - zn 4R Y. The minimum velocity of Z so that mass never
3GMm returns to the surface ofthe earth is (R: radius of

,,ff
2GMm
(c) -
+n ld) - 3R earth; M : mass of earth)

3. A body is projected away from earth with a speed

*,w
nW
3l/rwhere I/, is the escape velocity. The speed of the
body at infinity will be
(") v" @) Jrv"
,^ff*
 Grovitotion TO.TT
6. The escape velocity of a body from the surface of
(c)
me R^ (A ms R-
---o --'
the earth is Z, and from an altitude equal to twice the
2 -' 16
radius of the Larth, the escape velocity vr.T\en
-
9. Abody is dropped from a height
(a) vr:7y, (b) Vt=J6y, at equal to half the
radius of the earth. lf Y"is the escape velocity on the
(c) V, = 3Y, (O 14 = Ji Y, earth and air resistance,is neglected, it will stike the
surface of the earth with a speed
7. A mass 6 x rp kg (: mass of earth) is to be
compressed in a spheie in such a way that the escape f"> I,12 @
' ' +2
velocity from its surface is 3 x 108 m/s (equal to that
of light). What should be the radius of the sphere? t-, Y"
(a) 9 mm (D) 8 mm t"' J5
@+
(c) 7 mm (d) 6 mrn
10. The escape velocity corresponding to a planet of
8. AbodyofmassmissituatedatadistanceofRabove mass Mand radius ^R is 50 km rl. If the planet's
the earth's surface, where R is the radius of earth. mass and radius werc 4M and.R, respectively, then
How much minimum energy be given to the body so the corresponding escape velocity would be
escape
that it may (a) sr
100 km (D) 50 km s-l
(a) mg R" (b) 2mg R" @) 2o0km s-r (O 25km s-r
|-,o
1. (c) 2. (c) 3. (O 4. (b) s. (a) 6. (d) 7. (a) 8. (c) e. (c) r0. (a)

5. KEPLER'S LAWS 5.2 KEpLER',S FTRST LAW (LAW OF ORBTTS)

5.7 GEOMETRY OF ELLIPSE
All planets move in ellipical orbits with the sun at one of
(0, b) the foci.
P 5,3 KEPLER'S SECOND LAW (LAW OF AREAS)
T
Minor 2b A
axis
0) F2 o Fl (a, o) B
(-ae,0) (ae,0)
[: c
(0, -b) The line joining the sun and a planet sweeps out equal
areas in equal intervals of time. A planet takes the same
Major axis
timetotravel froml toBas from CtoDas shown infigure.
PF 1 + PFz : 2a : length of major axis (The shaded areas are equal). Naturally the planet has to
move faster from Cto D. The law of areas is identical with
eccentricity of ellipse .lr-L the law of conservation of angular momentum.
": 1/' o2
If the sun is at { closest point A is known as perigee
@erihelion) and farthest point B is known as Apogee
(Aphelion).
-tv
Closest distance At an instant position vector of the planet relative to
-+)
rr:AFr:a-ae the sun is r and its velocity is v . 1a time dt the area
Farthest distance
sweptbytheradiusvector ) i" a) = !1i
2'
ri ar1
ro:BFr:a*ae
NowAreal velocity or areasweptperunit time will be
70.78 Physics
-+ lllustrotion 22
dA _ 117,ii revolves round a planet in a elliptical
A satellite
dt2 orbit. Its maximum and minimum distances from
Multiplying dividing by mass'm'we get planet are 1.5 x 107 and 0.5 x 107 meter respectively.
-+ -) -+ --) If the speed of the satellite at the farthest point is 5 x
dA m(rxv) L 103 rn/s. Calculate the speed at the nearest point.
dt 2m 2m
Solution:
-+
Z is angular momentum of the planet relative to the The angular momentum of the satellite about the planet
sun (Focus). is constant

There is no torque on the planet about the location of or mvtrl= mv2r2

sun and therefore the angular momentum of the planet or v{r: v2r2 ..(
relative to the sun will remain constant v.r. 5xl03xl.5xl07
-+ -+ vt-
dA L 4 0.5xl0i
constant
dt 2m v,: 1.5 x ldnt/s.
lf Voand Voare the speeds ofthe planet at apogee and
perigee respeitively 23
The planet is revolving around the sun as shown in
A VP elliptical path. AC = 2a, BD: 20. Eccentricity of the
V. ellipse: e
B

By conservation of angular momentum /

,----T---\
s | \
ml/oro=
Af--1-c
^Yor,
clearly Vo, V"
D
(planets move faster when it is closest to sun)
Calculate the ratio of time taken in travelling DAB
-GMm +lmvl
'2""o = -GMm
,o
+!*r?
2""r to that for travelling BCD.
ra
ra:q+ae,rp:a-ae Solution:
Where
Showing for the velocities, we get Areal velocity is constant
of DCBS
GM (t-e
Area of region DABSD Area
Va t_ tl tz
a [t +,

vo
'Gm (
;lr-")
l+ e\ + f,eu>ro">
tl
+.f,rout{o">
t2

Total energy ofplanet: Total energy at perigee tl n-2e

I --r
GMm+-my: tz n+2e
tpzP
lllustdtion 24
GMm
2a Ifa satellite is revolving around a planet of mass
-) M in an elliptical orbit of semi-maior axis a show
Magnitude of angular momentum: I Z I that the orbitat speed of the satellite when it is
: mvprp at a distance r from the focus will be given by
IGM*'b' Y2 = GMI(Zlr)-(Lla)l
GMmz a(l-e2) :
a Solution:
Note that the angular momentum does not depend on For a satellite of mass m moving in an elliptical orbit
position of planet. around a planet of mass Mthe mechanical energy is
 Grovitotion 70,79
Tqa3D
given by ,: (ry)and remain constant. or T2qa3

So, K.E. +P.E.:-

W) A Saturn year is 29.5 times the earth year. How
When the satellite is at a distance r far is the Saturn from the sun (M) if the earth is
1.5 x 108 km away from the sun?
I
*r2
GMm GMm
2 r Soluti*n:
2a
I It is given that
2
*r2 GMm
l: *) .l
rr:29'5 \;
R,: 1.5 x l0ll m
+ *= zcul!- 2a) cul?_!l
Lr ' - Lr a) Now, according to kepler's third law

5.4 KEPLER'S THIRD LAW (Law of Periods) d:&

r:4
The square of the time for the planet to complete a
2
revolution about the sun is proportional to the cube of
semi-major axis of the elliptical orbit.
-+ -+
u= u[f)'
d A Area of ellipse :lLl
dt : (zg.sr"\!
Time period 2m 1.5 x l0ll
(.r" )
2m@ab) 2n
Timeperiod - ---_ a3/2 = 1.43 x l0l2 m = 1.43 x loe km
lLl 'lGM

rrr k
1. Two moons orbit
Moon I
a planet in nearly circular orbits.
has orbital radius r, and moon B has orbital @\ r(+-+)
\4 2n) rE
radius 4r. Moon I takes 20 days to complete one
orbit. How long does it take moon B to complete an @ (e-t\r ra r(L-z\
orbit? '-'\r ) " -\2 n)
(a) 20 d (b) 40d 4. The ratio of earth's orbital angular momentum
(c) 80 d (4 160 d (about the sun) to its mass is 4.4 x lgls .zgl. 6"

2. A planet of mass m moves area enclosed by the earth's orbit is approximately

along an ellipse around
the sun of mass Mso that its maximum and minimum @) m2 (b) 6.94 x tPt n?
3.a7, ldr
distances from sun are a and b respectively. The @) 6.9a x lP r* (A 3.47 x 1gP2
angular momentum I of this planet relative to the ^z
5. The earth moves around the sun in an elliptical orbit
centre of the sun is
as shown in the figure. The ratio : r.The ratio
4GMab mM"b 3;
(a) m (b)
(r. b) ^l @+b) of the speed of the earth at B and, tt A is
t2GMab
(c) m
(a-b) , ,(;-:) sun
A

3. A planet revolves around the sun in an elliptical

orbit of eccentricity e. lf T is the time period of the
@) Ji (b) x
planet, then the time spent by the planet between the
ends of the minor axis close to the sun is
(") i @t ,Ji
70.20 Physics
6. The minimum and maximum distances of a 8. A planet is revolving in an elliptical orbit around the
satellite from the centre of the earth are 2R and 4R Sun. Its closest distance form the Sun is and the r..
respectively, where R is the radius of the earth and M farthest distance is r.o. If the velocity of the planet
is the mass of the earth. The minimum speed of the at the distance ofthe closest approach is v, and that
satellite is at the farthest distance from the Sun is v,thenvrlv,

EGM EM (o) b (rl Gt

(,) (D) 1ri" h*
{ ,* { 6ft
r'io + r-o
EM EM 1c; (d) none
(")
t/ r^
@ lu 9.
/-o -/-io

Figure shows a planet P3

7. The figure shows elliptical orbit of a planet m about in an elliptical orbit

P4
around the Sun S.
P2
the sun S. The shaded area SCD is twice the shaded
area SAB.If r, be the time for the planet to move Where is the kinetic P1
from C to D and t, is the time to move from A to B,
energy of the planet
then:
maximum?
,v
(a) Pt (b) Pz
B c (c) P, (4 P+
10. A satellite of mass z
is orbiting around the earth
A at a height h above the surface of the earth. Mass
of the earth is M and its radius is ^R. The angular
momentum of the satellite is independent of
(a) tr- t, (b) tr=8t, (a) m (b) M
(c) tr:4t, (d1 tr=2t, (c) h (d) none ofthese
Answer Key

L (A 2.@) 3.(A a. @) s. (b) 6.(D) 7' (d) 8'(a) e'(d) 10' (d)

6. MOTION OF SATELLITES IN CIRCULAR

Putting
GM : g (acceleration due to gravity on the
ORBITS ;
OrhitolSpeed surface), we obtain,
Suppose that a satellite of mass rz orbits a planet in a
,o: @ ..(2)
circular orbit of radius r. = ! ,
4 ,:GMm
'g
If the altitude of the orbit is fr, then,
,2 IGM IGM_
,o= : gR
(t+hlR)
{I*1, R(r+ hl R)

Angular Speed
I m
F The corresponding angular speed is,
a: vJr

If v^o is the orbital velocity of the satellite, then,

Earth
P
Satellite
2^ GMm
mvfi _
;--i
trM
t_ ..(l)
vo
!r
 Grovitation 70.27

,r: .6 Most Wluoble ioint

Puffing
e we obtain,
o The KE of the satellite is equal in magnitude to its
GM= IGM total energy and one-halfofits potential energy.
': t/7;- {r";;f O If we want to remove the satellite from its orbit to
infinity we have to impart an additional energy equal
Time Period of Revolution

The period of revolution

in magritude to its total energy, thatis Yzr .

T= Znla
tGM A space-ship is launched into a circular orbit close to
Putting, ,=
{I ,
the Earth's surface. What additional speed should
now be imparted to the spaceship to overcome the
,: rn^f-:
YGM
(R + h)3
GM
gravitational pull of the Earth.
Sslution:
Let A be the additional kinetic energy imparted to the
Potential Energy spaceship to overcome the gravitation pull then
The Gravitational potential energy of the planet satellite GMM
system is Y: 2R

PE: -
GMM
Total kinetic energy : O!! * *
r 2R
GMm GMm GMm
The -ve sign indicates that the satellite is subject to plan-
et's gravitational fi eld.
2R 2RR
I
Kinetic Energy then *"1
GMm
+ vz: @M
2 .R {R
KE of a satellite in orbit is given by
trM
t-
KE:
t.ttrM But v
!n So Additional velocity

,mvfi,where %: \i , ,
: vz- vl
I<E:
GMM
2r :tr tr:dr-D$
Total Energy 6.1 GEOSTATIONARY SATELLITE
The total mechanical energy of the satellite is equal to the A satellite which appears to be stationary when seen from
earth is called a Geostationary satellite. For a satellite to
sum ofits potential and kinetic energies.
be geostationary.

rotarenergy ,:?ry).(ry) (r) Its orbit must be circular

(ii) It must rotate about the same axis as earth, i.e. it
must move in the equatorial plane.
GMm
(lii)It must revolve form west to east.
2r (lv) Its time period must be 24 hours.
The total energy is negative because the satellite is GMm
+ maz(R+ h):
bound by the planet's gravitational field. (R+h)

t_tzn\'
Angular Momentum ( GM
The angular momentum of the satellite is given by \r ) (R+h)3
L: mvor.

trM (R+ h):

Pufting rr: f/;, we obtain, {",1*)'}"
where T:24 x 3600 sec.
t: mdcur). Solving h: 36000 km (approx)
70.22 Physics

A satellite is launched in the equatorial plane in such

.trM
l. V<.1-
elliptical path with T.E < 0
earths center as
a way that it can transmit signals upto 60" Iatitude
Yr second focus. May
fall back on earth
on the earth. The orbital velocity of the satellite is

found to be
/EM
,r/ - . Find the value of a.
2. r=ff circular path with T.E < 0
earth's center as
center of orbit
elliptical orbit with T.E < 0
Soluhsn;

satellite
3 F+.*e earths center as first
focus.
In all of the above
I cases the object
is said to be in a
bound orbit.

=
rcos60o:R
r= 2R 4. rce This is escape speed
body moves along a
T.E:O

m =
@M a=2
parabolic path
body escapes the T.E>O
'o:{, !2R = 5. l/> 2GM
earth's gravity
r along a hyperbolic
6.2 BINDING ENERGY path. In the above
Total mechanical energy (potential + kinetic) of a closed two cases the body
system is negative. The modulus of this total mechanical escapes the earth's
energy is known as the binding energy of the system. This gravity and hence
is the energy due to which system is bound or different the orbits are not
parts ofthe system are bound to each other. bound.

Binding energy of satellite (system)

B.E. = -T.E. EGM
I]
GMm --------T A body is projected with a speed = from a
B.E.:
I
frvo
2 { *
2 2r zmr height h = R above the earths surface. Find the
largest distance distance ofbody from earth's center.
Hence B.E.:K.E.:-T.E.:+A
Z ii-.: ;., |},3:a .

Work done in changing the orbit of satellite EGM

W: Change in mechanical energy of system but Since speed ofprojection ,: is greater than
l;
,_
_GMM
2r orbital speed:
m and less than the escape speed
,ffi
GMm(l l)
So W: Er- Et: --rz --- I

[,i k) the body will more on a elliptical path as

6.3 TRATECTORY OF A BODY LAUNCHED FROM A
tr,
shown.
HEIGHT
A body projected tangentially from a point above earth's
h=R
surface, say at a distance r from the earth's center, the
trajectory would depend on the velocity of projection Z.

4 t *=?
3

A
 Gravitotion 70.23
Both rn, and m, (line joining m, andm2) rotate about
Lets assume the farthest distance is r.o and velocity
COM with same angular speed ro.
at that point is v.
By conservation of angular momentum.
By conservation of energy
*tr? a: mrrla
GMml.tGMmlt
+-mv- +-mv- Also using Newtons laws of gravitation
2R2r-o2
Gm,m.
By conservation of angular momentum For m,
T = mra2r, ...(r)

mv(2R): mv(r^o)
For m,
Gm,m.
ryr : mrazr, ...(rr)
Sowing we can get
Dividing (i) and (i;) with m, andm, respectively and
rrnu*: 3R
adding we get
Altematively we may find r-* by using standard G(m, + mr)
results from geometry of ellipse
: rD2r
r2
,: liEGM : Velocity at perigee G(m, + mr)
: ct2r
,2
GM (t+e)
cl It-rJ
IGM
period: l2n 2n r3/2
a i*) Time

For the system of masses,

@
(oo *4nm
uslng r^^:2R and a - Gmtmz
2 pE =
- r
we get r.o: 3'R

6.4 BINARY STARS

o: lr*o? +*2h\,,] : ry
A system of two stars having masses m, and mzmove Gmtmz
TE:
- 2r
( TE =-PE
under the influence of mutual gravitational force. They 2
move in circular orbits centered at the COM of the system. Angular momentum : (*rr? + mrr])a
a
/ m, + mr)r

I
I
I
r1 t2 I
m2
vtwtl
Three particles each of mass M, M
I , I
I
are located at the vertices of an
equilateral triangle of side 'a'. ,,'
At what speed must they move i I

if they all revolve under the i

I
I

m, and mz move in circular path centered at COM of influence of their gravitational

the system force of attraction in a circular
If distance between m, and mris r orbit circumscribing the
triangle while still preserving the equilateral
rt:L triangle?
mt+mz
Solution:
ffitr GM2
fz:
mt+ m2
Fn: For+Frr:2 2
cos 300
.a

also p
mlm2
ml +m2
14a
tz
LA
70.24 Physics

M" :Fn GOm\m za\ , (

f=-.
a
Jr'
No*,
r -7- ='[T.J'-
or
Irfvz-Ji
7 J'
cM2
or
ta6
a
'= {[;-.J
Y-
m t_
\" o)

I
m
fifittrwrit;wi*
I
I 2m
In a double star, two stars (one of mass rz and the ,lJ^
other of 2m) ilistant d a,part rotate about their
common centre of mass. Deduce an expression of
the period ofrevolution. Show that the ratio oftheir Therefore, the period ofrevolution is given by
angular momenta about the centre of mass is the
same as the ratio of their kinetic energies. T_ 2tr _td3)
o) 3Gm)
Solutian:
The ratio of the angular momenta is
The centre of mass C will be at distances dl3 and2dl3
2
from the masses 2m andlz respectively. Both the stars d
(2m
rotate round C in their respective orbits with the same (1o)uie Ior, 1 I
angular velocity ro. The gravitational force acting (1ol)"*u /r."u 2d 2
on each star due to the other supplies the necessary m
3
centripetal force.
o, i" Since o is same for both. The ratio of their kinetic
The gravitational force on eitherc ff. d" If we

consider the rotation of the smaller star the centripetal

(1,,,
t, : 1'
energles ls which is the
force (mr
'
ro21 is
t-H)ot1
I
\3/ I and for bigger star
2
Lrr, *
l-z*a,'1I i.e. same
I
same as the ratio of their angular momenta.
L3J

1. Two satellites of masses 50 kg and 100 kg revolve (a) it is a freely falling body
around the earth in circular orbit ofradii 9R and 16R (D) it is moving with a constant speed
respectively, where 'R' is the radius of the earth. (c) its acceleration is zero
The speeds of the two satellites will be respectively (d) its angular momentum remains constant
in the ratio of
4. If the time of revolution of a satellite is 7, then
@) 3ta (o 4/3
Kinetic energy is proportional to
(c) etr6 (d) t6/e
(a) ttT (b) rtT2
2. Ifthe radius oforbit ofa satellite is changed by a (c) l/73 @) ro'
factor of 4, then time period is changed by a factor
5. A geostationary satellite revolves around the earth
of in a circular orbit at a height of 36000 km. Then,
@)a (q6 a spy satellite revolving in a circular orbit at a few
(c) 8 (d) none ofthese hundred km height from the surface ofthe earth, has
3. An earth satellite is moving round the earth in a the time-period nearly (R": 6400 km)
circular orbit. For such a satellite which of the (a) ttz h (D) I h
following statements is wrong: (c) 1.5 h (d) 4h
 Grovitotion 70,25
6. Four particles each of mass z are moving along the
GMm GMm
circumference of a circle of radius r so that the line (c)8R(1l.*
joining the masses form a square. The only forces
9. In a double star system, two stars of masses m and
acting on the particles are their mutual gravitational
2m separatedby a distance d rotate about their centre
forces. The velocity of each particle is
of mass. Then their common angular velocity would
'GMQJi +I) 'cuQJi +t) be
(a)

GM
2r

-l)
(D)

GM
4r
ali +
tr;
@lv *rff
(c)
4r
7. Two identical satellites A
@ 4r
and -B revolve round the
G)
{;-
EG*
,rffi
earth in circular orbits at distances R and 3R from 10. Two satellites A and B revolve round a planet in
the surface ofthe earth (R: radius ofthe earth). The coplanar circular orbits in the same sense. Their
ratio of the angular momenta ofl
and B is
periods of revolutions are I hour and 8 hours
(a) t:l (D t: Ji respectively. The radius of orbitl is 104 km. When

@) Ji :2 (d) 2:t they are closest to each other, the angular speed ofB

8. The energy required to move a body ofmass m from

as observed by an observer inl is
an orbit or radius 2R to 3R is (where mass of M: rads-' (b)
:
earth, R radius of earth)
@)
| frads-'
GMm
(bl GM*
(a\
t2R 3R
(c)
frads-r
(4 fraas-'
-

1. (D) 2. (c) 3. (c) 4. (O s. (c) G.(b) 7. (b) 8.(a) e. (b) 10. (b)
 Unsolved Exercises
EXERC'SE _ 1

Newton's law ol gravitation (a) will continuously decrease

(b) will decrease up to the centre of the sphere and
1. Three identical point masses, each of mass I kg lie in
then increase
the x-y plane at points (0, 0) (2m,0) and (0,2m).The
gravitational force on the mass at the origin is : (c) may increase or decrease
(d; will continuously increase
(a) 1.67 x lo-n (i + j) N
j)N 6. The gravitational field at some point in space is
(b) 3.34x l0-ro (i+
E =3i ++j Nkg. The force exerted on a 2 kg mass
(c) r.67 x 1g-e 1i + i) N placed at that point is
(d) 3.34x 10-10 ri-jlN (a) 5 N, 53o with x-axis
2. Two metallic balls of mass m are suspended by two
(b) 5 N, 37' with x-axis
strings of length I. The distance between two bodies (c) l0 N, 53o withx-axis
is /. The angle at which the string will be inclined (d) 10 N, 37o with x-axis
with vertical due to attraction, is (m < < M,where M
7. Three bodies each of mass 'm' are placed at the three
is the mass of Earth):
corners of a square of side'a'. The intensity of the
(a) -, Gm
tan' (\ tan-,"
Gm
gravitational field at the fourth comer is
"
gt- 8L
"

,Gm
(c) tan-' :-: (A :Gm
tan '
(r)
t
Gm
(b)
w Gm

gt
Gravitational field
-gL @ y @ y(r.i)
3. If the distancebetween the centres of Earth and 8. A spherical hole of diameter 'R' is made in a solid
Moon is D and mass of Earth is 8l times that of sphere of radius R. The mass of the sphere before
Moon. At what distance from the centre of Earth hollowing was M. The gravitational field at the
gravitational field will be zero ? centre of the hole due to the remaining mass is
GM
D2D (b) (a) Zero (b) - --i
@)1
'25 . 8R-
GM GM
(c\14D 9D (c) @ -_.,
\-/ 5 @\
.- 10
- 2R' R'
4. Figure show a hemispherical shell having uniform Variation of g
mass density. The direction of gravitational field
9. The radius of Earth is about 6400 km and that of
intensity at point P will be along: mars is 3200 km. The mass of the Earth is 10 times
the mass of mars. An object weighs 200 N on the
surface of Earth. Its weight on the surface of mars
will be:
(a) 80N (b) 40N
(a) a (r) b (c) 20N (d) 8N
(c) c (d) d
10. Weight of a body of mass m decreases by 1% when
5. A tunnel has been dug into a solid 4 it is raised to height h above the Earth's surface. If
sphere of non-uniforn mass density the body is taken to a depth h in a mine, then its
as shown in the figure. '. a '.. weight will:
As one moves from A to B, the
(a) decrease by 0.5% (b) decrease by 2%
magnitude of gravitational field B
(c) increase by 0.5% (d) increase by l%
intensity
 Gravitotion 70.27
11. Imagine a new planet having the same density as 17. If a man at the equator would weigh (3/5) th of his
that of Earth but it is 3 times bigger than the Earth in weight, the angular speed of the earth is
size. Ifthe acceleration due to gravity on the surface il l;
ofEarthisgandthatonthesurfaceofthenewplanet (a) (b)./*
isg/'then ^/i*
Y5 R YR

(a) g'=3g (b) g':

t ,, Fr
(c) d =99 (d) S' :275
18. Suppose that the acceleration ofa free fall at surface
12. An object weighs l0 N at the north pole ofthe Earth.
of distant planet was found to be equal to that at the
In a geostationary satellite distance 7 R from the
centre of the Earth (of radius R), the true weight and surface of the earth. If the diameter of the planet
the apparent weight are. were twice the diameter of the earth, then the ratio of
(a) 0N,0N (b) 0.2N,0 mean density of the planet to that of the earth would

(c) 0.2 N,9.8 N (A 0.2 N,0.2 N be

13. The rotation of the Earth having radius R about its (a) 4: I (b) 2:t
axis speeds upto a value such that a man at latitude (c) l:1 (d) t:2
angle 60o feels weightless. The duration of the day Grovitational Potential
in such case will be
19. The intensity of gravitational field at a point situated
(r) t,r\E (b) 8rffi at a distance 8000 km from the cenhe of Earth is 6.0
newtonlkg. The gravitational potential at that point
m
,", "{, (d) 4"8 in newton-meter/kg will be:
(a) 6 (D) 4.8 x 107

14. Gravitation on Moon is f th of that on Earth. When (c) 8 x lOs (d) 4.8 x 102
6
a balloon filled with hydrogen is released on Moon 20. The gravitational field due to a mass distribution is
then this
{x" in ,fr. x-direction. (r( is a constant). Taking the
(a) will rise with an acceleration less then 96 gravitational potential to be zero at infinity, its value
at the distance x is :
(b) will rise with acceleration !6 (,)L
xzx @):
(c) will fall down with an acceleration less than I6
r"> 4
x-
@#
(d) will fall down with acceleration {6 21. Two bodies of masses m and M are placed at distance
15. The radius of a planet is n times the radius of earth d apart. The gravitational potential ( Z) at the position
R. A satellite revolves around it in a circle of radius where the gravitational field due to them is zero Zis:
4nR with an angular velocity ro. The acceleration
due to gravity on planet's surface is tu\ v: -9(m+
d'
ul $\ v: - Id
(a) Rruo2 (b) 15Rrrr2
(c) 32nRa2 (d) 64nRa2 (c) tr:-ry (O v=-|rl;*Ju)z
16. If R is the radius of the earth and g the acceleration
due to gravity on the earth's surface, the mean 22. A hollow spherical shell is compressed to half its
density of the earth is radius. the gravitational potential at the centre

(al 4trG 3nR

(b\ -----
(a) Increases (b) Decreases
3sR 4sG (c) Remains same
39 nR (d) During the compression increases then retums
4nRG l2G at the previous value
70.28 Physics
23. Gravitational potential difference between surface G ravitationo I Pote ntial e ne rgy
ofa planet and a point situated at a height of20 m
29. A body attains a height equal to the radius of the
above its surface is 2 joule/kg. If gravitational field
is uniform, then the work done in taking a 5 kg body Earth when projected from Earth' surface. The
of height 4 meter above surface will be: velocity of the body with which it was projected is:
(a) 2J
(c) 40 J
(b) 20 l
(d) t0 J ,rff (b)
zGM"
R
24. Avery large number of particles of same mass rn ,3GM"
are kept at horizontal distances of lm,2m,4m,8m (c) 1GM" @
4 R R
and so on from (0, 0) point. The total gravitational
potential at this point (0, 0) is: 30. A projectile is fired straight up from the surface of
(a) -8Gm (b) -3Gm the v,. Neglecting air resistance, the ratio of radius of
(c) -4Gm (d) -zcm the height up to which the projectile rises is
25. Mass M is uniformly distributed only on curved v?2
surface of a thin hemispherical shell. A, B and C are
three points on the circular base of hemisphere, such
@)t-* ,u,
h
thatl is the centre. Let the gravitational potential at
(cl vi,u? (d) -J -
points A, B and Cbe Yn, Yu,Vrrespectively. Then
2mgR mgR

31. A body is released from a point of distance R' from

the centre of earth. Its velocity at the time of striking
the earth will be (R' > R,)
fio $r a

@ JrsR" (D ,[Rs
(a) V,t, Vr, V,
(b) Ycu Vr, Vo
(c) Vo> VnandVu, V,
(c) (R',- &) (aF{4
32. In order to shift a body of mass ftl from a circular
(4 Vu: Ya= Vc
orbit of radius 3R to a higher orbit of radius 5R
26. A person brings a mass of 2 kg from I to B. The around the earth, the work done is
increase in kinetic energy of the mass is 4 J and
work done by the person on the mass is - l0 J. The (a)3GMm
sn
(b)GMm
zR
potential difference between B andA (i.e. Yr- Y) is
(a) -7lkgt (D) -3 Jkg-l 2 GMm GMm
(c) 3Jkg-t (d) Tlkgt
(') rr @u
^ of
33. Two bodies masses m,
and m2 are initially at
27. The gravitational potential due to earth at infinite
distance from it is zero. Let the gravitational potential rest placed infinite distance apart. They are then
at a point P be - 5 J kg-I. Suppose, we arbitrarily allowed to move towards each other under mutual
assume the gravitational potential at infinity to be gravitational attraction. Their relative velocity when
+ l0 J kg:I, then the gravitational potential at P will they are r distance apart is
be
(a)-5Jkrt (D) +5Jkg-t (a)
'zc(mr+ mr\ E*,,^
(b)i;6ffi
(c) - 15 J kgt (d) + 15 J krt r
28. The work done in slowly lifting a body from earth's
surface to a height R (radius of earth) is equal to two
times the work done in lifting the same body from
(")
G
r
lmz
,^ffi**),
earth's surface to a height h.Here h is equal to 34. A particle upward with a speed of
is fired
R R 20 km/sec. The speed with which it will move in
(o) (b)
7 3 intersteller space is
R R (a) 8.8 km/sec (D) 16.5 km/sec
(c)
=b @, (c) |l.2km,/sec (A rc km./sec
 Gravitotion 70.29
Escape velocity 41. Two identical satellites are at the heights R and
7R from the Earth's surface. Then which of the
35. Escape velocity ofa body from the surface ofEarth
is I1.2 km/sec. from the Earth surface. If the mass of following statement is incorrect : (r: radius of the
Earth becomes double of its present mass and radius Earth)
becomes half of its present radius, then escape (a) Ratio of total energy of both is 5
velocity will become (b) Ratio of kinetic energy of both is 4
(a) 5.6 km/sec (b) ll.2 km/sec (c) Ratio of potential energy of both 4
(c) 22.4 km/sec (d) 44.8 km/sec (d) Ratio of total energy of both is 4 and ratio of
36. A body of mass m is situated at distance 4R, above magnitude of potential to kinetic energy is 2
the Earth's surface, where R, is the radius of Earth
how much minimum energy be given to the body so 42. A satellite is seen after each 8 hours over equator
that it may escape: at a place on the Earth when its sense of rotation is
(a) mgR" (b) 2mgR" opposite to the Earth. The time interval after which
it can be seen at the same place when the sense of
(r\ *gR" (A *gR"
rotation of Earth and satellite is same will be:
5"16
(a) 8 hours (b) 12 hours
Kepler's laws (c) 24 hours (d) 6 hours
37. Periodic-time of satellite revolving around the earth
43. One projectile after deviating from its path starts
is - (p is density of earth)
moving round the Earth in a circular path of radius
1 I equal to nine times the radius of Earth ft. Its time
(a) Proportional to (b) Proportional
p
to
6 period will be:

(c) Proportional p (d) does not depend on p. (o ,"8 @) zl,z*E

38. The moon revolves around the earth 13 times in a
year. If the ratio of the distance of the earth from
the sun to the distance of the moon from the earth is
N' ,\E (@ 0.8x3rF
392,then ratio of mass of the sun to the mass of the
44. Aplanet is revolving around the Sun in an elliptical
earth is

W
orbit. Its closest distance from the Sun is r.,o. The
farthest distance from the Sun is r-o. If the orbital
,, *, (T)''' angular velocity of the planet when it is nearest to the
Sun is ro, then the orbital angular velocity at the point
kt (3e2)^'
(l3r
(d)
(13)3
when it is at the farthest distance from the Sun is:
Q9D2

39. A satellite revolves around a planet in an elliptical

orbit. Its maximum and minimum distances from the ",[,m), ",[,F),
planet are 1.5 x 107 m and 0.5 x 107 m respectively.
If the speed of the satellite at the farthest point is
5 x 103 ms-l, then its speed at the nearest point is
(") [h*l',
\ 1"i, /
,, (g-)'.,
@) a.5 x l0ams-l (b) 3.5 x l04ms-r 45. Three identical stars of mass M are located at the
vertices of an equilateral triangle with side Z. The
(c) 2.5 x 104ms-r (A 1.5 x l0ams-r
speed at which they will move if they all revolve
Motion ol Satelites
under the influence of one another's gravitational
40. If the gravitational force were to vary inversely as force in a circular orbit circumscribing the triangle
rzft power of the distance, then the time period of while still preserving the equilateral triangle:
a planet in circular orbit of radius r around the Sun
will be proportional to @lEGM
L (u)l'
tGM

(o) r3d2 (D f^tz

(c) fl*rrz (4 l**rln @re (d) not possible at all
70.30 Physics
46. An artificial satellite of the earth releases a package. that the distance ofsatellite B from the centre ofthe
If air resistance is neglected the point where the earth is thrice as compared to the distance of the
package will hit (with respect to the position at the I from the centre ofthe earth. The ratio of the
satellite
time of release) will be
centripetal force actingonBascomparedtothatonl is
(a) ahead (b) exactlybelow
I
(c) behind (a) (b) 3
3
(d) it will never reach the earth
I I
47. A satellite can be in a geostationary orbit around (c) @ _E
9 VJ
earth in an orbit of radius r. If the angular velocity
ofearth about its axis doubles, a satellite can now be 49. The minimum energy required to launch a m kg
in a geostationary orbit around earth ofradius
satellite from the earth's surface in a circular orbit at

i' -+
(a) (b\ an altitude 2R, where ft is the radius of earth is
2,tz
(ar) I mgR (b)
4
,
mgR
(c) ' (a1 -!-,=
(2)"
3

5
48. Two '+''tn
satellitesl andB ofthe same mass are revolving (c) mgR @1 mgR
6
around the earth in the concentric circular orbits such

EXERCISE _ 2

Newton's law of gravitotion gravitational force it exerts on a point mass rn placed

atx:0ipgjvenby
1. Three particles Q and R are placed as per given
P,
figure. Masses of E Q and R are Ji *, Ji m and, m ii\-/ "-l[(",(I--t-1.,,1
a+l) )
respectively. The gravitational force on a fourth
particle 'S'of mass m is equal to (D sleft)
S
T ---- U

n
\-/ c*(o(1___t-l.arl
-
[ [, a+l) )
d

,^ o-1.(*_*).,,)
<- 3d +d---|
o
(3m) (m)
(3m)
3. For the arrangement shown below, find the
magnitude and direction of the net gravitational
Jlcu2
(a) - 27- in ST direction only force acting on the central particle at O, with respect
to the axes shown is
Jlc*' in SQ direction and -rp-
JiG*'
(b) -rp- in SU 2 I
I
M
Mo-------o------ -o 4 M I
I
I

I
I

7 M Yr I5 M d

@ 2d'
direction
g:! in sp direction only
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
,l*, I
I

o3 M
I
I
I
5 M oI o7 M d
I
I I latz
JiG*' { 2 Mt
-E-
I I
4 M 6-------o------
(A in ,sQ direction and in SZ
# d
M
d
direction
2. A straight rod
extendsfromx:crto
of length / v (a) _T
3GM2
I (D?yi
x: I + cr. as shown in the m l) x
figure. If the mass per unit
+ bx2). The
cr-++
r"tff<i*it (aryei-it
length is (a
 Grovitotion 70.37
4. Two identical thin uniform rods of mass z and length
Z are placed as shown in figure. The gravitational
interaction force between the two rods is
r.t- L----)r<l- L---+r<l- L+r p

(a) Gm2 *, #-
+r]

n #"(i) ,oy"(i)
(a's zero,
ry and G
(Mt + mr)m
Gravitational field " p2

Mt*
5. Twoconcentricshellsofmasses (b) G(Mt+ YI)m ,oWt{D und G
M, and M, are having radii r,
pq2r2
andrr. Which of the following
(c) G a*, o y{ und ,"ro
is the correct expression for qq
the gravitational field at
distance r:
a
<A
gYtye,G!+ andzero
pq
G(Mr+ Mr)
(a)
,2
,forr<r, 8. A uniform ring of mass M is
Sphere
lying at a distance .6 n no* m
G(Mr+ Mr)
(b)
r2
,forr<r, the centre ofa uniform sphere
of mass m just below the
GM, sphere as shown in the figure ^/en
\c) --Z',
r'
Ior rr < r 1 12
where R is the radius of the
GM, ring as well as that of the M
(d) -;,r for r, 1r < 12 sphere. Then gravitational
Ring
force exerted by the ring on
6. Gravitational field at the centre of a semicircle the sphere is:
formed by a thin wire AB of mass m and length i as
GMm GMm
(a)
shown in the figure. is:
+v
lRt 1F
(D)

I
I
I
I
k)lrry @ JrW
AO
t
x
9. A sphere of radius ,R has its centre at the origin. It
has a uniform mass density p0 except that there is a
(a) Gm" along *x axls r=
spherical hole of radius
f *no." centre is at
Gm
(b) along +y axis I
*1, x: 2- R as shown in the figure. The magnitude of
2nGm
(c) ---;- along +v ryig gravitational field at a point distant x on the X-axis,
l" wherex>Ris
(d) 2nGm
- along +y axis
+Y
l"
7. Two concentric shells ofuniform density ofmass M,
and Mrare situated as shown in the figure. The forces
)x
experienced by a particle of mass m when placed at
positions l,
B and C respectively are (given OA: p,
OB : q and OC: r).
70.32 Physics
4GrcR3po I I
(a) a .J
3 x'
sl., - 4.l-
\ 2)
4GnR3po 2 I
(b\
3 ,2
'(,-*)' F
2GhrR3po I I
(c)
x 2-
3
J,-4Y
\ 2) (a)

GnR3po I
(a r
3
8 x--R F
[] 2

10. Two shells of masses m, and mr. The shells are

(b\
concentric. At which point, a particle of mass m
shall experience zero force?

f
F

BA
(c)

(a) A (D) B
(c)c (AD I
F
11. The gauss theorem for gravitational field may
be written as (Note: Aftempt this question, after
electrostatics) @
ai m r ) -+
@) |s'O t = O (b) -9 s'd s =4nmG
I
(,) $; o; =# (d -$; ,; =t Variotion of g
14. Two blocks of masses m each are hung from a
12. The figure represents a solid
balance as shown in the figure. The scale panl is at
uniform sphere of mass Mand height 11, whereas scale pan B is at height I1r. Net
radius R. A spherical cavity of torque of weights acting on the system about point
radius r is at a distance a from 'C', will be (length of the rod is / and fI, and Hrare
the centre of the sphere. The <<R) (Ht> H2)
gravitational field inside the
v2 V2
cavity is
C
(a) non uniform B

(D) towards the centre of the cavity T

(c) directly proportional to a
(d) all the above
13. A sphere of mass M and radius R, has a concentric
cavity of radius R, as shown in figure. The force F (a) mg(r;r), @ Yf(ry-H)t
exerted by ihe sphere on a particle of mass Mlocated
at a distance r from the centre of sphere varies as
(0<r<o) @) +(Hr+Hr)t (d) 2msffi,
 Grovitation 70.33
15. If acceleration due to gravity on the surface of earth 18. Rate of change of weight near the earth's surface
is l0 ms-2 and let acceleration due to gravitational varies with height /z as
force at surface ofanother planet ofour solar system
(a)h (D ho
be 5 ms-2. An astronaut weighing 50 kg on earth
goes to this planet in a spaceship with a constant @) trt (4 ht,,
velocity. The weight of the astronaut with time of 19. The change in the value ofg at a height & above the
flight is roughly given by surface of earth is the same at a depth d below the
earth. When both d and fr are much smaller than the
9'= 5ms-2
radius of earth, then which one of the following is
\*l correct?
t d:: d:+
@ @
g' = 10ms-2 (c) d:2h (A d:h
G ravitatio na I Pote ntio I
1500N
E 20. In a certain region ofspace, the gravitational field is
(a) .9)
o 250 N k
given by -:,r where r is the distance and k is a
=
Time --+ constant. Ifthe gravitational potentialatr: robe Vo,
| 5ooN then what is the expression for the gravitational
-c potential (Z)
(a)
I zso ru
(") r bs (;) ,, *,"* (t)
Time
-> (,\ fh)
t 500N (c) Vo+klogl-ll
--- (4 Vo+kloel
' \..0,, ,. r )
E
(c) .9) 21. A particle of mass M is at a distance a from surface
o 250 N
of a thin spherical shell of equal mass and having
= radius a
Time + M
t 500 N
c
.s)
(d) o 250 N M
a
ts
a--N
Time +
(a) Gravitational field and potential both are zero at
16. Assuming that the moon is a sphere of the same centre ofthe shell
mean density as that of the earth and one quarter of (b) Gravitational field is zero not only inside the
its radius, the length ofa seconds pendulum on the shell but at a point outside the shell also
moon (its length on the earth's surface is99.2 cm) is (c) Inside the shell, gravitational field alone is zero
(a) 24.8 cm (b) 49.6 cm (d) Neither gravitational field nor gravitational
(c) ee.z @ ff"
potential is zero inside the shell

22. Aparticle of mass z is transferred from the centre

17. Suppose the earth increases its speed of rotation. At of the base of a uniform solid hemisphere of mass
what new- time period will
the weight of a body on M and radius R to infinity. The work performed in
the equator becomes zero? (Given, g:
l0 ms-2 and the process by the gravitational force exerted on the
radius of the earth, R :6400 km) particle by the hemisphere is
9
(a ) -fi (b
4
(a) GMm (b\ --I GMm
---"-
-It
4 9 R\-/2R
9 5 - 3 GMm
(c) (d) -Ta (c) -=- (dl - 3 GMm
5 9 2R 4R
70,34 Physics
23. The gravitational potential of trvo homogeneous to gravity on the surface of the Earth. The maximum
spherical shells I and B (separated by large heights attained are respectively h, h, hr.
distance) of same surface mass density at their (a) hr: hr:2:3 (D) hr: hr:3:4
respective centres are in the ratio 3 : 4. If the two
shells coalesce into single one such that surface mass
(c) hr: hr: | :4 (d) hz:ZR
density remains same, then the ratio of potential at 29. A projectile is fired from the surface of earth of
an intemal point of the new shell to shell I is equal radius R with a speed kv, in radially outward
to: direction (where v, is the escape velocity and k < l).
(a) 3:2 (b) 4:3 Neglecting air resistance, the maximum hight from
(c)5:3 (A 3:s centre of earth is
R
24. A point P lies on the axis of a fixed ring of mass @\ .= (u kzR
k" +l
M and radius R, at a distance 2R from its centre O.
A small particle starts from P and reaches O under R
@ (a kR
gravitational attraction only. Its speed at O will be ;t,
mM
t_ 30. What is the gravitational self energy of a solid sphere
(a) zero (b)
1/ R
ofmass MandradiusR?

(c) ''Y ,J'-u @) (,+) (a) -i

3 GMz (b\ --2 GM2
R R 5R
25. Two cocentric shells have masses M and rz and their
radii and R and r, respectively, where R > r. What is
1 GMz
(c)-s'R (a --4 GMz
5R
the gravitational potential at their common centre?

(a) -?GM (b) -;GM 31. A diametrical tunnel is dug across the earth. A ball
is dropped into the tunnel from the one side. The
velocity of the ball when it reaches from the centre
u, -"1#-+) ,, -"1+.+) of the earth is

26, ln previous problem, if r is the distance from the @)Jn (b) .F

common centre, then what is the gravitational @ JT.s sR (4 ,FsR
potential at a point for which r < x < R?

(d -ol+.f) (6) -
"l*-+)
Escape velocity

32. Masses and radii of Earth and Moon are M' M,

@\ -ol#.:7 @ -,1#-:) and R,, R, respectively. The distance between their
centre is 'd.The minimum velocity given to mass
'M from the mid point of line joining their centre so
Gravitotional Potential EnergY
that it will escape
27. The potential energy of a body of mass m is U : m
:

Fco,tn url 4G
+ by the magnitude of acceleration of the body will
be:
@lT (b)
d
MtMz
Mr+ M,
ab
(a)- a+b\
(a)l(\rn 2G ( Mt+ M2
m ) I (c)
7l Mtr,I,
@ Tr',+ M,)
r--;-----=
Jo2 +b2 o2 +b2 33. A velocity of a point on the equator of a rotating
(c)
mm tI) spherical planet is v. The angular velocity of the
planet is such that, the value ofg at the equator is
28. Three particles are projected vertically upward from
-
a point on the surface of the Earth *n tllgn tl ,
half of g at the pole. Determine the escape velocity
for a polar particle on the planet as a function of v.
,t-gn, Jafl3velocities respectively where .R is (a) 6v (b) 2v
the radius of the Earth and g is the acceleration due
(c) 8v (d) 4u
 Grovitation 70.35
34. A space ship is launched into a circular orbit close to planet by distance R. If the planet has mass M and
the surface of the earth. The additional velocity now radius r, what is the smallest value ofR in order that
imparted to the spaceship in the orbit to overcome the resulting orbit of the space vehicle will just miss
the gravitational pull is the surface ofthe planet?
(a) ll.2 km s-l (b) 8 km sr 1

(c) 3.2 km rr (A 1.414 x 8 km s-r -2GM

(o) L y-" +- (b) vr -l+_zGM
35. A satellite is revolving round the earth with orbital
v r t' r
r
speed vo. If it stops suddenly, the speed with which it (c) u2 +-2GM
r @
2GMv
will strike the surface of earth would be (v": escape v r
velocity ofa particle on earth's surface) 40. The earth moves around the Sun in an elliptical orbit
2 as shown in Fig. The ratio OAIOB: x. The ratio of
ve
(a) (D) vo the speed ofthe earth atB tothatatA is nearly
;
(c) v;
)
rt @ t 2rt
B
Earth

A
Sun
Kepler's laws

36. A planet of mass m revolves around the sun of mass

Minanelliptical orbit. The minimum and maximum
@)Ji @)x
distance of the planet from the sun are r, & r, @)xJi @*
respectively. If the minimum velocity of the planet 41. A satellite is orbiting around the earth in a circular
orbit of radius r. A particle of mass z is projected
it's maximum velocity will be from the satellite in a forward direction with a
" ffirrthen velocity v = 213 times the orbital velocity (this
velocity is given wr.t. earth). During subsequent
l2GM.
(a)
(r1 + r2)r,
(b) 8lG+;2 motion of the particle, its minimum distance from
the centre ofearth is
' 2Gmr. I2GM r
(c) ;-- --i- @ (o)
2
(b) r
\\ + 12)rl \+12
37. Aplanet revolves around 2r
the sun in elliptical orbit. (c) @r+
T
The areat velocity (#) of the planet is
Motion of satelites
4 x 1 gt6 m2s-1. The least distance between the planet
and the sun is 2 x l0l2 m. Then, the maximum speed 42, Fotx similar particles of mass m are orbiting in a
of the planet (in km s-r) is circle of radius r in the same direction and same
speed becauseoftheir mutual gavitational attractive
(a) t0 (b) 20
force as shown in the figure. Speed of a particle is
(c) 30 (A 40 given by
38. Halley's comet has a period of In years and in the m
year 1986, had a distance of closest approach to
the sun equal to r. If the mass of the sun is M, then
comet's farthest distance from the sun is

,", (
t'cu
4x2 )'-' *"(#f-' m

lc) r-
2fGMfcu(d) r-
39. A
47t'
- 4n'"
space vehicle approaching a planet has a speed v, ^l+e*)1",,e
when it is very far from the planet. At that moment, Gm
tangent of its trajectory would miss the centre of the
(c)
r Q+zJi) (d) zero
70.36 Physics
43. A double star is a system of trvo stars moving around I
(a) (b) R0
the centre of mass of the system due to gravitation. fr
The distance between the components of the double 1

star is (Given, the total mass is M and time period (c) Rt @^

is I) 45. Two satellites of the same mass are launched in the
z
,, lY)
(G1,ff\'n

( c*tr'\t't
*, ls#-)
(
'rl/3

Gprr\t't
same orbit around the earth so as to rotate opposite
to each other. Ifthey collide inelastically and stick
together as wreckage, the total energy of thp system
just after collision is
(c)
l-;p- ) ,a t ,;tl
44. The gravitational force between two objects is
(a) --
2GMm
(b)- GMm
r
r
proportional to l/R (and not as l/R2) where R is
GMm
separation between them, then a particle in circular (c) GMm @4r
orbit under such a force would have its orbital speed
lr
^

v proportional to

EXERC'SE _ 3

Numericol Type 4. If the areal velocity of one planet is 2 times the areal
velocity of other planet, then find the ratio of their
1. If the potential energy of a 3 kg body at the surface
radii of circular motion around the sun ?
of a planet is - 54 J, then its escape velocity (in m/s)
will be 5. A satellite of mass z
is in a circular orbit around
an airless spherical planet of radius R. An asteroid
2. The minimum speed should m be projected from
of equal mass rn falls radially towards the planet,
point P in the presence oftwo fixed spherical masses
starting at zero velocity from a very large distance.
M each at A and B is shown in the figure such that
The satellite and the asteroid collide inelastically
mass m should escape the gravitational ofA and B is
and stick together, moving in a new orbit such that
fGM it just misses the planet's surface. The radius of the
x Find x.
^tl ^ satellite's original circular orbit (a + /iT) R. Find
the value of o?

6. There are two bodies of masses 103 kg and lOs kg

separated by a distance of I km. At a distance fi m
from the smaller body, the intensity of gravitational
field is zero. Find the value ofp.
a 7. A mass z is placed at a distance h alongthe normal
3. Aparticle is projected from
which is at a distance 4R from the
centre of the earth, with speed v, in
a direction making 30o with the line
pointA,
z,30olvr

A:
through the centre O of a thin circular ring of mass
Mandradius r. The mass ln is removed further away
such that OPbecomes2h.

joining the centre of the earh and 4

point A, as shown. Find the speed v,
if particle passes grazingthe surface h

of the earth. Consider

P
interaction only between these two. v2
Express you answer in the form
r000x \f h : r (radius of ring), then force of gravitation
m/s and find value of X.
,1, GM
(Use
R
:6.4 x 107 m2ls2) decreases by a factor
"f +.25 Find the value ofk
 Gravitotion 70.i7
8. Ifthe radius of the earth were to shrink by 2Yo its 14. Gravitational acceleration on the surface of a planet
mass remaining the same, by how much percentage JE
is where g is the acceleration due to gravity
would the acceleration due to gravity on the earth's 7S,
surface would increase?
on the surface of earth. The average mass density of
9. Inorderto simulate different )
I
the planet is times that of the earth. If the escape
values of g, a spring i
I

astronaut is put on a plane

which dives in a parabola
given
* :
by the equation ->xJ
500y, where x is horizontal andy is vertically
speed on the surface
11 kmsl,
of the earth is taken to
then find the escape speed on the surface
of the planet (in kms-r).
be

upwards, both being measured in metre. The I

x-component of velocity of the plane is constant and 15. A projectile of mass rn is fired I
I
U
rCt
has the value of 360 km h-1. The effective value ofg from the surface of earth at an
experienced by an astronaut on the plane is Bg. Find angle cr = 60" from the vertical.
the value of B. (Given, g = l0 ms-2) The initial speed of the projectile
10. The difference between acceleration due to gravity
isr: @ ,where MandRare
at the poles and equator due to rotational motion of t/
the earth about its own axis is (p + 30) x 1g-3 .r-2. ^
mass and radius ofthe earth. The projectile rises to a
Find the value ofp.
height 4 . aiod,h. ralue of ry. Neglect air resistance
(Given, time period of earth : 24 hand radius of "\,
earth: 6.4 x 106 m). and the rotation ofearth.

11. A smooth lunnel is dug along th e radius of earth 16. An artificial satellite is moving in a circular orbit
that end at the centre. A ball is released from the
around the earth with a speed equal to half the
surface of earth along the tunnel. The coefficient
of restitution for collision between the centre of the magnitude of escape velocity from the earth. If the

earth and ball is 0.5 . The distance travelled by ball satellite is stopped suddenly in its orbit and allowed
till before second collision with the centre is BR. to fall freely onto the earth, then speed (in ms-l)
(Given, mass of the earth is Mand radius of the earth with which it hits the surface of the earth is Jfgft .
is R) Find the value of B.

12. Inside a fixed sphere of radius R and uniform density

Find the value of t. (Given, I : 9.8 ms-2 and
R:6.4 x 106 m)
p, there is a spherical cavity ofradius
'2 { such that,
17. A stone is thrown from moon towards earth at an
the surface ofcavity passes through the centre ofthe speed which is twice the lunar escape speed (Lunar
sphere as shown in the figure. Aparticle of mass zo
escape speed is speed required to move infinitely
is released from rest at centre B ofthe cavity. The
far away from a stationary moon alone in universe).
velocity with which particle strikes the centre of I
That stone strikes the surface of earth with speed
sphere.W Find the value of B.
qM* M* - M,
, =l oc( + *
RME a,))
4")-l"'
L'In
where p, q are constants.
,B
Rus: Radius of moon's orbit relative to earth

Then, find the value of 2 ,! .

13. A particle is thrown vertically upwards with a speed p

of 15 kms-l. The speed of the particle (in kms-r),
when it goes out of the earth's gravitational pull is
5cr. Find the value of a. [Given v] : tZS (kms-t;21
70.38 Physics
18. If G is universal gravitational constant and p is the 20. Two equal masses are situated at a separation rn.
uniform density of a spherical planet, the shortest One of them is imparted a velocity
possible period of rotation of the satellite can be ^:rl+
perpendicular to the line joining them both are
free to move. Treating motion only under mutual
.8.
llGP
a,ro the value of B. gravitational force find the ratio of maximum and
minimum separation between them?
19. Figure shows a binary vo
star system revolving
about their COM. The,/ o ro
m m
masses of star A & Bi /\ I

are 15 x 1030 kg andi B t----------c-----'- -----ia

45 x 1030 kg\
\. cotrrt ,i I

respectively. Find the \..

ratio of area swept by
star A to area swept by
star B in a common time interval?

i ExERctsE-4 I

Single Option Correct

1. A small body of superdense material, whose mass
is twice the mass of the Earth but whose size is very
small compared to the size of the Earth, starts from
rest at a height FI<< R above the Earth's surface, and
reach the Earth's surface in time L Then t is equal to

@ JzHts @) JHts
(a)R (b) Rt2
@) AH t3s @ J4H t3s (c\ zero (A Rl4
2. A man of mass m starts falling towards a planet of
mass M and radius R. As he reaches near to the 4. There is a concentric hole of radius R in a solid
surface, he realizes that he will pass through a small sphere of radius 2R. Mass of the remaining portion
hole in the planet. As he enters the hole, he seen that is M. What is the gravitational potential at centre ?

the planet is really made of two pieces a spherical

shell of negligible thickness of mass una u
!
.M
point mass at the centre. Change in the force of
7
gravity experienced by the man is:

2 GMm
(r)
(a)
1-T 0

I GMm 4 GMm
(c)
3R2 {a 1nr (a\ --5GM (il --7GM
7R t4R
3. Find the distance between centre of gravity and 3GM
centre of massof a two particle system attached to (c) - tn @ _9GM
t4R
the ends of a light rod. Each particle has same mass.
Length of the rod is R, where R is the radius of Earth
 Grovitotion 70.39
5. Select the correct alternative: was M. With what gravitational force will the
(a) The gravitational field inside a spherical cavity, hollowed-out lead sphere attract a small sphere of
mass 'm ', which lies at a distance d from the centre
within a spherical planet must be non zero and ofthe lead sphere on the straight line connecting the
uniform centres of the spheres and that of the hollow, if d : 2R:
(b) When a body is projected horizontally at an
,7
GMM
(al 7 GMm
^
(b)
appreciable large height above the Earth, with a 18R' 36fr
velocity less than for a circular orbit, it will fall GMm GMm
to the Earth along a parabolic path
(c) s*7
{a ,r*z 7

(c) A body ofzero total mechanical energy placed 9. In a spherical region, the density varies inversely
in a gravitational field will escape the field with the distance from the centre. Gravitational field
(d) Earth's satellite must be in equatorial plane at a distance r from the centre is:

6. Suppose a smooth tunnel is dug along a straight line (a) proportional to r (D) proportional to 1
r
joining two points on the surface of the Earth and a (c) proportionalto * (d) same everywhere
particle is dropped from rest at its one end. Assume
that mass of Earth is uniformly distributed over its 10. Let or be the angular velocity of the earth's rotation
volume. Then about its axis. The acceleration due to the gravity
(a) The particle will emerge from the other end with at the surface of earth near the poles is g. An object
,GM. weighed at the equator gives the same reading as a
velocity I where M and R are Earth's
2R"ee reading taken at a depth dbelow earth's surface at a
pole of (d<< R). The value of dis
mass and radius respectively
,o2R2
(b) The particle will come to rest at centre of the
tunnel because at this position, particle is closest
(a)
o
6
@ry
zg
to Earth centre. -
(c) Potential energy of the particle will be equal 2tt2R2
(c) (d) None of the above
to zero at centre oftunnel ifit is along tunnel's 6o

11. The -density of the core of a planet is p, and that

diameter
(d) Acceleration of the particle will be proportional
of the outer shell is p2. The radii of the core and
to its distance from midpoint of the tunnel that of the planet are R and 2R, respecitively. If the
7. A satellite is in a circular orbit very close to the acceleration due to gravity at the surface is same as
surface of a planet. At some point it is given an
at a depth R, then ratio & is
impulse along its direction of motion, causing its gz
velocity to increase r times. It now goes into an
elliptical orbit. The maximum possible value of r
for this to occur is
(a)2 @ J, R
o\----

o-
1
@) Ji +r @ Pz

8. Aspherical hollow cavity d

is made in a lead sphere

5
of radius R, such that its
surface touches the
------{ m
(a)
i @):
outside surface ofthe lead
sphere and passes through
its centre. The mass of the sphere before hollowing
k)I (43
70.40 Physics
12. Three solid spheres,each of mass z and radius,R are 15. Suppose the gravitational foce varies inversely as
released from the position shown in the figure. The the nth power of the distance. Then, the time period
speed of any sphere at the time of collision will be of a planet in a circular orbit of radius R around the
Sun will be proportional to
O (n+1)

ttrd (a) R' (b) R 2

d
(n-l)
(c)R, (d)k
d o 16. A body is fired with a velocity of magnitude

GR . V< JW at an angle of 30o with the radius

(a) Gm
ti i) (D) Gm
t; ;) vector of the earth. If at the highest point, the speed
of the body is Vl4, the maximum height attained by

(c) Gm
(?_L\ the body is equal to

[n d)
(a)
V2
8g
(d) Gm
t* ;) (b) n
@) On
13. A body is projected vertically upwards from the
surface of the earth with a velocity sufficient to carry
(d) none ofthese
it to infinity. The time taken by it to reach height ft is 17. Acavity of radius R/2 is made inside a solid sphere
(Given, R : radius of the earth) of radius R. The centre of the cavity is located at
a distance Rl2 from the centre of the sphere. The
,,:E[(,.*)"-,] gravitational force on a particle of mass m at a
distance Rl2 from the centre of the sphere on the
line joining both the centres of the sphere and the
,, \F[('.*)"-'] cavity is (opposite to the centre of the cavity) fHere
S: (GM|RZ, where M is the mass of the spherel
(,)
;\E[(,.*i"-'] (r\ mg (bl 3^g
2"8
(4
i\E[('.*1"-'] (c)
mg
t6
(d) none ofthese
14. An artificial satellite of a planet revolves in a
circular orbit whose radius exceeds the radius of the 18. A satellite of mass z is in an elliptical orbit around
planet 7 times. In the process of motion, the satellite the earth. The speed of the satellite as its nearest
experiences slight resistance due to cosmic dust. position is (6GM")l(5r) where r is the perigee
Assuming the resistive force depends on the speed (nearest point) distance from the centre of the earth.
of the satellite as F: hP (where t is a constant), find It is desired to transfer the satellite to the circular
how long the satellite will stay in orbit until it falls orbit of radius equal to its apogee (farthest point)
on to the planet's surface.
distance from the centre of the earth. The change in
(Given, m : mass of the satellita, g : acceleration orbital speed requried for this purpose is
due to gravity at the surface ofplanet and R : radius
of the planet) (a)0.35W (b)o.o8sW
@)
ffidl-r1 *, ffi(.f-ry (c)
r
($ zero

ot JL(.fr-rl
kJsR' +(.fr-rl
@ 2k,!gR'
 Grovitotion 70.47
19. Two rings having masses M and 2M, respectively, 21. A spherically symmetric gravitational system of
having the same radius are placed coaxially as [o^ for rSR
shown in the figure.
particles has a mass density Oo =
{0" for r >,R
t(-3R-+t where po is a constant. A test mass can undergo
circular motion under the influence of the
gravitational field of particles. Its speed V as a
P
function of distance 40 < r < oo) from the centre of
JR
the system is represented by
V V
M 2M

If (") (D)
the mass distribution on both the rings is
non-uniform, then the gravitational potential at
point P is
R

(")-RL t2GMI
V
Ji,
-t- J5

(b\ -GM
R
[,.€l
2)
(c) (d)
l.
(c) zero r

(d) cannot be determined from the given information

22. A planet is orbiting around sun of mass M in an
20. Apoint mass m is released from rest at a distance of elliptical orbit of semi major axis a. Find its speed
3R from the centre of a thin-walled hollow sphere of when it is at a distance 'r' from the centre of sun.
radius R and mass M as shown. The hollow sphere
is fixed in position and the only force on the point
mass is the gravitational atfiaction of the hollow
(a) M(?-!
[r a
(b) GM
(i *)
sphere. There is a very small hole in the hollow EM,
(c) GM ()) (d) i_
sphere through which the point mass falls as shown.
\ zo'
The velocity of a point mass when it passes through
point P at a distance N2 from the cetnre of the 23. Acircular ring having uniformly distributed mass m
sphere is and radius R is as shown in the figure. If a point mass
m z is taken slowly froml to B, then work done by the
external agent will be
M.R
3R

A B

R+l
.Ln,
(al -_GMmf
l. 1 _: 1

EGM EGM R LJZ JS

(q) (b) t_
!3R !gn I ll
EsGM
.,ry1#) G)GMml
R LE-EI
(c) (d) none ofthese
\ z4R
@s#i#l
l h l) Dhvcir.
24. A wreckage of mass m present in space, collides Pressing
Force
with a satellite of mass l\m and orbital radius R
as shown. As a result of collision , the wreckage (b)
sticks to satellite and satellite is transferred to an
orbit whose minimum distance from the planet is
x=Fi/2 x=R
Rl2.Take mass of earth as M. The velocity of the
Acceleration
wreckage with which it collides with the satellite is
m
(c)

x=R/2 X =R
Acceleration

(b){ ffiM
x
(a)
@M x=Rl2 x=B
!R R
28. A double star is a system of two stars of masses m
@GM 59GM and 2m, rotating about their centre of mass only
(c)
!n @ R under their mutual gravitational attraction. If r is the
separation between these two stars then their time
Multiple Options Correct period of rotation about their centre of mass will be
25. When a satellite in a circular orbit around the Earth proportional to:
enters the atrnospheric region, it encounters small (o) l'' (b) r
air resistance to its motion. Then (r) *''' (4
^-'''
(a) Its kinetic energy increases
(D) Its kinetic energy decreases
29. A solid sphere ofuniform density and radius 4 units is

(c) Its angular momentum about the Earth decreases located with its centre at the origin O of coordinates'
(d) Its period of revolution around the Earth I unit, with their centres
Two spheres of equal radii
increases at A(-2,0, 0) and B(2,0,0) respectively, are taken

26. For a satellite to be geo-stationary which of the out of the solid leaving behind spherical cavities as

following are essential conditions? shown in figure. Then:

(a) It must always be stationed above the equator
(b) It must be rotated from west to east
(c) It must be about 36000 km above the Earth
(d) Its orbit must be circular, and not elliptical
27. A tunnel is dug along a chord of the Earth at a
perpendicular distance Rl2 from the Earth's centre.
The wall of the tunnel may be assumed to be
(a) The gravitational field due to this object at the
frictionless. A particle is released from one end of
the tunnel. The pressing force by the particle on the origin is zero
wall, and the acceleration of the particle varies with (6) The gravitational field at the point B(2, 0, 0) is
r (distance ofthe particle from the centre) according zero
to:
Pressing (c) The gravitational potential is the same at all
Force points of circle 1P + zz :36
(a) (@ The gravitational potential is the same at all
points on the circle y2 + z2 :4
x=Rl2 x=R
 Gravitation 70.43
30. The magnitudes of the gravitational field at distance 34. The figure shows the variation of energy with the
r, and r, from the centre of a uniform, sphere of orbit radius of a body in circular planetary motion.
radius R and mass M are F, and F, respectively. Find the correct statement about the curves l, B
then: and C

(a\ r,n
'= ' ifr, <R and,rr<R
"F2 12 A
o
(r
UT
zul +r
@ +=4
rz ri ifr, and,rr> R
>R c
B

ra L=4
Fz ri if r, < R andrr< R (a) shows the kinetic energy, B the total energy
.,4
and Cthe potential energy of the system

@ +=4
t2 ri ifr,
<R andrr<R (D) C shows the total energy, B the kinetic energy
and I the potential energy ofthe system
(c) C and A are kinetic and potential energies
31. Mark the correct statement/s:
respectively and B is the total energy of the
(a) Gravitational potential at curvature centre of a
system
thin hemispherical shell of radius R and mass M (d) A and, B are the kinetic and potential energies
ls equal roGM respectively and C is the total energy of the
n system.
(b) Gravitational field strength at point lying on the
axis of a thin, uniform circular ring of radius R 35. In case ofearth:
Gl'Lx (a) gravitational field is zero, both at centre and
ir
and mass M ; equal to where'r is
, ' * sY- infinity
(b) gravitational potential is zero, both at centre and
distance of that point from centre of the ring
(c) Newton's law of gravitation for gravitational infinity
force between two bodies is applicable only (c) gravitational potential is same, both at centre
when bodies have spherically symmetric and ffinity but not zero
distribution of mass (d) gravitational potential is minimum at the centre
(d) None of these
36. In case of an orbiting satellite if the radius of orbit is
32. Gravitational potential at the centre of curvature of a decreased:
hemispherical bowl of radius R and mass M is k (a) its Kinetic Energy decreases
(a) Gravitational potential at the centre of curvature
of a thin uniform wire of mass M, bent into a (D) its Potential Energy decreases
semicircle of radius R, is also equal to Z (c) its Mechanical Energy decreases
(b) In part (a) if the same wire is bent into a quarter (d) its speed decreases
ofa circle then also the gravitational potential at
the centre of curvature will be Z 37. For a satellite to appear stationary to an observer on
(c) In part (a) if the wire mass is non uniformly . earth
distributed along its length and it is bent into a (a) It must be rotating about the earth's axis.
semicircle of radius R, gravitational potential at
(b) It must be rotating in the equatorial plane.
the centre is Z
(d) None of these (c) Its angular velocity must be from west to east.
(d) Its time period must be 24 hours.
33. An orbiting satellite will escape ifl
38. tnside an isolated uniform spherical shell:
(a) its speed is increased av di -l)lOO%
(a) The gravitation potential is not zero
(b) its speed.in the orbit is made lffi times of its
initial value (b) The gravitational field is not zero
(c) its KE is doubled (c) The gravitational potential is same everywhere
(a) it stops moving in the orbit (d) The gravitational field is same everywhere.
70.tM Physics
39. Which of the following statements are correct about 44. Two spherical planets P, and P, have the same
a planet rotating around the sun in an elliptic orbit: uniform density p, masses M, and M, and surface
area A and 4A, respectively. A spherical planet P,
(a) its mechanical energy is constant also has uniform density p and its mass is (Mr+ M).
(D) its angular momentum about the sun is constant The escape velocities from the planets Pp P2and P,
&r€ V1, vrand v, respectively. Then,
(c) its areal velocity about the sun is constant
(a) vz> v3 ) vl (b) vz>, v2) vl
(d) its time period is proportionalto f
(c) 5=: @ L=:
40. A satellite close to the earth is in orbit above the \vzz
equator with a period of revolution of 1.5 hours. If 45. A geostationary satellite is a height h above the
it is above a point P on the equator at some time, it surface of earth. If radius of earth if R(0 is the
colatitude), then
will be above P again after time
I

(a) 1.5 hours t

I
Ri
(6) 1.6 hours if it is rotating from west to east
(c) 24117 hours if it is rotating from east to west
(A 24117 hours if it is rotating from west to east
41. An object is weighed at the equator by a beam
(a) the minimum colatitude on earth up to which the
balance and a spring balance, giving readings Wu satellite can be used for communication is
and W. respectively. It is again weighed in the same
.in-'I R )
manner at the north pole, giving readings of Wu' and
In+ a.J

I/r' respectively. Assume that the balances are quite (b) the maximum colatitude on earth up to which
sensitive. the satellite can be used for communication is

,in-'I R
']
(a) Lttu: Wi (b) Wb: W,

(c) wi : w! (4 w,' , w,
ln+n )
(c) the area on earth escaped from this satellite is
given as zT.Rz (l + sin 0)
42. lf a body is projected with speed lesser than escape
(d) the area on earth escaped from this satellite is
velocity:
given as 21tRz (l + cos 0)
(a) the body can reach a certain height and may fall
46. A satellite of mass rn is orbiting a planet of mass M
down following a straight line path
at a radial distance r from the centre of the planet.
(b) the body can reach a certain height and may fall
The satellite explodes by expelling very rapidly a
down following a parabolic path
small amount of its mass Az in opposite direction to
(c) the body may orbit the earth in a circular orbit its orbital velocity. The immediate recoil velocity of
(d) the body may orbit the earth in an elliptic orbit the satellite is v, (additional to the velocity already
possessed by the satellite). The maximum value of
43. The mass of a planet is rwice the mass of earth and
v, for which the satellite remains in the gravitational
diameter of the planet is thrice the diameter of the field (assuming A,m << m) is x. Then,
earth, then the acceleration due to gravity g' escape
velocity v' (g": acceleration due to gravity of
(a\ . .Y
x=(Jz+t)
R
earth and \: escape velocity on earth's surface)
(b\ x: tJZ - rl.Y R
on the Planet's surface
5 : r5v"
(a) v' : rl $\ v' (c) Lm is not negligible, ofx gets modified
ir" the value
(A Lm is not negligible, the value of x does not get
(c) g' :29"19 (A g' : 3g"lr[1
modified
 Gravitation 70.45
Camprehension Type Passage-3 (Question 52 to 54)
Passoge-l {Question 47 to 48} Many planets are revolving around the fixed sun, in
When a particle is projected from the surface of Earth, its circular orbits of different radius (R) and different time
mechanical energy and angular momentum about centre period (7). To estimate the mass of the sun, the orbital
of Earth at all time are constant. radius (.R) and time period (T) of planets were noted. Then
47. A particle of mass z is projected from the surface logro 7vls log,o R curve was plotted.
of Earth with velocity vo at angle 0 with horizontal.
Suppose h be the maximum height of particle from The curve was found to be approximately straight line
surface ofEarth and v its speed at that point then v (as shown in figure) having yintercept: 6.0 (Neglect the
is: gravitational interaction among the planets lTake G :
(a) vo cos e (b) > vo cos 0
(c) < vo cos0 (d) Zero
Trro-"
J
in MKS, n2: lo1

48. Maximum height h of the particle is: log(R metre)

/\\ \
(a):-* n
sin2 o
<b\>\-
v^2 sin2 o
tl
tl
,^2 sin2 e t
(c) < r^ 6.0 log(Tsec.)
)o +

v^2 sin2 o
(d\ Can be greater than or less than - * 52. The slope of the line should be:

(a) | @)1
Passage-Z (Question 49 to 51)
m 2
A solid sphere of mass M and radius R
is surrounded by a spherical shell of
h (c) ;
J
@+
same mass M and radius 2R as shown.
A small particle of mass m is released 53. Estimate the mass of the sun:
from rest from a height & (<<R) above (a) 6 x 102e kg (D) 5 x 1020 kg
the shell. There is a hole in the shell.
k) 8 * 102s kg (O 3
" 1035 kg
49. ln what time will it enter the hole atl
r") z tl
ti{ (b)
I'iF 54. Two planets A and B, having orbital radius rt and
4R are initially at the closest position and rotating
cu n',1
cu in the same direction. If angular velocity of planet
'hR2
(c) (@ None of these B is roo, then after how much time will both the
GM planets be again in the closest position ? (Neglect
the interaction between planets).
50. Whattime will ittake to move fromAto B?
(a\ -: R2 (b\ >: R2

JGMb ^IGMb
R2
(c) <--- (d) None of these
rlGMh

51. With what approximate speed will it collide at B?

(a)
2GM
*rw
,ff
R 2n 2n
(a) ^/0)0
(b)
EGM 9.,,
(")
{ ,* (c)
2n
(a 2n
-oo 5rrlo
Th lA Dhvcirc
,,/J'!J

Passage-4 (Question 55 to 57) Motching Column Type

Apairof starsrotate abouttheircenterofmass. One ofthe 58. In elliptical orbit of a planet, as the planet moves
stars has a mass M andthe other has mass m such that M from apogee position to perigee position,
:2m.Tlte distance between the centres of the stars is d (d
Column I Column II
being large compared to the size of either star).
(A) Speed ofplanet (p) Remains same
55. The period of rotation of the stars about their (B) Distance of planet from (q) Decreases
coflrmon centre of mass (in terms of d, m, Q is centre ofSun

(a) _x
4x2
Gm
(b)
8n2
Gm
(O Potential energy (r) Increases

-dr (D) Angular momentum G) Can not say

(r) _x
2n2
(d\
4n2
_d5 about centre of Sun
3Gm 3Gm

59. Two concentric spherical shells oB

56. The ratio of the angular momentum of the two stars
about their cornmon centre of mass (L/ Lr) is are as shown in figure:

(a) I
(b) 2
k\a
(ae Column I Column II
57. The ratio of kinetic energies of the two stars (A) PotentialatA (p) greaterthan B
(KJK*) is (B) Gravitational field atA (q) less thanB
(") |
(b) 2 (C) As one moves from C (r) potential
(c) 4 toD remains constant

(d) e (D) As one moves from D G) gravitational

toA field decreases
(t) None

60. Aparticle is taken to a distance r (> R) from centre of the earth. R is radius of the earth. It is given velocity Zwhich
is perpendicular to y' . With the given values of V in column I you have to match the values of total energy of particle

in column II and the resultant path of particle in column III. Here 'G' is the universal gravitational constant and'M
is the mass of the earth.

Column I (Velocity) Column II (Total energy) Column III (Path)

(A) r/: JGM tr (p) Negative (t) Elliptical

(B) y: J2GM t, (q) Positive (u) Parabolic

(c) I/> 2GM lr (r) Zero (v) Hyperbolic

(D) JGM tr.v.,lrGM t, G) Infinite (w) Circular

 Grovitotion 70.47
61. Let V and E denote the gravitational potential and gravitational field respectively at a point due to certain uniform
mass distribution described in four different situations of column-I. Assume the gravitational potential at infinity to
be zero.The value of E and V are given in column-Il. Match the statement in column-I with results in column-Il.

Column I Column II
(A) At centre of thin spherical shell (p) E:o
(B) At centre of solid sphere (q) E+0
(C) A solid sphere has a non-concentric spherical cavity. At the centre ofthe spherical cavity (r) V+0
(D) At centre of line joining two point masses of equal magnitude (s) v:o

A r ch iv e s : Le a st Atte m pte d Qu e sti o n s ( L A Qs ) (t E E

NumericalType 5. A satellite is moving with a constant speed v in

1. An asteroid is moving directly towards the centre of
circular orbit around the earth. An object of mass m
the earth. when at a distance of lOR (R is the radius is ejected from the satellite such that itjust escapes
ofthe earth) from the earths centre, it has a speed of from the gravitational pull of the earth. At the time
12 km/s. Neglecting the effect of earths atmosphere, ofejection, the kinetic energy ofthe object is [2019]
what will be the speed of the asteroid when it hits the
(a) l" (b) 2mv2
surface of the earth (escape velocity from the earth imv2
is ll.2 km/s-r)? Give your answer to the nearest 3.
integer in kilometer/s 120201
(c) imvz (A mvz

Single Apfion Correct 6. A particle is moving with a uniform speed in a

circular orbit ofradius R in a central force inversely
2. A satellite of mass lz is launched vertically upwards
proportional to the n6 power of R. If the period of
with an initial speed u from the surface of the earth.
rotation of the particles is 7, then :
After it reaches height R (R : radius of the earth), it 120181

ejects a rocket of mass

(a) T a R'/2 (b) T a R3n for any n
ffi ro that subsequently the
satellite moves in a circular orbit. The kinetic energy (c) ToR't2*t (d) Trp.(n+t)t2
of the rocket is (G is the gravitational constant; M is
the mass of the earth) :
7. The variation of acceleration due to gravity g with
120201
distance d from centre ofthe earth is best represented
ot #("' * ffi) rb) sm(u'z - ffiy) by (R: Earth's radius) l20l7l
k\+(,.'ffif @#Q-,rcf s g

3. If the angular momentum of a planet of mass rz, (a) (b)

moving around the Sun in a circular orbit is Z, about
the centre ofthe Sun, its areal velocity is l20l9l o
d

o R
d

@)* @)* s
2LT
(c)ff (")
@#
4. The energy required to take a satellite to a height lz d

above Earth surface (radius of earth :6.4 x 103 km) o R

is E, and kinetic energy required for the satellite to

(,
be in a circular orbit at this height is Er. The value of
h for which E, and Erare equal is [20191
@
(a\ 3.2 x l03km (b) 1.28 x l0akm d

(c) 1.6 x 103 km (A 6.4 x 103 km o R

70.48 Physics
8. A satellite is revolving in a circular orbit at a height
'h' ftom the earth's surface (radius of earth R ;

h << R). The minimum increase in its orbital velocity

required, so that the satellite could escape from the
earth's gravitational field, is close to: (Neglect the
effect of atmosphere.) _zGM _2GM
[20161
(a) tn
(b)
R
@) JsR @ GN2 _GM _GM
(c) zn
@ R

9. From a solid sphere of mass M and radius R, a

10. The mass of a spaceship is 1000 kg. It is to be
spherical portion of radius {2 i. r"-on"d, as shown
launched from the earth's surface out into free
space. The value of 'g' and 'R'(radius of earth) are
in the figure. Taking gravitational potential V: 0 at l0 m/s2 and 6400 km respectively. The required
r: @, the potential at the centre of the cavity thus energy for this work will be: l20l2l
formed is: (G: gravitational constant) [20f5] (a) 6.4 x l0r0 Joules (b\ 6.4 x l0lr Joules
@) 6.ax l08Joules (A 6.4 x lOeJoules

Q erchives: Least Attempted Questions (LAQs) UEE Adv)

Single Option Correct List-I List-II

1. Consider a spherical gaseous cloud of mass density P. yl I I
p(r) in free space where r is the radial distance from
y2 E
its center. The gaseous cloud is made of particles a. Ll ) I
of equal mass ,z moving in circular orbits about
the common center with the same kinetic energy
E
R. K, 3. 2
K. The force acting on the particles is their mutual
gravitational force. If p(r) is constant in time, the
E
particle number density n(r) = p(r/m is G is I S.
\ 4. 8

universal gravitational constant] 120191

T2

3KK (b) (a\ P-4; Q-2; .R-1; S-3;

@ n'*lc z.cc#r (b)P-3; Q-2; R-1; ,S*4;
KK (c) P-2; Q-3; R-*1; S-4;
@ GnGr^' @ nor'* (d) P-3; R*4; S*1;
Q-3;
2. A planet of mass M, has two natural satellites with
3. A rocket is launched normal to the surface of the
masses m, and mr.The radii of their circular orbits Earth, away from the Sun, along the line joining the
are R, and R, respectively. Ignore the gravitational sun and the Earth. The Sun is 3 x 105 times heavier
force between the satellites. Define vp L1, Kr than the Earth and is at a distanc e 2 .5 x I d times larger
than the radius of the Earth. The escape velocity
and { to be, respectively, the orbital speed, angular
from Earth's gravitational field is v": ll.2 kms-I.
momentum, kinetic energy and time period of
The minimum initial velocity (v,) required for the
revolution ofsatellite l,
and v2,L2, and f to be rocket to be able to leave the Sun-Earth system is
the corresponding quantities of satellite 2. Given closest to (Ignore the rotation and revolution of the
mrlmr:2 and RrlRr:114, match the ratios in Earth and the presence of any other planet) l20l7l
List-I to the numbers in List-[. (a) v,:22 km sr (b) v,: 72 km sr
(c) v,:42 km s r (d) v,:62 km rr
[20181
 Grovitotion 70.49
of its angular momentum about O, which of the
4. Aplanet ofradius R=* x (radius of Earth) has the
following statements is (are) tme? I201Sl
same mass density as Earth. Scientists dig a well of (o) u:rffi @) u:t[*R
R
depth on it and lower a wire of the same length
; (c) L: ,[* n' @) L = ,1@ p'
and of linear mass density l0{ kg m-r into it. If the 9. Two bodies, each of mass M, are kept fixed with
wire is not touching anywhere, the force applied at a separation 2L. A particle of mass z is projected
the top of the wire by a person holding it in place is from the midpoint of the line joining their centres,
(take the radius oif Earth = 6 x 106 m and the perpendicular to the line. The gravitational constant
acceleration due to gravity on Earth is 10 ms-2) is G. The correct statement(s) is (are): I2013I
(a) 96N (b) l08N (a) The minimum initial velocity of the mass z to
l20t4l
escape the gravitational field of the two bodies
(c) l20N (d) l50N
5. A double star system consists oftrvo stars ,4 and B
*oe
which have time period Tnand 7r. Radius.R, and R" (D) The minimum initial velocity of the mass ,r, to
and mass MnandMr. Choose the correct option: escape the gravitational field of the two bodies
(a) If Tn> 7, then Rn, R, [20061 . ^EM
,rr{,
(D) If L > T, then Mn, M,

TA
(c) The minimum initial velocity of the mass m to
(c)
TB
I [*i escape the gravitational field of the two bodies
EGM
(O Tt= Ts
"{ z
6. A geostationary satellite orbits around the Earth in (d) The energy of the mass rz remains constant
a circular orbit of radius 36,000 km. Then, the time
Numerical Type
period ofa spy satellite orbiting a few hundred km
(600 km) above the Earth's surface (Re:6400 km) 10. A large spherical mass M is fixed at one position
will approximately be: lZ00Zl and two identical point masses m are kept on a line
I passing through the cenfie of M (see figure). The
(a)
2
h (D) lh point masses are connected by a rigid massless rod
(c) 2h (d) 4h of length I and this assembly is free to move along
the line connecting them. All three masses interact
7. A satellite,S is moving in an elliptical orbit around only through their mutual gravitational interaction.
the Earth. The mass of the satellite is very small When the point mass nearer to M is at a distance
compared to the mass of the Earth : [19981 r : 3l from M, the tension in the rod is zero for
(a) The acceleration of S always directed towards
the centre of the Earth -: r(#). rhe value ork is: I2olsl
(D) The angular momentum of S about the centre
of the Earth changes in direction, but its
magnitude remain constant m m

(c) The total mechanical energy of ,S varies r

periodically with time
(d) The linear momentum of remains constant in 11. A bullet is fired vertically upwards with velocity v
^S
magnitude from the surface of a spherical planet. When it
M u ltip I e O pti o ns Co r rect reaches its maximum height, its acceleration due to
the planet's gravity is 1/4m of its value at the surface
8. The potential energy of a particle of mass m of the planet. If the escape velocity from the planet
at distance r from a fixed point O is given by is v"r" = ,J N ,then the value ofNis (ignore energy
V(r) = kr2l2, where /r is a positive point O .If v loss due to atmosphere) 120151
is the speed of the particle and L is the magnitude
70.50 Physics
Answer Key

Exercise 7

1. (c) 2.(a) 3.(A 4. (c) 5. (c) 6.(c) 7.(O 8. (c) 9. (") 10. (a)

1r. (a) 12. (b) 13. (c) 14. (d) ts. (d) 16. (c) r7. (a) 18.(d) te. (b) 20. (d)

21. (A 22. (b) 23. (a) 24. (d) 2s.(O 26. (a) 27. (b) 28. (b) 2e. (a) 30. (a)

31. (d) 32. (c) 33. (a) 34. (b) 35. (c) 36. (c) 37. (b) 38. (a) 3e.(d) 40.(d)
4r. (a) 42. (c) 43. (b) 44. (A 4s. (b) 46.(d) a7. @) a8. (c) ae. @)

Exercise 2

1. (c) 2.(a) 3. (a) 4. (A s.(A 6.(d) 7. (d) 8.(A e. (a) fi. (a

11. (D) 12. (c) 13. (b) 14. (b) ls. (a) 16. (a) 17. (b) 18. (D) le. (c) 20. (c)

n. (A 22. (c) 23. (c) 24. (A 2s.(A 26. (c) 27. (c'1 28. (c) 2e. (c) 30. (a)

31. (r) 32. (a) 33. (b) 3a. @) 3s.(d) 36. (a) 37.(A 38. (b) 3e. (a) 40. (b)

41. (a) 42. (a) 43. (b) 44. (b) as. (a)

Exercise 3

r. (6) 2.(2) 3. (8) 4. (4) s. (4) 6.(l) 7. (4) 8.(4) e.(5) 10. (4)

11. (2) 12. (3) 13. (2) 14. (3) ls. (2) 16. (l) 17. (3) 18. (3) le. (e) 20. (3)
Exercise 4

l. (c) 2.(a) 3. (r) (A s. (c)

4- 6.(4 7. (b) 8.(6) e. (A 10. (a)

u. (D) 12. (d) 13. (a) t4. (b) ls. (b) 16. (r) 17. (b) 18. (D) te. (a) 20. (d)

21. (c'S 22. (a) 23. (c) 24. (b) 25. (a,c) 26. (a, b, c, A 27. (b, c)

25. (a, d) 29. (a, c, d) 30- (a' b) 31. (b) 32. (a, c)

33. (a, c) 34. (d) 3s. (a' O 36. (b, c) 37. (a, b, c, d)

38. (a, c, d) 39. (a, b, c) 40. (b, c) 41. (a, c, d) 42. (a, b, c, A

43. (a, c) 44. (b, A 45. (a, c) 46. (b, d) 47. (c)

4s. (6) 4e. (a) 50. (c) sl. (d) 52. (c) s3. (a) 54. (a) ss.(d) s6. (D) s7- (b)

58. a---+ (r), 6 --' (q), c - (q), d - (P) 59. a --- (q), b (t), c --- (r), d ---+ (s)
-
60. a -- (p, w), b1r u), c ---+ (q, v), d --+ Qt, t) 61. a ---+ (p, r), b - (p, r), c '-. (q, r), d' ---+
Qt, r)

Archives: Least Attempted Questions (LAQs) (tEE Moin)

1. (16) 2. (b) 3. (D) a. @) s.(o 6.(4 7. (A 8. (c) e. (A 10. (a)

Archives: Leost Attempted Questions (LAQs) QEE Adv)

1. (6) 2.(d) 3. (c) 4. (b) s. (d)
6. (c) 7. (a) 8. (b, c) e. (b, d) 10. (7)
11. (2)
 Chnpre n

11

Fluids
7. PRESSURE Take a vertical fluid element. Let pressure at A is p, and
Consider an elemental area dA inside a fluid, the fluid on pressnre at B is P,
one side of area presses the fluid on the other side and
P1
vice-versa. We define the pressure p atthat point as the
Yr
normal force per unit area.

p= 4L
dA

dA I

-81-'" P2
If the pressure is same at all the points of a finite plane Then since the fluid is in equilibrium,
F'
surface with areal thep : Where Fris the normal P2LS: P, AS+ pBN(!z-t)
" i;
force on one side ofthe surface.
or Pz: Pt+ pfuz-!)
The SI unit of pressure is the Pascal where
The pressure increases with depth g as : Os
I Pascal= I Pa: I N/m2 ff
Taking a horizontal cylindrical fluid element.
,6 Most Valuable Point
AS AS
C Fluid force acts perpendicular to any surface in the
A B
fluid, no matter how that surface is oriented. Hence
PlaS P2aS
pressure, has no intrinsic direction of its own, it is a
scalar.
As it is in equilibrium,
1.1 ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE P, N: P,N
It is the pressure of the earth's atmosphere. Normal or Pt: Pz
atmospheric pressure at sea level (an average value) is
I atmosphere (atm) that is equal to 1.013 x Pressure is same at two points in the same horizontal
105 Pa.
level.
The excess pressure above atrnospheric pressure is
called gauge pressure, and total pressure is called absolute
Most Valuoble Point
pressure.
2. VARIATION OF PRESSURE o The hydrostatic pressure in a liquid depends only on
the depth and the pressure at the surface.
2.1 VARIATION WITH DEPTH
We assume the liquid and container to be in equilibrium
O The pressure is the same at all points on a horizontal
and liquid to be incompressible, which means the density line through a connected liquid in hydrostatic
p remains the same throughout the volume. equilibrium.
77.2 Physics
We can see the pressure P only depends on the vertical
separation of two points in the fluid.
We can generalise this result for liquid column of any
shape.
-'Pt = Pe

P1

7
g
Water fiIIs the tube shown in the fig. what is the
P2
pressure at the top of the closed tube?

Pr: Pr+ pgh

100 cm

40 cm A vertical U-tube of uniform cross-section contains

mercury in both arms. A gtycerin (relative density
13) column of length 10 cm is introduced into one
of the arms. Oil of density 800 kgm-3 is poured into
Solution: the other arm until the upper surface ofthe oil and
The pressure is still the same at all points on a horizontal glycerine are at the same horizontal level. Find
the tength of the oil column. Density of mercury is
line. The pressure at the top ofthe closed tube equals
13.6 x 103 kgm-3.
the pressure in the open tube at the height ofthe dashed
line. Assumeps: 1.00 atm. Solution:
Pressure at A and B must be same.
Apoint 40 cm above the bottom of the open tube is at a
depth of 60 cm. The pressure at this depth is Pressure at
A: po+ 0.1 x (1.3 x 1000) x g
P: Po+ Pgd : atmosPheric Pressure
P6
: 1.013 x l}s Pa + (1000 ke/.)
(9.80 m/s2) (0.60 T c

= 1.072 x 105 Pa: 1.06 atm

This is the pressure at the top ofthe closed tube.

10 cm
I T
f
ci
Variotion in pressure when liquid column is not vertical
B
t
t

h=xcoS0
Pressure at B
e dmg
:po+ & x 800 xg+(0.1 -h)"ll.A x 1000g
Pn: Pa
Take a cylindrical element of mass dla as shown having po+0.lx1300xB
lengthx andareaA
: po+ 800 gh + 1360 g - 13600 , g, h
For liquid in equilibrium
Pn: PoA + dmg cos9
lllustrotion 3
P: PoA + p(x) lg cos 0
For the arrangement shown in the figure, determine
P: P,+ pg (x cos 0) ft if the pressure difference between the vessels ,4
P: Po+ Pgh andBis3kN/m2.
 Fluids 77.3
P RESS U RE M EASU R' NG DEVICES
Kerosene
(s -- 0.8) (a) Manometer: Open-tube manometer is used to
In
measure the pressure gauge. When equilibrium is
reached, the pressure at the bottom of left limb is
equal to the pressure at the bottom of right limb.
20 cm
i.e., p+hpg=po+y2pg
Waler
P-P,= P8(/z-Yr): Pg
Solutian:
P-Po: PgOz-Y)= Pg
p = absolute pressure,
Let pressure in the horizontal tube is P
P - Po = gauge pressure'
So in left vertical tube
Kerosone
(s = 0.8)rk pa

Y =Yz'tt
I
h2 p ,yz
Yr
(ho-h-0.2)
ho Water
Thus, knowing y and p (density of liquid), we can
20 cm measure the gauge pressure.

Water (D) Barometer: It is a straight glass tube (closed at one

end) completely filled with mercury and inserted
P + p,ghr+ p6ho= Pu into a dish which is also filled with mercury as
P+ p6hr+ p,,[email protected]= Pn shown in the figure. Atmospheric pressure supports
the column of mercury in the tube to a height ft.
here, Pr- Pn= 3 x 103 N/m2
The pressure between the closed end of the tube
p. = 103 kg/m3 and the column of mercury is zero,p:0.
Thus, h:05n:50 cm. Po=0

gtw 1t-

I finO out pressure at points.,{ and B. Also find angle

I ,o'. h
Po
P"*

T IL
h
Pz

o
'am t_ Therefore, pressure at points I and.B are equal and
Solution: thus

Pressure difference only depends on vertical separation P': 0+ P#h

between two points. At the sea level, po can support a column of
I
Pressure at P,s: Pr^- p1 g/ sin 0 mercury aboutT6 cm in height.
Pressure atB Pn: Puao+ pzgh Hence
But P, is also equal to " : ffI",1,: lt::l[:;3
Ps: Pt+ p, g/ sin 0 2.2 VAR'ATION IN FLUID KEPT IN AN ACCELERATED
Hence, pzgh: Pa+ ptgl sin 0
I

Pu* + I
CONTAINER
P"* + pzgh:Pu* - p1 g/ sin e I
Container accelerating along vertical: Consider a beaker
filled with some liquid of density p accelerating upwards
I

+ p, g/ sin 0j
with an acceleration a, along positive y-direction. Let us
pzh
sin0: draw the free body diagram of a small element of fluid of
(p: -pr)/ area A and length a! as shown in figure.

,\
71.4 Physics
Equation of motion for this fluid element is, wherep, and prare pressures at point I and2.
PA - W - (P + dP)A : (mass) (ar) Then pg hr- pghr= lao
or - W - (dP)A: Qap dy) (rr) h'-k : '
or - (ApS dy) - (dP)A = (Ap dy) (ar) tan o: lg
dP
or d, -
= p(g+ oy) lllustration 5

Y4
A closed container completely filled with tiquid of
density p is accelerated along horizontal with a
+dP constant acceleration a. Find the pressure at the
points A,8,, C and D.
B

Ix
#l'^ I
---+

This mean pressure at a depth y from surface can be

written as P = Pr+ p(g * or)y D
<-_/________+
Also if the container is accelerating downwards with
acceleration a, the pressure at depthy from surface can be Solution:
written as P: Pr+ p(g- arD Pe: o
Container accelerating along vertical: If the beaker Ps: Pe+ pa (l): pal
moves along positive.r-direction with acceleration ar, the Po: Pr* Pgl= P(a+ g)l
equation of motion for the fluid element shown in figure
To find pressure at C we find the pressure at point C
is,
along the same horizontal.
PA - (P + dP)A = (mass)(a,)
or -(dP\A= (Ap&)a, v

or dP ----l------- c'
=-po, Cx
E
:
Pr' Pn- pg: pg
4 Pr: Pr' - pax: p(ac + g)
P+ (P + dP)A
P
ffiL
w 6

o "')4, An open rectangular tank 5 m x 4 m x 3 m high

x
containing water upto a height of 2 m is accelerated
horizontally along the longer side.
-------| d,
(a) Determine the maximum
+do
acceleration that can be Rear
P2
G----a
x
P1
given without spilling the 3m

water.
This means pressure difference between two points on (D) Calculate the percentage l--;
the same horizontal line separated by a distance x would of water spilt over, if this 5m
be Pr: Pr+ paV acceleration is increased by 20o/o.
Free surface of liquid in horizontal acceleration Solution:
(,-+t (a) Volume of water inside the tank remains constant
h,r
-a ----+ ao
f+.] 5x4:5x2x4 or./s=lm
[2 )
tan0r:
Pt'Pz= QP ao ?:OO
 77.5

a2x2
*-) Y: 2g

3m This implies free surface of liquid is parabolic in shape.

-+% 2m

Also y^*-y^rn: @
Yo

2g
5m

: a,a^ lsrsrr+ !^i^= 2H

tan 0^
Since.'vo therefore ao= 0.4 E: 4 mlsz
6 where Il is the initial height of liquid in container.
(b) When acceleration is increased by 20% ln general pressure difference between any two points
a: l.Zao: 0.48 g at a distance r, and r, from axis

tan0: 9:0.+g
g P2 -r.-D t2
-_
1
p(,)2 @: -t)
F-x ,l
AIR
v
A U-tube of uniform cross-
3m
sectional area is rotated about
Water
one of its limbs as shown in the
figure. If the base length of the
5m tube is I, then determine the
Now,.Y : 3 - 5 tan 0 : 3 - 5(0.48) = 0.6 m difference in the height of the A B
liquid in the two limbs of the +- L ------------>
Fraction of water spilt over
tube.
4x2xt-(3+0'6)x5x4 S*it;tzon:
2 :0.1
2x5x4 Method I
Percentage of water spilt over : l0%
0)

2.3 VARIATION OF PRESSURE IN A ROTATING

CYLINDER
t
Yz
I
v I

C};w Yr I

I J
I
J-

H
I
I
x ;I P1 I
I
I
P2

Ymin
I p,.- p,:
f,o,i.'{r'l
Free diagram of cylindrical fluid element
PEIz-!r)= )0,'r'
pazr
y+dy !z-!t= 2
P+dP Method 2.
(D
x
dx

((P + dP) - (P))A: dma2x

dPA: (PAdx) azx

pcdyA: lrAdx) ro2x o 1,

,
dy:
azxdx
. k- L -----------)
77.6 Physics
--t
Taking the level of liquid in the left arrn as origin Output' Fo

the liquid surface in other arm will pass through the -)

lnput Ao
parabolic curve
do

IU
o]12
y= -:-)o
oir
henceat x: I
clt2 Equation shows that the output force F, on the load
y= ---
/,9 must be greater than the input force F i if Ao > l, as is the
case in figure.
3. PASCALS LAW
If we move the input piston downward a distance d, the
A change in the pressure applied to an enclosed output piston moves upward a distance do, such that the
incompressible fluid is transmitted undiminished to every same volume V of the incompressible liquid is displaced
portion of the fluid and to the walls of its conkiner. at both pistons. Then
3.7 PASCAL'S PRINCIPLE AND THE HYDRAULIC v: Al,: Aodo
LEVER
From Eqs. we can write the output work as
Let an external force of magnitude 4 b" directed
downwardon the left-hand (or input) piston, whose surface w:Fodo:(,+)(,
area is A,. T\e force { produces a change Ap in the *):,0
pressure of the liquid that is fransmitted as it is to the With a hydraulic lever, a given force applied over a
liquid below piston on right side. This increased pressure given distance can be transformed to a greater force
causes given an upward force of magnitude Fo on the applied over a smaller distance. The product of force and
right-hand (or output) piston, whose surface area is lo. distance remains unchanged so that the same work is done.
F'-Fo However, there is often tremendous advantage in being
47'=
44 able to exert the larger force. Most of us, for example,
cannot lift an automobile directly but can with a hydraulic

v f,4
F^: ,4 jack, even though we have to pump the handle farther than
the automobile rises and in a series of small strokes.

INTEXT EXERCISE: 7

1. Two stretched membranes of area 2 cm2 and 3 cr* which supports an object having a mass 2000 kg is
are placed in a liquid at the same depth.
The ratio ofpressures on them is
(a) cm2
100 (D) 109 cm2

(a) t:l (b) 2:3 (c) 2x lOacm2 (d) 2" 1glo.rn2

(c) 3:2 (d)22:32 4. A uniformly tapering vessel is filled with a liquid of
density 900 kgm-3. The force that acts on the base of
2. A tank 5 m high is half filled with water and then is
the vessel due to the liquid is (g: l0 m/s2). Neglect
filled to the top with oil of density 0.85 g/cm3.
atmospheric pressure
The pressure at the bottom of the tank, due to these
Area = 1o-3 m2
liquids is (here g is acceleration due to gavity)
E
(a) glcmz
1.85 x (b) 89.25 x glcm2 n
o
@) a62.5 x gcm2 (d) 9250 x glcm2 2x10+m2
3. Apiston of cross-sectional area 100 cm2 is used in a
(a) 3.6 N (D) 7.2 N
hydraulic press to exert a force of 107 dynes on the
water. The cross-sectional area of the other piston (c) 9.0 N (d) 12.6 N
 Fluids 77.7
5. The three vessels shown in figure have same base a towards right. Pressure is maximum at (i) and
area. Equal volumes of a liquid are poured in the minimum at (il)
three vessels. The force on the base will be (a) (,) B (ii) D (b) (i) C (ii) D

(a)
U/E] A
maximum in vessel I
9.
(c) (,) B (ii) c (A (D B (ii) A
A vessel containing water is moving with a constant
speed towards right along a straight horizontal path.
Which of the following diagrams represents the
surface of liquid?
(b)
(c)
maximum in vessel B
maximum in vessel C (,) (r,)
tt
f:'-':':':'-':'-'P
L'-_-'-'-'-_-'__-t
(d) equal in all the vessels

6. What will be the height of liquid of

3.4 glcm3 in the barometer at a place where
density
it is 70 (iii) (iv)
lt
[':':::::::::'.-.f>
cm of mercury barometer? t.. ------ |

(a) 70 cm (b) 140 cm (a) (i) (b) (ii)

(c) 280 cm (d) 17.5 cm (c) (iii) (A (ir)
7. Pressure is applied to an enclosed fluid. It is 10. When at rest, a liquid stands at
(a) increased and applied to every part of the fluid the same level in the tubes
shown in figure. But as Th
(6) diminished and transmitted to the walls of the J
indicated a height difference It
container
occurs when the system is
(c) increased in proportion to the mass of the fluid given an acceleration a
and then transmitted towards the right. Here, It is
le-L-+l
(d) transmitted unchanged to very portion of the equal to:
fluid and the walls of the container
8. A closed rectangular tank is @*
tg @+
2a
completely filled with water
and is accelerated horizontally gL aL
(c) (d)
with an acceleration horizontally with an acceleration a -6o

4. ARCHIMEDESPRINCIPLE (a) lmaginary boundary

around a parcel of fluid
Think of a cylinder submerged in a liquid. The pressure
in the liquid increases with depth, so the pressure at the
bottom of the cylinder is larger than at the top. The liquid
exerts a net upward force on the cylinder of magnitude
Foo : Fro - Foo*r. This is the buoyant force.
Liquid exerts a net upward force even if the shape of
the object is irregular. We could understand it by doing the ;iG These are equal
' because the parcel is
following thought experiment. in static equilibrium.

We isolate an element of fluid of arbitrary shape Now we somehow remove this parcel of fluid and
and volume as shown fig ("). This volume is in static instantaneously replace it with an object of exactly the
equilibrium. Consequently, the gravitational force pulling same shape and size, as shown in fig (b). Because the
down on the volume must be balanced by an upward buoyant force is exerted by the surrounding fluid, and the
force. The upward force is exerted on this volume by the surrounding fluid hasn't changed, the buoyant force on
surrounding fluid, is the buoyant force Fr. The buoyant this new object is exactly the sameas the buoyant force on
force equals the weight of the fluid: Fa: mg. the parcel of fluid that we removed.
77.8 Physics
(b) Real object with same size and if FB< mg or Vp,g < VpS * pr < p,
shape as the parcel of tluid
Then the body will sink
lf F r:mg or p1 = p, then body will be in equilibrium
at any position in the liquid
if Fu > mg or pr > p, the body will float with a
fraction of its volume inside the liquid

The buoyant force on the object is the Vin

same as on the parcel of fluid because
the surrounding fluid has not changed.

Thus we can conclude that the fluid exerts a net upward

force on a object submerged in it which is equal to the Assume (o is the volume of the object inside
weight of the liquid displaced by object. This is known as liquid.
Archimedes principle. Then Fa: mg
Magnitude of buoyant force Y5p1g: vp,g
: Weight of liquid displaced Fraction of volume submerged

: vio
: Volume of liquid displaced x density of liquid x g -Qr
VP,
: Volume of solid inside liquid x dens8 of liquid x g
,6 nnost Valuoble Point
W
An iceberg with a density of 920 kg6-l floats on an
o The magnitude of buoyant force does not depend on ocean of density 1025 kgm-3. What fraction of the
density of solid. It is independent of the shape or iceberg is visible.
depth of position of solid in the liquid and depends Saiution:
only on the volume submerged in the liquid.
Let Yo be the volume of the iceberg above the water
Three objects, a solid cube and solid sphere and a
surface, then the volume under water will be Vo- V.
hollow sphere have the same outer volume and kept at
different depths. But the magnitude of buoyant force Under floating conditions, the weight Ypi"" g of the
would be same. iceberg is balanced by the buoyant force (I/o - l\p*ur",S
F
F
(Vo- V)p*ur"g: Vopxg

Thus.
(vo - v) _ Pi.e _ 920
Hollow
' Vo p*ut", 1025
Cube
sphere
F
Therefore L:O.tLrxl[Yo
vo
Hence l0% of the total volume is visible.
Solid Sphere
I
4.7 APPLICATION OF ARCHIMEDES PRINCIPLE Acube of wood supporting 200 gm mass just floats in
water. When the mass is removed, the cube rises by
(a) Conditions for
floating/sinking: A body 2 cm. What is the size of the cube?
completely submerged in a liquid is under the
influence oftwo forces. The buoyant force F, and 5*lution:
weight mg. Assume the edge length of wooden cube is /
FB
Initially Fo:Total weight of blocks
Pp,g:(M+ m\g

mg ftr
 Fluids 17.9

Finally (l - x)P prc: Mg

A rectangular wooden log carrying a stone is floating
x
in a water tank. What will happen to the level of
water in the tank, if the stone is unloaded into water?
Sotution:
usmg x: 2 cmandm:200 gm
Let Mrbe the mass of the log and M, the mass of stone,
We get /: l0 cm
then volume of water displaced by the boat and stones

gtw is

,.-
l/
-
(M, + M"\ M,
\ t L' M"
-_____LL_____L
A pipe of copper having an internal cavity weights 'PrQrQr
264 gm in air and 221gm in water. Find the volume
When stone is unloaded in water, the volume of water
of the cavity. Density of copper is 8.8 gm/cc.
displaced is
Solution:
L'r=
M, M, M"
----l+-
The buoyant force on the copper piece ' -*y'.,or.:
fu 9t Pstone
F: Ypg
Since p.,on" >p7 therefore Vr. Vr.This implies that the
F level of water in tank falls.
c
Hence volume of the )opper piece V:
-
(6) Apparent weight: When an object is completely
Q6a - 221)s
:43 cc submerged in a liquid, its apparent weight is equal
lxg to
The volume of the material of the copper piece mg- Fn= V(p,- p)g
: mass of copper piece
73
'o o.rrity or *rt"ria
264
:30cc
8.8 Spring balance

Hence volume of the cavity Pr

: V- Vo: 13 cc

Weighing balance

A beaker exactly full of water has an ice piece F'ind the reading of spring balance and weighing
floating in it. As the cube melts what happens to the machine if the total weight of container and liquid
water level in the beaker. is W.
Salutian: Solution: FS FB

Let M be the mass of the ice, then volume of water Reading of spring balance F,,
displaced by the ice initially is Fs: mg -F, (Apparent weight)
M Reading of weighing machine :N
V,:
P*ut". mg

When ice melts, the volume of water formed is I/,

FB
By conservation of mass,
Vi"" Pi.": M : V*ur, P*ur*
N
Therefore V*ut r= nr: !}/water W

N- FB+ 14/
Therefore V, : V, this implies that the water level
would remain the same. F, is the reaction of buoyant force on mass ,tt
77.70 Physics
(c) Buoyant force for object submerged in multiple 14
layers of liquids
x3 pg : la*g + 6 ug g(x - y)lxz
xp = (x -y) one* ! 6.
Pr
v1

Pz

vt lt
'li
Pz

A block floats with its volume lly v2 and, v,

submerged in three liquids having densities p,, p,
and p, respectively.
ous-Q
Buoyant force on block
= y: ,I oHg - or'
= Volume submerged in I x pl x I )
* volume submerged in2 x prg
I J .6 7 ,2
* volume submerged in 3 x p:B .54 cm
: Ylpg+ Irrprg+ Vrpg
'I I J ,6 I
):,
This result can be generalized to any number of (d) Buoyant force in accelerated frames: In a fluid
layers of liquid. kept in an accelerated container the pressure
glw,fr, gradient will change. The buoyant force exerted on
an submerged object would accordingly change.
A cubical block of iron edge 5 cm is floating on
For example,
mercury in a vessell
When a container containing liquid is accelerated
(a) What is the height of the block above mercury
along horizontal with acceleration 'a' the pressure
level?
varies with distance along the line normal to free
(D) Water is poured into the vessel so that it just surface ofliquid. The buoyant force acts along the
covers the iron block. What is the height of line shown and would be equal to
the water column?
[Relative density of Hg = 13.6 and tha't of Fe = 7,21
(zrn)p6 r".,iu (v,,)P,r[g' +;
":
5a!ution:
(a) Let ft be the height of the iron block above
mercury.
tane=
In case of flotation !
<-x----)

75
Ablock is floating in a liquid kept in container placed
in the elevator at rest. Comment on the change
in the fraction of submerged volume as elevator
accelerates upwards with an acceleration 'a'.
5i:f;il',rnn'
Weight of the block: Buoyant force
Initially the buoyant force balances the weight of the
x3pg: l@ - h) o g)x2 block as shown in the diagram.

,Ir - 9)= s( r- la\

Fs = (V;^) P.,
h:
[ "./ [ 13.6./
2.35 cm.
V,n
(b) Let y be the height of the water level For mg
equilibrium of the block
 Fluids TT'77
Fr: (Ir^)rp,g: mS Solution:
When the elevator starts accelerating upwards the stick (2.5 kg)
effective value of gravitational force of the block
becomes m@ + a)
If the block comes to an equilibrium with ((n), as the 1m
new submerged volume.
D
Due to change in the fluid pressure in the liquid
column, the buoyant force will become equal to ((o), oE: I
p{s + a)
t- I
For equilibrium, (Vin)2 p{a + a) : m(g + a) t-
sin 0
.(,)
-
By comparing the two results, (Vrr)r: (Y)y OD: 2 cos 0 ..(,,)
This implies that there is no change in the volume
I
OC: :cos0- =:--.---
submerged.
cos0
.(iii)
I 2sin 0
4.2 EQUILIBRIUM OF FLOATING OBTECTS Fu: p*Alg
The buoyant force must pass through the center of mass torque about O
of the displaced volume, as shown in Fig. The point mg{OD): p*Als(Oq
through which the buoyant force acts is called the center
on solving
of buoyancy. The same result applies to floating bodies
which are only partially submerged
^1
sinz0= -4
FB
FB
0: 30"

Stobility of Submerged Objects

C c
Afloating object would be in neutral equilibrium when the
center ofbuoyancy and center ofgravity coincide

Ifthe center ofgravity below the center ofbuoyancy,

C is the centre of mass of displaced volurne
a rotation from its equilibrium position will create a
If a body is immersed in a fluid in which density varies restoring torque by the buoyant force, F* which causes
with depth, such as having multiple layers of fluid, the the body to rotate back to its original position. Thus, if the
magnitude of the buoyant force remains equal to the center of gravity falls below the center of buoyancy, the
weight ofthe displaced fluid and the buoyant force passes
body is in stable equilibrium.
through the center of mass of the displaced volume.
V
stw
A stick of square cross-section (5 cm x 5 cm) and FB

length '4 m'weighs 2.5 kg is in equilibrium as shown "l

in the figure below. Determine its angle of inclination
in equilibrium when the water surface is I m above
the hinge. Now gradually water level is increased Stable
o
Restoring
couple
then find the minimum depth of water above hinge
required to bring the stick in vertical position. If the center of gravity of the completely submerged

stick (2.5 kg) body is above the center ofbuoyancy, the resulting torque
formed by the weight and the buoyant force will cause the
body to overtum and move to a new equilibrium position.
1m Thus, a completely submerged body with its center of
gravity above its center of buoyancy is in an unstable
equilibrium position.
77.72 Physics

: (Rr)[+l ee = ]Rznp,g
\-.i

Av=Rh

Unstable
o
ffi''nn
R

5. FORCE ON SUBMERGED SURFACES Fr: weight of the liquid above the curved surface
A quarter ofa cylinder ofradius R and length ft is kept : (volume of liquid above the curved surface) p6
submerged in a liquid with density p1 The cross-sectional
view is shown below /,(3RXn) -L*'o)r,r
2R 12-n
\ \ I Fv n,n)o,s
--:r
\ I 4
R FH
---f

R
J,-
Liquid exerts the force over the curved surface area as
shown. The net force can be understood in terms of the
components Frand F,. R

F, : (frojected area of curved surface on a vertical

plane)(depth of center of mass of the projected area) R
(density of liquid)g
The results to find Frand Frare general and can be
: ArL*^pB
used for any curved surface submerged in a liquid.

1. A solid of relative density D is floating in a liquid

of relative density d. lf v be the volume of the solid
submerged in the liquid and Ybe the total volume of
at ff(.A (d1 none ofthe above

the solid, then 4. A body floats with one-third of its volume outside
(a) vV= dD (b) Ylv: Dld 1

(c) vlV: Dld (O OY: (l + d)v

water and i4 of its volume outside another liquid.

2. A body of mass 2 kg is floating in the liquid of The density of another liquid is

density 900 kgmr. The weight of liquid displaced 4
(a) 2 Elcc (bi) ilcc
by it is 4 9
(a) 2Ddyne (D) 20N q J
(c) glcc (d) glcc
(c) 2 N (d) None of the above J 8
3. A cube of mass m and density D )N\\)SNS\ P
is suspended from the point P by (- 5. A metallic sphere floats in an immiscible mixture of
t-
a spring of stiffness K. The system water (p,: 103 kg ma; and a liquid (p1: 13.5 x l0l

is kept inside a beaker filled with a -----lq------. kg ,n4) such that its th portion is in water *U
-----)sr------.
liquid of density d. The elongation
_-_-_\_-_-_---.
----lml------'
J i
in the spring, assuming D > d, is th portion in the liquid. The density of metal is
D\ (a) 4.5 x lQ3[g--: (q 4.0 x l03kgm-3

", ff(,-!) ff(- 7) ot (c) 3.5 x 103 kg m-3 @) 3.0 x 103 kg m-3
 Fluids 77.73
6. The vessel, in which the body floats, falls freely @) 3a0 s (b) 680 g
under gravity; the fraction of volume immersed will (c) (d) t0 e
be
80 s
9. A body having volume Z and
(a) anyvalue (b) +
20
density p is attached to the t
bottom of a container as shown.
(c) I (d) 0 Density of the liquid is d(>p).
7. In order that a floating object be in a stable Container has a
constant
equilibrium, its centre of buoyancy should be upward acceleration a. Tension in the string is
(a) vertically above its centre of gravity (a) vlDs - p@ + a)l (b) v(s + a) (d - p)
(b) vertically below its centre of gravity (c) V(d-p)g (d) noneoftheabove
(c) horizontally in line with its centre of gravity
(A may be anywhere 10. A thin uniform rod of length 2l and specific gravity
3l point height
8. Acubical blockofwood l0 cm on a sidefloats atthe ; is hinged at one end to a 7
above
interface between oil and water, as in figure with its the surface of water, with the other end immersed,
lower face 2 cm below the interface. The density of find the inclination of the rod in equilibrium.
the oil is 0.6 g c,-3. The mass of the block is
B
tl2
Water surface C
oit T
10 cm

Wood

Water
+
10 cm (a) 45' (b) 30"
I (c) 60" (d) 37"

5. FLUID MECHANICS-BASIC DEFINITIONS velocity is lower.

The state of motion of a liquid can be determined by Since the magnitude and the direction of the vector v
may change with time at every point, then the pattern of
indicating thei velocity vector as a function of time for lf
the streamlines may also change continuously. the
each point of space. The combination of the vectors i
velocity vector is constant at each point of space, then the
given for all the points of space forms the so-called
flow is called steady. In steady flow, particle of a liquid
velocity vector field that can be depicted as follows. We
draw lines in a flowing liquid so that a tangent to them at passes a given point of space with the same value of i .

each point coincides in direction with the vector i Gig.). Here the particle is the fluid element, and its velocity is
i always tangent to a streamline. For this reason, two
streamlines can never intersect; ifthey did, then an element
arriving at their intersection would have two different
velocities simultaneously which is impossible.
The pattem of the streamlines in steady flow remains
These lines are called streamlines. We draw the unchanged,and the streamlines in this case coincide with
ratio
streamlines so that their density (characterized by the the trajectories of the particles.
of the number of lines to the magnitude of the area atright A portion of a liquid confined by streamlines is called
angles to them through which they pass) is proportional to i
a flow tube. The vector , b"ing at each point tangent to
the magnitude of the velocity at the given place. a streamline, will also be tangent to the surface of the flow
The streamlines will be closer together where the tube. Hence, the particles of the liquid in their motion do
velocity is higher and, conversely, farther apart where the not intersect the "walls" of the flow tube.
77.74 Physics
Some assumptions for ideal fluid flow (Here p: density of fluid, v = velocity of fluid,
A : Area ofcross-section oftube)
1. Steady flow: In steady flow the velocity of fluid
particles reaching a particular point is the same at Therefore the velocity of liquid is smaller in the wider
all time. parts of a tube and larger in the narrower parts.

That is a flow is said to be steady if the velocity, 77

pressure and density at any point in the flow do not Find the value of Z.
A= 1 cm2
m/s
change with time so that uoO
*=0,*=O
@=0. A=2cm2
dt
10 m/s
Unsteady/turbulent flow : If the speed of flow is A=3cm2

"dt 4t
larger, O at a particular point and the flow
Solution:
becomes turbulent. Atvt= Arvr+ Arv,
2. Incompressible flow: We assume, as for fluids at 2xl0:1x30+3xl/
rest, that our ideal fluid is incompressible; that is, Y: -1013 mls
its density has a constant, uniform value. V: l0l3 m/s entering
3. Nonviscous flow: Roughly speaking, the viscosity
of a fluid is a measure of how resistive the fluid is
to flow. For example, thick honey is more resistive 18
to flow than water, and so honey is said to be more Figure shows how the stream of water emerging from
viscous than water. Viscosity is the fluid analog of a faucet
66tapers down" as it falls. The indicated cross-
friction between solids; both are mechanisms by sectional areas are Ao : 1.2 cm2 and A = 0.35 cm2.
which the kinetic energy of moving objects can be The two levels are separated by a vertical distance
transferred to thermal energy. h = 45 mm. What is the volume flow rate from the
4. Irrotational flow: Rotational fiow is the flow tap?
in which the fluid particles while flowing along
path-lines also rotate about their own axis. In
inotationalflow particles do not rotate about their
axis. So they have no net angular velocity. T &
h
6, EQUATION OF CONTINUITY 1 A
The continuity equation is the mathematical expression of
Solution:
the law of conservation of mass influid dynamics.
Using equation of continuity,
Aovo: Av
A1 v2
Water is falling freely with acceleration g,

vz^t
f : fo+ 2gh.
Eliminating v between Eqs. and solving for vo, we
vlAt obtain
In the steady flow the mass of fluid entering into a tube 2ghAz
v0
of flow in a particular time interval is equal to the mass of
fluid leaving the tube.
4 -,q',
mt m2 X .8 m/s2 .045 5 cm2
v0:
At Lt (l.2cm' ) - (0.3s
ptArrt: plzrz :28.6
vo: 0.286 m/s cm/s.
:+ Arvr: Arv, The volume flow rate R, is then
lv: Volume flow rate Rr: Aovo: Q.2 cm2\(28.6 cm/s) = 34 cm3/s.
: Constant
 Fluids 77.75
7. BERNOULLI'SEQUATION
,d most valuoble Point
When a non-viscous, incompressible fluid flows steadily,
the sum ofthe pressure energy, kinetic energy and potential
Pl
energy per unit volume of the fluid remains constant at all +----------
points in the path of the flow. Av, B

I
P+pgh+ *pi:constant o Using Bernoulli's eqn.
z
Consider a non-viscous and incompressible fluid
Pr+
l^l^ P2+ PVi
flowing steadily in a tube. The area of cross section of the ZPV|: ,
end at point I is l, and it is at a height /l, from the earth's Yr' Y, (equation of continuitY)
surface. The area ofcross section ofthe tube at point 2 is
Arand is situated at a height hz(ht> h2).
Since Vz, Vr
Therefore Pr, Pz
P1
79
1

Water flows in a horizontal tube as shown in figure.

2 The pressure of water changes by 600 N/m2 between
hr
A and I where the areas of cross-section are 30 cm2
and 15 cm2 respectively. Find the rate of flow of
h2
water through the tube.
Bernoulli's theorem B
Bernoulli's theorem states that
l, : pz + ghzg +
lt Solutian:
P, + phrg +
rpvf lOvi :
for a small element of fluid of mass dm that is displaced
Let the velocity at A: vnand that at B v*
from I to 2, using work energy theorem, we get va
By the equation of continuity , =!15 =2
",n
Wguuiry * 7rr"rr*r: AK
(dmgh, _ dmgh 2) . . By Bemoulli's equation, r^+)0rt= r, +f,0itr
: ir::;: ;, * or Po- P, =
3
pfi
^,) )oQ"n)'-lort ,
but dm= p ArVrdt.
or 600 =
pArVrdt. )Oooofi
or Yn= J01, :963
dmghr-dmghr* P, + -P, @
'p"p The volume rate of flow of water
: a'q'!t=30x63
:12 dm ln] -'.) = 1890 cm3/s
Venturimeter
+ pc@r-hz)+(P1-Pr):
) olr,? -r3) A ventury tube is used to measure the flow speed of fluid
l^ in a tube. It consists of a constriction or a throat in the
+ psht+ pr*
; o4: oshr+ e, + ;Pvi tube. As the fluid passes through the constriction, its speed
increases in accordance with the equation of continuity.
P + pgh * constant The pressure thus decreases as required by Bemoulli's
)O*: equation.
77.75 Physics
pmgLh: Pr- P,
lrr
* l,
+ P,gLh: -2'ov'
'2p^g Lh
p

Figure shows a ventury tube through which a liquid of

GENERAL APPLICATIONS OF BERNOU LLI'S
density p is flowing. The area of cross-section is l, at the
THEAREM
wider part and Arat the constriction. Let the speeds of the
liquid atl, and, Arbe v, and v, and the pressures at A, and Mognus Effect (Spinning Boll)
Arbe P, and Prrespectively. By the equation of continuity When a ball is thrown spinning it moves along a curved
Arvr= Arv, path. This is called swing of the ball. This is due to the air
which is being dragged round by the spinning ball. When
and by Bemoulli's equation,
the ball spins, the layer of the air around it also moves
n*Lrr*
t2tt.2,L = n+Lou? with the ball. So, as shown in figure the resultant velocity
ofair increases on the upper side and reduces on the lower
or (Pt-P2):
lo<|-tl ...(,,)
side.
Force ball Speed of air
flow increases
Figure also shown two vertical tubes connected to the \pressure reduced
ventury tube at A, and Ar.If the difference in heights of the
liquid levels in these tubes is h, we have
Pr- Pr: Pgh
Putting in (ii), Speed of air
low decreases\pressure increased
f

Zgh = vl - vl ...(iii) motion ol a spin ball

Knowingl, (iii)
andA2, one can solve equation (i) and Hence according to Bernoulli's theorem the pressure
so as to get v, and vr. This allows one to know the rate of on the upper side becomes lower than that on the lower
flow ofliquid pass a cross-section. side. This pressure difference exerts a force on the ball
Pitot's Tube due to which it moves along a curved path.

Itmeasures the velocity of moving fluids in terms of the Aerofoil

density p, the density of the fluid in manometer (U-tube) This is a device which is shaped in such a way so that the
p^and,the height'Ai'.
relative motion between it and a fluid produces a force
p
perpendicular to the flow. As shown in the figure the shape
ofthe aerofoil section causes the fluid to flow faster over
the top surface then over the bottom i.e. the streamlines
are closer above than below the aerofoil. By Bernoullis
P1 P2 theorem the pressure above is reduced and that underneath
is increased.
High speed, reduced pressure
Pm

Applying bernoulli's theorem at point I and 2. Also Aerofoil

note that velocity of fluid at2 at the opening of tube will
be zero. this is called a stagnant zone.

Pr+
l^ pf :Pz Low speed, increased
i pressure
Principle of an aerofoil

= Pr- Pr: I ,* Thus a resultant upward force is created normal to the

flow and it is this force which provides the upward force
In the U tube, for an aeroplane. Examples of aerofoils are aircraft wings,
Pt+ p# Lh: Pz turbine blades and propellers.
 Fhtirlc
,,9,9J ll.l7
Sprayer or Atomizer
This is an instrument used to spray a liquid in the form of c
small droplets (fine spray). It consists of a vertical tube
whose lower end is dipped in the liquid to be sprayed,
filled in a vessel.

Air out with A B

bulb high velocity
Now during this time liquid is moving horizontally
with constant velocity y, so it will hit the base level
at a horizontal distance x (called range) as shown
I + in figure such that

x=vt= Jrf"ff=2,[n@-h)
The upper end opens in a horizontal tube. At one end
of the horizontal tube there is a rubber bulb and at the From this expression it is clear that x will be
other end there is a fine bore (hole). When the rubber maximum when x2 is maximum
bulb is squeezed, air rushes out through the horizontal
tube with very high velocity and thus the pressure reduces
(according to Bernoulli's theorem). So the liquid rises and
i.e.,
ffGl=o or +fi<nn-h')=o
comes out through narrow end in form of droplets. It is
or H -2h: 0

used in spray gun, perfumes, deodorant and etc.

i.e h:H
2
8. VELACITY OF EFFLUX

21, -L1=,
If a liquid is filled in a vessel (cross sectional area: l) up 'Ll
So that x^ r:2
to height H and a hole (cross sectional area: As) is made 2)
at a depth lr below the free surface of the liquid as shown
i.e.,rangexwill be maximum (:/, whenh: Hlz.
in figure.
We make the assumption that A >> Ao, which would
(ii) If the level of free surface in a container is at height
help us in assuming that velocity of liquid inside the f/ from the base and there are two holes at depth h
container is very less as compared to the velocity of liquid andy below the free surface, thenx : h(H - h)
coming out of the orifice.
andx':2"[y(H )
Taking the level of hole as reference level (i.e., zero
Now if x : x' i.e., h(H - h): y(H - y)
point of
potential energy) and applying Bemoulli's
principle to the liquid just inside and outside the hole we i.e., f-Hy+h(H-h):0
get,

ttPrl+0: Po+)Or'z or y: ,lhr(H -2h)l

1

@o+
i.e., y: h or (H - h)
,: JTSr The range is same for liquid coming out of holes at
same distance below the top and above the bottom.
c v = {zgrr (iii) lf Ao is the area of orifice at a depth y below the
free surface and A that of container, the volume of
liquid coming out of the orifice per second will be
(av\I :vAo: r-- (asv:
l-
\dt ) JrsA Jrcyl
Due to this, the level of liquid in the container
(i) As the vertical velocity of liquid at the orifice is will decrease and so if the level of liquid in the
zero and it is at a height (H - h) from the base, container above the hole changes fromy to y - dy
the time taken by the liquid to reach the baseJevel in time t to t + dt then - dV : A dy
2(H -h)
t: o -A+ : ,
dt "JiA
77.78 Physics
f A I r- The figure below shows a siphon, which is a

J d'=-nEJ'
y2
i.e., dy device for removing liquid from a container. Tube
ABC must initially be filled, but once this has been
So the time taken for the level to fall from Ilto 1/ done, liquid will flow through the tube until the
liquid surface in the container is level with the tube
A IH,
,:-;E[o,-'''* opening at A. Lets find the answers to following
questions.
! ElJa -JFt
- 4!;'
=
(a) With what speed does the liquid emerge from
the tube atC? (b) Ifthe atmospheric pressure is
1.0 x lOs Pa, what is the pressure in the liquid
If the hole is at the bottom of the tank, time t taken at the topmost point B? (c) Theoretically, what
to emptied the tank: is the greatest possible height hrthat a siphon
can lift water?
, =
+ff [as here H' = o)
B

(iv) A tank is filled with water of density pt and oil of

D
density p2. The height of water column is ft, and
that of the oil is lzr. To find the velocity of effiux
we applying Bernoulli's theorem at point l(ust
inside the orifice) and 2 (ust outside orifice) we
get,
v2 Po

t
+
h2

I We consider a point D on the surface of the liquid

- Walei-^-
h1 + v1
water
in the container, in the same tube of flow with
t Po points l,
B and C. Applying Bernoulli's equation
to points D and C we obtain
a *f,0,t : Pz +iorri + etshr + ezlttz l, 1)-
no+ + qgh
o
: pc + + 98hc
But Pt=Pz:Po and vz:0('.' vr<<v1) 19vb rqv'c

I pri' : PEh+Qzlhz
2
YC:
'2(po- Pc) +zs@o_hd+lo
p

E;6n+nD
'r= { p, = J2s@+n)
where in the last step we set p o: p p u1, and ,: v
J
(v) We can find out the thrust force on the container vco 0. Plugging in the values, we obtain
just as the hole is opened.
A
This means the velocity of water coming out of
p,A,H the tube only depends on the difference ofheight
between the outlet and the open surface of liquid.
a
Ah
We now consider points B and C

p, *
l, 11. +
+ PghB = pc * QShc
rPrfB lPvZ
Since v, : vc by equation of continuity, and
smooth
pg: Pai1, Bernoulli's equation becomes
am: p a'ligh at pt: Pc+ W(hc-ht) : P,i,-Pg(h+14+d)
Since p, 2 0, we must let p^i, - pB (4 + d +
:=> V:
dm
oo,lzgh > 0, which yields
hz)

Thrust force: pa*: p"GlrgD2 h.I > - Pair -(a + h.\< Pon
h.rmu,( =lo.3m
(vi) Working of a siphon cp gp
 Fluids 77.79

1. An incompressible fluid flows steadily through a 6. A tank is filled with water to a height IL A hole is
cylindrical pipe which has radius 2R at point A and made in one of the walls at a depth D below the
radius R at point B further along the flow direction. water surface. The distance x from the foot of the
If the velocity at point A is v, its velocity at point B
wall at which the stream of water coming out of the
tank strikes the ground is given by
will be
(a) 2v (b) u
(a) x:2lD (H - D)11t2

(c) vl2 (b) x:2(G61rrz

(d) 4v
(c) x:2lD(H + D)lt/z
2. Water from a tap emerges vertically downwards
(d) none ofthese
with an initial speed of 1.0 ms-I. The cross-sectional
area of the tap is l0+ m2. Assume that the pressure 7. The velocity of flow of water is I ms-l through a

is constant throughout the stream of water, and that

horizontal tube at a point where the pressure is
0.02 m of Hg. What would be the pressure in the
the flow is steady. The cross-sectional area of the
tube at a point where the velocity of flow of water is
stream 0.15 m below the tap is G: 10 ms-2)
1.75 ms-I.
(a) 5.0 x 104m2 (r) 1.0 x 10-5m2 (a) 0.012a m of Hg (b) 1.24 m of Hg
(c) 5.0 x l0-5m2 @) 2.0 x 10-5m2 (c) 0.124 m of Hg (d) none of these
3. Paint-gun works on 8. A horizontal pipe of non-uniform cross-section
(a) Bemoulli's principle has water flowing through it such that the velocity
(b) Boyle's law of flow is 0.4 ms-l at a point where the pressure is
(c) Faraday's law 0.02 m of Hg. Find the pressure at a point where the
velocity of flow is 0.6 ms-r.
(d) Archimedes' principle
(a) 0.19 m of Hg (b) 0.019 m of Hg
4. Water is flowing in a horizontal pipe of non-uniform
(c) 1.90 m of Hg (d) none of these
cross-section. At the most contracted place of the
pipe 9. A rectangular vessel when full of water takes l0
minutes to be emptied through an orifice in its
(a) velocity of water will be maximum and pressure
bottom. How much time will it take to be emptied
minimum
when half filled with water?
(b) pressure of water will be maximum and velocity
minimum
(a) minute
9 (D) 7 minute
(c) both pressure and velocity of water will be (c) 5 minute (fl 3 minute
maximum 10. A cylinder containing water stands on a table of
({ both pressure and velocity of water will be height 1L A small hole is punched in the side of
minimum
cylinder at its base. The stream of water strikes the
5. Streamline motion is that motion in which there is ground at a horizontal distance R from the table.
(a) only longitudinal velocity gradient Then the depth of water in the cylinder is:
(b) only radial velocity gradient (a) H (b) R
(c) longitudinal as well as radial velocity gradient
(d) neither longitudinal nor radial velocity gradient (c) {RrD @ +
4H

Answer Key

r. (d) 2. (c) 3. (a) 4. (a) s. (a) 6. (a) 7.(a) 8.(b) e. (b) r0. (A
 Unsolved Exercises
EXERC'SE _ 1

Variation of Pressure in Stotic Fluid 5. Two vessels A B have the same base area and
and
contain water to the same height, but the mass of
1. Figure here shows the vertical cross-section of a
water in I is four times that in B. The ratio of the
vessel filled with a liquid of density p. The normal liquid thrust at the base of A to that at the base of B is:
thrust per unit area on the walls of the vessel at point.
P, as shown, will be t
-1F-
H
P
H
------- | ------- I

t.-
L
__l _l_r/ (a) 4:I (b) 2: t
(a) hps (b) Hps (c) 1:1 (d) t6:r
(c) (H - h)ps 6. A U-tube is partially filled with water. Oil which
@ (H - &)pg cos 0
does not mix with water is next poured into one side,
2. Atank with length l0 m, breadth 8 m and depth 6 m until water rises by 25 cm on the other side. If the
is filled with water to the top. [f g : 10 ms-2 and density of the oil is 0.8 g/cc, the oil level will stand
density of water is 1000 kg.-3, then the thrust on higher than the water level by:

the bottom is (a) 6.25 cm (b) 12.50 cm

(a) 6x 1000 x l0 x 80N (c) 18.75 cm (d) 25.00 cm
(b)3x1000xl0x48N 7. The barometric pressure and height on the earth are
lOs Pa and 760 mm respectively. If it is taken to
(c) 3x1000xl0x60N
moon, then barometric height will be:
(d)3"1000x10x80N (a) 76mm (b) l26.6mm
3. In hydraulic lift, used at a service station the radius
a (c) Zero (d) 760mm
ofthe large and small piston are in the ratio of 20 : 1. 8. When alarge bubble rises from the bottom of a lake
What weight placed on the small piston will be to the surface, its radius doubles. If atmospheric
sufficient to lift a car of mass 1500 kg ? pressure is equal to that of column of water height
(a) 3.75 kg (b) 37.ske 11, then the depth of lake is:
(c) 7.5kg (A 7ske. (a)H (b) 2H
4. Two vessels A and.B of different shapes have the (c) 7H (d) 8H
same base area and are filled with water up to the 9. The liquids shown in the U-tube of uniform cross-
same height h (see figure). The force exerted by section are water and mercury. If the difference of
the heights of the mercury columns is 2 cm, then the
F, for vessel
water on the base is {n for vessel A and
height ft of the water column is
B. The respective weights of the water filled in
vessels are W'n and Wr. Then

_tt
I
I
II
n
L-_-_-_-_-_l
E=-=-=.===.1
tr-:-:-:-:-:-l
I E
o
N

L-_-_-_-_-_l
I L-_-_-_-_-_l

(o) Fn> Fr; Wu> W, (b) Fe: Fu; Wn> W, (a) 6.8 cm (b) 13.6 cm
(c) Fe: Fu; Wn< llt', (A Fe> Fr; ll/n: W, (c) 27.2 cm (S 54cm
 Fluids TT'27
10. To what height (&) should a cylindrical vessel of (a) hpg (b) lpg
radius (R) be filled with a homogeneous liquid to @) hpg - lpa (d) hpg + lpa
make the force with the liquid presses on the curved .14'
,
A U-tube of length I (see figure) contains liquid
side wall of the vessel equal to the force ;;;;;
the liquid on the bottom of the vessel? and is vertical. It is mounted on a horizontal tum
table rotating with an angular speed ro about one
(a) h: R (b) h: JrR
(c) h: i (A h:zR in heights (ft) between the liquid columns in two
' uertical arms is
11. A vessel contains non-homogeneous liquid whose
density p increases linearly with depth &. Which of
the following graphs best depicts the variation of
liquid pressure p with depth h?
p

(o) (b)

h
l-L+
h
p
a2E a2I]
(a) ^)o
(b) o
6
(c) @ -
h h
(c)
2a2t]
o
6
(a'*!
g
Variotion of Pressure with Fluid in Acceleroted -
Archimedes Principle
Container
15. The density of ice is x gm/cc and that of water is
12. When at rest, a liquid stands at the same level in y gm/cc. What is the change in volume in cc, when
the tubes as shown in the figure. But as indicated, a
m gm of ice melts?
height difference ft occurs when the system is given
an acceleration a towards the right. Then i is equal to (a) M(y - x) (b) O - x)lm
(c) mxy(r-y\ (d) m(lly-llx)

l
16. The reading of a spring balance when a block is
suspended from it in air is 60 newton. This reading
is changed to 40 newton when the block is fully
a submerged in water. The specific gravity of the
block must be therefore:
(a) 3 (b) 2
(a\
' ' )o
aL
@)* (") 6 (A Y2
-
17. A block of volume V and of density ou is placed in
(") & (d)
aL
liquid of density olor > or), then block is moved
a 6o upward upto a height h and it is still in liquid. The
13. A sealed tank containing a liquid of density p moves increase in gravitational potential energy of the
with horizontal acceleration a as shown in the figure. block is:
The difference in pressure between two points I and (a) ouVgh (b) (at+ c)Vgh
B will be (c) (or - o,)Vsh (d) none of these
18. A block of steel of size 5 cm x 5 cm x 5 cm is
weighed in water. If the relative density of steel is 7.
h
c Its apparent weight is:
a
(a) 6x5x5x5g" (b) +x4x4x7 d
B
(c) 5x5x5x7gf (d) 4"4x4x6gf
77.22 Physics
19. A metallic sphere floats in an immersible 24. Acrown made of gold and copper weights 210 g in
mixture of water (p, : l0l kg/m3) and a liquid air and 198 g in water. The weight of gold in crown
(Or: tZ.s x 103) with (l/s)th portion by volume in is:
the liquid and remaining in water. The density of the
metal is: [Given: Density of gold :19.3 g/cm3 and Density of
copper: 8.5 g/cm3]
@) a.5 x l03kg/m3 @) 4.0 x l03kg/m3
(a) e3 s (6) 100 g
(c) 3.5 x l03kg/m3 @) 1.9 x l03kg/m3
(c) 150 s (d) 193 g
20. Ablock of silver of mass 4 kg hanging from a string
is immersed in a liquid of relative density'0.72. If
25. A body floats in a liquid
contained in a beaker. The
relative density of silver is 10, then tension in the
whole system is shown in
string will be: [Take g: l0 m/s2. figure falling under gravity.
(a) 37.12N (D) 42N The upthrust on the body due
(c) 73 N (d) 2l N to liquid is:
21. The centre ofbuoyancy ofa floating object is (a) zero
(b) equal to weight of liquid displaced
(a) at the centre of gravity of the object.
(c) equal to weight of the body in air
(D) at the centre of gravity of the submerged part of (d) equal to the weight of the immersed body.
the object.
26. A boat having a length of 3 metre and breadth
(c) at the centre of gavity of the remaining part
2 metre is floating on a lake. The boat sinks by one
outside the fluid of the object.
cm when a man gets on it. The mass of the man is
(d) atthe centre of gravity of the fluid displaced by (a) 60 kg (b\ 62ke
the submerged part of the object. (c) 72kg (d) t28ke
22. Following are some statements about buoyant force: 27. A wooden cube first floats inside water when a 200 g
(Liquid is of uniform density) mass is placed on it. When the mass is removed the
(i) Buoyant force depends upon orientation ofthe cube is 2 cm above water level. The side of cube is:
concemed body inside the liquid. (a) 5 cm (D) lOcm
(ii) Buoyant force depends upon the density ofthe (c) l5cm (d) 20cm
body immersed. 28. A piece of ice with a stone frozen in it on water
(iii)Buoyant force depends on the fact whether the is kept in a beaker. The level of water when ice
system is on moon or on the earth. completely melts:
(iv) Buoyant force depends upon the depth at which (a) Increase (6) Decrease
the body (fully immersed in the liquid) is placed (c) Remain the same (d) None of these
inside the liquid. 29. A rectangular block is 5 cm x 5 cm x 10 cm. The
Of these statements : block is floating in water with 5 cm side vertical. If
(a) Only (r), (rr) and (iv) are correct. it floats with l0 cm side vertical, what change will
(D) Only (ii) is conect. occur in the level of water:
(a) No change
(c) Only (lir) and (iv) are correct.
(D) It will rise
(d) (i), (ii) apd (iv) are incorrect.
(c) It will fall
23. A small solid ball is dropped from a height above (d) It may rise or fall depending on the density of
the free surface of a liquid. It strikes the surface of block.
the liquid at t: 0. The density of the material of the 30. A boat carrying a number of large stones is floating

ball is 500 kg/m3 and that of liquid is 1000 kg/m3. tf in a water tank. What will happen to the water level
the ball comes momentarily at rest at t :2 sec then
if the stones are unloaded into the water:
(a) Rise
initial height of the ball from surface of liquid was
(b) Fall
(neglect viscosity):
(c) Remain unchanged
(a) 20m (b) l0 m (d) Rise till half the number of stones are unloaded
(c) 15 m (d) 2sm and then begin to fall
 Fluids 77.23
31. Aballoon filled with air is weighted, so that it barely
floats in water as shown in figure. When it is pushed
down so that it gets submerged a short distance in
water, then the balloon:
a

rar(r-g)
( 8/ rarr[r+s)
t, 8)
r,r r[g-r] @t er
[8 ) s
(a) Will come up again to its former position 36. A block of wood is floating in water in a closed
(D) Will remain in the position it is left vessel as shown in the figure. The vessel is connected

(c) Will to an air pump. When more air is pushed into the
sink to the bottom
vessel, the block of wood floats with (neglect
(4 Will emerge out of liquid
compressibility of water)
32. A wooden ball of density D is immersed in water
of density d to a depth ft below the surface of water
upto which the ball will jump out of water is:

ro ln
(c) h
" l*-')'
(d) zero
(a) larger part in the water
(6) smaller part in the water
33. A piece of cork starts from rest at the bottom of a
(c) same part in the water
lake and floats up. Its velocity v is plotted against (d) at some instant it will sink
time l. Which of the following best represents the
37. An empty balloon weighs Wr. lf air equal in weight
resulting curve: to W is pumped into the balloon, the weight of the
balloon becomes Zr. Suppose that the density of air
inside and outside the balloon is the same. Then
(o) u
(D) ' (o) Wz:Wr+W (b) Wz: J*r,
(c) Wr=W, (4 Wz:Wt-W
38. A metal piece of mass 160 g lies
in equilibrium inside a glass of
water. The piece touches the
(") ' (d) u glass at small number of poifits.
If the density of the metal is
8000 kg/m3, then the normal
force exerted by the bottom of the glass on the metal
34. We have two different liquidsl andB whose relative piece is:
densities are 0.75 and 1.0, respectively. If we dip
solid objects P and Q having relative densities 0.6
(a) 2N (b) 8N
and 0.9 in these liquids, then
(c) 0.16N (d) l.4N
(a) ldealFluid Flow
P floats inA and Q sinks in B
(b) P sinks in A and Q floats in B 39. The gauge pressure of 3 x lOs N/m2 must be
(c) P floats in.B and Q sinks in I maintained in the main water pipes of a city. How
(d) P sinks in B and Q floats in A much work must be done to pump 50,000 m3 of
water at a pressure of 1.0 x lOs N/m2:
35. The tension in a string holding a solid block below
the surface of a liquid (where priquia > p61o.1) as in
(a) lott J (D) lo'o J
shown in the figure is I when the system is at rest. (c) l0eJ (4 lo8J
77.24 Physics
40. Streamline motion is that motion in which there is:
(a) Only longitudinal velocity gradient
(D) Only radial velocity gradient (b)
(c) Longitudinal as well as radial velocity gradient
(d) Neither longitudinal nor radial velocity gradient
41. Blood flows through a main artery of area of cross (c)
section 2 cm2 with a speed of 0.25 ms-1. If it branches
into several capillaries oftotal area ofcross section
0.4 m2, the average speed of blood through each
capillary is @
(a) 0.25msr (b\ 1.25 x l0ams-r
46. Figure shows an ideal fluid flowing through a
(c) 12.5 x 1g-2*rr (4 0.5 x l0+ms-r uniform cross-sectional tube in the vertical tube
Equation of continuity with liquid velocities vn & v, and pressure P, and
P, at points A and B respectively. Knowing that tube
42. An incompressible liquid flows through a horizontal offers no resistance to fluid flow then which of the
tube as shown in the figure. Then the velocity 'v'of following is true.
the fluid is: Po A

a,,l
\ .5
z h

metel i j*r, = 3.0 m/s h

PB
A
4
(a) Pr>Pn (b) PB<PA
\r v
(c) Pn: P, (a) none of these
(a) 3.0m/s (b) l.5m/s 47. One end of a horizontal pipe is closed with the help
(c) 1.0m/s (d) 2.25mls of a valve and the reading of a barometer attached
to the pipe is 3 x 105 pascal. When the value in the
43. Water flows at the rate of 2 mrl through a pipe of
pipe is opened then the reading of barometer falls to
radius 2 cm and emerges from a nozzle of radius
105 pascal. The velocity of water flowing through
I cm. If the nozzle is directed vertically upwards,
the pipe will be in m/s:
water rises to a maximum height of G: l0 ms-2)
(a) 3.2m (b) 6.4m (a) 0.2 (b) 2

(c) 1.6 m (d) 0.8 m (c) 20 (A 200

44. Water from a tap emerges vertically down with an 48. In the figure below is shown the flow of liquid
initial speed of 1.0 ms-I. The cross sectional area through a horizontal pipe. Three tubes l, B and C
of tap is l0 x l0-s m2. Assume that the pressure is are connected to the pipe. The radii of the tubes, l,
constant throughout the stream ofwater, and that the B and C at the junction are respectively 2 cm, 1 cm.
flow is a steady, the cross sectional area ofthe steam and? cm.It can be said that the:
0.15 m below the tap is
(a) 5.0 x l0{m2 (b) 1.0 x l0-sm2
(c) 5.0 x lQ-s.2 @) 2.0 xl0-sm2
------t
Application ol Bernoulli's lrinciple
45. For a fluid which is flowing steadily in a horizontal (a) Height of the liquid in the tube I is maximum
tube as shown in the figure, the level in the vertical (b) Height of the liquid in the tubes I and B is the
tubes is best represented by same
(c) Height of the liquid in all the three tubes is the
same
(d) Height of the liquid in the tubes I and C is the
(a)
same
 Fluids 77.25
49. The diagram (figure) shows a venturi-meter, through P1

which water is flowing. The speed of water at X is

2 crnls. The speed of water at I (taking g : 1000 3m
cm/s2) is: v2

5.1mm (a) 2: I (b) 4: t

(c) 8:1 (d) 4:3
Velocity of Elflux
v
53. A tank is filled with water up to height.FL Water is
allowed to come out of a hole P in one of the walls
(a) 23 cmls (b) 32 cm/s
at a depth D below the surface of water as shown in
(c) l0l cm/s (d) 1024 cm/s the figure. Express the horizontal distance x in terms
50. Water flows through a horizontal tube as shown of H and D:

in the figure. If the different of heights of water

column in the vertical tubes is h = 0.02 m, and the
l11,
areas of cross section at A and B are 4 x 10r m2 and I
H
2 x l}a m2, respectively, then the rate of flow of
water across any section is

_+
p(H - p)
-th (r) *: 'D(H - D) (b) x =
2

(c) x: D(H -D) (d) x: D(H -D)

+ ----|
54. A fixed cylindrical vessel is filled with water up to
A
height FL A hole is bored in the wall at a depth h from
the free surface of water. For maximum horizontal
(a) 130 x 10{ m3/s (b) 146 x l0{ m3/s range h is equal to:
(c) 160 x l0{ m3/s (b) 170 x l0{ m3/s
51. Figure shows a capillary tube C dipped in a liquid
(a)H @ +
that wets it. The liquid rises to apointA.If we below H
air through the horizontal tube H,what will happen k)TH @o
to the liquid column in the capillary tube?
55. A cylindrical vessel of 90 cm height is kept filled
----+ Air H upto the brim as shown in the figure. It has four holes
A 1,2,3,4 which are respectively at heights of 20 cm,
30 cm, 40 cm and 50 cm from the horizontal floor
PQ. The water falling at the maximum horizontal
distance from the vessel comes from
c

(a) Level will rise above A

(b) Level will fall below I
(c) Level will remain at I
(d) It is difficult to predict
52. An ideal fluids flows in the pipe as shown in the
figure. The pressure in the fluid at the bottom P, is
the same as it is at the top P,. If the velocity of the (a) hole number 4 (D) hole number 3
top v, : 2 m/s. Then the ratio of areas A,' Aris (c) hole number 2 (d; hole number I
a a rh vntrcrf<
l',Jl9J

56. A tank of height 5 m is full of water. There is a velocities of effiux at these two holes, then v,/v, is
hole of cross sectional area I cm2 in its bouom. The
initial volume of water that will come out from this
hole per second is: p v1

(a)
(c)
l0-3m3/s
1om3/s
(b) 104m3/s
(d1 l0-2m3/s
I'
T^ v2

57. Water contained in a tank flows through an orifice of

a diameter 2 cm, under a constant pressure difference
I 2p

I 1
(b)
of l0 cm of water column. The rate of flow of water
through the orifice is:
(a)
,o ,
(a) 44 ccls
(c) 444 ccls
(b) 4.4 ccls
(d) 4400 ccls
@)I ,4+
58. A hole is made at the bottom of a tank filled with 61. A cylindrical drum open at the top contains 30 liters
water (density = 103 kg/m3). If the total pressure at of water. It drains out through a small opening at the
the bottom of the tank is 3 atm (l atrn = lOs N/m2),
bottom. l0 liters of water comes out in time l, the
next l0 liters in further time t, and the last l0 litres
then the velocity of effiux is:
in further time lr. Then
(a) GoO n/s 1a1 .E00 n/s (a) tr: tr: t, (b) \> t2> t3
1c1 G00 n/s 1a; .600 n/s (c) tr<tr<t, (d) tr>tr:t,
59. A cylindrical vessel contains 62. Acylindrical tank has a hole of I cm2 at its bottom.
a liquid of density p up to m,A If the water is allowed to flow into the tank from a
height h. The liquid is closed tube above it at the rate of 70 cm3/s, then find the
by a piston of mass m and maximum height upto which water can rise in the
area of cross section A.There tank
is a small hole at the bottom
of the vessel. The speed v
with which the liquid comes out of the hole is o

@ Jrsh (b)
'(*.ffi)
1
zsn +ff
b
(c)
'(*.ff) (d)
I
60. Equal volume of two immersible liquids of densities a
p and2p are filled in a vessel as shown in the figure.
Two small holes are punched at depths hl2 and3hl2 (a) 2.5 x l0-2 m (b) 1.25 x 10-2 m
from the surface of lighter liquid. If v, and vrarethe (c) 5.5 x l0-2 m (d) 3.5 x l0-2 m

EXERC'SE - 2

Variotion of pressure in static fluid (a) 0 (b) pgt A,

1. Atube in vertical plane is shown in flgure. It is filled (c) 2pgl A, (d) Cannot be determined
with a liquid of density p and its end B is closed.
Then the force exerted by the fluid on the tube at 2. To measure the atmospheric pressure, four different
end B will be: fNeglect atmospheric pressure and tubes of length lm,2m, 3m and 4m are used. If the
assume the radius of the tube to be negligible in height of the mercury column in the tubes is h, h2,
comparison to {l h, horespectively in the four cases, then hr: hr: hr:
hois
T B (cross section
2t
area = Ao)
(a) l:2:3:4 (b)4:3:2:l
I * (c) l:2:2:l (A l: l:l:l
 Fluids TT'27
3. You are studying for an exam on the eight floor P^m
of your luxurious aparffnent building. You look (a) r+- (b)
Po
+-m
pg ap p8 2ap
out from the window and notice that one of your
neighbours is giving a party on the ground-floor m m
(c) @ 2po
terrace and has placed a huge punch bowl full of -ap
an interesting looking beverage (specific gavtty l)
directly below your window. You quickly string Variotion of Pressure with Fluid in Accelerated
together 80 drinking straws to form a giant straw Contdiner
that can reach the punch bowl 80 feet below. You dip
the straw into the punch and begin to suck. When 7. The cubical container ABCDEFGH which is
you use a single drinking straw to drink something, completely filled with an ideal (non-viscous and
it takes you 0.1 seconds to raise the liquid to your incompressible) fluid, moves in a gravity free space
lips. But when you use this giant drinking straw, with a acceleration of
(a) you find that you can't raise the liquid to your
lips no matter how hard you bry. a:qof?-i+tcl
(b) it takes you 8 seconds to raise the liquid to your where ao is a positive constant. Then the only point
lips. in the container shown in the figure where pressure
(c) it takes you 800 seconds to raise the liquid to
is maximum, is
your lips.
(d) it takes you 640 seconds to raise the liquid to
your lips.
A
4. A small uniform tube is bent
into a circular tube of radius
R and kept in the vertical z
plane. Equal volumes of two
liquids of densities p and o
(p > o) fill half of the tube as (a)B (b) C
shown. 0 is the angle which (c)E (AF
the radius passing through the interface makes with
the vertical. The value of 0 is: 8. In previous question pressure will be minimum at
point
(a) o=,",-'f-l (b) o=,*-'[-l (") A (b) B
[O+o.,1 [o+P/ (c) H (d) F
(c) o="r-'[*l @) o4*-'[*l 9. A U-tube of base length "I'filled with same volume
[P+o.,, [P-o,, of two liquids of densities p and 2p is moving with
5. A U-tube of uniform cross-section is panially filled
an acceleration"a" on the horizontal plane as shown
with a liquid I. Another liquid II which does not mix
with liquid I is poured into one side. It is found that in the figure. If the height difference between the
the liquid levels of the two sides of the tube are the two surfaces (open to atmosphere) becomes zero,
same, while the level of liquid I has risen by 2 cm. then the height h is given by:
If the specific gravity of liquid I is l.l, the specific
gravity of liquid II must be:
(a) t.t2 (b) l.l
(c) 1.05 (A r.0
#
a
6. In the figure, the cross-sectional area of the smaller
tube is a and that of the larger tube is 2a. A block of
mass rn is kept in the
;; = atmospheric Fr-
smaller tube having pressure
the same base area a,
as that of the tube. @) ltzg ;, zg
The difference 2
between water levels
of the two tubes is:
(") 9t
c
o?r 5g
77.28 Physics
10. A liquid is kept in a cylindrical vessel which is 14. An open tank l0 m long and 2 m deep is filled up to
rotated about its axis. The liquid rises at the sides. 1.5 m height of oil of specific gavrty 0.82. The tank
If the radius of the vessel is 0.05 m and the speed of is uniformly accelerated along its length from rest to
rotation is 2 rev/s, The difference in the height of the a speed of 20 m/s horizontally. The shortest time in
liquid at the centre of the vessel and its sides will be which the speed may be attained without spilling any
oil is:
(r2: l0):
(a) 3 cm (b) 2cm
(a) s20 (b) 18 s
(c) 10s (d) 5s
(c) 312 cm (d) 213 cm
Archimedes Principle
11. An open water tanker moving on a horizontal 15. Two bodies are in equilibrium when suspended
straight road has a cubical block of cork floating in water from the arms of a balance. The mass
over its surface. Ifthe tanker has an acceleration of of one body is 36 g and its density is 9 g/cc.
a as shown in the figure, the acceleration of the cork If the mass of the other is 48 g, its density in
with respect to container is (ignore viscosity) g/cc is:
@)aB (b) 3t2

-+
(c)3 (As
+a 16. In order that a floating object be in a stable
equilibrium, its centre of buoyancy should be:
(a) vertically above its centre of gravity
(b) vertically below its centre ofgravity
(c) horizontally in line with its centre of gravity
2
a (d) may be anywhere
(r)
(a) Zero
-
o
6 17. Figure shows a weighing-bridge, with a beaker P

c)-
a
v
lfr (d) a
with water on one pan and a balancing weight R on
the other. A solid ball Q is hanging with a thread
outside water. It has volume 40 cm3 and weighs 80 g.
12. The minimum horizontal acceleration of the If this solid is lowered to sink fully in water, but not
containing so that the pressure at point A of the touching the beaker anywhere, the balancing weight
container become atmospheric is (the tank is of
R'will be

sufficient height) o

P @ R

2 +a
(a) same as .R (b) 40 g less than R
{ (c) 40 g more than R (d) 80 g more than R
18. A uniform rod OB of length I m, cross-sectional
3m area 0.012 m2 and relative density 2.0 is free to
rotate about O in vertical plane. The rod is held
4
<"t (b) with a horizontal sfiing AB which can withstand
)s 1s a maximum tension of 45 N. The rod and string
4 3 system is kept in water as shown in figure. The
(c) @ os
,c maximum value of angle o which the rod can make
with vertical without breaking the string is
13. A liquid is kept in a cylindrical vessel which is
rotated along its axis. The liquid rises at the side. Fixed vessel

Ifthe radius ofthe vessel is 5 cm and the speed of

rotation is 4 rev/s, then the difference in the height
ofthe liquid at the centre of the vessel and its sides is
(a) 8 cm (b) 2cm (a) 45' (b) 37'
(c) 40cm (d) 4cm (d) 60'
(c) 53'
 Fluids 77.29
19. A block of iron is kept at the bottom of a bucket full 24. The total weight of a piece of wood is 6 kg In the
of water at2oC. The water exerts buoyant force on
floating state in water its O"n remains inside the
the block. If the temperature of water is increased by I
oC the temperature of iron block also increases by
I water. On this floating solid, what maximum weight
l'C. The buoyant force on the block by water is to be put such that the whole of the piece of wood
(a) will increase is to be drowned in the water:
(b) will decrease (a) t2kg (b) l0 kg
(c) will not change (c) 14 kg (d) ls kg
(d) may decrease or increase depending on the
25. A wooden block of volume 1000 cm3 is suspended
values of their coefficient of expansion
from a spring balance. Its weight is 12 N in air. It
20. A block is partially immersed in a liquid and the is suspended in water such that half of the block is
vessel is accelerating upwards with an acceleration below the surface of water. The reading of spring
"a". The block is observed by two observers O, and
balance is:
O, one at rest and the other accelerating with an
acceleration "4" upward as shown in the figure. The
(a) 10N (b) 9N
total buoyant force on the block is: (c) 8N (d) 7N
26. A steel ball is floating in a trough of mercury. If we
1, o,tt" fill the empty part of the trough with water, what will
happen to the steel ball:

o, tat rest) (a) It will continue in its position

I (D) It will move up
(a) same for OrandO, (c) It will move down
(6) greater for Orthan O,
(d) It will execute vertical oscillations
(c) greater for Orthan O,
(A 27. Asolid uniform ball having volume Zand density p
da1a is not sufficient
floats at the interface of two unmissable liquids as
21. A l0 cm side cube weighing 5 N is immersed shown in figure. The densities of the upper and the
in a liquid of relative density 0.8 contained in a
lower liquids are pl and p, respectively, such that
rectangular tank ofcross section a area 15 cm x 15
cm. If the tank contained liquid to a height of 8 cm Pr < P < P2. What fraction of the volume of the ball
before the immersion, the level of the liquid surface will be in the lower liquid:
is:
100 97
(a) cm (D) cm
; ;
(c) l0 cm (d) l1 cm
22. A vessel contains oil (density :
0.8 gn/cm3) over
mercury (density : 13.6 gm/cm3). A uniform sphere (a)
P-Pz (6)
Pr

floats with half its volume immersed in mercury and Pr -Pz Pr -Pz
the other half in oil. The density of the material of
(c)
q-p Pr-Pz
sphere in gm/cm3 is: or-Pz @
Qz
(a) 3.3 (b) 6.4
28. A spherical ball of radius r and relative density 0.5
(c) 7.2 (A n.8
is floating in equilibrium in water with half of it
23. Acubical block ofcopper ofside l0 cm is floating in
immersed in water. The work done in pushing the
a vessel containing mercury. Water is poured into the
vessel so that the copper block just gets submerged. ball down so that whole of it is just immersed in
The height of water column is water is [p is the density of water]
(pne : 13.6 g cc, Pcu : 7.3 glcc,Pwater :l gm/cc) (a) 0.25 prg (b) 0.5 prg
(a) 1.25 cm (b) 2.5 cm 4z5a
(c) -nr-Pg (d)
(c) 5 cm (A 7.5 cm Onr'Pg
17 ?O Dhvcirc
29. Ahomogeneous solid cylinder of h'opg
(a) 2hcg (b)
2
sectional area Al5 is immersed d
such that it floats with its axis h2opg hopg
(c) @
vertical at the liquid-liquid 4 4
interface with length Ll4 in the 2d
34. Asquare ofsize I m x I m is
denser liquid as shown in
the
hinged at its midpoint. A fluid
figure. The lowerdensity liquid is opento atmosphere
having pressure Po. Then, densityD of solid is given of density p fills the space to Hinge
by: the left of the gate. The force F
\4 required to hold the fluid at rest
(a\:d (b\
@)+
is: F
"4 =d
5
@T
@)ad @ 45
30. Three identical vessels A, B and C contain same
@+ @+
quantity of liquid. In each vessel balls of different
densities but same masses are placed. [n vessel l, ldeal Fluid Flow
the ball is partly submerged; in vessel B, the ball is 35. Afire hydrant (as shown in the figure) delivers water
completely submerged, floating and in vessel C, the of density p at a volume rate L. The water travels
ball has sunk to the base. If FA, FB and Fo are the vertically upward through the hydrant and then does
total forces acting on the base of vessels A, B and C, 90o tum to emerge horizontally at speed Z. The pipe
respectively, then and nozzle have uniform cross-section throughout.
m The force exerted by the water on the corner ofthe
hydrant is
@ m

(a) (b) (c) -

(a) Fe= Fo: Fc (b) Fe. Fr. F"
(c) Fe: Fo< Fc (b) Fe. Fr. F"
31. A sphere of solid material of specific gravity 8 has
a concentric spherical cavrty and just sinks in water. (a) pVL (b) zero
The ratio of radius of cavity to that of outer radius of
the sphere must be:
(c) 2pvl (A Ji pvr
113 <l/3 Equotion of Continuity
@) z @; 36. Two water P and Q having diameters 2 x lf m
pipes
qv3 and 4 x 10-2 m, respectively, are joined in series
(c)-2"2 (A^?v3 with the main supply line of water. The velocity of
water flowing in pipe P is
32. A wooden rod of a uniform cross section and of (a) 4 times that of Q (b) 2 times that of Q
length 120 cm is hinged at the bottom of the Ank
(c) ll2 times that of Q @) ll4 rimes that of p
which is filled with water to a height of 40 cm. In the
equilibrium position, the rod makes an angle of 60o 37. The cylindrical tube of a spray pump has a radius R,
with the vertical. The centre of buoyancy is located one end of which has n fine holes, each of radius r.
on the rod at a distance (from the hinge) of If the speed of flow of the liquid in the tube is v, the
(a) 20cm (D) 40cm
speed ofejection ofthe liquid through the hole is:
(c) 60cm (d) 75cm
Force on submerged surfaces r[4]
r,r nLr
)
(b) r[4]i
nLr )
33. Water stands upto a height h behind the vertical wall
J
of a dam. What is the net horizontal force pushing
ul n1i ,[Rl2
the dam down by the stream, if width of the dam is
: density of water):
(c) -l 'l
nLr ) @ -l-
nLr J l

o? (p
 Fluids TT'37
38. Water filled in an empty tank of area l0l through a incompressible. Hence, the rate of volume flow
tap of cross sectional area A. The speed of water must remain constant. As this is equal to velocity
flowing out of tap is given by v (mls'S = 19 x arel, the area decreases as velocity increases.
(d) The surface tension causes the exposed surface
[r-ri.]rl
[ 30,i
where'r'is in seconds. The height of
area ofthe liquid to decrease continuously.

water'level from the bottom of the tank at I = 15 41. A mercury manometer is connected as shown in the
second will be: figure. The diffdrence in height Ai is: (symbols have
usual meaning).
(a) l0m b) [,t*a.l ,,
I n)
(") 5
am @ [,r-a]
L nl -
Application of Bernoullis Principle
39. A portion of a tube is shown in the figure. Fluid is pdcot0 pdtan0
flowing from cross-section arca A, to lr. The two ("\ (D)
Pne Pnr
cross-sections are at distance '/' from each other.
pdsin0
The velocity of the fluid at sectionl, k If the
(c) (d) None of these
E. Qns

pressures at A,
and A, axe same, then the angle made
42. A large cylindrical tank has a hole of area A atits
by the tube with the horizontal will be:
bottom and water is poured into the tank through a
tube ofcross-sectional area A ejecting water at the
speed v. Which of the following is true?
(a) Water level in tank keeps on rising.
(b) No water can be stored in the tank.
//
(c) Water level will rise to a height *zg and then
stop.
(d) The water level will be oscillating.
(a) 37' (a) sin-l
I Velocity of Elflux
(c) 53" (d) none ofthese
43. There are two identical small holes on the opposite
40. Water coming out of the mouth of a tap and falling sides of a tank containing a liquid. The tank is open
vertically in streamline flow forms a tapering at the top. The difference in height of the trvo holes
column, i.e.,the area of cross-section of the liquid is & as shown in the figure. As the liquid comes
column decreases as it moves down. Which of the out of the two holes, the tank will experience a net
following is the most accurate explanation for this: horizontal force proportional to:

(a) hlD (b) h

(a) As the water moves down, its speed increases
(") htn @) h2
and hence its pressure decreases. It is then
compressed by the atmosphere. 44. Acylindrical
.ank
of height 0.4 m is open at the top
(D) Falling water tries to reach a terminal velocity andhasadiameter0.16m.Waterisfilledinituptoa
and hence reduces the area of cross-section to heightof0.l6m.Howlongitwilltaketoemptythe
balance upward and downward forces. tank through a hole of radius 5 x 10-3 m at its bottom ?
(c) Themassofwaterflowingpastanycross-section (a) 46.26sec. (b) 4.6 sec.
must remain constant. Also, water is almost (c) 462.6 sec. (d) 0.46 sec.
77.32 Physics
45. A cylindrical container of radius 'R'and height 'll' 47. A square box of water has a small hole located in
is completely filled with a liquid. Two horizontal one of the bottom comer. When the box is full and
sitting on a level surface, complete opening of the
I shaped pipes of small cross-section area 'a' are hole results in a flow of water with a speed vo, as
connected to the cylinder as shown in the figure.
shown in figure (1). When the box is tilted by 45"
Now the two pipes are opened and fluid starts and half filled so that the hole is at the lowest point.
coming out of the pipes horizontally in opposite Now the water will flow out with a speed of:
directions. Then the torque due to ejected liquid on
the system is:

2R

lnitial
ht2 ht2
l--n R

v0
(a) ,o (b)
2
v0 v0
(c)
o (d)
@
(a) 4aghpR (b) saghpR 48. In a cylindrical water tank there are two small holes
(c) ZaghpR (d) none ofthese Q and P on he wall at a depth of ft, from the upper
level of water and at a height of h, from the lower
46. The velocity of the liquid and of the tank, respectively, as shown in the figure.
Water coming out from both the holes strike the
coming out of a small hole of ground at the same point. The ratio of h, and hris:
a large vessel containing two
T
different liquids of densities 2p
and p as shown in figure is:
:2,F:-- o I h1

P
h2

@ J6sh @ z'[sh
(a) I (b) 2
G\ z.lTgh @ ,[sh (c)>1 (a <t

EXERC'SE _ 3

Numerical Type 2. A closed vessel has a small hole in one of its faces
near the bottom as shown. The velocity (in m/s) of
1. The U tube shown below is filled with a liquid and
water coming out from the given hole at the given
is accelerating horizontally with an acceleration a
instant is (p : 103 kg/m3, Po: I x lgs N/m2)
(in m/s2). Find a.

Air P: 0.9P0
l0 cm rs: tosN/#
h: o9
20 cm
15 cm
-L-I - ---

5 cmi
 Fluids 11.33
3. A cube of external dimension 20 cm has an inner 8. Water filld in an empty tank of area 604.
cubical portion of side l0 cm whose density is fwice through a tap of cross-sectional area A. The
that of the outer portion. If this cube is just floating speed of water flowing out of tap is given by
in a liquid of density I glcm3, then the density of the lrl
x v(m/s) : I0[4 - n sin (s-')t]. Find the level of
;v'g/cm3. Find (x + y). ,
'
inner portion is
water (in m) in tank at t: 15 s.
4. A completely filled hemispherical tank of radius R
has an orifice of small area a at its bottom. Time 9. A cubical block of mass M is kept inside a liquid
of variablc density pv : po (l + by), where y is
P O xR5/2
the distance from the- free surface. Initially (llqth
required to completely empty the tank i
" of cubical block is immersed. The mass M' of the
Find (p + q). (Assum" *",r*
top surface r?3firtn" additional block kept on the first block to immerse
liquid is always much greater than the orifice area)
it just completely is ,' = orrr[i .iu,]. Find
5. A small solid ball is dropped from a height above
the free surface of a liquid. It strikes the surface of
lx -yl. (Here p6 and b are constants and side of cube
the liquid at t: 0. The density of the material of the = (,)
ball is 500 kg/ m3 and that of liquid is 1000 kg/m3. M'
If the ball comes momentarily at rest at t: 2 s, then
the initial height (in m) of the ball from the surface
of liquid is (neglect viscosity)

6. Auniform solid sphere of radius R is in equilibrium

inside a liquid whose density varies with depth from
10. A thin hemispherical shell of mass m and radius R
h
free surface as p po : l+-
, where ft is the
ho
is pressed against a smooth vertical wall. Through a
very small aperture at its top, water of density p is
depth from free surface. If the density of sphere is filled in it completely. Minimum magnitude of force
is to be applied to the shell for liquid not to escape
6: (t . then nnd (x + y).
0o
#), from it. The weight of hemisaherical shell is mg and
surface total mass of water is M: ?nn'p. The net external
3

c / m\2
force is Mg *,/ . Find (cr,+B).
-+
g \,

7. In the figure shown, a rectangular bar of soap having

density 800 kg/m3 floats in water of density 1000
kg/m3. Oil of density 300 kg/m3 is slowly added,
forming a layer that does not mix with the water.
When the top surface of the oil is at the same level 11. Alargetankisfilledwith
as the top surface of the soap, then the ratio of the water. A small hole is
thickness of oil layer to the soap's thickness is x/L. made at a depth l0 m
Find (x + L). below water surface.
The range of water
issuing out of the hole
LI
+
Soap
oil is R on ground. What IIIIII
ITIITIT
+ extra pressure in atm
ffl
must be applied on the
water surface so that the range becomes 2R: (Take I
atm : lOs Pa andg: 10 m/s2)
77,34 Physics
12. A thin uniform rod of length 2L and specific gravity 18. Acube ofwoodofmass 0.5 kg
3/4 is hinged at one end to a point at height LlZ and density 800 kg m-3 is
fastened to the free end of a
above the surface of water, with other end immersed
in water. The inclination of rod with water surface in
vertical spring of spring
constant k = 50 Nm-I, fixed at
equilibrium is n/N radian where N is an integer. N is the bottom. Now, the entire system is completely
equal to submerged in water. The elongation or compression

13. A cubical block is floating in a liquid with half of of the spring in equilibriu- i. cm. Find the value
I
its volume immersed in the liquid. When the whole
of p. (Given, g: l0 ms-r)
system accelerates upwards with acceleration ofgl3,
the fraction of volume immesed in the liquid is 19. Two spheres each of volume 250 cc bt of relative
l/N. Then N is equal to densities 0.8 and 1.2 are connected by a string and
the combination is immersed in a liquid in vertical
14. Acuboidal piece of wood has dimensions a, b and c
position as shown in the figure.
in S.I system of units. Its relative density is dwhich
is numerically equal to lla.It is floating in a large I
body ofwater such that side a is vertical. It is pushed
The tension in the strins
" i, 18
N . Find the vale of k.

down a bit and released. The time period of SHM (Given,8f : l0 ms-2)
executed by it is seconds.

(Assume g: TEz ms-2)

15. A pump holding water is designed as a horizontal

cylinder with a piston having an area of I and an
outlet orifice having an area of'a'ananged nearthe
cylinder axis. Determine the velocity of outflow of
water in ms l from the pump if the piston moves
with a constant velocity under the action of a force
F. (A = 2m2 and F: 4 ld'l.Assume I >> a) 20. Figures shows a cubical block of side l0 cm and
16. A hollow tube with thin, uniform cross-section relative density 1.5 suspended by a wire of cross-
is filled with ideal fluid as shown in the diagram. sectional area l0{ m2. The breaking stress of the
Curved part is a semicircle of radius R. If the system wire is 7 x l0-8 Nm'. The block is placed in a
is , time period of liquid system is beaker of base area200 cm2 and initially at /: 0, the
top surfaces of water and block coincide. There is a
2n Findout zn?
ng(t + 3 pump at the bottom corner, which ejects 2 cm3 of
water per second. If the time at which wire breaks is
p x 100 second, then the find the value ofp. (Given,
a g: l0 ms-2)

--l
p.tz
,_t
17. In rising from the bottom of a lake to its surface, the
2 cmts-'
temperature of air bubble remains constant but its
diameter gets doubled. If i is the barometric height
(expressed in metre of mercury of relative density
p) at the surface of the lake, the depth of the lake is
Blp. Find the value of B. (Neglect effects of surface
tension)
 Fluids 77.35
-
EXERC'SE _ 4

Single Option Correct = 4. Inthefigure shownwater F2

is filled in a symmetrical
1. Anarrowtube completely Open to atmosphere
container. Four pistons
filled with a liquid is
lying on a series of H ofequal areaA are used Fr* F3

cylinders as shown in at the four opening to

figure. Assuming no keep the water in
sliding between any equilibrium. Now an F4

surfaces, the value of acceleration of the cylinders

additional force F is
for which liquid will not come out of the tube from
applied at each piston. The increase in the pressure
anywhere is given by
at the centre of the container due to this addition is
(o\ gH (b\ g F2F
2LL (a) j (b)
Z
rc\ry
L @+
.l2L @i4F (d)o
2. An open pan P filled with water (density p,) is
placed on a vertical rod, maintaining equilibrium. A
5. Water (density p) is flowing through
block of density p is placed on one side of the pan as
the uniform tube of cross-sectional
shown in the figure. Water depth is more than height
area A with a constant speed v as V
of the block.
shown in the figure. The magnitude
P of force exerted by the water on the
A
curved corner ofthe tube is
(neglect viscous forces)

@) JlpAv2 (b) zpa?

(a) Equilibrium will be maintained only if p < pw,
(D) Equilibrium will be maintained only if p a p*
g1 J-zp,tv2 @ 4r!2
(c) Equilibrium will be maintained for all relations 6. One end of a long iron chain of linear mass density
between p and p*.
L is fixed to a sphere of mass z and specific density
(d) It is not possible to maintained the equilibrium
1/3 while the other end is free as shown in the figure.
3. There is a small hole in the bottom of a fixed The sphere along with the chain is immersed in a
container containing a liquid upto height 'h'. The
top of the liquid as well as the hole at the bottom are deep lake. If specific density of iron is 7, the height
exposed to atmosphere. As the liquid comes out of h above the bed of the lake at which the sphere
the hole. (Area of the hole is 'a' and that of the top will float in equilibrium is (Assume that the part
surface is 'l'):
of the chain lying on the bottom of the lake exerts
(a) the top surface of the liquid accelerates with
negligible force on the upper part of the chain.):
acceleration : g t-t
(D) the top surface of the liquid accelerates with t_-_n
t-t

t-_\.,,-_-_t I
l-- --F- ,rl
acceleration : S4
'A2
(c) the top surface of the liquid retards with
l::-*t:Tl
retardation : ga (a)
16m
(b)
7m
A 7T 3l
(d) the top surface of the liquid retards with
5m
retardation :1 ( c)
d @r*
A'
77.36 Physics
7. If in the above problem the sphere is slightly 10. The U-tube shown has a
displaced vertically from its equilibrium position, uniform cross-section. A
liquid is filled in the two
the time period of the resulting SHM is T
arms up to heights hrand h1

an EG h, and then the liquid is

@7lxs (b) 2n Esm allowed to
T
3{rt Neglect
move.
viscosity and I r
]-h+l
zn E5)" qn E6x surface tension. When
@ Tl* @ ,l*s the levels equalize in the two arms, the liquid
(a) be at rest
will

(b) be moving with an acceleration of

8. An I shaped glass tubeis kept inside a bus that ( n-n" \
ol ------J--------!- |
is moving with constant acceleration. During the "[4 * 4*h )
motion, the level of the liquid in the left arm is at
(c) be moving with a velocity of
12 cm whereas in the right arm, it is at 8 cm when
lo
the orientation of the tube is as shown in the figure. (h-4) 6
,(hr. h. h)
Assuming that the diameter of the tube is much
(d) exert a net force to the right on the tube
smaller than levels of the liquid and neglecting
effect of surface tension, acceleration of the bus will 11. A tube I cm2 in cross-section is auached to the top
be G: 10 n/s2). of a vessel I cm high and of cross section 100 cm2.
water is poured into the system filling it to a depth
of 100 cm above the bottom of the vessel as shown
1 T in the figure. Take g : l0 ms-2. Find the correct
statement. (neglect atmospheric pressure)

(a) I m/s2 (b) 2 mls2 1 cm2

(c) 4 m/sz (d) 5 mls2

9. The spring balance A read 2 kg with a block z
suspended from it. A balance B reads 5 kg when a 99 cm

beaker with liquid is put on the pan of the balance.

The two balances are now so arranged that the f t cm

hanging mass is inside the liquid in the beaker as

(a) the force exerted by water against the bottom of
shown in figure. In this situation:
the vessel is 100 N,
(D) the weight of water in the system is 1.99 N
A
(c) Both (a) and (b) are correct
(c) Neither (a) nor (b) is correct.
12. An ice cube isfloating in oir
water above which a
B layer of a lighter oil is tce
poured. As the ice melts
interface
(a) The balance I will read more than 2 kg completely, the level of water
water surface (or
(b) The balance B will read more than 5 kg
interface) and upper level of oil will
(c) The balance A will read less than 2 kg and B will (a) rise and fall
read more than 5 kg (D) fall and rise
(d) The balance A and,B will read2 kg and 5 kg
(c) not changed and change
respectively. (d) not change and fall not
 Fluids 77.37
13. A hollow sphere of mass M : 50 kg and radius r : P+pgh Phps

f +T" m is immersed in a tank of water (density

(a)
6 (b)
ffi
\ aonl PJhps
(d)
P
p,: 103 kg/m3). The sphere is tied to the bottom of
(c)
0.65 hpffi
a tank by two wires I
and B as shown. Tension in
wire A is (g: 10 m/s2) 16. The force acting due to the liquid per unit width
(width is measured perpendicular to the plane of
figure) on a plane wall inclined at an angle 0 with
the horizontal (see figure), if the density of liquid is

P' is
B

1
(a) 125J, N (b) 12sN H
(c) 2sOrDN (d) 250N
14. Atube filled with water
I e

and closed at both ends o (D pgHz pgH2

(a) (b)
uniformly rotates in a A B 2sin 0 sin0
horizontal plane about
the OO' axis. The
2 pgH2 pgH2
(c,l (d)
manometers A and B t1
I
t' sin e E;,8
rz-------4,
fixed in the tube at 17. A cubical container with side 3 m has a small
distance r, and r, from o'
hole with a cap at point C as shown in the figure.
rotational axis indicate
The water level is upto D (BC :0.5 cm and BD
pressnre p1 and p2 respectively. Determine the : 2 m).If container is given a constant acceleration
angular velocity ro of rotation of the tube.
ao:9 ms-2 and the hole is simultaneously opened,
p) (b) p)
: 'Z(pz-
rrr: Wpr- then amount of water that will spill out is (Given,
(o) r.o
p?i -,?) l;c;6 g: l0 ms-2)
tA(p, - pr) Jr@rn) Open to
(c) ro: (d) atmosphere
p(\ - rz) g\rz
15. Figure shows a crude type of atomizer. When bulb m
D
I is compressed, air flows swiftly through nfte BC lnitial
causing a reduced pressure in the particles of the
vertical tube. Liquid rises in the tube, enters BC
level of -->
ao
.5m
water
and is sprayed out. If the pressure in the bulb is
Po+ P, where P is the gauge pressure and { is the 0.5 m

atmospheric pressure, v is the speed of air in BC,

find how large would v need to be to cause the liquid
to rise to BC. Density of air: 1.3 kg/m3. (a) 2150L
B c (6) 4150 L
A
(c) 3150 L
h
a (4 27s0L
77.38 Physics
18. A water clock (clepsydra) used in ancient Greece 20. A test tube of length / is
is designed as a vessel with a small orifice O (see immersed inverted into a
figure). The time is determined according to the
vessel having mercury (pr)
level of water in the vessel. What should be the
equation corresponding to the shape ofthe vessel for
ofheight / such that it isjust
the time scale to be uniform? (Vessel is symmetric immersed. Mercury was .x
about vertical axis and a: the area of orifice and y: found to rise to a height x as
speed with which water surface lower down) shown. The pressure at A is
(Atmospheric pressure is I length of mercury)
(a) (l p^g
-x) (b) xp*g
(c) (21 - x) p.s (d) (l - 2x) p*s

21. A hollow sphere of radius R is made of a material of

specific $avity p. It will float if the thickness t of its
surface is:

(a) y:kr4, where O : ti (a) t>R/3p (b) t:zil3p

ga- (c) t>Rl3p (d) t<4Rl3p
2I-2 u.2-
(b) y:1x4, where k - 22. Water flows out of a big tank along a tube bent at
ga'
right angles. The inner radius ofthe tube is equal to
(c) y:ha, where : +g0 r. the length of the horizontal section of the tube is
equal to /. The water flow rate is p. Find the moment

(d) y :ha, where k=

Tt2 v2 of reaction forces of flow in water , acting on the
2go' tube's walls, relative to the point O.

19. A horizontally oriented tube AB of length Z rotates

with a constant angular velocity rrr about a stationary
axis OO' passing through the end ,4 as shown in the l+t
figure. The tube is filled with an ideal fluid. The end
A of the tube is opened and the closed end B has
a very small orifice. Find the velocity of the fluid
relative to the tube as a function of column height h. tt

o
4u, 2Q2p(t)
I

<j>, (a)
nv'
(b)
182
B
A
...,4 J-282p(t\
\c) ---------;- (d) Zero
TET.

<-h----------) M u lti pl e O pti o ns Correct

o' {-L-} 23. Pressure gradient in a static fluid is represented
by (z-direction is vertically upwards, and x-axis is
(o) ah
z
2L
(o ohffr along horizontal, d is density of fluid):
h

ffi @+:-dg
oz *:as
rot
ox
s ,h|r-t (d)
ah t_
-
_
\n dp
:0
2 2 (")
0x
<a ?:o ctz
 Fluids 77.39
24. The vessel shown in Figure has two sections of area @) wrr: w, (b) wt> w2
of cross-sectionArandAr. A liquid of density p fills (c) wr<w,
both the sections, up to height lz in each. Neglecting (d) The force exerted by the liquid on the walls of
atmospheric pressure, the flask is (Wr- W2).
28. The vessel shown in the figure has two sections of
1 areas of cross-section I , and Ar. A liquid of density
h
p fills both the sections, up to a height h in each.
Neglect atmospheric pressure:
x
h
I
h

I
(a) the pressure at the base ofthe vessel is2hpg
(D) the weight of the liquid in vessel in equal to (a) The pressure ofthe vessel is2hpg.
at the base
2hpgA, (D) The force exerted by the liquid on the base of
(c) the force exerted by the liquid on the base of the vessel is2hpgAr.

vessel is2hpgA,
(c) The weight of the liquid is <2hpgAr.
(d) The walls of the vessel at the level X exert a
(d) the walls of the vessel at the level Xexert a force
downward force hpg Q4, - A r) on the liquid.
hpg(Az-1,) downwards on the liquid.
29. A liquid flows through a horizontal tube. The
25. A cubical block of wood of edge l0 cm and mass velocities of the liquid in the two sections, which
0.92 kg floats on a tank of water with oil of rel. have areas of cross-section l, and A2, are v, and
density 0.6, Thickness of oil is 4 cm above water. v, respectively. The difference in the levels of the
When the block attains equilibrium with four of its liquid in the two vertical tubes is ft:
sides edges vertical:
(a) I cm of it will be above the free surface of oil.
h
(6) 5 cm of it will be under water.
(c) 2 cm of it will be above the common surface of 'A,l''' A2
oil and water. v2
(d) 8 cm of it will be under water. (a) The volume of the liquid flowing through the
26. An air bubble in a water tank rises from the bottom tube in unit time is l,v,
to the top. Which of the following statements are
true?
(b) uz-rr=
'lTgh @ I -v? =2gh
(d; The energy per unit mass of the liquid is the
(a) Bubble rises upwards because pressure at the
same in both sections of the tube.
bottom is less than that at the top.
30. A vertical U-tube contains a liquid. The total length
(b) Bubble rises upwards because pressure at the
of the liquid column inside the tube is /. When the
bottom is greater than that at the top.
liquid is in equilibrium, the liquid surface in one of
(c) As the bubble rises, its size increases.
the arms of the U-tube is pushed down slightly and
(a) As the bubble rises, its size decreases.
released. The entire liquid column will undergo a
27. A massless conical flask filled with a liquid is kept on periodic motion:
a table in a vacuum. The force exerted by the liquid (a) The motion is not simple harmonic motion.
on the base of the flask is W'The force exerted by
(6) The motion is simple harmonic motion.
the flask on the table is [/r.
(c) If it undergoes simple harmonic motion, the time
period will be ,"rE
(d) It is undergoes simple harmonic motion, the

time period will be ,"rE

ll lll Dhrrcirc
31. A rectangular vessel of dimension (l x b x h) and 33. An open vessel containing liquid is moving with
mass Mobtains a liquid of density p. The vessel has constant acceleration a on a leveled horizontal
an orifice at its bottom at a distance c from the rear surface. For this situation mark out the correct
wall as shown in the figure. statement(s).

l<--/--+l
Tr
llt
h I
I

l----)F
a
--+

It)
t \_ ^ __,/
(a) The maximum pressure is at the leftmost bottom
K-c+i
corner.
(a) The maximum volume of the water that can be (b) Along a horizontal line within the liquid as we
stored when the vessel is acceleratedis hcbl2. move from left to right the pressure decreases.
(b) The maximum volume of the water that can be (c) The pressure at all points on a line making an
stored when the vessel is acceleratedis hlblZ.
angle of tan-l with horizontal would be
(c) Force F that must be applied when maximum (;)
same.
water stored irl u *U!91!g (d) Along a horizontal line within the liquid as we
L Z )c more from left to right, the pressure remains
(d) Force F that must be applied when maximum same.

water stored irl u *a@l'g

2 34. The weight of an empty balloon on a spring balance
L )c
is w, . The weight becomes w, when the balloon is
32. In the following figure shown, a liquid is filled into
filled with air. Let the weight of the air itself be w.
the vessel up to a height & and the forces exerted
Neglect the thickness of the balloon when it is filled
against the liquid by the walls of the vessel are
shown by arrows, the force being everywhere with air. Also neglect the difference in the densities
perpendicular to the walls of the vessel. For this of air inside & outside the balloon, then;
situation, mark out the correct statement(s). (Ignore (a) wr: w,
atmospheric pressure) (b) wr: *,,+*
(c) wrl wr* w
A B c
(4 .r> w,

35. A wooden block is floating in a water tank. The

block is pressed to the bottom. During the process, a

1t work is done. Which of the following statements are

false.
(a) The horizontal component of the forces on the (a) Work done is equal to work done against
left and right side inclined faces will cancel each upthrust exerted by the water.
other.
(D) Work done is equal to work done against upthrust
(b) The weight of the section letteredl is supported plus loss of gravitational potential energy of the
by vertical component of forces acting on the block.
inclined face. (c) Work done is equal to work done against
(c) Force exerted by the liquid on the base of the upthrust minus loss of gravitational potential
vessel is (pgft) I where p is the density of the energy ofthe block.
liquid andl is base area ofthe vessel. (d) Work done is equal to loss of gravitational
(d) Net force exerted by liquid on the base of the potential energy ofthe block.
vessel is in the vertical downward direction.
 Fluids 77.47
36. A siphon has a uniform circular base of diameter
(r) a=0.684 @) ZL=0.513
8
cm with its crest A, 1.8 m above the water zz 22
lx- (c) z^in= 0.275 m (A ,^,n: 0.1375 m
Ievel vesselB is large cross section G= l0 m/s2 and
atmospheric pressure Po: 10s N/m2). 39. A cubical wooden block of side Z and relative
density 0.5 is floating on the surface of water as
shown in the figure. A string is attached by a pulley
1.8 m
to it as shown in figure. The graph of tension lin the
string versus distance d of the bottom of the block
B
3.6 m
c from the free surface of water, when the end of I
the rope is slowly being pulled up will be (block is
moving very slowly)
(a) Velocity of flow through pipe is AJi mts
(b) Discharge rate of flow through pipe is L
a
96Ji " l0r m3/s.
(c) Velocity of flow through pipe is 6 m/s.
(d) Pressure of A is 0.46 x l0-s N/m2
37. Avessel contains water. PQR and, SQ are imaginary
lines and they are on the same plane, which is the T T.
plane of the figure. Q is the middle point of PR.
(o) (b)
Now, the vessel moves rightwards with a constant
acceleration gJ1. Then, choose the correct d d

statement(s). T T

(c) (d)
P
d
---+ d

s6 Possage 3

S R
Figure shows a large closed cylindrical tank containing
water. Initially, the air trapped above the water surface has
(a) If one moves from .l to Q to R, pressure first
a height ho and pressure 2powhere po is the atmospheric
decreases and later remains constant
pressure. There is a hole in the wall of the tank at a depth
(b) If one moves from P to Q to S, pressure first ft, below the top from which water comes out. A long
remains constant and later increases vertical tube is connected as shown.
(c) If one moves from P to Qto R, pressure remains
constant
Tn,
(d) If one moves from R to Q to S, pressure first t
decreases and then increases
I ho
h1

38. An upright narrow U-tube manometer with its

limbs 0.6 m high and spaced 0.3 m apart contains
a liquid to a height of 0.4 m in each limb. The
U-tube is rotated at l0 rad s-l about a vertical axis
at 0.1 m from one limb (see figure). Then, (Given,
g: l0 ms-2) 40. Find the height ft, of the water in the long tube above
the top initially.
<is
i 10 rad s-l 3_!e_+ @)
z_tu_+
.T
e4z
@) pcspgz
T
z. t rl
jI ol b-h
II (")
p8 @ +-2h
zpg
77.42 Physics
41. Find'the speed with which water comes out of the 44. If hr= 3.0 m, the madmum value of ftr, for which the
hole. siphon will work will be
(a)3.0m (D) 6.0m
<,> - Ps@t - 24)l', (c)7.2m @1 .8m
f,too
45. Given 4: hz:3.0 m, the gauge pressure of water in
ot the highest level CD of the tube will be:
llln,+PcL,r-^r)'''
(a) 3.0 x ldN/m2 (D) 5.0 x ldN/m2
<,t +psr-t.l ,J7' (c) 5.9 x ldN/m2 (O 1.5 x ldN/m2
[]tr, Passage 5

<a A cylinder of radius R is kept

l!0,-eco-t-H))''' embedded along the wall of a Dam
42. Find the height of the water in the long tube above dam as shown in the figure. wall
the top when the water stops coming out of the hole.
Density of water is p. Length
(a) -2ho (b) ho
(c) hz of cylinder (perpendicular to
@) - hr
the plane of paper) isZ.
Possage 4
c Neglect atnospheric pressure.
A tube of uniform cross section D

is used to siphon water from 46. The vertical force exerted by water on the cylinder is:
vessel Z as shown in the figure.
The pressure over the open end
A
(a) pnR2Lg *, ry
of water in the vessel is
atmospheric pressure (%). fne (c) zero (d) None of these
height of the tube above and
47. The horizontal force exerted by water on the cylinder is
below the water level in the
(a) 2R2pgL (b) RzpgL
vessel are h, and /lr, respectively.
43. Determine the velocity v, of the water issuing out at B. (c) 4Rzpgl (d) l.6lR2pgl
48. The net torque exerted by water on the cylinder is
(b) vn:
@r+
(a) va:
"lrrb "l@4)
(c) va= J-zs(th-t\l @1 vr= ,De+
"lstt2
pR3Lg
(c) (d) zero
2
Motching Column Type
49. A cubical box is completely filled with mass m of a liquid and is given horizontal acceleration a
as shown in the figure. Match the force due to fluid pressure on the faces of the cube with their A
appropriate values (assume zero pressure as minimum pressure)
+a

c D
Column I Column II
(A) force on face ABFE (p) ry

(B) force on face BFHD (q) mg

2

(O force on face ACGE (r\ ma . mg

22
(D) ma
z **g
force on face CGHD (s)

(t)
ff+*o
 Fluids 77.43
50. A cuboid is filled with liquid of density p2 upto height ft and with liquid of density pt, also upto height h as shown
in the figure

B
Column I Column II
(A) Force on face ABCD due to liquid of density pr (p) zero
T
p1
h
(B) Force on face ABCD due to liquid of densif pz (q) gsrtt
i D
2

T (c)
Force on face CDEF transferred due to liquid of (r)
h p2 density p, Prgh2l
F
I pzghzl
@ Force on face CDEF due to liquid of density p2 only (s)
2

51. Column I gives different systems as described, with some parameter while column II gives the change in the
parameter. Match the following columns and select the correct option from the codes given below.

Column I Column II
(A) ptastic baits Plastic ball is thrown from the container into the water (p) ft decreases

1
d

I
(B) Stones Stone is thrown from the container into the water (q) i remains same

(C) tce Ice cubes melt and remain in the container (r) h increases

1
d

J
(D) The water is heated slowly Fair ) F*"t".. Here, h is the tension in (s) ddecreases
the string (p: coefficient of volume expansion).

I
(/) dremains same

Codes:
(,) (ii) (iii\ (rv) (,) (ii) (iii) (,v)
(a) (s, q) (p) (q, p) (t) (b) (p, t) (p, s) (q, t) (r)
(c) (q, r) (e s1 (p) (q) (4 Us) (r) (p) (q, t)
77.t14 Physics

Archives: Least Attempted Questions(LAQsl UEE MAIN)

Single Option Correct 6. A uniform cylinder of length Z and mass Mhaving

l. cross-sectional area I is suspended, with its length

Consider a solid sphere of radius R and mass density
vertical, from a fixed point by a massless spring such
p1r1: po(r-#), ( r < R. rhe minimum that it is half submerged in a liquid of density o at
density of a liquid in which it will float is: 120201
equilibrium position. The extension xo of the spring

@)+ @)+
when it is in equilibrium is: I 20131

+
Mg Mg _LAo
(a) (6)
(,
(,) @+ k k M
2. Water flows in a horizontal tube (see figure). The Ms( - LAo
(c) l-- (d)
Mg
+-LAo
pressure of water changes by 700 Nz-2 between A /rI 2M k [, M
and B where the area of cross section are 40 cmz and
20 cmz, respectively. Find the rate of flow of water 7. Water is flowing continuously from a tap having an
through the tube. (density of water = 1000 kgm-3
internal diameter 8 x l0-3 m. The water velocity as it
kgm-3) 120201
leaves the tap is 0.4 ms-I. The diameter of the water
A stream at a distance 2 x l}-t m below the tap is close
to: 120111
(a) 5.0 x l0-3 m (b) 7.5 x l0-3 m

(a) 2720 cm3ls (b) 2420 cm3ls

(c) 9.6 x 10-3 m (d) 3.6 x 10-3 m

(c) 3020 cm3ls (d) l8l0 cm3ls 8. Aball is made of a material ofdensity p where pol < p
( p*"t", with po,, atrd p*",", representing the densities
3. The top of a water tank is open to air and its water of oil and water, respectively. The oil and water are
level is maintained. It is giving out 0.74 m3 water immersible. If the above ball is in equilibrium in a
per minute through a circular opening of 2 cm radius mixture of this oil and water, which of the following
in its wall. The depth of the centre of the opening pictures represents its equilibrium position? 120101
from the level of water in the tank is close to 120191

4.
(a) 9.6 m
(c) 2.9 m
(6) 6.0 m

@) a.8 m
Water flows into a large tank with flat bottom at the
rate of l0{ m3 s-I. Water is also leaking out of a hole
of area I cmz atits bottom. If the height of the water
(o)
Water

rcr
(b)
mWater

in the tank remains steady, then this height is [20191

(a) 4cm (D) 5.1cm Water
(c) 2.9 cm (d) 1.7 cm (c) (d) oil-
5. There is a circular tube in a
Water
vertical plane. Two liquids I

which do not mix and

9. Ajar is filled with two non-mixing
densities d, and drare filled d2 liquids I
and2 having densities p,
the tube. Each liquid subtands and p, respectively. A solid ball,
90o angle at centre. Radius made of a material of density p, is
joining their interface makes dropped in the jar. It comes to
d, equilibrium in the position shown
an angle o with vertical. Ratio
a ts: l20r4l
in the figure. [20081
(al l+sincr (b't l+coscr
t' l-sincr l-coscr whichofthefollowingistruefor p,, prandpr?
@) pi Pt> Pz (b) Pr < Pz< Pt
(c) -I +' tan*
----
l + sins
@ ,- (c) pr < %<pz @) %<pt<pz
l-tanc ^-
l-coscr
 Fluids 77.45
Arihive s : Least Atte m pte d Que stions (LAQs) (JEE Adv)

Single Apfion Correct Code:

1. An open-ended U-tube of uniform cross-sectional (a) P-2, Q-3, R-2, S-4 (b) P-2, Q-3, R-1, S-4
area contains water (density 103 kg m-3;. Initially (c) P-1, Q-1, R-1, S-4 (d) P-2, Q-3, R-1, S-l
the water level stands at 0.29 m from the bottom in M ulti ple Options Correct
each arm. Kerosene oil (a water-immiscible liquid)
of density 800 kg m-3 is added to the left arm until
3. A beaker of radius r is filled with water (refractive
its length is 0.1 m, as shown in the schematic figure 4
hl index ;J ) up to a height 11 as shown in the figure
below. The ratio of the heights of the liquid
h2 on the left. The beaker is kept on a horizontal table
in the two arms is- 120201
rotating with angular speed co . This makes the water
surface curved so that the difference in the height of
water level at the center and at the circumference
0.1m of the beaker ish(h << H, h << r) , as shown
in the figure on the right. Take this surface to be
h, approximately spherical with a radius of curvature
h2 R. Which of the following is/are correct? (g is the
acceleration due to gravity) 120201

o+.\\
(a\ 15 (b\
35 :
+"h
-14 33

(c).75 t
6+ @
2. A person in a lift is holding a water jar, which has a
small hole at the lower end of its side. When the lift
h2+12
is at rest, the water jet coming out of the hole hits (a) R: zh
the floor of the lift at a distance d of 1.2 m from the
person. In the following, state of the lift's motion 312
(b) R:
is given in List-I and the distance where the water 2h
jet hits the floor of the lift is given in List-II. Match (c) Apparent depth ofthe bottom ofthe beaker is
the statements from List-I with those in List-II and
to , I * rrl'Fl \-'
3H
select the correct answer using the code given below close
the lists. I20l4l \, ,f )
List I List II (d) Apparent depth ofthe bottom ofthe beaker is

P. Lift is accelerating l. d: t.2m 3H I rrl'F1 \-'

vertically up. closeto
4\
-ll+-l 49l
a. Lift is accelerating 2. d> l.2m 4. A spherical body of radius R consists of a fluid of
vertically down with an
constant density and is in equilibrium under its own
accelerating less than the
gravitational acceleration. graviry If P(r) is the pressure at {r < R), then the

R. correct option(s) is (are) [2015]

List is moving vertically up 3. d<1.2m
with constant speed (a) P (r:0):0 (b)
P(r =3R14) 63

S. Lift is falling freely. 4. No water leaks

P(r =2R13) 80

ofthejar P(r =3R15]r 16 P(r = Rl2\ 20

out
tcl ,r, = rur= la
i p(( -- N, = n
l l llA Dhvcir<
5. A solid sphere of radius R and density p is attached 8. If the density of air is po and, that of the liquid p,
to one end of a mass-less spring of force constant k then for a given piston speed the rate (volume per
The other end of the spring is connected to another unit time) at which the liquid is sprayed will be
solid sphere of radius R and density 3p. The complet. proportional to l20l4l
arrangement is placed in a liquid of density 2p and is r-
allowed to reach equilibrium. The correct statement @) @ Jp,pt
(sis (are) [20131 ^ly
Y Pr

4rrP3pg
(a) the net elongation of the spring is
3k
., \E (d) pr

SnR3pg
(b) the net elongation of the spring is Passoge 2
3k
(c) the light sphere is partially submerged.
A small spherical monoatomic ideal gas bubble (r=;)
(d) the light sphere is completely submerged. is trapped inside a liquid of density p, (see figure). Assume

6. Two solid spheres I and B of equal volumes but that the bubble does not exchange any heat with the liquid.
ofdifferent densities dnand drare connected by a The bubble contains n moles of gas. The temperature of
string. They are fully immersed in a fluid of density the gas when the bubble is at the bottom is Zo, the height
do. They get arranged into an equilibrium state as of the liquid is H and the atmospheric pressure is Po
shown in the figure with a tension in the string. The (Neglect surface tension). [2008]
arrangement is possible only if [201U Po

Liquid

9.
I
(a) dr<d, (b) dB>dF As the bubble moves upwards, besides the buoyancy
force the following forces are acting on it.
(c) dn>d, (4 dd+dr:2d,
Comprehension Type
(a) Only the force of gravity
Passage 7 (D) The force due to gravity and the force due to the
A spray gun is shown in the figure where a piston pushes pressure of the liquid
air out of anozzle. A thin tube of uniform cross section is (c) The force due to gravity, the force due to the
connected to the nozzle. The other end ofthe tube is in a pressure of the liquid and the force due to
small liquid container. As the piston pushes air through viscosity of the liquid
the nozzle, the liquid from the container rises into the
(d) The force due to gravity and the force due to
nozzle and is sprayed out. For the spray gun shown, the
viscosity of the liquid
radii of the piston and the nozzle are 20 mm and 1 mm
respec{ively. The upper end ofthe container is open to the 10. When the gas bubble is at a height y from the bottom,
atnosphere. its temperature is:

@) r,(ejLa1s)'''

7. If the piston is pushed at a speed of 5 mms-r, the air ot r,(hruee-2.)'''

comes out of the nozzle with a speed of 120141
(a) 0.1ms-t
(c) 2 ms-r
(D) I msr
(d1 8 ms-t
(d,,(ml"',rn[ Po+p,g(H
P.
-/)Y"
+P,gH )
 Fluids 77.47
11. The buoyancy force acting on the gas bubble is NumericalType
(Assume R is the universal gas constant)
15. A train with cross-sectional area S, is moving with
(a) plnRgroffi speed v, inside a long tunnel ofcross-sectional area
So (So : 4S,) . Assume that almost all the air (density
gfiRgTo
,u, p ) in front of the train flows back between its sides
'"' (Po + p,gH1zts1Po + gr g (H - y)l3ts and the walls of the tunnel. Also, the air flow with
respect to the train is steady and laminar. Take the
(Po+p1gP^)3ts ambient pressure and that inside the train to be po.
(c) PpRgT,
(Po+Prgl)8ts If the pressure in the region between the sides of the

PpRgTo trainandthetunnelwallsisp,th en po-p: Ori

(d) s
fi.
(ro + p, gtt)3t 1Po + p, g 1H - y)l''s The value of N is 120201
Passage 3 16. A hot air balloon is carrying some passengers, and a
few sandbags of mass 1 kg each so that its total mass
A wooden cylinder of diameter 4r, height H and, density
is 480 kg. Its effective volume giving the balloon
p/3 is kept on a hole of diameter 2r of a tanlq filled with
its buoyancy is Z. The balloon is floating at an
liquid of density p as shown in the figure. [20061 equilibrium height of 100 m. When ly' number of
12. lf level of the liquid starts sandbags are thrown out, the balloon rises to a new
ht equilibrium height close to 150 m with its volume Z
decreasing slowly when the
level of liquid is at a height remaining unchanged. If the variation of the density
h, above the cylinder the :: o-:: of air with height fr from the ground is p(ft) = eoe%
block starts moving up. At *-'
, where po:1.25 kg and, ho=6000m, the
what value of ftr, will the
value of N is 120201
block rise:
17. Acylindrical vessel of height 500 mm has an orifice
(a)4H
s
@)+ (small hole) at its bottom. The orifice is initially
closed and water is filled in it up to height fL Now
(c) 5H (d) Remains same the top is completely sealed with a cap and the orifice
I
at the bottom is opened. Some water comes out from
13. The block in the above
the orifice and the water level in the vessel becomes
question is maintained
h2 steady with height of water column being 200 mm.
at the position by
external means and the Find the fall in height (in mm) of water level due to
level of liquid is lowered. The height ft, when this opening of the orifice.

[Take atmospheric pressure : 1.0 x 105 N/m2,

external force reduces to zero is:

(a)4H (b) 5H density of water : 1000 kg/m3 and g = l0 m/s2.

s s Neglect any effect of surface tension 120091

(c) Remains same @ +3

14. If height hrof water level is further decreased then,
(a) cylinder will not move up and remains at its
original position.
(D) for hr: Hl3, cylinder again starts moving up
(c) for hr: Hl4, cylinder again starts moving up
(d) for hr: Hl5 cylinder again starts moving up
77.48 Physics
Answer Key

Exercise 7

1. (c) 2. (a) 3. (a) 4. (b) s. (c) 6. (a) 7. (c) 8. (c) 9. (c) 10. (a)
11. (D) 12. (A 13. (d) u. (a) ls. (d) 16. (a) 17. (a) 18. (a) le. (c) 20. (a)
21. (d) 22. (d) 23. (a) 24. (d) 2s. (a) 26. (a) 27. (b) 28. (b) 2e. (a) 30. (D)

31. (c) 32. (b) 33. (a) 34. (c) 3s. (D) 36. (c) 37. (c) 38. (d) 3e. (b) 40. (a)

41. (D) a2. @) a3. @) 44. (c) a5. (a) a6. @) a7. @) 48.(A 4e. (b) so. (6)
51. (a) s2. (b) s3. (c) sa. (c) ss. (D) s6. (a) s7. (c) s8. (a) se. (D) 60. (o
61. (c) 62. (a)

Exercise 2

1. (6) 2. (d) 3. (a) 4. (a) s. (D) 6. (c) 7. (a) E. (c) e.(b) 10. (b)

r1. (a) 12. (b) 13. (a) M. (a) ls. (c) 16. (a) 17. (c) 18. (6) 19. (a\ 20. (a)
21. (b) 22. (c) 23. (c) 24. (a) 2s. (d) 26. (b) 27. (c) 28. (d) 29. (a) 30. (a)
31. (a) 32. (b) 33. (b) 3a. @) 3s. (d) 36. (a) 37.(O 38.(d) 3e. (D) 40. (c)
41. (b) 42. (c) 43. (b) 4a. @) 4s. (a) 46. (b) 47. (d) a8. (a)

Exercise 3

r. (5) (s) 2. 3. (17) 4. (22) s. (20) 6. (2) 7. (e) E. (5) e. (17) 10. (13)
11. (3) 12. (3) 13. (2) 14. (2) rs. (2) 16. (6) 17. (7) 18. (s) le. (e) 20. (1)

Exercise 4

1.(a) (b)
2. (d) a. @)
3. s. (a) 6.(D) 7. (b\ 8.(b) e.(c) 10. (c)
11. (c) 12. (a)13. (c) M. (a) rs. (a) 16. (a) t7. (c) lE. (d) te. (b) 20. (a)

21. (c) 22. (a) 23. (a, c) 24. (a, c, d) 2s. (c,d) 26. (b, c) 27. (b)
28. (a, b, c, d) 29. (a, c, d) 30. (b, O 31. (a, c) 32. (a, b, c, A
33. (a, b, c) 34. (a, c\ 35. (a, b, d) 36. (a, b, d) 37. (a, b, c)
38. (a, c) 39. (D) 40. (c) 41. (b) 42.(d)
a3. @) 44. (c) 4s. (c) 46. (b) a7. @) 48. (O
49. a -> (p),b-(q),c--. (t),d+(s) 50. a-(q),b- (p),c-(r),d---+(s) sl. (b)
Archives: Least Attempted Questions (LAQs) (tEE Main)

L (A 2. @) 3. (d) 4. (b) s. (c) 6.(c) 7. (d) 8.(b) e.(c)

Archives: Least Attempted Questions (I.r'.Qs) UEE Adv)

1. (b) 2. (c) O
3. (a, a. (b, c) 5. (a, d)
6. (a, b, d) 7. (c) 8. (a) 9. (d) 10. (D)
11.(r) 12. (c) 13. (a) M. (a)
ls. (e) 16. (4) 17. (6)
 LJ ckopr.o

a2

Simple Harmonic Motion

7. PERIODIC MOTION F
<-.
When a body or a moving particle repeats its motion along X=o'='f--i
a definite path after regular intervals of time, its motion (x-o)
is said to be Periodic Motion and interval of time is
called time period. The path of periodic motion may be lFl * (r-ct)
linear, circular, ellipical or any other curve. For example, (displacement from equilibrium)
rotation ofearth about the sun.
7.1 OSCILLATORY MOTION
F:-k(x-a)
Equation of Simple Harmanic Motion (SHM)
When a particle executes to and fro motion about some
fixed point, its motion is said to be oscillatory or vibratory. The necessary and sufficient condition for SHM is
The motion of the bob of a pendulum, mass attached to F:-b
a spring, Violin strings, atoms in a solid lattice and air
molecules as a sound walre passes by air are the examples where ft: positive constant for a SHM : Force constant
of oscillatory motion. x: displacement from mean position.
Important characteristics of oscillatory motion: d2x
1. When a particle in stable equilibrium is disturbed,
or 77:-k
then it has tendency to return to the position of
equilibrium (mean position) and this tendency is dzx+ :x:0
k
exhibited as oscillatory motion. = - m
dt' [differentialequationofSHM]

2. The force on the body acts towards the mean dzx* lk

position i.e. Force is always opposite to the + azx:0 where ,:
displacement vector of the particle w.r.t. mean
di, l;
position. (This force is known as restoring force). It's solution is r: A sin (ror + 0)
7.2 SIMPLE HARMONIC MOTION Choracteristics of SHM

A particle executing simple harmonic motion oscillates Note: In the figure shown, path of the particle is on a
in such a way that the of the restoring force straight line.
is proportional to its displacement from the equilibrium (a) Displacement: It is defined as the distance of the
position. particle from the mean position at that instant.
if x : is the equilibrium position and particle at some Displacement in SHM at time r is given by
instant is at position x x: A srn (ot + $;.
+-.
F (D) Amplitude: It is the maximum value of
displacement of the particle from its equilibrium
X=0 x
position.
lFla.r :]
I

:-u ,2
Amptitude Jdistarce between extreme points
F
: o (other than origin) and or positionsl
if equilibrium position is x
particle is at some position x It depends on energy of the system.
72.2 Physics
Speed (v)
(c) Angular Frequency (or): o : = Znf mdits
+
units is rad/sec.
(d) Frequency (fiz Number of oscillations completed
in unit time interval is called frequency of x
lc)
oscillations, / T2n , its units is sec-l or Hz.
Graph would be an ellipse

(e) Time period (7): Smallest time interval after (i) Acceleration: It is the rate of change of particle's
which the oscillatory motion gets repeated is called velocity w.r.t. time atthat instant.
2r
f:-:,"1 t; Acceleration, a= ftorcos(rot+Q11
timeperiod,
O
*: *
a: - azA sin (ror + $)
(/) Phase: The physical quantity which represents the a: - a2x
state of motion of particle (e.g., its position and
MostValuable Point
direction of motion at any instant).
The argument (rot + Q) of sinusoidal function is o Negative sign shows that acceleration is always
called instantaneous phase of the motion. directed towards the mean position.
(g) Phase constant (Q): Constant Q in equation of At mean position (x:0), acceleration is minimum.
SHM is called phase constant or initial phase. amm : zeto
It depends on initial position and direction of At extreme position (x:A), acceleration is maximum.
velocity. amu :azA
(ft) Vetocity (u): It is the rate of change of particle's
displacement w.r.t time at that instant.
7
Let the displacement from mean position is given Which of the following functions represent SHM:
by
(f) sin2cot (ii) sin 2 rrrt
x=lsin(ror+$; (i,ifl sin ar * 2 cos olr (lv) sin orr * cos 2 rot

velocity, : Vrsin (ox + g)l

,- .*. ! : : li :', r-.

": * !, A motion will be S.H.M. if acceleration G - y

v: Ao cos (rot + Q) (i) y: sin2 cor
or, ,=,[A'1 dy : (2 sin rot) (ro cos rot)
dt
d2v
: o sin Z at = 2ro.2 cos 2ort
)f
ay
At mean position (r:0), velocity is maximum. + 7*! =2a2(t-2y)
vmil :aA represents SHM
At extreme position (r: A), velocity is minimum.
vmm : zefo
(ii) As y: sin 2rrrt

= , -- 2 or cos 2rrrt
*:
Graph of speed (v) vs displacement (x)
d:{ :
+Accelerat * : : -4
': "L4 -"
-.4.o2sin2rot ,..zy
dt'
*:,J(d2 -,'z) so y: sin 2rot represents S.H.M.

f : a2*: q,212
(iii) y: sin ar + 2 cos (0r
,2 *2 : +:
a'A" ":l + ,
dt
o cos ar _ 2.,sin {Dt,
-+
 Simple Hormonic Motion 72.3

dv
ffi
Acceleration =; : - ar2 sin an -2a2 cos olr If a S.H.M. is represented by the equation
x= 10 sin [nf + nl6l in S.I. units, determine its
= - o2(sin an + 2 cos ror) - --a2y amplitude, time period and maximum velocit5/ u-r*.
.'. The given function represents SHM fi*!esfi*r=:

(,v) y: sin rot * cos 2ort Comparing the above equation with

dv d'y x: A sin (ax + 4;, we get,

= A , = cos or - 2or sin 2 rot,
dt2 l: l0m
: - co2 sin rot - 4co2 cos 2 orr ro : rs-l and $o : n/6
= -co2(sin ar + 4 cos 2 cot) T:2nla
d2v ;> T:Zs
i; /
(-y) (Oscillatory but S.H.M. not possible)
v^or: aA: l0n m/s.

lllusffdtian 2
A particle executes simple harmonic motion about trffi,€
the point x = 0. At time l: 0 it has displacement The velocity of a particle in S.H.M. at positions x,
x = 2 cm and zero velocity. If the frequency of andx, are v, and u, respectively. Determine value of
motion is 0.25 serl, find (a) The period, (D) angular time period and amplitude.
frequency, (c) the amplitude, (d) maximum speed, 5*lz,t#*n:
(e) the displacement at t = 3 sec and (l) the velocity
at /:3 sec
v= ,'[7-i
"$*Jr*#r:r::
tP:a2(A2-x2)
=
(a) Period T:
tl :4 sec. At position x,, v2r: a2 1A2 - xzr) ...(,)
-v = -------------;
0.25 sec-'
At position xr, 4: ,' (Az - x2z) ..(,,
(b) Angular frequency Subtracting (i;) from (l)
2n)rn fr: a2 (xzz- x?)
= :: = a rad./sec :
742
1.57 rad/s
'? -
(c) Amplitude is the maximum displacement from f2 z
lvl -vz
mean position. Hence, A : 2 - 0 : 2 cm tlE-
(d) Maximum speed
V^u : A a : 2. nl2 : ncmls : 3.14 cm/s
Time period T:-2n
0)

(e) The displacement is given by

x: A sin (or + O) T:2
vt22
-v2
Initially at t : 0, x: 2 cm, then
Dividing (;) bv (;;)
2:2 sin$
or sinQ:l:sin90" t: t'-i
or O:90"
,8 A',-i
Now at l: 3 sec
+ qA'-r? *r: *2A2 -t|x?
3n It :0 So d2 (v? - 4l : vl *r- frx2,
x: 2 sin ( 2
+
2)
f r r
: 0 i. ,.u* i.e. 3.14 cmlsec lvixi -vixi
(fl Velocity at x
= A:
l-i-T
72.4 Physics

1. The angle between the instantaneous velocity and 7. A particle undergoes simple harmonic motion
the acceleration of a particle executing SHM is having time period 7. The time taken for three-eighth
(a) zero always (b) nl2 always oscillation is

(c) n always (@ either zero or n (a) 3Tt8 (q sfl\

2. The displacement of the motion of a particle is
(c) sTlr2 (d) 7Tlt2
represented by the equation 8. A simple harmonic oscillator has amplitude 2A
/ -, -.\ and maximum velocity 2V. Then its displacement
y = o.4l .o.2 { - sin2 { | . lratt the units are in Sl,
" t 2 2) at which its velocity is V and, the velocity at
displacement A are respectively
the motion of the particle is
(a) A,V (b) Alz,Vlz
(a) oscillatory but not SHM
(b) SHM with amplitude 0.4 m (c) At Ji,r, t Jl g1 ,fz,t,Jirr
(c) SHM with amplitude 0.2 m 9. For the vibration of a particle in SHM as shown, the
equation for the displacement is (y in metres, I in
(4 SHM with amplitude 0.8 m
seconds)
3. A particle executing SHM in a straight line has v
velocities 8,7 and4 cms-l at three points distant one
centimetre from each other. The maximum velocity
+2
of the particle will be
(a) JX cms-r (D) J32 cms-r
t
0.5 s 0.75s 1s
(c) .,66 cms-i (@ J65 cms-l -2
4. A particlemoves according to the law x: a cos Ttt.
The distance covered by it in 2.5 s is
(a) 2a (b) 3a (a) y:rt*( 2nt +!4 m
(c) 5a (A 9a
5. Aparticle executes S.H.M along a straight line 4 cm
long. When the displacement is I cm, its velocity is
(b) y:rr*( 2nt +!2 m

numerically equal to its acceleration. The period of

the particle in seconds is (c) y:r..( ltt +- TE

4
m
2n
(a) 2n (b)
6 +-fi)
2n 2n (d) y:rr*( TEt m
(c)
v5
E @
o 10. If the displacement r and velocity v of a particle
6. If the maximum velocity and maximum acceleration executing SHM are related through the expression
of a particle executing SHM are equal in magnitude, 4v2 :25 - x2,then its time period is
its time period in seconds will be
(a)n (b) 2n
(a) nl4 (b) n/2 s
(c)4n (d) 6n
(c) rs (d)2ns

L (A 2. (b) 3. (O a. @) s. (b) 6.(d) 7. (a) 8.(A e. (b) 10. (c)

 Simple Hormonic Motion 72.5
Energy of a Body in S.H.M. The graph showing the variation of K.E. with r is shown
in figure by dotted line.
In general the total energy of a body executing SHM
consists of two parts, potential energy (P.E) and Kinetic The kinetic energy is maximum whenr:0. Thus
Energy (K.E.), the former being due to its displacement 1

from the mean position and later due to its velocity. The ffi."*: lmazAz
2
sum P.E. and K.E. i.e.,the total energy (T.E) must have the
same value at all times. Now total energy E of the oscillator for displacement r is
Potential Energy given by
The linear restoring force acting on the particle is given by E: P.E. + K.E.

F:*+:-bdt" )*r'r'*L*r'(n' - *')

Now if the particle is displaced through
displacement dx against the force, work done in displacing
a further : !^r'.e'
2
...(3)

the particle is given by Thus total energy is independent of the displacement, it

dw: b dx remains constant throughout the motion of the oscillator.
It is being represented by a straight line parallel to
Hence the total work done in displacing the particle from
displacement axis in figure. Also the total energy is equal
mean position (.r: 0) to (x : x) is given by
to maximum value of either P.E. or K.E.

w: s2
f uax=!b' ,6 fdost Valuoble. Point

As P.E. at the mean position is taken zero, the above o The results for potential energy is valid only if the
equation gives the values of P.E. of particle at a potential energy at mean position is zero. If it is non-
displacementx from the mean position i.e., zero say (%) then the PE can be written as

1. r | '', 7 tl^ +!**2*2

U : -lcc-
',
=-m(D-
1
x- .(l) "2
This shows the P.E. is proportional to the square of the Averoge Value ol P.E. and K.E.
displacement and graph showing the variation of potential
By equation (l) P.E. of a particle when it is at distance .r
energy with the displacement will be a parabola given by
from the mean position is given by
continuous line in the figure. P.E. is maximum at maximum
displacement and is given by
u:
umd2: !*r'A' )*o.2*2
: !*rrArsin2(orr+9)
Kinetic Energy
The average value of P.E. for complete vibration is
Velocity of particle is given by equation as
given by
ClXltl
v: : aJA'-x'
-dtr
Hence Kinetic energy KE of the oscillator is given by
u^n"o"":
i [*'
'
rn: )*u' =)^r'(o'-r') ...(2) * [1*r'e2sin2(ror+e)
mazA2
T.E
4T
''-l
o, I
PE because the average value of square of sine or of cosine
ol
cl function for the complete cycle is equal to l/2.
url
KE
I Now K.E. at a distance x is given by
I
I

-------->x r.P..: Lm (*|

2
72.6 Physics
Solution:

)-l*vsin(cor .
: o))]
We know that
E^r, :12 mazA2
!2',*r',1'cos2(rot+9)
The average value of K.E. for complete cycle K.E. :1 ma2(Az *)
2

K.E. = 1f1
U :1 ma2*
--'-'average *ozA2cos2(ort+o)dr
\ r/
Ti2 And
2
,#f -0(
=
4T {r+cosz (at+rp)\at
\
(a) whenx:
_ _azAz
., _!_., A,
!
474 I ^3A2
Thus average values of K.E. and P.E. of particle are
K-E.= -24maz-
equal and each is equal to halfofthe total energy.
5
K.E. 3
= Etotot 4
Aparticle of mass 4 gm.lies in a potential field given
I
by V = 200* + 150 ergs/gm. Deduce the frequency Atx: Al2-U:1ma2
of vibration ")
Solution: PE. 1

The potential energy of the 4 gm mass

Erorot 4

(J= mV=4(200x2+ 150) (b) Since K: U

= 800x2 + 600 ergs
-
1
ma2(A2
I
_x2)= _ma-r
11
The force F acting on the particle is given by
22
F: _dU
dx or 2x2: A2

L*(roo*'*uoo)aynes A
or L_ :0.7074
,12
:- 1600x
Then the equation of motion of the particle is given by 2. EQUATIONS OF MOTION - PHASAR
m " :-
d2x
1600x
DIAGRAMS
dt' If a point P is moving with uniform angular speed o along
d2x 1600 the circumference of a circle. We drop a perpendicular
E 4
=-4OOx from P on a vertical line as shown in the figure. The foot
of the perpendicular.F performs SHM.

Hence frequency of oscillation r : ^t-r/400 x=+A

2n P,
tx
+
19 = 3.2r..-, x=0
n

lllustation 6
x=-A
A particle executes S.II.M.
(a) What fraction of total energy is kinetic and x: I sin rot
what fraction is potential when displacement is or' : a'A sin rot : - a2x
one half of the amplitude?
oo'n*
(D) At what value of displacement are the kinetic
We can use this 'phasor diagram'to solve the problems
and potential energies equal?
involving SHM in a simpler manner.
 Simple Hormonic Motion 72.7
To find instantaneous acceleration we get component
x=+A
ofthe acceleration ofthe tip ofphasor along vertical.
sin (ort + $)
xo ':
X=0 -:'r:
llluitrdtion 7
- / rotation for the following situations
Find the x
X=-A (a) atf=0
att=0
At , = 0, a particle is present at a position r. from mean x =-A 0 x=+A
position. The phasor (arrow) corresponding to particles
(b) att=0
position forms on angle 0. This angle is called initial
phase. att=0
x=-A.--A g x=+A
2
x=+A
P S*f uti*rs:
tx
(r)

x=-A

At any time ' t' ,the parlicle is at a position x. The phasor

has rotated rot angle and now makes an angle rot + 0.
x=-A
ln L.OPQ
The position of particle and phasor are shown. The
sin (rot + O): I 3n rE

A initial phase could be taken as

i ,, - i
we get the position of the particle at any time 'r'as x: Asin @t +-3n2
x: I sin (rrrt + S)
A<o cos
x:-Acosor
Aro (ot + $)

(b)
t
x

P'
*=-l
To find instantaneous velocity we get component of I X=-A
velocity of the tip of phasor along vertical
v: Aa cos (rrlt + $) For the given position of particle these are two
positions of phasors OP and. OP'. Since particles
velocity is towards x : - A. The, correct choice is
t
x OP (velocity of P has a downward component)

Initial phase is g: n x nl6

- ro2A sin
(rot + 0) x: Asin(r,.+)
72.8 Physics

I r,IFrri$f,TttE=
Find the time taken by the particle in the following I\vo particles P, and P, are performing SHM
cases. Assume the time period I. about the same mean position O. They have the
T1 T2 same amplitude ,4 and time period T. Their initial
(a) positions and direction of motion is shown in the
x=-A 0 *=A x=+A
figure.
{ is time taken : 0 to x = + Al2
fromx Pr P2

I, is time taken from x: + Al2 to x + A x=-A 0 -_+A x=+A

T'
"-2
----------------
(b) Find
x=-A 0 -_-,'DA x=+A
^ (a) time after which they cross each other.
Solutian:
(D) maximum separation between the two.
(a) x=+A 5*fer#*nr
x=+N2

P
x
,:A
2

Tr: time taken from P.

xl-A
x:0tox:+Al2
: time for phasor to rotate angle rcl6 att=0
(a -+ OP')
nl6 (D=-2n Pr Pl

CD t T ) P2

T
T2= time taken from
t2
at time't'
x:+ -A tox:*A time when PrandPrcross each other
2
= time for phasor to rotate angle nl3
(OP' -+ OP"')
: time for OPrto rotate ,Orr-+ OP2\
T
rc l3 2n 2nT
(D
( @=- T ) 3g
(-r)
T
6 P2 x=+A

(b)
r=4
t2

P2

P Maximum separation is in the situation shown in the

figure.
T': time taken by particle to go from
Maximum separation :2A sin nl3 : A.6 time after
x: -A tor:* A
o which the separation is maximum for the first time
2nT n/6 T
3co 3 rll12
 Simple Harmonic Motion 72.9

INTEXT EXERCISE:2
1. If we double only the amplitude of a vibrating ideal 6. Two particles are performing S.H.M on same straight
mass-and-spring system, the mechanical energy of line of same frequency and same amplitude l.
The
the system largest distance between the particles is L
The
phase difference between the two simple harmonic
(a) increases by a factor of Ji
oscillators is
(b) increases by a factor of2.
(a) 0 (Q nta
(c) increases by a factor of3.
(c) nlL (d) nl3
(d) increases by a factor of4.
7. The minimum phase difference between two simple
2. The kinetic energy of a particle in S.H.M is 4 J when
it passes through the mean position. If its mass is harmonic oscillations ,r: llsin rrrt *f .o. ,"1
2 kg and the amplitude is I m, its time period in [22)
seconds is andyr: (sin ol + cos ror) is
(a) 2n (b) n (a) nl6 (b) nl3
(c) xl2 (d) 2nl3 (c) xlt2 (d) 7112
3. An object of mass 0.2 kg executes S.H.M along x-axis 8. A particle executes SHM of amplitude 25 cm and
with a frequency 25lnHz. At the position r:
0.04 m, time period 3 s. The minimum time required by it to
the object has kinetic energy 0.5 J and potential move between two points 12.5 cm on either side of
energy 0.4 J. The amplitude of oscillations is the mean position is
(a) 2cm (D) 3 cm (a) 0.25 s (6) 0.5 s
(c) 4cm (Q 6cm (c) 0.2 s (d) 0.4s
4. Two particles executing S.H.M. of same amplitude 9. A body of mass 36 g executes SHM with amplitude
and frequency along the same straight path. They 13 cm and time period 12 s along x-axis with origin
pass each other when going in opposite directions, as its mean position. At t :0,
its displacement is
each time their displacement is half of their + 13 cm. The shortest time of passage from
amplitude. The phase difference between them is x:+6.5cmtox:-6.5cmis
(a) xl6 (b) snl6 (a)2s (D) 3s
(c) nl3 (d) 2nl3 (c) 4s (d) 6s
5. A particle is performing S.H.M along x-axis with 10. The potential energy of a particle of mass 2 kg
amplitude 4 cm and time period 1.2 s. The minimum in motion along the x-axis is given by U :
time taken by the particle to move from x : * 2 cm 2(l - cos 3x) J. Here x is in metres. The period of
tox:*4cmandbackis small oscillation in seconds is
(a) 0.2 s (6) 0.3 s (a) nl3 (b) 2xl3
(c) 0.4 s (d) 0.6 s
(r) .6n (d)nt2
72.70 Physics
3. SPR,,V6 BLOCK SYSTEM
----) a
Consider a spring block system (spring constant ft,
mass z). A constant force F is applied to the mass z.
@
m
F

l+xo+i So/ ution

In all the given cases apart from the spring force the
other forces acting are constant forces
F=&
Equilibrium pos (a) and (b) gravity
(c) gravity and buoyant force
(d1 pseudo force'ma'
x --)
Time period is not affected by the presence of a constant
We take the mass to the equilibrium position. Displace
force hence in all the cilses
^ E
Z7r!'-
the mass by a distance x from the equilibrium position
d

ry
The net restoring force on the mass is

F:-K(x+x)+F
Using F: Kr A block of mass m hanging with a spring inside a
stationary elevator. Ifthe elevator starts accelerating
F =-Kx downwards with an acceleration a. tr'ind.
-K1 (a) Time period of oscillations
a _ -- x:_o)-x
(D) Amplitude
.=
E Solution:
{;
Initially
T: ,"8
mg

,6 fvtost Valuoble Paints x1

A
lxz
Y
o Time period of the spring block system does not
mg
depend on the magnitude of the constant force.
o Initial displacement from the mean position will mg
be the amplitude of oscillations. The block will
oscillate about the equilibrium position. mg
Initial elongationx, - k
New equilibrium position
70
Find the time period in the following spring block x': mB - ma
systems k
Initial displacement from new equilibrium position
k
:
(a)
k
I s
(b)
xl-x2=Amplitude

tls ma
k
Liquid density: P will
Since only constant act on the mass the time period
not depend on the magnitude of the forces.
(c)

f : Zn'E
'"\ k
 Simple Harmonic Motion 72.77
m T T

A mass M is connected to a spring with spring k1 x1 k3 x3

1
constant /r.It executes SHM with an amplitude,,4.At
instant when M is passing the mean position another lu,, T
mass ,n is gently placed on top of M so that it sticks
T ? l-
to M. Find the new amplitude and time period of the T= krx,
combined system. 2T: krx,
k
El T: krx.,
T: ma
<_ Also xt+ bz* xt: x (string
Solution: T4TT
_+_+_:x
hk2k3
Angular frequency will change *' =
I M+*
As M is passing through the mean position, the net
force on it is zero.
kr kz kt
The linear momentum is conserved a=
m(\ k2+ 4k, \+ k, kr)
M(A a)= (M + m)v'
(u
vt:l-lA(o
) 1 - Lll
+
kl k2 k3
+

\M+m)
This is the speed of the combined system at mean
position. This must be the new maximum speed. 74

A, =
(u ) Find the time periods of the following system, when
the point mass ,r, is vertically displaced by a very
lu . *)n,
(D,

small distance.

=-r,
E :(--y-\A.E
\lM+m \M+m) \U
k
90' k
M
_A
A': M+m
m

lllustrotion t3
Find the time period of following system Pulleys are Solution:
massless and frictionless. 2

k1

V45"
k3 kx cos kx cos 45o

k2
3
l"
When mass z (Point P) is slightly displaced downwards
by a distance .r. Springs I and 2 are elongated by .r cos
Assume the mass is displaced by x and the elongations 90o and spring 3 is compressed by x.
in respective springs ate x v x, and xr.
According to the force diagram, the net restitution force
Ignoring gravity (doesn't aflect time period) on the mass is
72.72 Physics

F:2k (x cos 95') cos 95o + kx

F: 2b A block of mass zr connected to a spring of force

constant /r is performing simple harmonic motion.
2k Initially, the block is compressed by a distancel and
a=
-x
m released. An elastic is located in front of block at a
distance of Al2. Find the time period of oscillation of
f : Zn.E this block.
\2k
-A +A
--|
15
Find the time period of the given spring block l-Nr''
system.
Elastic wall
m1 m2
Solutian
Solution:
In given situation, the block will not oscillate with
Move the blocks away from each other so that the time period T, as it is not free to move upto amplitude
spring has an elongation x. position on right side of its mean position. The block
collides elastically with the wall at a distance Al2
m, and m, have been displaced by x, and x rrespectively
from mean position, retums back and completes one
xr* xr:0 oscillation. We can draw a phasor circle corresponding
to this situations as shown in the figure.

x1
I
x2
N2

Block has
Also, Ax"or: 0 reached this Collision
occurs here
state after
Therefore, mrxt: m2xz collision

Sowing we get x,: L

' mt+m2
Here
A/2 I
Now restoring force on block mris lu A2
F= ls
tr
(mt+ mr) or 0:
F=k .rl 5
m2
The phase of the block has changed by during
o: *(*'**')r,
+
collision.
\ \mz )
The time interval (Ar) corresponding to phase change
acceleration of z, is proportional to displacement of m,
(i.e. xr) 2x
^0: 3
.- | *r*,
tt- LtL
- o,: !-(Ad) : T *2n
I K*r *r) 2n"' 2n 3 -T3
mtmz
p: reduced mass:
Hence, the time period corresponding to this situation,
ml+ m2

T-27
r:z*Fo -'
,d_ ''''-r-T
 Simple Harmonic Motion 72,73

The time period of the block connected with spring is tt=L(Ad)= T r2n-T
given by 2n'2n33
Hence, the time period corresponding to this situation,
f:2*E T-27
d-'r1t
' -a
3 3
Hence, r: ?(zn.E)=Y.E
3['"! t )- t \t'
The time period of the block connected with spring is
given by

The phase of the block has changed by

+ during r= 2*F
collision. The time interval (Ar) corresponding to phase
2n
change A0: 3 , Hence,
':i(^E)=+E
1. Two bodies M and Nof equal masses are suspended
from two separate springs of spring constants k, and (a)
E
t_ mtE
(b)
lk
t-
mzE

t, respectively. Ifthey oscillate with equal maximum \*, k \ *,' k

velocities, the amplitudes of Mand Nare in the ratio
k m8 + mtE
of (c) (d)
'
ml + m2 k 2mrm, k
(a) kr: k, (b) kr: k,
g Jr',,Jh td) Jk,Jk, 5. In the figure, two masses, M:
:
16 kg and
m 12.8.0 kg, are connected to a very light rigid
2. A mass m is suspended separately from two springs
bar and are attached to an ideal massless spring of
of spring constants k, and kr. Their time periods
are found to be 7, and T, respectively. If the same spring constant 100 N/m. The system is set into
mass is suspended from the two springs connected oscillation with an amplitude of 78 cm. At the instant
in series, the time period of the combination will be when the acceleration is at its maximum, the 16 kg
mass separates from the 12.8.0 kg mass, which then
@T+7" T,
@li+q remains attached to the spring and continues to
oscillate. What will be the amplitude of oscillation
27: T" of the 12.8.0 kg mass?
k) r, +i @
'Tr2 +T]
L m M
3. A 2.0 kg block on a frictionless table is connected
to two ideal massless springs with spring constants (a) 78 cm (b) 62cm
/r, and ft, whose opposite ends are fixed to walls, as
shown in the figure. What is angular frequency of
(c) 35 cm (d) 98 cm
the oscillation if ft, = 7.5 N/m and kr: 5.0 N/m? 6. A 2.00 kg object is attached to an ideal massless
€ horizontal spring of spring constant 100.0 N/m
k1 v2
and is at rest on a frictionless horizontal table. The
yiri/r,,,tlttt/t/iJvvlrn
luvnnirt,,rvw spring is aligned along the x-axis and is fixed to a
peg in the table. Suddenly this mass is struck by
(a) 2.5 rad/s (b) 3.5 radls
another 2.00 kg object traveling along the x-axis at
(c) 0.40 radls (d) 0.56 rad/s
3.00 m/s, and the two masses stick together. What
4. Two masses m, and m2 are suspended together by are the amplitude and period of the oscillations that
a massless spring of force constant fr. When the result from this collision?
masses are in equilibrium, rt, is removed without (a) 0.300 m,1.26 s (r) 0.300 m, 0.889 s
disturbing the system. The angular frequency and
(c) 0.424 m, 0.889 s (d) 0.424 m,1.26 s
amplitude of oscillation are respectively
72.74 Physics
7. A man of mass 50 kg stands on the horizontal
platform of a spring balance. The platform oscillates @z*Ek (D 2rcT
with an amplitude of 0.1 m and frequency 2lnHz.
The reading of the spring balance will fluctuate
betweenG= l0ms-2) @r*m (d)z"ffi
(a) 51 kgwt and 49 kgl/t 10. The time period of small oscillations of mass z:
(D) 50 kgwt and 58 kgwt
,
L
(c) 50 kgwt and 42kg:xt k kts k
(d) 58 kgwt and 42kgwt I F I

8. Abody of mass I kg is suspended from a weightless Light

k k3 rod
spring having spring constant 600 Nm-I. Another
body of mass 0.5 kg moving vertically upwards
Light
strikes the suspended body with a velocity of 3 ms-l
k rod
and gets embedded in it. The frequency of oscillation
and the amplitude of motion are respectively m
(a) lDln Hz, l0 cm (b) l0ln Hz,5 cm
(c) 5lnHz,5 cm (c) 5/n Hz, l0 cm
(a) 2*^E
\/6k
9. A particle of mass z is attached to three identical
springs l, ,B and C each of force constant t as shown
in the figure. If the particle of mass z is pushed
slightly against the spring A and released, the time
@znw
period of oscillations is

(c) ,*@k
c 1/il
m

A (d) 2*E

r. (d) 2. (A 3. (a) 4. (a) s. (a) 6.(") 7. (d) 8.(D) e. (a) 10. (b)

4. SIMPLE PENDULUM Force acting on the bob are tension in the string and
weight rng of the bob.
A small mass (bob) suspended by a light, long and
inextensible sting forms simple pendulum. Torque on the bob about point O is
tr:ngi rms* sin 0 + 0
o ':
0 + as'O'is very small. ...(,
T M.I. of the bob about the point O is I: mP

Hence ''
mt'
dzo
...(ii)
c--?
orz
mg sin 0 mO mg cos 0 As torque r and are oppositely directed hence from (l)
and (il), we get
Consider the bob when string deflects through a small
angle. .., dzo dzg
ml'-:
dt, -mgl0 + fr=-(gll)0
 Simple Hormonic Motion 72.75
= - (mgl cos 0o + F/ sin 0o)0
Comparing with the equation get
#=-.o2r,we (mg)2 + F2 0

E using tr:Ig.
o
r/;
g2+ (:)'
Since T:2nla
0
+ ,:,"8 I
I
Time period = 2n
2

,d Most Valuoble Points g2+ (:)

o Length of the simple pendulum is the distance
In
between the point of suspension and the centre of
general we could El a S* bV

mass of the suspended mass.

taking resultant of g anA { 1
o If angular amplitude of simple pendulum is more, m
then time period
2 o
r' *(L\
'

: gefr= * zg[4).o, o
, (For other exams) \m) \m)
^E(,* *) mg

where 0o is in radians.
where a is the angle between E and F
C General formula for time period of simple
pendulum. Where R is the radius of earth. .

I
I
T:2n Find the time period in the following cases
I I ----) a
+
R i (a) J
s m
4,7 TIME PERIOD OF SIMPLE PENDIJLUM WHEN A
CONSTANT FORCE ACTS ON THE BOB
o (b) s
J t"
\m
eo

F
(c)
F

mg
LiquiddensityP.P*.
For angle 00, the net force on the bob is zero. This is
@
the equilibrium position.

F
tan eo:
m8
(e)
If it is furtherdisplaced by a small angle g. The mass
will oscillate about equilibrium position. ,,0 t= Jn
Restoring torque : -mgl sin (0 + e0) + F/ cos (0 + 0o) Solution:
Using approximations In cases (a), (b) and (c) In addition to gravitational force
:: ::: we have a pseudo force also along on the bob
72.76

ma
Physics

T:2n r\r*
(") qE

mg
(
-)F)
l;2 (e)
Imal [.> )
8"f= 92+ l_l=,Jg-+a-
\m )
mg
I
T:2n mg-qE _ qE
+a2 8"f= mm

(b)

\ +
mg
T:2n r!r*
2
(*s
8"ff= g2+ (
ma
m
+ 2g
t; cos 00

5. COMPOUND PENDULUM
=g+a

r=znffi I
I
I
I

I
I

09"h
0

(c) mg

Any rigid body suspended from a fixed support constitutes

mg cos
a physical pendulum. Consider the situation when the
mg body is displaced through a small 0. Torque on the body
about O is given by .'.(r)
Resultant of F @g sin 0) and mg is mg cos 0
where / = distance between point of suspension and centre
shown
of mass of the body.
g"n: g cos 0 (normal to inclined plane)
Iflbe the M.I. of the bodY about O.

T:2n
I Then r,:Ia ...(rr)
gcos0
From (i) and (ii), we get
d2o
+
vps (F)
'#:-mstsinoasoand T are oppositely

(d) directed.

Since o is very small.

mg
= #=-!e
d2o
p Comparing with the equation, -ro'o
Resultant: mg- Vpg: mg l_ dtz
-=
P,
we get.
W >T: ,*E
t/ r *sl
8q: I I
*)
'l
 Simple Hormonic Motion 72.77
Equivalent length of Simple pendulum: Moment
Sal;s#on:
of inertia of compound pendulum can also be written by
theorem ofparallel axis as: Moment of inertia about centre

':'irr)Yr;*.* *r2
2
-mKL
-
T:2nl@Mst = x: L:t
\ minimum time period
'12

K2
_+
,"F r^^:znff:r"P
6o
12
where l"r=
? + / is the equivalent length of simple lllustration
A half ring of mass n, radius .R is hanged
,d Most Voluoble Point at its one end in vertical plane and is free

o The time period of the compound pendulum is least

possible when length /: K (radius of gyration). The
minimum time period would be equal to
to oscillate in its plane. Find frequency
for small oscillations about mean position
of the half ring.
4
Solution:
7.ln ,"F
T ,*E-
\*sl
78 where I= I^+ mP
A compound pendulum is made of a uniform square
plate of ellge'a'suspended through a corner. Find
the time period for small oscillations.
I.*: mRz --(+
2R
Salutian and t- +R2
TC )'
Time period of compound pendulum is

T_ ,*E
\tl^sl
Hence f:+=;s[4
2
*12
_+m o 5. TORSIONAL PENDULUM

T:2n 6 o In torsional pendulum, an extended object is suspended

*ro ct at the centre by a light torsion wire. A torsion wire is
essentially inextensible, but is free to twist about its axis.
When the lower end of the wire is rotated by a slight
T: .6 a amount the wire applies a restoring torque causing the
3g body to oscillate rotationally when released. The restoring
torque produced is given by
79 r:-C0
Acompound pendulums is made of a disc of radius where, C: Torsional constant
Find the minimum possible time period and
between centre and point ofsuspension.
or, Icr: - C0
where, 1= Moment of inertia about the vertical axis.
Solution:

For minimum time period I : K, where / is distance or, o:9e

I
between centre and point ofsuspension
72.78 Physics

(0.200 .5.0x10-2 m)2

I :*"2 - 2

:2.5 x l0-a kg-m2

Time period , T: 2"8

A uniform disc of radius 5.0 cm and mass 200 g is l

The time period is given by
l

fixed at its centre to a metal wire, the other end of

T: 2"8
which is fixed to a ceiling. The hanging disc is rotated
about the wire through an angle and is released. 4nzI
orr C: ----;-
If the disc makes torsional oscillations with time T"

period 0.20 s, find the torsional constant of the wire. 4n21z.5xlo4 -m2)
!+irilror; (0.20s

The situation is shown in figure. The moment of inertia :0.25lg'l,

of the disc about the wire is

l. Two simple pendulums of lengths I m and are 3. The periodic time of a simple pendulum is observed
16 m

in phase at the mean position at a certain instant of for different lengths z. If a graph of log ragainst log

time. If 7"is the time period of the shorter pendulum, Z is plotted, the slope of the graph at I: 2 s is

theminimumtimeafterwhichtheywillbeinphase (a)2 @ J,
againis @) t tz (O I I J,
(a) 8T (D 41 4. A pendulum of length z has period 7 for small
(c) 5Tl3 (4 4rB oscillations. An obstacle is placed directly beneath

2. A metal sphere a density d, is hung as the bob of the pivot so that only the lowest one quarter of the

a simple pendulum of length ^L and time period string can follow the pendulum bob when it swings

L If the bob is immersed in a liquid of density d, in the left of mean position. The pendulum is
(di dz)'its time period will be released from rest at certain pointl. The time taken
by it to retum to that point again is
Ld,
(a)
(dt - d)e (a) r (D rD
@) 3fla @) fl4
(b) 5. The time period of a simple pendulum on the surface
(dr-d)s
ofearth is 2 s. Ifit is carried to a depth R/2 from the

,"rr*ffi surface of earth, its time period

of earth)
will be (R = radius

ls @) Ji s
,^r*ffirr (a)
@) 2Jls (d) 0.5 s
 n
Simple Harmonic Motion 72.79
6. Asimplependulumlength I m
is allowed to oscillate with
amplitude 2". It
collides
(d 2"8 ,urr*ff
elastically with a wall inclined
at lo to the vertical. Its time @\ r*E (4 r"8
period will be: (use g: ,21
(a) 213 sec (b) 413 sec
9. Pendulum A is a physical pendulum made from a
(c) 2 sec (d) None of these
thin rigid and uniform rod whose length is /. One
7. A simple pendulum of length Z has been set up inside end of this rod is attached to the ceiling by a
a railway wagon sliding down a frictionless inclined frictionless hinge so that rod is free to swing back
plane having an angle of inclination 30" with the and forth. Pendulum B is a simple pendulum whose
horizontal. What will be its period of oscillation as
length is also /. The ratio
recorded by an observer inside the wagon ?
!TB for small angular

(r)27t\f# (b) 2x nllzL oscillations

s
@
EE (b)
(c)
t-T
(d) T-r* l, {,
zrcrf 2x t_
V ^tl ,/lg 2
(c) ; @1
J
8. A and B are fixed points and the mass M is tied
by strings at A and B. If the mass M is displaced 10. A disc of radius R and mass Mis pivoted at the rim
slightly out of this plane and released, it will execute
and is set for small oscillations. If simple pendulum
oscillation with period (AM : BM: L, AB : 2d)
has to have the same period as that of the disc, the
A B
length of the simple pendulum should be

at Jn rut
1*
{"t }n oln
r. (d) 2.(a) 3. (c) a. k) s. (c) 6.(b) 7.(a) 8.(6) e.(b) 10. (A

7. MISCELLANEOUSPROBLEMS
7,7 ANGULAR SHM-TORQUE METHOD o
22
Find the frequency of small oscillations of a thin
tI

uniform vertical rod of mass m and length / hinged

at the point O (Fig). The force constant for each k I
spring is IU2. The springs are of negligible mass. k

Restoring torque about point O

I
(mg ll2 sin 0) + (K/sin 0) /
ml
--;- o, (for small 0 sin 0 = 0)
<----+ J
Salation:
For small Angular displacement
72.20 Physics
7.2 ANGULAR SHM-ENERGY METHOD
(ms Kt2)g lllastration 24
%+
m12 pulley block system in equilibrium.
a
J
displaced down slightly from its
equilibrium position and released. Find the time
0
39 3k 0 = --or20 period of oscillation of the system. Assume there is
2lm sufficient friction present between pulley and string
so that string will not slip over pulley surface.
3s .3k
So angular frequency ro =
2lm

23
A rod of mass M and tength Z is hinged at its one
end and carries a particle of mass m at its lower end.
A spring of force constant /r, is installed at distance
a from the hinge and another of force constant /r,
at a distance 6 as shown in the figure. If the whole
arrangement rests on a smooth horizontal table top' Solution
the frequency of vibration is If m is in equilibrium tension in string must be mg and
Ttb spring is stretched by ft so that mg : kh. If we displace
t
a
k2
I the block downward by a distance A and released, it
I M
starts executing SHM with amplitude l. During its
k1 oscillation we consider the block at a displacement.x
below the equilibrium position, if it is moving at a
speed v at this position, the pulley will be rotating at an
1 E,n . kb' (b)
t Erh l
(a)
2n a* angular speed <o given as , =
r
l,]r".4 ^l-y:
I or* or4
I

1
kr +
q
(c) M @^
z* 4_+m lm+M
3 3

Solution:
For small angular displacement (0)

t x
a
k1
tlu k

sin e
bsine
t
Net torque on body :='(lrosin
Thus at this position the total energy of oscillating
0)a + (k b sin 0)6
system is Er:
|*r' *L;r' *IuQ * h)' - *s*
ML +-Iril
J
CT Differentiating with respect to time, we get

For small ct =
kraz + krbz
. MI}
e +:i-@*).i,$)(**)
mr +_
3
.f,olx..^*)_*(*)
I ka2 +k b2
frequency
2n t?1*+ M l3)
:0
 Simple Hormonic Motion 72.27

position, the springs which are connect at a point

on its rim must be compressed and stretched by a
i *+/r(x+
ormva* h)v-mgv:g distance 2x.
Thus at this intermediate position total energy of the
k
or al x:0 [as me:kg] oscillating system can be given as
m4 I,
r' r,: )uu,
.i(i*,),, +)rei'*z
Comparing above equation with standard differential
equation of SHM we get Differentiating with respect to time, we get

t77+,
k
I +=fu(r,*\-1[1*') *(^*\
dt 2 \ dt) 2\2 )R'\ dt)
llr' ^
Thus time period of oscillation is *qt(z*4\:o
\
dt)
fI
1-
2n
(D
,"\t l*+-
+
Mva*!,uo+Slrv:0
2
t6k
a= ---x
3M
lllustrotion I Comparing equation with basic differential equation
A solid uniform cylinder of mass M performs small of SHM.
oscillations in horizontal plane if slightly displaced We get, the angular frequency of SHM as
from its mean position shown in figure. If it is given
that initially springs are in natural lengths and
cylinder does not slip on ground during oscillations
,:ffi
due to friction between ground and cylinder. Force Thus time period of these oscillation is
constant of each spring is /r. Find time period of
T:2n hM " Eu
these oscillation. ,--'"lTa*=rl t,
k k

7.J MORE EXAMPLES OF SIMPLE HARMONIC

MOTIONS
Motion of a batl in a tunnelthrough the earth
Case I: If the tunnel is along a diameter and a ball is
Solution: released from the surface. If the ball at any time is at a
distance y from the centre of earth, then the restoring
In the situation given in problem, the cylinder is in its force will act on the ball due to gravitation between ball
equilibrium position when springs are unstrained. When and earth. But from theory of gravitation we know that
it slightly rolled and released. It starts executing SHM force that acts on a particle inside the earth at a distance
and due to friction, the cylinder is in pure rolling motion. y from its centre is only due to mass M' of the earth that
Now during oscillations we consider the cylinder when lies within sphere of radiusy. (the portion of the earth that
it is at a distance x from the mean position and moving lies out side this sphere does not exert any net force on the
with a speed v as shown in figure. As cylinder is in pure particle) so
rolling, its angular speed ofrotation can be given as
F: -G\M',
y2
(D=

x
R
But as M:- 4J nR3 p

and *::n1fp,i.e.,r:rl*l'
As centre of cylinder is at a distance x from the initial
 72.22 Physics

: 2n .E = rO.U minutes
1/g
When a partially submerged floating body is slightly
pressed and released:

(A)
:=h
,:#',[*] :-ry, _=-:-.equilibrium position ::=
Restoring force is linear so the motion is linear SHM
with force constant. If a body of mass m and cross section is floating in I
GMm a liquid of density s with height h inside the liquid then
k -ni- zg: Thrust : Ahog,

T:2n
t; =2n t_tr,
l_
i.e., m: Aho ...(r)
so
!r \cu Now from this equilibrium position if it is pressedby y,
restoring force will developed due to extra thrust l.e.
Furthermoreas f:# F: - Acgt
--r ,-ZnE
r_
!s
Which is same as that of a simple pendulum of infinite
length and is equal to 84.6 minutes.
Case II: Ifthe tunnel is along a chord and ball is released
from the surface and if the ball at any time is at a distance
x from the centre ofthe tunnel. The restoring force will be: As restoring force is linear, motion will be linear

.
simple harmonic with force constant
o ^::'1ry41;) k: Aog,
So r= 2n.E- E-
tlr : r- \Aos
R,
From this expression it is clear that if density of liquid
decreases, time period will increase and vice-versa.
r;
And also as from eqn. (i) m : Aho, T : 2n^ /4 *t "r"
Vg
/l is the height of the body inside the liquid.
Motion of a liquid in a V-shape tube when it is
slightly depressed and released
(B)
Here cross-section of the tube is uniform and the liquid
Which is again linear with same force constant is incompressible and non viscous. Initially the level of
GMm
tL- -------a- liquid in the two limbs will be at the same height. If the
R, liguid is pressed byy in one limb, it will rise byy along the
So that motion is linear simple harmonic with same length of the tube in the other limb so the restoring force
time period will developed by hydrostatic pressure difference, i.e.,

r:2n,8 : r"E
F:_L,pxA:_(hr+hr)SdA
= F: - Agd (sin 0, + sin 0r)y
 Simple Harmonic Motion 72,23

h2 v
So r:2xE:r,
hl

e1
8, SUPERPOSITION OF SHM'S
8.7 IN SAME DIRECTION AND OF SAME
As the restoring force is linear, motion will be linear FREQUENCY
simple harmonic. : l,
x, sin rol
Force constant k: Agd (sin 0, + sin 0r)
x2= A2sin (cot + 0),
m
So T_ then resultant displacement
Adg (sin0, + sin0r)
If a mass la is suspended from a wire of length Z, cross 'tii*li;''(r'r+o)
section ,{ and young's modulus I and is pulled along the
length of the wire then restoring force will be developed
by the elasticity of the wire.
stress FIA
where A: e? * 4 +ZArArcos}
Y:
strain UL and 4=tan-r [ , "]t" -l
+ Arcos0l
=FL
IAL
:) r:Ut If
lA,
: 0, both SHM's are in phase
0
Restoring force is linear so motion is linear simple and A: Ar+ A,
harmonic with force constant
If 0 : n, both SHM's are out of phase
K: YA
L
L and A:lAr-Azl

t.e., It=
tE :
t@ i
Superposition of SHM's along the same direction
(using phasor diagram)
2n\
-.r- m 2n\
-,i- mL ir
+
If two or more SHM's are along the same line, their
If the lower surface of a cube of side Z and of modulus resultant can be obtained by vector addition by making
of rigidity fixed while fixing a particle of mass rn on the phasor diagram.
upper face, a force parallel to upper face is applied and
withdrawn; Here restoring force will be developed due to 1. Amplitude of SHM is taken as length (magnitude)
elasticity of block. ofvector.

.Jt 2. Phase difference between the vectors is taken as

+. the angle between these vectors. The magnitude

of resultant of vector's give resultant amplitude
I

ofSHM and angle ofresultant vector gives phase

constant of resultant SHM.
For example:
Modulus of rigidity of the block ur- Al' sin ol,
shear stress xz: Azsin (or + 0)
n: shear strain If equation of resultant SHM is taken as

F x: I sin (rot + 4; A2

n
AO
A
A: 4 * 4 +2ArArcos\ A

F:nry [as 0: v
Ll l" sin 0
L Al
tan d:
' At+lrcos0 Phasor Diagram
Restoring force is linear so motion will be linear S.H.M
Similarly more than one SHM's could be combined
Force constant (k) : nl : nt las A: L2l using the phasor diagram.
72.24 Physics
fitftr7f,irw?Et;t
f,t= 5sin(rol+30o) A:_o *.6)' + (16 + l)2 : 4+ 2Jl
1:
x, = 10 cos (or) 2

Find amplitude of resultant SEM.

8.2 IN TWO PERPENDICULAR DIRECTIONS
Solution: x: .,4 sin <or
x, :5 sin (rof + 30") y: B sin (rot + 0)
:
Case (r): If e 0 or n then y : + (B I A)x. So path will be
xr= l0 sin (ror + ) straight line and resultant displacement will be
]
1 ,: (*' + f)tt2 : 1Az + 3z ltrz sin rot
A: + 102 + 2x5xl0 cos 60o
A2 +82
which is equation of SHM having amplitude
+100+50
5 Case (ir): If 0 : n/2 then. x: I sin rot
= Jns : sJl Phasor Diagram
lz: B sin (ar + nl2): B cos orr
22
: l. i.e. equation of an
W so, resultant will be
h.b
A particle is subjected to three SHM's in same ellipse andif A:.8, then superposition will be an equation
direction simultaneously each having equal of circle.
amplitude a and equal time period. The phase of the
second motion is 300 ahead of the first and the phase
t@
of the third motion is 300 ahead of the second. Find
A particle simultaneously participates in two
mutually perpendicular oscillations x = sin nl and y
the amplitude of the resultant motion.
= 2 cos 2 nt.Write the equation of trajectory of the
Solution: particle.

o 5*lution:
@
c
,6
A
I
6 x :sin nt, y :2 ll - 2 sinz ntl
I
a y:2ll -2x2)
.sl
30'
-11 J or 2x2+l:l
a cos 30o 2
From phasor diagram,

A: o)' *l.l-lo.r)
a+,ll, *r) o)' ( 8,3 IN SAME DIRECTION BUT ARE OF DIFFERENT
2 , FREQUENCIES
xt: At sin ro,l
r ..f:r)'
_a+ | +t-+- o)'
( .,1-1,
|
xz: Azsin rorl
2 2)\2 2) then resultant displacement x xr + xz: : At sin ort + A,
sin rort this resultant motion is not SHM.

a
l. Avertical U-tube ofuniform cross-section contains 2. A block is on a horizontal surface which is moving

water upto a height of 24.5 cm. If water on one side horizontally with S.H.M of frequency 2 Hz.lf the
coefficient of friction between the block and the
is depressed and then released, its time period will
plane is 0.4, the maximum amplitude for which the
be (take n2: l0) block will not slip along the surface is G: 10 ms-2)
(a) 3 s (b) 0.5 s (a) 2.5 cm (b) 5 cm

(c)2s (d) ls (c) 7.5 cm (d) l0 cm

3. A small sphere is placed on a concave mirror of 8. Aparticleissubjectedtotwomutuallyperpendicular
radius of curvature 5 m a little away from its c91tr9. simple harmonic motions such that its x and y
When the sphere is released, it oscillates with S.H.M.
-- ^ coordinates are given by
The time period of oscillation is (g:10 ;;-;i
2 sin ror;
@) n r J-2 s (b) n/2, ':
(c)ns (AJins Y:2sin[''.i)
\4)
4. Two linear simple harmonic motions of equal
amplitude and frequency co and are imposed
2a The path of the particle will be
on a particle along the axes .r and y respectively. If
the initial phase difference between them is nl2,the (a) ellipse
an (b) a straight line
resultant path followed by the particle is (c) a parabola (d) a circle

(a) y=r'E y=rff @) 9. Two simple harmonic motions lr: A sin rol and

!2: A cos ro, are super imposed on a particle of mass

(c)v=,FT (d)y=r.E m.The total mechanical energy of the particle is
:l11ma' A'
(a) (b) maz A2
5. A body has a time period l, under the action of one
force and l, under the action of another force. The
lr.1
square of the time period when both the forces are (c) A' (d) zero
acting in the same direction is Oma'
(a) trz trz (b) tr2ltrz
^2-2
10. Two uniform rods are welded together to form a
(c) trz + 42 @ ;:= letter I as shown in the figure. Each rod is of mass
ti +t;
6. A tunnel is dug alongthe diameter of the earth. The
M and length '/'. If this combination is hinged at 'l'
time period of body dropped in the tunnel is ?",. If and kept in vertical plane then time period of small
7, is the time period of similar body dropped in a oscillations about ,4 is equal to
straight tunnel dug along any chord except through +- I
the centre ofthe earth, then A ----* B
(a) Tr< T, (b) T2: Tl
(c) Tr> T, (4 Tz: J-zr, I

7. A particle is subjected to two SHMs xt: Arsin rol

and xr: Azsin (Dr+- TC

4
The resultant SHM will I
c
have an amplitude of

(o)
Ar+ A,
2
to 2"ff66r rtt 2*Fz.rzs

(b) +
r"E ll/
(") t? * 4 +J-z.t,t, @ @ 2n -------'-
(6r/5Xs)
(4 4Az

L (A 2. @) 3. (A a. @) s. (A 6.(6) 7.(c) 8.(a) e.(b) 10. (d)

 Unsolved Exercises
EXERC'SE _ 1

Simple Hurmonic Motion: Definition I

1. A particle is moving on a circle with uniform speed;
@)i (b) 2

its motion is I
(c)
(b)
Periodic and simple harmonic
Periodic but not simple harmonic
(c) sJro (d)
ffi
(c) Aperiodic Phasor Diogrom Equotion of SHM
(d) None of the above 8. Two SHM's are representedby y = a sin (at - lo-)
and y = b cos (cot - kx) . The phase difference between
2. According to a scientists, he applied a 'force
F: --cxrt3 on a particle and the particle is performing
the two is:
7l TI
SHM. No other force acted on the particle. He (a) (b)
refuses to tell whether c is a constant or not. Assume
, i
that he had worked only with positive x then: 7l 3n
(c) @o
(a) as.r increases c also increases a

(b) as r increases c decreases 9. How long after the beginning of motion is the
displacement of a harmonically oscillating particle
(c) as x increases c remains constant
equal to one half its amplitude if the period is 24s
(d) the motion cannot be SHM
and particle starts from rest.
3. For a particle executing simple harmonic motion, (a) r2s (b) 2s
the acceleration is proportional to (c) 4s (d) 6s
(a) displacement from the mean position
10. A particle is made to under go simple harmonic
(D) velocity
motion. Find its average acceleration in one time
(c) distance travelled since , = 0 period.
({ speed --2 ,
4. The displacement of a particle in simple harmonic
(a) azA @T
motion in one time period is
(a)A
@) aA
(b) 2A
(d) zero
(")
o
a2A
(d) zero

5. The distance moved by a particle in simple harmonic 11. A particle performing SHM on they-axis according
motion in one time period is to equationy = A + B sin ror. Its amplitude is:
(a) A (b) 2A (a) A (b) B
(c) 4A (d) zero (c) A+ B (d) A2+82
6' A particle performing SHM takes ttnlt^^t^o-:1'^:::
12. EquationofSHMisr:l0sinl0mr.Findthedistance
^-' .:-'::--:.:-:.-'--",:._
(time period of SHM) in consecutive appearances at _::-: -:^^;;:^:;_-^:,
between the two points where speed is 50n cm/sec' x
a particular point. This point is:
ts in cm and t is in seconds'
(a) An extreme position (a) l0 cm (b) 20 cm
(D) The mean position
position @\ 17 '32 cm (d) 8'66 cm'
(c) Between positive extreme and mean
position
(d) Between negative extreme and mean'r--'-'-" 13' Two particles execute s'H'M' of same amplitude
and frequency along the same straight line from
7. The equation of motion of a particle of mass I g is same mean position. They cross one another without
dzx . where x is displacement (in m)from
collision, when going in opposite directions, each
*dt' + nzx:0 time their displacement is traf of their amplitude.

(inHz):
mean position. The frequency of oscillation is The phase-difference between them is

[:] L. i}ili:
 Simple Harmonic Motion 72.27
14. A mass M is performing linear simple harmonic
ti-..
motion, then correct graph for acceleration a and
each time their displacement is I of their
\/2
corresponding linear velocity v is
amplitude. The phase difference between them is:
(a) 30" (b) 60'
(a) (b) c (c) 90' (d) 120"
19. A small mass executes linear S.H.M. about O with
a2 a2 amplitude 'a' andperiod '7'. Its displacement from
O attime Tl8 after passing through O is
I a
(c) @
G (a)
8
(b)
ffi
a a
a2

15. A block of mass z is resting on a piston

a2 (c)
2
(d)
o
as shown in figure which is moving 20. A particle performing S.H.M. is found at its
vertically with a SHM of period 1 s. equilibrium at t = | s and it is found to have a speed
The minimum amplitude of motion at of 0.25 m/s at t = 2 s.If the period of oscillation is
which the block and piston separate is: 6 s Calculate amplitude of oscillation
(a) 0.25 m (D) 0.52 m
(c) 2.5m (d) 0.15 m ot *^ (D)
*^
16. Two bodies performing S.H.M. have same amplitude
and frequency. Their phases at a certain instant are
(") *', @#-
as shown in the figure. The phase difference between
21, A particle executes S.H.M. in a straight line. In the
them is
first second starting from rest it travels a distance
t-r;$r, 'a' and in the next second a distance '6' in the same
o+ direction. The amplitude of S.H.M. will be
t(-A+Ft-A-}| ^2
za
(a):-. (b)a-b
+ 5a-D
(-x) (+x)
-N A Fl-
(c) 2a - b (d) a/b
22. A particle executes SHM with time period I and
0.5

I amplitude l. The maximum possible average

(,a) TI (b) n velocity in time 7/4 is
6
5 2A 4A
(a)
@) in @1" T (b)
T
8A +Jzd
17. The figure shows the displacement time graph of (c) (d)
a particle executing S.H.M. If the time period of T T
oscillation is 2 s the equation of motion of its SHM is 23. The graph shows the variation of displacement of a
particle executing S.H.M. with time. We inference
tin lml from this graph that:
v
10
9I
5 4
o
1
t(s) I4 T

(a) the force is zerc attime {

4
(a) x: 10 sin (zr + nl3)(b) r: 10 sin nr
(c) x:10sin(zrt+nl6)(d) x: l0 sin(2nt+nl6) (b) the velocity is maximum at time I2
(c) the acceleration is maximum at time I
18. Two particle executes S.H.M. of same amplitude (d1 the P.E. is equal to half of total energy at time
and frequency along the same straight line. They T
pass one another when going in opposite directions, 2
72.28 Physics
13zt of mass ml2 while the amplitude I remains same.
24. T-hephase of a parricle in SHM at time
Irs .
6 New mechanical energy will be:
The following inference is drawn from this
@) {ze @) 2E
(a) the particle is at x = : and moving in (o Etz (d) E
2
+ X-direction 31. The P.E. of an oscillating particle at rest position is
15 J and its average K.E. is 5 J. The total energy of
(D) the particle is at x : :2 and moving in particle at any instant will be
-X-direction (a)loJ (b) 20J
(c) the particle is at x : - : and moving in (c)25J (d) sl
2
+ X-direction 32. A body executes simple harmonic motion. The
potential energy (PE), kinetic energy (KE) and
(d) the particle is at x: - : and moving in total energy (TE) are measured as a function of
2
displacement r. Which of the following statements
-X-direction
is frue?
25. The time period of an oscillator is 8 sec. The phase
(a) TE is zero whenx:0
difference from l: 2 sec to t: 4 sec will be:
(D) PE is maximum when r: 0
(a) n (b)
; (c) KE is maximum when x = 0
n
(d) KE is ma:rimumwhenx is maximum
(c) (A
i 2n
33. A particle is vibrating in simple harmonic motion
Energy associoted with SHM with an amplitude of 4 cm. At what displacement
26. A body executing SHM passes through its from the equilibrium position is its energy half
equilibrium. At this instant, it has potential and half kinetic ?

(a) maximum potential energy (a) Icm @) Ji cm

(D) maximum kinetic energy (c) Zcm g1 2Ji cm

(c) minimum kinetic energy Spring Block Problems
(d) maximum acceleration
34. A weight suspended from a spring oscillates up and
27 . The K.E. and P.E. of a particle executing SHM with down. The PE of the weight is zero at:
amplitude A will be equal when its displacement is
(a) Highest point (b) Lowest point
@) J-z.t @: (c) Middle point (d) None of these

A
35. A particle of mass z is hanging vertically by an
(c) ideal spring of force constant /r. If the mass is made
Tz
(d)
f,, to oscillate vertically, its total energy is:
(a) Maximum at the extreme position
28. A particle of mass m oscillating with amplitude I (D) Maximum at the meair position
and angular frequency ro. its average energy in one
(c) Miniumum at the mean position
time period is ?
ll (d) Same at all the positions
(a) (b)
,ma2A' 7ma2A2 36. Four springs are attached to a mass la as shown. The
(c) ma2A2 (d) zero time period will be 2n times:
K
29. ln SHM particle oscillates with frequency u then 2K 2K

find the frequency of oscillation of its kinetic energy.

2K
(a) u (b) o/2
(c) 2u (d) z.erc
E
(") r/" *,8
30. The total mechanical energy of a particle of
executing SHM with the help of a spring is E:
mass rz
(ll2)
ma2A2.If the particle is replaced by another particle
(c)
!7
F; @ lu<
r;
 Motion 72.29
Simple Harmonic
37. A M is suspended from a spring of negligible
mass I seconds. If the ball is removed, the spring is
mass. The spring is pulled a liule and then released, shortened (w.r.t. length in mean position) by
so that the mass executes SHM of time period 7" If
the mass is increased by m,the time period becomes (a)
st' metre (b)
3t's
mette
5Tl3.Thenthe ratio of mlMis ,* 12ny
3t5 (c) Tmmetre
(a) (b) zste Tk
f @ mmetre
(c) t6te (A st3
44. A smooth inclined plane having angle of inclination
38. Two spring mass systems having equal mass and
spring constant k, and kr.lf the maximum velocities
30' with horizontal has a mass 2.5 kg held by a spring
in two systems are equal then ratio of amplitude of which is fixed at the upper end as shown in figure.
I st to that of 2nd is: If the mass is taken 2.5 cm up along the surface of
the inclined plane, the tension in the spring reduces
kr
,, FO (6)
k2
to zero. If the mass is then released, the angular
frequency of oscillation in radian per second is
l,-

lt
k"
G)a
Kl
,^
39. A toy car of mass z is having two similar rubber
ribbons attached to it as shown in the figure. The Fixed
force constant of each rubber ribbon is k and surface
is frictionless. The car is displaced from mean
position by x cm and released. At the mean position (a) 0.707 (b) 7.07
the ribbons are undeformed. Vibration period is
@) t.at4 (a A.t4
45. Four massless springs whose force constants are 2k,
2k, k and 2k respectively are attached to a mass M
kept on a frictionless plane (as shown in figure). If
(a)
fi1El
znrf (b)
t TmQk)
t? nI t?
the mass M is displaced in the horizontal direction,
then the frequency of the system.
lm f--T-
(c) zn,f
| @ 27tl k+k 2k- 2k
000000
k

000 000
M -[ffffd-
40. A mass of I kg attached to the bottom of a spring has 2k
a certain frequency of vibration. The following mass
has to be added to it in order to reduce the frequency
,r+^l* (b)
t l+tc
by half:
zn\,l u
(a) I kg (b) 2ks
(c) 3 kg (O 4ks @n
I k
(d) _t_
rnk
\'l
7M zn u
41. A force 0f 6.4 N stretches a vertical spring by 0.1 m. 46. Vertical spring mass system is used in a wall clock.
The mass that must be suspended from the spring so The clock is accurate at the equator. Ifthe clock is
that it oscillates with a period of (n/4) sec is: taken to the poles it:
@) (ntqks (D) l kg (a) will become slow
(c) (l/t)kg (4 l0ke (6) will become fast
42. Frequency of a block in spring mass system is u. If (c) will give correct time
it is taken in a tift moving with constant acceleration (4 will not work properly.
will :
upward, then frequency
47. A spring-mass system oscillates in a car. If the
(a) decrease (b) increase car accelerates with a constant acceleration on a
(c) remain constant (d; none horizontal road, the frequency of oscillation will
43. A ball of mass rn kg hangs from a spring of spring (a) increase (6) decrease
constant ft. The ball oscillates with a period of (c) remain same (d) become zero.
a- 4A iL---r^-
tz.rv rnystcs
48. A system is shown in the figure. The time period for Simple pendulum
small oscillations of the two blocks will be
53. A pendulum clock that keeps correct time on the
k 2k
m -
000000 000000
- m earth is taken to the moon. It will run
- (a) at correct rate (D) 6 times faster

(d2*ff (D 21tE @ JA times faster @) J6 times slower

54. Two pendulums begin to swing simultaneously. The
@2rE (d) zrT first pendulum makes 9 full oscillations when the
other makes 7. Find the ratio of length of the two
49. A horizontal spring is connected to a mass M. It Pendult ms.
49
executes simple harmonic motion. When the mass (al @)l
M passes through its mean position, an object of -8l
mass m is put on it and the two move together. The 50
ratio of frequencies before and after will be (c) @+
8r
t ;ll2
m 55. A scientist measures the time period of a simple
r,r b (I +
[r.#) M pendulum as I in a lift at rest. If the lift moves up
with acceleration as one fourth ofthe acceleration of
M
@(h)''' @
M+m
gravity, the new time period is:

50. A heavy brass-sphere is hung from a spiral spring

and it executes vertical vibrations with period 7. -..{.-, a
The ball is now immersed in nonviscous liquid
with a density one-tenth that of brass. When set into
vertical vibrations with the sphere remaining inside
T
the liquid all the time, the period will be (a)
7 (q 4r
(r).{9 2
t=

",
[*]. (c) -=T
v) <a *,
(c) Unchanged (d) ,l[#J 56. A simple pendulum has some time period ?. What
will be the percentage change in its time period if its
51. Some springs are combined in series and parallel amplitude is decreased by 5%?
arrangement as shown in the figure and a mass z is (a) 6% (b) 3%
suspended from them. The ratio of their frequencies (c) t.s% (A 0%
will be: 57. A simple pendulum with length /and bob of mass m
executes SHM of small amplitudel. The maximum
tension in the string will be:
(a) mg(t + A[) (b) ms! + AlDz
(c) mgu + @tD2) (d) zms
58. A wall clock uses simple pendulum. It is accurate at
earth surface. Ifit is taken to high altitude:
(a)l:1 (b) 2:t (a) it will run fast
k) Ji :2 (A 4:t (D) its length should be increased to keep it accurate.
(c) its length should be decreased to keep it accurate.
52. Aparticle performs S.H.M. with time period 7. The
(d) Even if length is changed it cannot be accurate.
time taken by the particle to move from half the
amplitude to the maximum displacement is 59. A pendulum is suspended in a lift and its period of
oscillation when the lift is stationary is Zo. What
T
(a)
2
@)I must be the acceleration of the lift for the period of
oscillation of the pendulum to be T/2?
T (a) 2S downward (b) zgupward
(c)
6
@I (c) 3gdownward (d) 3gupward
 Simple Harmonic Motion 72.37
60. The frequency of a simple pendulum is n oscillations Compound Pendulum, Angular SHM
per minute while that of another is (n + l) oscillations __
to ut. 25 kg uniform solid sphere with a 20 cm radius
per minute. The ratio of length of first pendulum Irs suspended
the length of second is: by a vertical wire such that the point
of suspension is vertically above the centre of the
J- / :-t \2
(o)
n+l
(b) I n - | sphere. A torque of 0. l0 N-m is required to rotate
I ') the sphere through an angle of 1.0 rad and then
(t_t n \2 the orientation is maintained. If the sphere is then
r"r [t1)' @ released, its time period of the oscillation will be:
\n ) t , . ,,/
(a) n second @ Jrn second
61. TheaccelerationduetogravityatheightRabovethe 2nsecond (d)
@) 4nsecond
surface of the earth is 6. fhe oeriodic time of a 66. A metre stick swinging about its one end oscillates
4
simple pendulum in an artificial satellite at this with frequencyfr. If the bottom half of the stick was
height will be: cut o[ then its new oscillation frequency will be:

(a)r:r"P (D r:r"[* (a)fo

(c) 2fo
@)
@)
J, fo
2J, fo
(c'1 zero (d) infinity 67. A ring and a disc of same mass and radius are
hinged at periphery oscillate in vertical plane about
62. A particle of mass lz executing SHM makes
mean position if 7, and T, are their time period
/oscillation per second. The difference of its kinetic
respectively then
energy when at the centre, and when at a distance x
from the centre is:
(a) Tr>7, (b) Tt<Tz
(c) Tr: T, (d) All of the above
(o) n2fzxzm 1by 2n2fzxzm
68. A thin circular disc ofradius R and mass Mis hinged
l r^r,
@1
)nzf2xzm (A .f2*2* at its periphery in a vertical plane. If it is slightly
displaced from equilibrium position and then
63. A hollow metal sphere is filled with water through a released then the time period of oscillation of disc
small hole in it. It is hanging by a long thread and is will be:
made to oscillate. Water slowly flows out of the hole
at the bottom. How will the period of oscillation be (dr"Er @ 21tE
affected?
(a) The period will go on increasing till the sphere
is empty @ r"E (A r"E
(D) The period will go on decreasing till the sphere
is empty
Combinotion ol SHM's
(c) The period will first decrease and then increase
(d) The period will first increase then decrease till 69. When two mutually perpendicular simple harmonic
the sphere is empty
motions of same frequency, amplitude and phase are
64. A simple pendulum consists of a small sphere of superimposed
mass m suspended using a length 'L'. A charge
q is given to the sphere and an electric field E is (a) the resulting motion is uniform circular motion.
applied vertically upwards. The time period of the (6) the resulting motion is a linear simple harmonic
oscillation is: motion along a straight line inclined equally to
2L L the straight lines of motion of component ones.
(a) 2n
aE
(b) 2n
aE
c-'m s-L
6
m
(c) the resulting motion is an elliptical motion,

@*e (A 2n
g+
L
qE
symmetrical about the lines of motion of the
components.
m (d) the two S.H.M. will cancel each other.
7 ) 2) Dhwcirc

70. The position of a particle in motion is given by (a) l00cm (D) 5m

-/: C sin at + D cos o, w.r.t. origin. Then motion of (c) 200 cm (d) 1000 cm
the particle is:
(a) SHM with amplitude C+ D 72, Aparticle is subjected to two mutually perpendicular

(b) SHM with amplitu a"

'[C\ tr simple harmonic motions such that its x and y
g+2 coordinates are given by: 2 sin ot;
,2
(c) SHM with amplitud"
y= z sin(-.i) . The path of the particle will be
(d) not SHM
71. A simple harmonic motion is given by y :
(a) an ellipse (D) a sfaight line
5(sin 3nr + .6 cos 3rt). What is the amplitude of
motion if y is in m? (c) aparabola (d) a circle

EXERC'SE _ 2

Simple Harmonic Motion: Definition Phosor Diagroms (Eqn. of SHM)

1. A particle executing linear SHM. Its time period is 5. The magnitude of average acceleration in half
equal to the smallest time interval in which particle
time period from equilibrium position in a simple
acquires a particular velocity il,. the magnitude of
i harmonic motion is:
maybe:
(a)
2Aa2 (b) Aaz
(a) Zero (b) V,o fi ^ lTc
-
N'T (d)
Y^o
2 (c)
Aaz
G (d) Zero

2. Which of the following quantities are always non-

positive in a simple harmonic motion along a shaight 6. Two particles P and p describe S.H.M. of same

line?
-+ -+ --t -+ amplitude dr, same frequency f along the same
(a) F.a (D) v 'r
straight line from the same mean position. The
-+ -) -+ -+
maximum distance between the two particles is
(c) a'r (d) F,r
oJZ . rt" initial phase difference between the
3. Which of the following quantities are always
non-negative in a simple hamronic motion along a
particle is:
line?
straight _+ +
(a) F'a (b) v'r (a) zero (b) nl2
-+ -+ -+ -+ (c) nl6 (d) nl3
(c) a'r (d) F.,
7. A particle is executing SHM according to the
4. The acceleration of a particle moving along x-axis is
: equationr: A cos rot. Average speed of the particle
a: - l00x + 50. It is released from x Here'a' 2.
and '.x' are in S.I units. The motion of particle will during the interval O <t < +
6or
.

be:
(a) periodic, oscillatory but not SHM
(b) periodic but not oscillatory.
la)
Ji,E,
2
*, {f
(c) oscillatory but not periodic. 3Aa 3A'(z-.,1-t)
(d) simple harmonic.
(c) @
n lt
-
 Simple Hormonic Motion 72.33
8. The velocity v of a particle of mass m moving along 12. A particle executes simple harmonic motion between
a straight line changes with time 't' as X = - A and x : + A. The time taken for it to go from
d2v 0 to Al2 is I, and to go from I 12 to A is I, then
-;l : - Kv where 'K' is a positive constant. Which (a) Tr<7, (b\ Tt>Tz
(c) Tr-7, (4 Tr:2Tz
of the following statement is correct :

(a) The particle does not perform SHM 13. Two particles A and B perform SHM along the
same straight line with the same amplitude 'a',
(6) The particle performs SHM with time period
same frequency'.f' and same equilibrium position
2"8 'O'. The greatest distance between them is found
to be 3a12. At some instant of time they have the
(c) The particle performs SHM with frequency same displacement from mean position. What is this
JE displacement?
2n
(d) The particle performs SHM with time period
(a) at2 (D all A
2n
K
t) i.l-1" (A 3aA

I in the 14. Aparticle executes S.H.M. along a straight line with

9. The oscillations represented by curve
graph are expressed by equation x: A sinrot. The mean positionx:0, period 20 s and amplitude 5 cm.

equation for the oscillations represented by curve The shortest time taken by the particle to go from
2 is expressed as: x=4cmtox=-3cmis
(a) 4s (b) 7 s
2
(c) 5s (d) 6s
A
15. The period of a particle is 8 s. AT I : 0 it is at the
mean position. The ratio of distance covered by the
particle in first second and second will be:
-24
(a)
Ji-t
----- r
(b) --=
(o) x:24 sin (at - nl?) \tZ Jz
(b) x:2Asin(rli,t+nl2\ I
(c) x:-2Asin(at-nl2)
(r) -=-l. @l lJl -rl
'.12
(d) x= A sin (ror -nl2) 16. A man of mass 60 kg standing on a plateform
10. A 4 kg particle is moving along the x-axis under the executing S.H.M. in the vertical plane. The
displacement from the mean position varies as
action of the force F = - N. At ,: 2 sec, the y = 0 .5 sin (2xft) . The minimum value ofl for which
[*). the man will feel weightlessness at the highest point
particle passes through the origin and at / : I 0 sec its
is: (y is in metres)
speed is qJ, m/s.The amplitude of the motion is

32J'
(a)-m (r) E.., "4n*
@) @) 4ng
TI TC

(c)
4
(d)
t6J' (c) @ @) znJzs
-m
lt fi
2n

1 1. The acceleration of a particle -m

moving along x-axis is
a :- l00x + 50. It is released from x 2. Here 'a' : 17. Displacement of a particle is x : 3 sin2t + 4 cos 2t,
and '.r' are in S.I units. The speed of the particle at the amplitude and the maximum velocity will be:
origin will be :
(a) 5,l0 (b) 3,2
91 t}Jl m/s (b) l.s m/s
(c) l0 m/s (d) None of these (c) 4,2 (d) 3,8
72.34 Physics
Energy ossociated to SHM 22. A particle performs S.H.M. of amplitude A along a

18. A point particle of mass 0.1 kg is executing S.H.M. straight line. When it is at a distance f2 , Uo-
of amplitude of 0.1 m. When the particle passes
through the mean position, its kinetic energy is mean position, its kinetic energy gets increased by
8 x l0-3 J. The equation of motion of this particle
when the initial phase of oscillation is 45o can be an amount !2 *r'l'due to an impulsive force. Then
given by
(a) 0.1 cos (.,.;) (b ) 0.1 ,i, (+, *
l) its new amplitude becomes:
J'
@7'e @ Ji2A
(c) (,.;) ',, (;.")
0.4 sin (d) 0 .2

k)Ji.q @JiA
19. For a particle performing SHM: 23. The potential energy of a particle of mass 'rz'
(a) The kinetic energy is never equal to the potential situated in a unidimensional potential field varies as
energy
[
U(x): U0 - cos ax], where Uo and a are constants.
(b) the kinetic energy is always equal to the potential The time period of small oscillations of the particle
energy about the mean position:
(c) The average kinetic energy in one time period is
equal to the average potential in this period (a) 2n t_
l; (DzNE
(d1 The average kinetic energy in any time interval \ouo
is equal to average potential energy in that
interval (c) 2n t_
l; ,^r-W
20. Acceleration a versus time / graph of a body in
! o'uo
SHM is given by a curve shown below. Iis the time 24. Graph shows the x(t) curves for three experiments
period. Then corresponding graph between kinetic involving aparticular spring block system oscillating
energy KE and time t is correctly represented by in SHM. The kinetic energy of the system is largest
at t: 4 sec. for the situation:
x
1 1
a 2

T+l 0 t (in sec)

(r) -1. (r)[

(") I (b) 2
l+ t+ (c) 3 (d) Same in all
-T# -T-+ 25. A particle executes SHM on a line 8 cm long. Its
I
(c) re (4-[ K.E. and P.E. will be equal when its distance from
+T the mean position is :
t+ l+
(a)4cm (b) 2cm
21. A body is executing simple -T harmonic motion. At
a displacement x, its potential energy is E, and at @) 2Ji cm (4 Ji cm
a displacement y, its potential energy is Er. The
potential energy E at a displacement (x +y) is
26. The total energy of a vibrating particle in SHM is E.

If its amplitude and time period are doubled, its total

(a) Er+ E, (b) JE? * rt,
energy will be:
(c) Et+ E2+ +83 (a) t6E (b) 8E

@ Er+ E, @)aE (aE

 n

SimPle Hormonic Motion 72.35

27. Aparticle oscillating as given bv u(y): rlvl3 with @) T: r" (b) T=Zn
(M +m)
force constant K has an amplitude A. The maximum W kmM
velocity during the oscillation is proportional :
(a)toA (D) proportionulb At
(c) T:2n
mM
2k(M +m)
@) r:rn (M +m\2
o

o,F (aW
28. The effective spring constant of a system whose
32. A spring
same mass
of force constant cr has two blocks of
M connected to each end of the spring
as shown in figure. Same force/extends each end of
potential energy varies with x as, U: Uo sin ax, is the spring. If the masses are released, then period of
(J vibration is:
<r) =?
^az (b) uoa3/2

(c) Uoaz (4 Uoo

M mrww[ ,
Spring Block Problems
29. A particle executes simple harmonic motion under @2-E @) zn^P
YO,
the restoring force provided by a spring. The time
period is ?" If the spring is divided in two equal parts
and one part is used to continue the simple harmonic
motion, the time period will
@2*ff 1a znffr
(a) remainT (b) become2T 33. What would be the period of the free oscillations of
(c) become Tl2 (d) become fl Ji the system shown here if mass M, is pulled down a
30. A solid ball of mass rz is made to fall from a height little force constant of the spring is ft, mass of fixed
H on a pan suspended through a spring of spring pulley is negligible and movable pulley is smooth
constant K as shown in figure. If the ball does not
rebound and the pan is massless, then amplitude of
oscillation is

M2

K
k

@) 3 ot #(t+2HK\''7
/( \ mg )
(a) T=
+
k
@)f=r*W
^ +
(c) T= (A T=
n ?.(#)",ffI,.?.T)',) k k

34. A constant force produces maximum velocity Z on

31. Two springs, each of spring constant k, are atlached
to a block of mass m as shown in the figure. The the block connected to the spring of force constant
block can slide smoothly along a horizontal platform K as shown in the figure When the force constant
clamped to the opposite walls of the trolley of mass of spring becomes 4K,the maximum velocity of the
M.lf the block is displaced by r cm and released, the block is:
period of oscillation is:

K
arwu"l-l+ww F

(a) Yl4 (b) 2v

@) w2 (av
72.36 Physics
35. Block A inthe figure is released from the rest when
the extension in the spring is xo. The maximum
downward displacement of the block. k

2gh mg
A (a) (b)
m'f M k
Mg_ Ms 2sh
(a)
2k
xo (b)
i* *, (c)
m*M l?
(d) None of these

2Ms
(c)
k
-.r0 (d)
ff.^ 39. In the above problem, the frequency of oscillations
of the cage will be:
36. A block of mass 0.9 kg attached to a spring of force tltltt2 tl tlttz
constant K is compressed bV Ji cm and the block is atnl;) to aLa)
at a distance 1". from the wall. When the block
@ *l--!-)" ,^ *lfl'''
'12
is released, it makes elastic collision with the wall
40. A block of mass m moves with a speed v towards
and its period of motion is 0.2 s. The value of r( is
the right block in equilibrium with a spring. If the
(take n2: 10)
surface is frictionless and collisions are elastic, the
frequency of collisions between the masses will be:
K

K
H m m
11"12 cm
L-+l
(b\ 2lr-+ rtrl
(a) 100Nm-r (6) l0Nm-t
(c) 0.1Nm-t (d) t Nm-t
37. Two identical springs are fixed at one end and
o> *: lE
n\ m lzL ;\; )
2
masses I kg and 4 kg are suspended at their other (c) (d) none ofthese
v
,K
ends. They are both stretched down from their mean
position and let go simultaneously. If they are in the n+ m
same phase after every 4 seconds then the springs
constant ft is
41. A block I of mass z is placed on frictionless
horizontal surface. Another block B of same mass
(a) n-N is kept on A and connected to the wall with the help
m of spring of spring constant fr is shown in the figure.
"N The coefficient of friction between I and B is p,. the
(b) n'-
m blocks move together performing simple harmonic
motion of amplitude a. The maximum value of the
N
(c) 2n- frictional force between ,,4 and B is :
m
(@ given data is insufficient Ps
B
38. A cage of mass Mhangs from a light spring of force
A
constant fr. A body of mass m falls from height & smooth

inside the cage and sticks to its floor. The amplitude (a) ka (b) ka/2
of oscillations of the cage will be: (c) Zero (4 v,mg
 SimPle Harmonic Motion 72.37
42. A particle at the end of a spring executes simple
harmonic motion with a period 1,, while the
corresponding period for another spring is lr. Ifthe
period of oscillation with the two springs in series is
Z, then

(a) T:tr+t, F: tl +*,

(b) (a) I vibration (D) 3 vibrations
(c) 4 vibrations (d) 5 vibrations
(") 7-r : trt +lt @ ft: trz +tt2
46. The bob in a simple pendulum of length / is
43. In the figures shown pulleys, string and springs are :
released at t 0 from the position of small angular
ideal. The natural frequency ofoscillation is: displacement 00. Linear displacement of the bob at
any time / from the mean position is given by:

k1
(a) /oo"o.f,
YI
@ ,lErcosoo

(4 l; r
1
(c) /g sin 0o t9osin{}
2
47. The period of small oscillations of a simple
pendulum of length i if its point of suspension O
k2
moves a with a constant acceleration cr : o,1i - o2 i
with respect to earth is ( i and j are unit vectors in
horizontal and vertically upward directions
-kb
(a)
4m(kt+ kr)
(D)
lr;@ respectively)

(a) T =2x v2
(c) (d) {(g- +
m(k, + kr) m(k, + kr)
I
44. In the arrangement shown spring, pulleys, strings (b) T =2n
are ideal. The natural frequency of the system for {(g-ctr + )
vertical oscillation is:
I
(") T= 2*E (d1 T =2n,
!g T?;4P
k
48. A simple pendulum; aphysical pendulum; atorsional
pendulum and a spring-mass system, each of same
frequency are taken to the Moon. If frequencies are
measured on the moon, which system or systems
will have it unchanged?
(a) spring-mass system and torsional pendulum.
(b) only spring-mass system.
(c) spring-mass system and physical pendulum.
@ 2E
(a)
2n \;
(u)
;l; (fl None of these
49. The period of oscillation of a simple pendulum of
tm
@ Gl;
2m
(a -J- length I suspended from the roof of a vehicle which
TEI M moves without friction down on inclined plane of
inclination o, is given by:
Simple Pendulum IL
L
45. Two pendulums swinging together. Their
at rest start (a) 2x (b) 2n --.
g cos cr gsm0,
lengths are respectively 1.44 m and I m. They will
again start swinging in same phase together after tr
(of longer pendulum):
(c) 2n
^l-
\lc
6 zx,lV#a
72.38 Physics
50. Time period of small oscillation (in a vertical plane
normal to the plane of strings) of the bob in the
arrangement shown will be:
(a)
t;Ft *, E-
3k .3g
' (c)
m2L ,^ F- I
53. A uniform rod of length / is mounted so as to rotate
about a horizontal axis perpendicular to the rod and
at a distance x from the centre of mass. The time
period will be the least when x is:
tt
6 zrcl! (b) ztt
,fk
(a) -=
v4
(b) --r
{2

(c) zxqf
mDr
r @ zTcl
c
(c)
tl
VJ
=
(d) -=
,12

51. A ball is suspended by a thread of length L at the Misc. Problems

point O on the wall PQ which is inclined to the 54. A cylindrical piston of mass M slides smoothly
vertical through an angle o. The thread with the inside a long cylinder closed at one end as shown
ball is now displaced through a small angle B away in figure enclosing a certain mass of a gas. The
from the vertical and the wall. If B < o,, then the time cylinder is kept with its axis horizontal. If the piston
period of oscillation of the pendulum will be: is disturbed slightly from its equilibrium position,
a it oscillates simple harmonically. The period of
oscillation will be (process is isothermal)
o
M
c[

c
A

P B (a) r =2"ffA (D r =r*ffi

(d ,"8 @r"El".r'*'(;)] (c) T=

M
PAh
(a r =2nJIrIPhA
55. A rod of mass M and
@ ,"El;..',-,[;)] length Z is hinged at a Io
its one end and carries t M
(d) None of the above a particle of mass m at
its lower end. A spring m
Compound Pendulum, Angular SHM
of force constant k, is installed at distance a from the
52. A horizontal rod of mass m and length Z is pivoted
hinge and another of force constant krata distance
at one end. The other end ofrod is supported by a
spring of force constant k as shown in figure. The rod
6 as shown in the figure. If the whole arrangement
is displaced by a small angle 0 from its horizontal rests on a smooth horizontal table top, the frequency
equilibrium position and released. of vibration is:

I t"l I
ZIE
8,,\hb' *,*w-
K l;@.9
8.4
The angular frequency of the subsequent simple
harmonic motion is :
k)*
\F @r* L
)m+ M
J
 Simple Hormonic Motion 72.39
56. A system of two identical rods (Z-shaped) of mass 60. Asolidcylinderofmass
m and length / are resting on a peg P as shown in M attached to a
the figure. If the system is displaced in its plane by a massless spring of
small angle 0, find the period of oscillations force constant t is
placed on a horizontal
surface in such a way that cylinder can roll without
P
I slipping. If the system is released from the stretched
position of the spring, then the period will be:

(d 2*ff (D z*ff
,"8
(a) (D)
z,[-zt
3g
@ 2*Ek (a z.ff
@ 2*r[-# (o ,"Er 61. In the shownfigure a pulley block
system in in equilibrium. If the
57. The distance of point of a compound pendulum block is displaced down slightly F
from its centre of gravity is /, the time period of from its equilibrium position and
oscillation relative to this point is T.lf g : n2, the released, find the time period of
relation between / and Iwill be: oscillation of the system. Assume k

that there is sufficient friction

(o) P-l+), +P:o(b) r.l+)t+P:o present between pulley and string,
so that string will not slip over
pulley surface.
(") P -l+), -P: 0,, *l+)o - k2 :o
ftt*
I
;J:
58. The distance between the point of suspension and
the centre of gravity of a compound pendulum is /
(a)
TE

, k
R'^ (b)
^l-f
and the radius of gyration about the horizontal axis
through the cenfre of gravity is ft, then its time period
(")
;T
,,{-Tu' @
;=
2n^l -R"
will be: \ Jzrc

(a)
trE
2nf/; otz-ff 62. The pulley shown in figure has moment
about its axis (perpendicular to plane ofpaper) and
of inertia /

mass M. The spring has spring constant k and the

string does not slip over the pulley. Find the time
E+k'z
(c)2nf/; (a2*ff period of vertical oscillations of its centre of mass.

59. A uniform cylinder of mass m and

length / having area ofcross-section k k
a is suspended lengthwise with the
help of a massless spring of constant
l,
ft. The cylinder is half submerged in
a liquid of density p. A small push
and release makes it vibrate with small amplitude.
The frequency of oscillation is:

*8,
,, *, J-^W
(a)
k
(b) 2
2k

n*W ,*ff (c)

E=
nrl \2k
R'
@
M+ I
4k
l ) Afl tDhvcirc
--.-v
,,f rtvr

Combinotion ol SHM's 69. The resultant amplitude due to superposition of

63. The position vector of a particle moving in x-y plane three simple harmonic motions xt= 3 sin rol, x, :
is given by: 5sin (rot + 37") and x, : - I 5cos ro, is:
-+
r : (A sinrrll) i + (l (a) 18 (D) l0
coscof) 7 then motion of the
particle is: (c) 12 (d) None of these
(a) SHM (D) On a circle Damped Oscillations
(c) On a straight line
70. A 2l.2kg object oscillates at the end of a vertical
(d) With constant acceleration
spring that has a spring constant 20500 Nm-1. The
64. The displacement of a particle executing periodic effect of air resistance is represented by the damping
motion is given by y:4 cos2 (0.5t) sin (1000r).The coefficient D :2 Nsm-r. Find the time interval that
given expression is composed by minimum:
elapses while the energy of the system drops to l0%
(a) Four SHMs (b) Three SHMs
of its initial value (Given, in l0 :2-302)
(c) One SHM (d) None of these
(a) 34.4s (b) r2.2s
65. A particle moves along the x-axis according to
(c) 24.4s (d) 8.9s
the equation.r : 10 sin3 (rr). The amplitudes and
frequencies of component SHMs are: 71. A 10.6 kg object oscillates at the end of a vertical
(a) Amplitude 301 4, I 0i4; frequencies 3 12, I 12 spring that has a spring constant 20500 Nm-1. The
(b) Amplitude 3014, l0/4; frequencies ll2, 312 effect of air resistance is represented by the damping
(c) Amplitude 10, l0; frequencies ll2,ll2 coefficient, D : 3 Nsm-I. The frequency of damped
(d) Amplitude 3014, l0; frequencies 312, 2 oscillation is:
66. A particle undergoes two SHMs sr : 4 sin cot and (a) 2.2tHz (b) 9.23H2
s, = b sin rol simultaneously. The s, and s, are along (c) 8.00H2 @ 7.00H2
the directions which make angle 37o with each other.
(a) the particle will perform S.H.M. 72. In the above problem, by what percentage does the

(b) the particle will not perform S.H.M. amplitude of the oscillation decrease in each cycle?
(Given, eo'o2oz : 1.0204)
(c) the particle will perform periodic motion but not
S.H.M. (a) r% (b) 2%
(d) the motion will not be oscillatory. (c) 3% (d) 4%
67. The displacement equation of the simple harmonic 73. A simple pendulum has a period of 2s and an
motion obtained by combining the motions x, = 2 amplitude of 2o. After l0 complete oscillations, its
It fi
sin rof, x, = 4 sin (Dr+- andx, = 6sin o, +- amplitude reduces to 1.5o. Find the vatue of ;1 .
6) 3 2m
[Given, In (1.333) : 0.2877)
is:
(a) 0.0122 s-t (b) 0.0144 s-'
(a) x:9.25 sin [orr + tan-r (0.75)]
(c) 0.0166 s-t (d) 0.0100 s-t
(b) x : I 1.25 sin [ort + tanr (0.85)]
(c) x : 10.25 sin [<or + tan-r (0.80)] 74. A 2 kg object attached to a spring moves without
(d) *:9.25 sin [ror + tan-r (0.95)] friction and is driven by an external force given by
F : 3 sin (2nr) newton. The force constant of the
68. Two linear SHMs of amplitudes and frequencies ro
and 2ro are impressed on a particle along X and spring is 20 Nm-I. The amplitude of the motion is
I-axes respectively. The initial phase difference (a) 7.09 cm (b) 5.09 cm

(c) 6.09 cm
|. fn" resultant
between them is path followed by (d) 4.09 cm

75. In the above problem, the period is

is:
the particle
(a) parabola (b) ellipse @) 2s (D) ls
(c) circle (d) straight line (c) 1.5s (d) 0.5s
 SimPle Hormonic Motion 72.47

EXERC'SE _ 3

NumericolType 6. A solid uniforms cylinder of mass M performs small

oscillations due to the action of two springs, each
1. A car is moving with constant acceleration a. There having stiffiress ft. The period of these oscillations
/
is a conical pendulum of length in the car which f.M
just touches the roof while performing circular in absence of any sliding iszn . a,ra (x + y)
rf ,*
motion (of conical pendulum). The time period of

periodic motion is ny * l7- . Find x.

(springs have their natural length initially).

k
----+a M
\( I
\\ k

7. A solid sphere (m kg, R meter) placed on a horizontal

2. A metal rod of length 1.25 m and mass 'm' is rough plane, is auached to a spring S,, fixed to a light
pivoted at one end. A solid sphere of same mass
rod OA of length L meter, as shown in the figure.
and radius 0.25 m is attached at its center to the
The other end O of the rod is hinged to rotate in the
free end ofthe rod and the sphere is free to rotate
plane about vertical axis passing through it. A spring
about its center. The rod disc system performs SHM
S, is fixed to the midpoint B of the rod. If the spring
in vertical plane after being released from the same
constants of both springs are & Nm-l each, then the
displaced position. Angular frequency (in radls) of :
angular frequency of oscillations of the mass is ro
small oscillations is n. Find value of n2.
Tk
3. The equation for displacement as a function of time ^I--Findv.
vTm
of a certain body in Simple Harmonic Motion is
s1
TT
given by the qeuationx:20 sin2 20nt+ - where
6
x is in mm and time 't'is in seconds. Then the time
period (in ms) of the oscillation is
B
4. A simple pendulum in oscillation has a maximum
angular displacement of +72 rad, and a time period
o
of 2 s, then angular speed at the instant when it's
3n ktr2 8. The time period of oscillations is c/$n. Find out
angular displacement is
* tr ,* . Find k.
ag?
m2
5. A very large (uniform disk) is connected to a very
stiff spring as shown in figure. Spring is attached a
m1
distance dbelow the axle ofthe disc. System is in
equilibrium in configuration shown. If disc is rotated
through a small angle 0o:3o find the maximum k
kinetic energy of disc in joule. (Given K: 900 N/m;
R:3 m; d:2m,n2: l0)
R mr :3 kg; mz :2kg; /: I m; R: I m; k: I N/m
m,: uniform rod (Rod welded to disc centre)
?
I
mr: uniform disc
id
I
72.42 Physics
9. Given A. The time period of small oscillations 14. A particle of mass 4 kg moves in simple harmonic
ff: motion and its potential energy U varies with
is oz second. Find a. position x as shown in the figure. The time period of
oscillation of the particte is 4 second. Find the
k CT,
(hinge)
value of cr.
U(J)
b

b 2

10. A cylindrical block of height 1 m is in equilibrium

in a beaker as shown. Cross-sectional area of
cylindrical block is one fourth of cross-sectional o.2
x (m)

area of beaker. Density of cylindrical block is one

third of liquid. Determine the time period of small 15. A sphere of mass M and radius R is on a smooth
oscillation (in seconds). (Given: g: n2 mlsz) fixed inclined plane in equilibrium as shown in
the figure. If now the sphere is displaced through
a small distance along the plane, what will be the
d angular frequency (in rads-l) of the resulting SHM?
I r=ry)
(otu"n,
==_34

k
11. The figure below shows a block C (of mass 3M)
M
moving on a smooth horizontal surface at speed such
that it makes an elastic head-on impact with a block Fixed
'A'(of massM) initially at rest. '.rr is attached to an
identical block 'B' (also at rest initially) through a
16. In the figure is shown, a plate of mass 60 g at rest
and in equilibrium. Aparticle ofmass 30 g is released
massless ideal spring of stiffness 'k' which is also
4.5m9
at a relaxed state initially. If the collision occurs from a height from the m
4.5 mg
between A and C at time t : 0, then the earliest time k k
2m
plate. The particle sticks to the
atwhichthe speed ofthe block'B' will U" *8 i, ut
plate. Spring has force constant
Tt lv' 100 Nm-I. Neglecting the
t:--^l-.Findx.
3Vxk
k

duration of collision, the time

from the collision of the particle
and the plate to the moment when the spring has
maximum compression is (l0Bn) millisecond. Find
the value of B.
12. Auniform straight rod of mass 'm'kg & length L is
hinged at one end. It is free to oscillate in vertical 17. Ahighly rigid cubical block B, of small mass z and
plane. A point mass (m kg) is attached to it at a side Z is fixed rigidly onto another cubical block B,
distance "x" from the hinge. The value of x for of same dimensions and of low modulus of rigidity
which time period of oscillations will be minimum q, such that the lower face of B, completely covers

ir Ltl7\
the upper face of Br. The lower face of Bris rigidly
n .Find n. r.t held on a horizontal surface. A small force F is
\use:y' ,: )
applied perpendicular to one of the side faces of .B,.
13. A particle is moving on X-axis and has potential After force is withdrawn, block executes smallI,
energy U :2 - 20x + 5* joule, where x is position.
The particle is released at x : - 3. If the mass of oscillations, the time period of which ,, *
ffi
.

the particle is 0.1 kg, then the maximum velocity Find the value of cr.
(in ms-l) of the particle is 25B. If amplitude is 5 m,
then find the value of B.
 Simple Hormonic Motion 72.43
18. Three identical ideal springs, each offorce constant 20. In the figure shown, threads, spring and pulleys are
& are joined to three identical balls (each of mass ln) ideal. Given, ffir = m and frz: fr. The angular
as shown in the figure. O is centroid of the triangle.
Initially, each of the springs is in its natural length. frequency of the system shown k Find the
Now, all the three balls are simultaneously given value of B.
ff.
small displacements of equal magnitude along
the directions shown in the figure. The oscillation

frequencyofballs Findthevalueof p.
^ +"8
m
2

k k 21. If two SHM's are represented by

x, = l0sin qt +!
2
m
and x, : 5 sin (2nt) + 5.,/8 cos (2nr)
k
19. The angular frequency of the ratio of their amplitudes i, ]p . fina the value
vibration (in radsr) of a
500 g disc attached to a ofB.
support with a spring of
forcp constant 300 Nm-l as
shown in the figure, is
Find the value of p. Assume that the disc does not
slip on the inclined surface.
r EXERC'SE _ 4

Single Option Correct the two stations and the maximum velocity are
respectively.
1. Two plates of same mass are attached rigidly to
.2aa-aa
x=7iv,,*=7;
the two ends of a spring as shown in figure. One (a) {o) ,= b;v^u= 2G
of the plates rests on a horizontal surface and the
other results a compression y of the spring when 2a2a-aa
x=7;v,no=G
it is in equilibrium state. The further minimum (c) @ *= 2b,'.*=6
compression required, so that when the force causing
3. A rod of length / is in motion such that its ends I
and
compression is removed the lower plate is lifted off
B are moving along x-axis andy-axis respectively as
the surface, will be:
shown in figure. It is given that :2 rad/s. P is a
#
fixed point on the rod. Let Mbe the projection of P
on x-axis. In the time interval in which 0 changes

from 0 to 1. pick the correct statement.

2
(a) 0.5y (b) 3y (a) The acceleration of M is
(c) 2y (d) y always directed towards B

2. A street car moves rectilinearly from station I

(here right a

car stops) to the next station B (here also car stops) (D) M executes SHM
with an acceleration varying according to the law/ (c) M moves with constant A
: a - bx, where a and b are positive constants and x speed
is the distance from station A.The distance between (d) M moves with constant acceleration
lT AA Dhvcir<
4. A particle of mass m : zkg executes SHM in 8. A particle is performing S.H.M. with acceleration
xy-plane between points A and B as shown in figure a: 8n2 - 4n2x where x is coordinate of the particle
under action of force F = Fri + Fri. Minimum w.r.t. the origin. The parameters are in S.I. units.
froml toB is 1 sec.
time takenbyparticle to move Theparticle is atrest atx=-2att:0.
Atr=0theparticleisatx:2andy=2.Then.(as (a) coordinate of the particle w.r.t. origin at any
function of time r is timetis2-4cos2tnt.
v
(D) coordinate of the particle w.r.t. origin at any
'A(2,2) timetis -2+4sin2nL
(c) coordinate of the particle w.r.t. origin at any
timetis -4+2cos2nt.
(d) the coordinate cannot be found because mass of
the particle is not given.
(-2,-2l.
9. An oscillation is described by the equation
(a) -4n2 sinnt (b) -4n2 cos 7r, x: A sin2ny rt where A changes with time according
(c) 4n2 cos 7rl (d) None of these to the lawl : Ao0 + cos2nyzt) wherel, is constant.
5. A straight rod of negligible mass is mounted on Find the ratio of frequencies of harmonic oscillations
a frictionless pivot and masses 2.5 kg and 1 kg forming oscillation:
are suspended at distances 40 cm and 100 cm (a) yt:yzi(yt-yz) (b) yt,(r, -rr):(rr +rz)
respectively from the pivot as shown. The rod is
held at an angle 0 with the horizontal and released. (c) yr:y.r:(t2-vt) (O yriy2:(y1+yz)

10. Vertical displacement of a plank with a body

of mass 'm' on it is varying according to law
/ : sin at + ,Q cos ot. The minimum value of rrr
for which the mass just breaks off the plank and
the moment it occurs first after t : 0 are given by:
(y is positive vertically upwards)
(a) The rod executes periodic motion
horizontal position after the release.
(D) The rod remains stationary after the release.
about

',8,;E *,8,#
(c) The rod comes to rest in vertical position with
2.5kgmass at the lowest point.
(d) The rod executes periodic motion about vertical
n [tr,# (a l,s,E
position after the release.
11. A block of mass m,
6. The amplitude of a particle due to superposition of attached to a fixed
o
following SHMs. Along the same line is:
position O ona smooth
xr:2 sin50r/; xr:10 sin(50 nt+37) inclined wedge of mass
m
X3= - 4 sin 50 t[ Xc: - 12 cos 50 rt M, oscillates with
@) ali @) 4 amplitude I and linear smooth rough
frequencyl The wedge
@) 6Ji (d) none of these
is located on a
7. A moving particle of mass has one-dimensional horizontal surface. If the
angle of the wedge is 60o,
potential energy U(x): m2 + bi, where 'a' and then the force of friction acting on the wedge is
'b' are positive constants. The angular frequency of given by: (coefficient of static friction: p).
small oscillations about the minima of the potential
energy is equal to: (a) 1t(M + g)g P1 )maz,tsinat
G
,, "Eu
(b) 2
^l-
rrl W * *1g *f *,r'rrinr,l
YM
ol
'-"1' 2
U',8 @l;t; (A p(M+ m) a2
)
A sinat
 Simple Hormonic Motion 72.45
12. A loop consists of two cords of Peg
2Eo
l-m l-m
lengths I and 21, and their masses (o) *4 (u)
per unit length are their masses per
"r/ k -d zn^f
7
unit length are p and 2pr. It is placed 4 B fm 2E, (42 2Eo
@ n,,lT *2
in stable equilibrium over a smooth
peg as shown in the figure. When
ms2 C?
slightly displaced, it 16. In the figure is shown a small block B of mass rz
executes
resting on a smooth horizontal floor and the block is
SHM. The period of oscillation is
attached to an ideal spring (offorce constant ft). The
Ti (t) znlfE spring is attached to vertical wall Wr. At a distance
(a) 2n
,l * V d from the block, right side of it, is present the
vertical wall Wr. Now, the block is compressed by a
(c) 2x ntl T, @ 2",1 c
l3t ..
distance
5d
and released. It starts oscillating. Ifthe
zs ,
13. Two particles are executing SHM with same collisions of the block with wall W, are perfectly
amplitudes A and time period 7. When one of the elastic, the time period of oscillation of the block is:
w1 w2
particles is located at right extreme, the otherparticle
is located at mean position and moving towards left.
B
k
From this instant, find the time after which both m
the particles will have same displacement from the
K- Natural length -)l<- d -------N
equilibrium position.

(a) 3T (b) 5T ,, El"*r'-'(;)]

4 8

3T
(a 2r *, E[,.'''(i)]
t,) ?
14. Two particles executing SHM with same angular
frequency and amplitudes I and 2l
on same straight
u, El;.^-'[;)]
line with same mean position cross each other
in opposite direction at a distance f fro- *.un ,^ E[;.,-'(i)]
position. The phase difference between the two
SHM is 17. A block of mass Mis kept on a smooth surface and
touches the two springs as shown in the figure, but
(a) sin-rIl)-.,r-'[1) not attached to the springs. Initially, the springs are
[3.] [6] in their natural lengths (i.e., lo and 2ls). Now, the
I
(b) zero block is shifted p from the given position leftwards
2
@ ;-sin-r(*)-.','(+) in such a way that it compresses the left springs by
I
p and when released. The time period of oscillation
2
(d) rc -''-' (*) -'r-' (+) of the block will be

15. Aparticle of mass rn moves in the potential energy U

shown in the figure. The period of the motion, if the
total energy of the potential of the particle is Eo, is k 4k
tl(x) M

#,x.0 7t l-T
u=f
to) r,/iTM (u\
T^l o
U=mgx,x>0 3n tM tM
x <a zrll @ 2,rl sk
1?46 ghvcirc
18. One end of a long metallic wire of length Zo is tied to
the ceiling. The other end is tied to a massless spring
t Tsk
@iln (b) I TN
\'l z*
2Tt
of spring constant fr. A mass rz hangs freely from
the free end ofthe spring. The area ofcross-section
and the Young's modulus of the wire are A and Y
t) I Tsk* @
t
etl;
T4k

respectively. If the mass is slightly pulled down and ^r,l

21. In the figure are shown two identical spheres, each
released. It will oscillate with a time period 7 equal
of mass m and charge +0 connected by an ideal
to
spring with force constant k. Sphere I is fixed to the

(a) zn^f
tm zxlf T*YA horizontal smooth surface. When the spheres were
7 161
A uncharged, the spring was in its natural length and as
both the spheres are charged, the spring length gets
m(Y,q,+rur) m(YA+lclo) doubled in equilibrium position of the spheres. Find
(c) n (d) 2x
KYA KYA the time period of small oscillations of the sphere-2
about the new equilibrium position, after charging
19. A tube ofuniforrn cross-sectional areal is fixed to ofthe spheres.
a horizontal surface in such a way that its two arms
make angles 0, and 0, with the horizontal surface
Sphere-l Sphere-2

as shown in the figure. The tube contains water of

mass r?? and density p. Now, air is blown into one of
Fixed
the arms and the water column starts oscillating with
small amplitude. The period of oscillation of water (a) znrf
m TE l-z*
column is (consider water to be ideal)
7 (b) a
J V3
@ ,tll-m2k (d) l-*
2n
l2k
22. h the figure is shown, a pulley-block
e1 02
system in which block of mass M is
P
hanging on one side of pulley and on
m the other side a particle P (of mass zr)
(a)
2pgA(sin0, + sin 0r) is welded on pulley. The moment of
inertia of the pulley is l and the system
m is in equilibrium when the particle is at
(b)
pgl (sin 0, + sin 0r)
an angle $ from the vertical. If the
t2m system is slightly disturbed from its equilibrium
(c\ n position, find the time period of its oscillations
pgl (sin 0, + sin 0r)

(d) None of these

u +m+L
R"
20. A particle of mass rn is attached to a network of four (a) 2n
zg cos Q
springs as shown in the figure. The entire system is
on a horizontal smooth surface. The frequency of
oscillation of the particle along Y-direction is
(b) rE
4yyA 2mg cosQ

k k
u +*+L
R'
m
(c) 2n
Zmg cos$

2k 2k
n(u +*.#)
(O rc
lzg cos Q
 Simole Hormonic Motion 12.47
23. A uniform horizontal plank is resting symmetrically
in a horizontal position on two cylindrical drums, (a) 2n
I I I 1)
-+-+-+-
kt k2 4 ko)
I

which are spinning in opposite directions about

their horizontal axes with equal angular speed. The
(b) 2n
m 11ll
distance between the axes is 2L and the coefficient 4 -+-+-+-
\k2hk4
of friction between the plank and cylinder is p. If
(c) 2n
111l
the plank is displaced slightly from the equilibrium
-+-+-+-
ktk2hk4
position along its length and released, find out the
time period of oscillations of the plank.
(d)
11l1
(a) zxl
TT TT
(b) Tt,l
rE
-+-+-+-
hk24k4
* w
26. A plank of mass nt is kept at rest on two identical
2TT
@ T"n'l w @
7t L spheres, each of mass fito and radius R. The plank
2 p8 is connected to two ideal springs, which is tum
are attached to walls as shown in the figure. Find
24. A solid uniform cylinder of mass z performs small the frequency of small (horizontal) oscillations (in
oscillations in horizontal plane if slightly displaced the plane of the figure) of the plank. Assume pure
from its mean position shown in the figure. Initially rolling at all contact surfaces.
springs are in natural lengths and cylinder does not k1 ],y
slip on ground during oscillations due to friction
between ground the cylinder. Force constant ofeach
spring is k The time period of oscillations is

k k

@)* \");l;#,
fJF (b) 1 lk,.b
Fq,
(a) n: tltl;
I (b) 7t 11;
o,,l
(c) ^
I
zfi W (atcq
n\*+
o
\^+**o r*o
@ T',1
* t; @ 2,t{ x
tm
27. A cylinder of radius r and mass m rests on a curved
o
path of radius R as shown in the figure. It is slightly
25. ln the arrangement shown, pulleys, springs and displaced to its left. Thus, the cylinder makes
string are ideal ft,, k, krand fro are respective force oscillations about the mean position. The period of
constants of the springs. The time period of small oscillations is (the cylinder rolls without slipping)
vertical oscillations of the block of mass z is

k1 k4
,r"fF @"ff
n,,\F (arEF
72.t18 Physics
28. A l-bar of uniform cross-section and mass z is 31. Carbon dioxide is a linear molecule. The carbon-
supported in a vertical plane by a hinge O and a oxygen bonds in this molecule are very much like
spring of force constant k at P. The period for small springs. The figures show two possible ways of
amplitude rotational oscillations in the plane of the oscillations. In case (i) carbon atom is at rest. If
figure is mass of carbon atom is m andthat of oxygen atom is
M, the ratio of frequencies of oscillations in case (i)
P
to case (ii)
.(o
l.€.,J ls
a2
k
o
T
L
L---l<-
I o
(i)

(a) znlft1; (o) zttlf

t; r;
o * @lM (b)
m -2M

(c) ttrrf
fm
@"1
t; m+2M
m+2M
o k
@ (d)
m-2M
1,,, + 2M
29. A uniform semicircular cylinder of radius .R and
mass rn is displaced through a small angle 0 from its 32. A uniform disc of mass m and radius R is privoted
equilibrium position. It rolls without slipping during smoothly at P. If a uniform thin ring of mass m and
oscillations. The time period of small oscillations is radius R is welded at the lowest point of the disc,
find the period of SHM of the system (disc + ring).

(9r - 16)R (9n - l6)X

(a) 2n (b) n
)o 2g m

n [tgrl-16\R r(gn-ton
(c)
r{'-- (an g (a) n
23R
(u) znlflEn
2g r
30. A hole of radius -R74 is drilled through a cylinder of IER
7t 23R
radius X to form a body of mass rn as shown in the
@T lrs (d) 2x
2g
figure. The top point of the body is turned slightly 33. The displacement of a particle at time t is given by
and released. The body performs small oscillations + Arsrnz rot. Then,
x = Ar sin (- 2olt)
about point O', without slipping. The time period is
(a) the motion of the particle is SHM with an

N2
w4
amplitude ,el + 4 4
(b) the motion of the particle is not SHM, but
oscillatory with a time period of in= 1
(c) the motion of the particle is oscillatory with
(a) u4F (b) n.z$r
time period T: 2n
a

-
(c) z4:Fr @ 37.s8 (d) the motion of the particle is periodic but not
SHM
 Motion 72.49
SimPle Hormonic
34. A charged particle is deflected by two mutually 39. A particle moves on the X-axis according to the
perpendicular oscillating electric fields such that the equation x : xo sin2 rrr/. The motion is simple
displacement of the particle due to each one of them harmonic
(a) with amplitude xolL
x: I andy: 7.i, ol+-
JE
is given by sin (olr)
6 (b) with amplitude 2xo
respectively. The trajectory followed by the charged 2n
(c) with time period
particle is -0)
(a) a circle with equation* f :12
+
(d) with time period I
(b) a straight line with equationy : (,)
'l-l*
(c) an ellipse with equation* + 1P ?,E, 40. The speed v of a particle moving along a straight
4 line, when it is at a distance (x) from a fixed point of
the line is given by
(d) anellipse with equation *' + l' - !.q,
'11*, = 4 *: to8 -9x2
(assuming mean position to have zero phase
Multiple Options Correct constant)
35. The quantities which are always Zero for a particle (all quantities are in cgs units):
performing linear SHM : (a) the motion is uniformly accelerated along the
(a) dxF (fi vxn straight line
(b) the magnitude of the acceleration at a distance
(c) ixd g1 rxF
3 cm from the fixed point is 27 cmlsz
36. The displacement (in m) of a particle of mass (c) the motion is simple harmonic about the given
100 g from its equilibrium position is given by the fixed point.
(d) the maximum displacement from the fixed point
equation: y: 0.05 sin 3n (5t + 0.4)
is 4 cm.
(a) the time period of motion i. ;| ...
30 41. For a body executing SHM with amplitude A, time

(6) rhe time period ormotion i,

7! ,." :H:tt'il":iTlr:i,'ii,,?-'mrlf.liJ::.'::*:l
( | 9" i, Oi.ptucement from mean position)?
for 0 < I
(c) the maximum acceleration of the particle is 4
ll.25rc2 mlsz (a) At y : (Al2), v > (v^J2)
(d) the force acting on the particle is zero when the (D) for v: (v^iz), y > (Al2)

displacement is 0.05 m. (c) For t: (Tl8),y> (Al2)

37. The displacement of a particle executing SHM @) Fory:(Al2),t<(Tl8)

is given by x : 0'01 sin l00m(r + 0'05)' Th: 42. rf y, y and a represent displacement, velocity and
liTe
-
period is in seconds and amplitude of the particle is
acceleration at any instant for a particle executing
in meters
(a) Time period of the particle is 0.02 sec.
SHM' which of the following statements are true?
(b) Amplitude of the particle is 0.01 m @) v arrdy may have same direction
(c) Time period of the particle is 0.01 sec. (b) v and a may have same direction
(d) Amplitude of the particle is 0.02 m @) a andy may have same direction
3& If a SHM is given byy: (sin co/ + cos co/) m, which (d) a and v may have opposite direction
of the following statements are true?
43. which of the following functions represent sHM?
(a) The amplitude is I m
(b) The amplitude is (J7) m @\ sin2r,)t
(c) Time is considered fromy: 1m (b) sin2 ror
(d) Time is considered fromy: 0m (c) sin at + 2 cos or,
(d) sin rot + cos 2rol
72.50 Physics
44. T\e time period of a particle in simple harmonic 49. Three simple harmonic motions in the same direction
motion is 7. A time T16 after it passes its mean having the same amplitude a and same period are
position, its: superposed. Ifeach differs in phase from the next by
(a) velocity will be one half its maximum velocity 45o, then,

(D) displacement will be one half of its amplitude (a) the resultant amplitude is (1+ rD)a
(c) acceleration will be nearly 86% of its maximum (6) the phase of the resultant motion relative to the
acceleration first is 90o.
(d) KE: PE (c) the energy associated with the resulting motion
45. The potential energy of a particle of mass 0.1 kg, is (3 + Z.,E) times the energy associated with
moving along the x-axis, is given by U = 5x(x - 4) J, any single motion.
where x is in meters. It can be concluded that (d) the resulting motion is not simple harmonic.
(a) the particle is acted upon by a constant force 50. A cylindrical block of density p is partially immersed
(b) the speed of the particle is maximum atx:2 m in a liquid of density 3p. The plane surface of the
(c) the particle executes SHM block remains parallel to the surface of the liquid.
(d) the period of oscillation of the particle is The height of the block is 60 cm. The blockperforms
(r/5) sec SHM when displaced from its mean position.
[Useg=9'8m/s2]
46. Ahorizontal plank has a rectangular block placed on
it. The plank starts oscillating vertically and simple (a) the maximum amplitude is 20 cm
harmonically with an amplitude of40 cm. The block (b) the maximum amplitude is 40 cm
just loses contact with the plank when the latter is at (c) the time period will be 2pl7 seconds
momentary rest. Then :
(d) none
(a) the period of oscillation (+) t, 51. A horizontal plank has a rectangular block placed on
(b) the block weighs double its weight, when the it. The plank starts oscillating vertically and simple
plank is at one of the positions of momentary harmonically with an amplitude of 40 cm. The block
rest. just loses contact with the plank when the latter is at
(c) the block weighs 0.5 times its weight on the momentary rest. Then:
plank halfiray up
(d) the block weighs 1.5 times its weight on the
(a) the period of oscillationtr (?)
plank halfivay down (b) the block weighs double of its weight, when the
47. The position of a particle at time t moving in x-y plank is at one of the positions of momentary
plane is given by 7 =(i +2i)e cos ro/. Then, the rest
(c) the block weighs 0.5 times its weight on the
motion of the particle is: plank halfway up
(a) on a straight line (D) on an ellipse (d) the block weighs 1.5 times its weight on the
plank halfivay down
(c) periodic (d) SHM
52. A particle is subjected to two simple harmonic
48. As shown in figure a horizontal platform with a mass
m placed on it is executing SHM along y-axis. If motions along x and y directions according to,
the amplitude of oscillation is 2.5 cm, the minimum :
r 3 sin l00nt; y: 4 sin 100trl.
period of the motion for the mass not to be detached (a) Motion of particle will be on ellipse traversing it
from the platform is: G: :
10 mlse& n2)
in clockwise direction
v
(b) Motion of particle will be on a straight line with
slope 4/3
----------)x
(c) Motion will be simple harmonic motion with
t0
(a) lr s ral #. amplitude 5

I (d; Phase difference between two motions is n/2

(c) TC
(d)
-s
/to /m
 Simple Hormonic Motion 72.57
53. Two block I and B each of mass m are connected 56. The displacement of a particle varies according to
by a massless spring of natural length Z and spring :
the relation x 3 sin 100t + 8 cos2 50r. Which of the
constant ft. The blocks are initially resting on a following is/are correct about this motion.
smooth horizontal floor with the spring at its natural (a) the motion of the particle is not S.H.M.
length as shown in figure. A third identical block (6) the amplitude of the S.H.M. of the particle is
C, also of mass z, moving on the floor with a 5 units
speed v along the line joining A and B, and collides
(c) the amplitude of the resultant S.H.M. is
elastically with l. Then:
&3 units
L (d) the maximum displacement of the particle from
c A 0000 B
the origin is 9 units

(a) The kinetic energy of the l-B system, at 57. Two blocks of masses 3 kg and 6 kg rest on
maximum compression of the spring, is zero. a horizontal smooth surface. The 3 kg block
is attached to a spring with a force constant
(b) The kinetic energy of A-B system, at maximum k: 900 Nm-l which is compressed 2 m from beyond
2
the equilibrium position. The 6 kg block is at rest at
compression of the spring k
+ I m from mean position. 3 kg mass strikes the 6 kg
mass and the two stick together.
(c) The maximum compression of the spring is
it,
6 i<+;
i

't/E
(@ The maximum compression of the spring is 2m

G
v, t_
tlzt posili0n

(a) velocity of the combined masses immediately

54. The amplitude of a particle executing SHM about O after the collision is l0 mrl
is l0 cm. Then: (b) velocity of the combined masses immediately
after the collision is 5 ms-r
(a) when the kinetic energy is 0.64 times of its max.
kinetic energy its displacement is 6 cm from O (c) amplitude of the resulting oscillation is f m

(b) whenthedisplacementis5cmfromoitskinetic
energy is 0.75 times its maximum kinetic energy
(@ amplitudeoftheresultingoscillationi, f2 -.
(c) Its total energy of SHM at any point is equal to
58' A disc of mass 3m and a disc of mass z are connected
its maximum kinetic energy
(ra) Its speed is half the maximum speed when its
. by massless spring of stiffness k. The heavier disc is
placed on the ground with the spring vertical and
displacement is half the maximum displacement
lighter disc on top' From its equilibrium position'
55. The angular frequency of a spring block system is
oro. This system is suspended from the ceiling of an the upper disc is pushed down by a distance 5 and
elevator moving downwards with a constant speed
released. Then
vo. The block is at rest relative to the elevator. Lift
is suddenly stopped. Assuming the downwards as a (a) if 6 > 3mglk,the lower disc will bounce up
positive direction, choose the wrong statement:
(') if 6 : 2mglk' maximum normal reaction from
(a) the amplitude of the block is b
oo ground on lower disc: 6mg

(b) the initial phase of the block is n (c) if 6 : 2mglk, maximum normal reaction from
(c) the equation ur of ,ruLrurr
motion for
rur the uruurl' rs
L,s block is ground on lower disc: 4mg
v0 -,- .-- ,
,o "" -o' (d) if 6 > 4mglk,the lower disc will bounce up
(d) the maximum speed of the block is v,
72.52 Physics
59. The displacement-time graph of a particle executing 63. In the figure shown, what can be the maximum
SHM is shown. amplitude of the system so that there is no slipping
between any of the blocks?
t
v p=0.6

0
Tt2 Ir = 0.4
T14 T k=54N/m

smooth
2 3
(r) -m (b) -m
7 4
Which of the following statements is/are true? l0
(a) The velocity is maximum at t: Tl2 (") 4g* @ m
3
(b) The acceleration is maximum at t = T 64. Now the value of h the force constant is increased
(c) The force is zero at t: 3Tl4 then the maximum amplitude calculated in above
(@ The potential energy equals the oscillation question will:
energy at t: Tl2. (a) remain same
Comprehension Type (D) increase
(c) decrease
Passoge 7 (Questions 60-62)
(d) data in insufficient
A2kgblock hangs without vibrating at the bottom end of
a spring with a force constant of 400 N/m. The top end of Passage 3 (Questions 65-67)
the spring is attached to the ceiling of an elevator car. The
car is rising with an upward acceleration of 5 m/s2 when Two particles I and B are performing SHM along x and

the acceleration suddenly ceases at time I : 0 and the car y-axis respectively with equal amplitude and frequency
moves upward with constant speed. (g: l0 n/s2) of 2 cm and I Hz respectively. Equilibrium positions of
60. What is the angular frequency of oscillation of the the particles A and B are at the coordinates (3 cm, 0) and

block after the acceleration ceases? (0, 4 cm) respectively. At t :0, B is at its equilibrium
t}Ji rad/s (b) 20 rad/s position and moving towards the origin, whilel is nearest
@)
to the origin and moving away from the origin.
@) 20Ji rad/s (d) 32 radts
65. Equation of motion of particle A canbe written as:
61. The amplitude of the oscillations is
(r) *: (2 cm) cos 2nt
(a) 7.5 cm (b) 5 cm
(b) x : (3 cm) - (2 cm) cos Znt
(c) 2.5 cm ({ I cm
(c) ,: (2 cm) sin2nt
62. The initial phase angle observed by an observer in (d) x: (3 cm) - (2 cm) sin2nt
the elevator, taking upward direction to be positive
66. Equation of motion of particle B canbe written as:
and positive extreme position to have n/2 phase, is
(a) y: (2 cm) cos 2nt
equal to
(b) y: (4 cm) - (2 cm) cos2nt
(a) -nl4rad (b) nlZrud (c) y : (2 cm) sin2nt
(c) n rad (d) 3nl2 rad (d) y: (4 cm) - (2 cm) sin2nt
Possoge 2 (Questions 63 to 64) 67. Minimum and maximum distance between A and B

Angular frequency in SHM is given by ol :

E during the motion is:
t; @) Ji cm and J6l cm(b) 3 cm and 7 cm
Maximum acceleration in SHM is azA and maximum
value of friction between two bodies in contact is pN,
(c) I cm and 5 cm (d) 9 cm and 16 cm
where N is the normal reaction between the bodies.
 Simple Hormonic Motion 72.53
Passage 4 (Questions 68-70) Motching Column Type
In the shown arrangement both the springs are in their
natural lengths. The coefficient of friction between mrand
73. A simple harmonic oscillator consists of a block
z, is p. There is no friction between m, and horizontal attached to a spring with ft: 200 N/m. The block
surface. If the blocks are displaced slightly, then they slides on a frictionless horizontal surface, with
together perform sample harmonic motion.
equilibrium point .r : 0. A graph of the block's

m2
k2 velocity v as a function of time t is shown.
Conectly match the required information in the left
m1 Smooth
column with the values given in the right column.
68. The frequency ofsuch oscillations is (Use n2: 10)

(a\-l'I fh+h" I fk,+h V(m/s)

Zn\lmr+ m,
(b) -^t--
IE
\mr+m2
2n

0.10 0.20
I mt+ I ;+*" 0 t(s)

;li-,,
mz
(c) ^ @
ZTE kr+k, -2n

69. If the frictional force on block m, is to act in the

direction of its displacement from mean position, Column I Column II
the condition is (") (p) -0.20
The block's mass in kg
91 !t2!t
k2 m2 @) !L<t/tL
k2 m2 (D) The block's displacement at (q) -200
(c) krkr)ffitnz (A krkz<ffirffiz
l: 0 in metres

70. If the condition obtained in the above problem is (c) The block's acceleration at (r) 0.20
met, the maximum amplitude of their oscillations is ,:0.10sinm/s2
lt(ry-mz)mzg +mr)mrg
(a) (b) It(mt @ The block's maximum kinetic (s) 4.0
mrk, - mrk2 mrkt - mrk2
energy in Joule
(c) lt(ry+mz)mzg ,
^ lt(ry+mz)mg
\q)
mtk, - mrk, m2kt + m2kl 74. For a particle executing SHM along a straight line,
Passoge 7 tQuestions 77 to 72) match the statements in column-I with statement
For SHMs happening on X-axis are represented by in column-Il (Note that displacement given in
A A
tt2 coscol.x^::cos ol+-2 -x":
x.:A (rrlr + n)
TE
column-I is to be measured from mean position).
'5 -cos
4
Column I Column II
and x.4: 4 ror( ,, * I). Now. these four SHMs are (a) Velocity-displacement (p) straight
8 [ 2)
graph may be line
combined.
71. Amplitude of the resultant SHM is
(b) Acceleration-velocity graph (q) circle
zJs
(o)
7
A *, *u may be

(c) Acceleration-displacement (r)

<o{a ,^ *o graph will be
ellipse

72. The phase difference between the resultant and first

SHM (1.e., r,) is @ Acceleration-time graph (") sinusoidal
will be curye
,* '(+)
,,, '*-'[3) (D

,", t*-,/:\ '[rJ , 'l;)

,^-,(t)
a r \a untt<ta c

75. In the column-I, a system is described in each option and corresponding time period is given in the column-Il.
Suitably match them.

Column I Column II
(a) A simple pendulum of length'/'oscillating with small amplitude in a lift TN
moving down with retardation gl2. @) r: r"tln
(b) A block attached to an end of a vertical spring, whose other end is fixed to the
ceiling of a stationary lift, stretches the spring by length '/'in equilibrium. (q) r:2"^f +
It's time period when lift moves up with an acceleration gl2 is

(c) The time period of small oscillation of a uniform rod of length '/'smoothly
Et
hinged at one end. The rod oscillates in vertical plane.
(r) r: znrf
V
(d) A cubical block of edge'l' and specific gravity ll2 is in equilibrium with
some volume inside water filled in a large fixed container. Neglect viscous G) r:2*\f*
forces and surface tension. The time period of small oscillations of the
block in vertical direction is

Archives: Least Attempted Questions(LAQs) AEE MAIN)

Single Apfion Correct 2. Two masses mand.mJ2

are connected at the
1. The displacement time graph of a particle executing two ends of a massless
S.H.M. is given in figure : (sketch is schematic and rigid rod of length l.
not to scale) The rod is suspended
by a thin wire of I
-----+
torsional constant k at ftI
the centre of mass of mf}
2T
4 the rod-mass system
o time (s) (see figure). Because of torsional constant k, the
T 3TT 5T
4 44 restoring torque is t: k0 for angular displacement
0. Ifthe rod is rotated by 0o and released, the tension
Which ofthe following statements is/are true forthis in it when it passes through its mean position will be
motion ? 120201
@)* (b) 3+ [201e1
3T
(A) The force is zero t: -T
(B) The acceleration is maximum at t: T (")+ @ry
(C) The speed is maximum ut ,: f, 3. A particle is executing simple harmonic motion
(SHM) of amplitudeA, along the x-axis, about x = 0.
(D) The P.E. is equal to K.E. of the oscillation at
T When its potential energy (PE) equals kinetic energy
t:, (KE), the position of the particle will be
[2019]
(") (A), (B) and (D) (6) (B), (C) and (D)
(a)A @) ,/2+
(c) (A) and (D) (d) (A), (B) and (C)
A
(c)
20- @+
 \imnle Hnrmnnir nnorian 72.55
4. A rod of mass M and length 2L is suspended at its (g = gravitational acceleration) [2015]
middle by a wire. It exhibits torsional oscillations.
If two masses each of m are attached at distance
LlZ from its centre on both sides, it reduces the
@)1,-(+il* ,,1*(+l*
oscillation frequency by 20%. The value of ratio
m/\4 is close to 120191
(a) 0.t7 (b) 0.77 ,", l(?)' -,1h,- K?) -,)+
(c) 0.37 (d) 0.s7
5. A silver atom in a solid oscillates in simple 9. A particle moves with simple harmonic motion in
harmonic motion in some direction with a frequency a straight line. In first t s, after starting from rest it
of l0l2lsec. What is the force constant of the bonds travels a distance a, and in next t s it travels 2a, in
connecting one atom with the other ? (Mole wt. of same direction, then: l20l4l
silver : 108 andAvagadro number = 6.02 x 1023 gm
(a) amplitude of motion is 4a
molrl) 120181
(b). time period of oscillations is 6t
(a) 5.5 Nim (b) 6.4 N/m
(c) amplitude of motion is 3a
(c) 7.1N/m (d) 2.2Nlm (d) time period of oscillations is 8r
6. Aparticle is executing simple harmonic motion with 10. The amplitude of a damped oscillator decreases to
a time period 7. At time t:
0, it is at its position
0.9 times its original magnitude is 5 s. In another l0 s
of equilibrium. The kinetic energy-time graph of the
particle will look like: it will decrease to o times its original magnitude,
l20l7l
KE
where cr equals. [2013]
(a)
(a) 0.7 (b) 0.81
0
I
2
T Tt+ (c) 0.72e (A 0.6
KE 11. An ideal gas enclosed in a vertical cylindrical
(b) container supports a freely moving piston of mass
0 T t-+
M. The piston and the cylinder have equal cross
KE sectional area A. When the piston is in equilibrium,
(")
0
I T t --+ the volume of the gas is Zo and its pressure is Po.
2
The piston is slightly displaced from the equilibrium
KE position and released. Assuming that the system is
@ completely isolated from its surrounding, the piston
0
I4 T
2
T t+
executes a simple harmonic motion with frequency:

7. A particle performs simple harmonic motion with (o\ | A\Po (r)

\-/ lW
amplitude l. Its speed is trebled at the instant that it 2n VoM 2n A'y
is at a distance :2A
3

new amplitude of the motion

from equilibrium position. The

is: [20161
(")*ffi (o*W-
(a) 3A (D AJi 12, A particle moves with simple harmonic motion in
7A a straight line. In first t s, after starting from rest it
(c) @)
3 +ln travels a distance a, and in next t s it travels 2a, in
8. A pendulum made of a uniform wire of cross same direction, then: [20131
sectional area A has time period 7. When an (a) amplitude of motion is 3a
additional mass M is added to its bob, the time
period changes to TM.If the Young's modulus of the (b) time period of oscillations is 8t
I (c) amplitude of motion is 4a
material of the wire is lthen i..ooul to,
Y (d) time period of oscillations is 6t
72.56 Physics
13. If a simple pendulum has significant amplitude them is (Xo+ A), the phase difference between their
(up to a factor of l/e of original) only in the period motion is: [2011]
between I : 0 s to t : t s, then r may be called the (a\
7t
(b)
7l

average life of the pendulum. When the spherical T T

bob of the pendulum suffers a retardation (due to TC ft
viscous drag) proportional to its velocity, with 'D'as @)T (d)
6
the constant of proportionality, the average life time
of the pendulum is (assuming damping is small) in 15. Awooden cube (density ofwood '/) of side '/'floats
seconds: l20l2l in a liquid of density 'p' with its upper and lower
0.693 surfaces horizontal. If the cube is pushed slightly
@)u (b) b down and released, it performs simple harmonic
motion of period '7". Then, '7" is equal to:
I
(c)
i @? D
@r*E (D r"P [201U

14. Two particles are executing simple harmonic motion

ld lp
of the same amplitude I and frequency ro along the (c) 2x (d) 2x
x-axis. Their mean position is separated by distance (pdY s (pdY s
X0 (Xo > A). If the maximum separation between
-
Archives: Least Attempted Questions (LAQs) UEE Adv)

Single Option Correct 2. A small block is connected to one end of a massless

1. A block of mass 2M is attached to a massless spring spring of un-stretched length 4.9 m. The other end
with spring-constant k. This block is connected to of the spring (see the figure) is flxed. The system
two other blocks of masses M and 2M using two
massless pulleys and strings. The accelerations of lies on a horizontal frictionless surface. The block is
the blocks are d1, a, and a, as shown in the figure. 0.It
stretched by 0.2 m and released from rest at t =
the system is released from rest with the spring in
its unstretched state. The maximum extension of the then executes simple harmonic motion with angular
spring is xo. Which of the following option(s) is/are frequency o : I TI
radls. Simultaneously at t : 0, a
5
correct? [g is the acceleration due to gravity. neglect
small pebble is projected with speed v from point
frictionl [20191
:TI P at an angle of 45o as shown in the figure. Point
tr
P is at a horizontal distance of l0 cm from O. If
the pebble hits the block at I : I s, the value of v is
(take B=: 10 m/s2) l20l2l

}I {*,
45'
o x
#10m+p
(a) \-at:ar-at
(b) At an extension of of the spring, the
f (a; Jso rrls (a) Jsr n/s
magnitude of acceleration of the block connected
?o
to the spring is ffi
4Ms
(c) xo = -k-
(d) When spring achieves an extension of f for
the first time, the speed of the block connected

to the spring islg1ffi

 Simple Hormonic Motion 72.57
3. A uniform rod of length Z and mass M is pivoted at 6. Two independent harmonic oscillators of equal
the centre. Its two ends are attached to two springs of mass are oscillating about the origin with angular
equal spring constants k' The springs are fixed,to rigid
frequencies ro, and ro, and have total energies E, and
supports as shown in the figure, and the rod is free
to oscillate in the horizontal plane. the rod is g"*iv Ez respectively' The variations of their momentum
pushed through a small angle 0 in one direction and p with positions x are shown in the figures.If alb :
released. The frequency ofoscillation is: t20091 n2 and alR: n, then the correct equation(s) is (are)

[201s]
p p
Energy = E,, EnergY = E,

x x

(r) t lr*
*,+l+
i1l ,
rm @;^,1 ,
I lr4k
@
^',1
, (a) Erar: Ero, CD"a
(b) --A1n'
(tll
4. The mass Mshown in the figure oscillates in simple
harmonic motion with amplitude l. The amplitude
E,
of the point P is (c) oror: n2
cq=E,
[2009] (d)
@2

k, k,

M
7. A particle of mass m is attached to one end of
a mass-less spring of force constant ft, lying on a
ktA kzA frictionless horizontal plane. The other end of
(o) (b)
k2 kr the spring is fixed. The particle starts moving
ktA kzA horizontally from its equilibrium position at time
(c) (d)
kr+k, kr+ k, t: 0 with an initial velocity aro. When the speed of
the particle is 0.520, it collies elastically with a rigid
Multiple Optians Correct
5. A block with mass M is connected by a massless wall. After this collision: [20131
spring with stiffness constant ft to a rigid wall and
(a) the speed of the particle when it returns to its
moves without friction on a horizontal surface.
equilibrium position is uo .
The block oscillates with small amplitude A about
an equilibrium position xo. Consider two cases: (D) the time at which the particle passes through the
(l) when the block is atxo; and (il) when the block is equilibrium position for the first time is
at x: xo+ A.ln both the cases, a particle with mass E
m(< M is softly placed on the block after which '=nl o'
they stick to each other. Which of the following (c) the time at which the maximum compression of
statements (s) is (are) true about the motion after the
mass rr? is placed on the Mass r14 [20161
the spring occurs * ,=+E
(a) The amplitude of oscillation in the first case
M ($ the time at which the particle passes througout
changes by a factor of whereas in the
m+M
the equilibrium position for the second time is
second case it remains unchanged
(b) The final time period of oscillation in both the sn6
case is same '=Tl t'
(c)The total energy decreases in both the cases
(@ The instantaneous speed at xo of the combined
masses decreases in both the cases
l a EQ rttyJtuJ
a-.Jc Dhttcin tr - -

8. A metal rod of length 'L' and mass

orn
' is pivoted 9. The phase space diagram for a ball thrown vertically
at one end. A thin disk of mass 'M and radius 'R' up from ground is:
(< Z) is attached at its center to the free end of the Momentum
rod. Consider two ways the disc is attached: (case
A).The disc is not free to rotate about its center and
(case B) the disc is free to rotate about its center.
(r)
The rod-disc system performs SHM in vertical Position
plane after being released from the same displaced
position. Which of the following statement(s) is
(are) true? [20111
Momentum

(b)

Momentum

(a) Restoring torque in case I

= Restoring torque in case B (")
(b) Restoring torque in case .,{ Position
< Restoring torque in case B
(c) Angular frequency for case I
Momentum
> Angular frequency for case B
(d) Angular frequency for case I
< Angular frequency for case B
@
Comprehension Type
(Ior Question Nos. 8 to 70) Position
Passage 7

Phase space diagrams are useful

tools in analyzing all kinds of
E
t 10. The phase space diagram for simple harmonic
dynamical problems. They are E motion is a circle centered at the origin. In the
o
especially useful in studying the Eo figure, the two circles represent the same oscillator
changes in motion as initial but for different initial conditions, and E, and Erare
Position *
position and momentum are the total mechanical energies respectively. Then
Momentum
changed. Here we consider some simple dynamical
systems in one-dimension. For such systems, phase space
is a plane in which position is plotted along horizontal axis
and momentum is plotted along vertical axis. The phase
space diagram is x(l) vs.p(r) curve in this plane. The arrow
on the curve indicates the time flow. For example, the f Position

phase space diagram for a particle moving with constant

velocity is a straight line as shown in the figure. We use
the sign convention in which position or momentum.
upwards (or to right) is positive and downwards (or to left) (r) Et--Jl n, (b) Et:2E2
is negative. [2011] (c) Er:4E, (4 Er: t6E2
 Simple Hormonic Motion 72.59
11. Consider the spring-mass system, with the mass Passage 2 (for Question Nos. 77 to 73)
submerged in water, as shown in the figure. The When a particle of mass rn moves on the x-axis in a
phase space diagram for one cycle ofthis system is: potential of the form Z(x) : la2, it performs simple
harmonic motion. The corresponding time period is

proportional to u" can be seen easily using

E,
dimensional analysis. However, the motion of a particle
can be periodic even when its potential energy increases
on both sides of x : 0 in a way different from ld and its
total energy is such that the particle does not escape to
infinity. Consider a particle of mass m rnoving on the
x-axis. Its potential energy is Z(-r) : uxa (a > 0) for lx I

near the origin and becomes a constant equal to Vo for

I * l>- Xo (see figure) [20101

Momentum
v(x)

(o)
vo
x
X,

Momentum 12. If the total energy of the particle is E, it will perform

periodic motion only if:
(a) E< 0 (b) E>0
(b) (c) Vo> E> 0 (A E, Vo
13. For periodic motion of small amplitude A, the time
period 7of this particle is proportional to:

Momentum @oE ,r, iE

(c)
Position
@rE , )F-
14. The acceleration of this particle for I x I > 4 is
l*l>xn
Momentum (a) proportionalto Vo

(b) proportionalto !!
mxo
@
(c) proportional to r.
\ *xo
(d) zero
72,60 Physics

Answer Key

Exercise 7
1. (b) 2. (a) 3. (a) 4. (d) s. (c) 6.(a) 7. (a) 8. (a) e. (c) r0. (A
11. (b) 12. (c) 13. (6) 14. (b) ls. (a) 16. (c) 17. (c) 18. (c) te.(d) 20. (a)
21. (a) 22. (d) 23. (b) 24. (a) 2s. (b) 26. (b) 27. (c) 28. (a) 2e. (c) 30. (A
31. (c) 32. (c) 33.(d) 3a. @) 3s.(d) 36.(4 37. (c) 38.(4 3e. (c) 40. (c)
41. (b) a2. @) 43. (a) 44. (A 4s. (b) a6. @) 47. (c) a8. (c) ae. @) s0. (c)
sl. (c) s2. (c) s3. (d) 5a. @) ss. (c) s6.(A 57. (c) s8. (c) se. (d) 60. (c)
61. (d) 62. (b) 63. (d) 64. (b) 6s. (A 66. (a) 67. (a) 68. (a) 6e. (b) 70. (b)
71. (d) 72. (a)
Exercise 2
1. (b) 2.(c) 3. (a) 4. (A s. (a) 6.(b) 7.(A 8.(c) e.(") 10. (a)
11. (a) 12. (a) 13. (6) M. (c) 15. (c) 16. (c) 17. (a) ls. (b) te. (c) 20. (a)
21. (c) 22. (c) 23. (c) 2a. @) 25. (c) 26. (d) 27. (c) 28. (c) 2e. (A 30. (b)
31. (c) 32. (a) 33. (c) 34. (c) 3s. (a) 36. (a) 37. (b) 38. (a) 3e. (c) a0. (c)
41. (b) 42. (b) a3. @) 44. (b) 4s. (A 46. (a) a7. @) a8. @) 4e. (a) s0. (b)
51. (a) 52. (a) $.(A s4. (a) ss. (c) s6. (b) 57. (a) s8. (6) se.(A 60. (b)
61. (b) 62. (d) 63. (b) 64. (b) 6s. (b) 66. (a) 67. (b) 68. (a) 6e. (A 70. (A
71. (b) 72. (c) 73. (b) 74. (b) 7s. (b)
Exercise 3
r. (2) 2.(e) 3. (s0) 4. (4) s. (s) 6. (13) 7.(7) 8.(4) e.(4) 10. (1)
tt. (2) 12. (4) 13. (2) 14. (5) ls. (1) 16. (2) 17. (4) 18. (6) le. (4) 20. (s)

21. (3)
Exercise 4
1.(c) 2. (o) 3. (b) 4. (b) s. (D) 6.(c) 7. (c) 8.(a) e- (b) 10. (a)
11. (b) 12. (c) 13. (c) 14. (d) 15. (c) 16. (a) 17. (c) 18. (4 le. (D) 20. (b)
21. (A 22. (a) 23. (a) 2a. @) 25. (c) 26. (c) 27. (A 28. (c) 2e. (b) 30. (a)
31. (c) 32. (a) 33. (a) 34. (d) 35. (o, b, c,4 36. (b, c) 37. (a, b)38. (b, c) 39. (a'd)
40. (b, c) 41. (a, b, ,, d) 42. (a, b, d) 43. (a, b, c) 44. (a, c) 4s. (b' c, d)
46. (a, b, c,A 47. (a, c, d) 48. (b, d) 49. (a, c) 50. (a, c) 51. (a, b, c' d)
s2. (b, c) s3. @, A 54. (a, b, c) ss. (b) s6. (b' d)
57. (a, c) ss. (b, d) 59. (b, c, d) 60. (a) 61. (c) 62. (d) 63' (c)
64. (c) 6s. (b) 66. (d) 67. (b) 6s. (a) 6e. (b) 70. (c) 71. (c) 72. (A
73. a -+(r),b ---+(p),c --.(q),d -G) 74. a ---(q,r),b '-+(q,r),c --'(p),d '-'(s)
75. a -(p),b -(q),c -@),d -(s)
Archives: Least Attempted Questions (LAQs) (lEE Moin)
1. (d) 2. (c) 3. (b) 4. (c) 5. (c) 6.(4 7. k) 8.(c) e.(b) 10. (c)
fl. (A D. (b) 13.(d) t4 (b) ls. (a)
Archives: Least Attempted Questions (LAQs) AEE Adv)
r. (a) 2. (a) 3. (c) 4. (d) s. (a, b, d) 6. (b' A 7. @, d)
s. @,A e. @) 10. (c) 11. (r) t2. (c) 13. (b) 14. (d)
 What makes BT different?

Amongst the JEE training institutes in the country,

BT has become synonymous with ethics and transparency:

o We give contact details of all our JEE Advanced qualified students on our
website, in the results section.
o All students are our regular classroom students and not distance learning, test
series orcrash course students.
r Students are not poached by giving temporary benefits like offering money or
100% scholarship in the name of rewards.
o We offer merit based limited scholarships only to recognize good performance
and not lure students.
o Many students have spoiled their career by getting allured with higher
scholarships, less fee etc. compromising with quality of education.

CouRSES OTTERED AT BT
COMPREHENSIVE JEE SPECIAL COMPREHENSIVE IIT
(2year course for 10'n passed students) (3/4 years course for 8/9'n passed students)

COMPACT IIT
(1 year course for 12'n passed students)

PRE-FOU N DATTON (BASTC) FOUNDATTON (BASTC)

(7.5 months course for 5'n or 6'n std students) (9 months course for 8'n and 9* std students)

FOUNDATTON (ADVANCED) FOU NDATTON (ADVANCED PLUS)

(9 months course after Foundation Basic) (7 months course after Foundation Advanced)

FOUNDATTON (SUMMERS) FOUNDATTON (WTNTERS)

21 days course for outstation students
(2 months course for 8* and 9" std students)
(For students going to 10th/11th std.)

FOUN DATTON (ACCELERATED)

(8 months course for 10'n std students)
 Wall of Fame

Vedang Asgaonkar
AtR 7 (JEE ADV 2020)
!
Akshat Chugh
ArR 2 (JEE ADV 2017)
Omkar Thakoor
AtR 11 (ITJEE 2010)
Karthik Mahesh
ArR 22 (JEE ADV 2015)
ffi-
it
Rohan
ArR 53 (ITJEE
tr

Prinja
2011)
Abhro Bhuniya
ArR 54 (JEE ADV 2016)

"q}ry.

-Ceryr-
r ,&
Yash Wagh Giridhar Shyam Kevin S Daniel Kalpesh Krishna Akshay Sehgal Tarun Verma
AtR 71 (JEEADV2015) ArR 84 (JEEADV2015) ArR 92 (ilTJEE 2012) AtR 93 (JEE ADV 2014) ArR 99 (ITJEE 2006) ArR 108 (JEE ADV 2015)

H k
Pranav Maral
ArR 117 (JEE ADV 2019)
Pranav Maneriker
ArR 145 (ITJEE 2012)
Parth Shettiwar
ArR 170 (JEE ADV 2017)
Sahil Agarwal
AtR 176 (ilTJEE 2010)
-$q
Anand Kumar
ArRr78 (ITJEE
Singh
2010)
T.
t
)

Akshay
AtR182 (JEEADV2016)

ilF*
#& FE fr
rffi
#s*
I

$
L.

Arnhav Datar Ajay Joshi

d,
;i

Varun
}"
Bhave
f,
Utsav Bansal Shishir Mathur Pranav Vaish
ArR 200 (ITJEE 2018) ArR 225 (JEE ADV 20'15) ArR 234 (ITJEE 2012) ArR 235 (llTJEE 2010) ArR 246 (ilTJEE 2012) AtR 246 (JEE ADv 2013)

rt
vSanket Diwale
\
R
I

I
Sundararajan Pranav Page
ArR252(ilTJEE2008) ArR264(JEEADv20'r3) ArR275 (ilTJEE2018) AtR280 (ITJEE20fi)
b
L(p

Prateek
4

Shah
IChaitrali Duse
ArR28s (JEEAov2017)
I
I
Yourself
Here?!
Those Who
See

Ttirk They Crn't

Both Are Right.

)
BAKLIWAL TUTORIALS PVT. LTD.
) Gontact i 7304 400 400 -
YOUR STMTE$ TilOYE
Head Office : Block 2, Office No. 604/5161718, Lloyds Chambers,
Near
Ambedkar Sanskritik Bhavan, Maldhakka Chowk, Pune 411 011.

oAundh oCamp e Deccan oFC Rd oHadapsar e Paud Rd . PCMC o Pimple Saudagar

o Satara Rd . Sinhagad Rd . Viman Nagar o Wanowrie
r Solapur